ot
ax

Vials
AAT
Keay
ete tty
BTR

vy
,

Ne

SAXON EO: . :
Mary eye iw snk ‘ britit
RENT ep toh eakan eur nett 4

Py
° ,

i
ean
ui

RUN

Tae
ok

Uy “ Si a3
Tu
sn

Pelee

hm ye 3) 6h “+e Gu . \ te; bas ww

Uy la =| ~” Ch AG y . nn =

5 x GN Is} Wd oe MG we E

Z = G Of f = =z \4 s a

a = 70n pe. a ree = On, dy &
= = I > j 2 ‘ 5 Ass

Zz 29) Pa -

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS

F nk t Uj
ggg,

*

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVvVus!IT LIBRARIES INS]

Xs

SMITHSONIAN

*

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S3IY¥YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHS

S3aliyYvysl)
at fh
is

S3luvudgly

= ” Z “” z w“
< = < = < =
Na = ma a

6 x 5 Ns = 5 -
2) wo MD ~ War wo sees wn
= O = AN O Es fe}
_ z E Lo Zz, S =
= ) > = NY >" = >
a Zz a ae Z a 2

NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYal) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS’
WY) mo ~ s (sp) : >
: 3 We = z = YUYfn,%
< 2 VAS < : < fy fe a
: = NS c a ee
co en fs) 4 fe)
na S =i = ad 5
“LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS $3
S = aM z id cas z
a = oer S S (aes
2) i a a Pe) ~ > =
> I ¥ = a - 7 ; =
a 7 i = Z
ss z D z : a
» NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN INS
ide) = w < wre ” Qs
= = ‘ Ss = & & = <
= Zz 4 ZZ WN F z
a a n a RE a SD
fe) z om = ‘SN fe) =
zZ aa Zz an NS = pas
aon S : >
= rr = 7) » 2 =

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS $3

a=

— Ww — ” = Ze)
im Lu = uu z ; us
n 2M” ee Ww Ss SN pe
pa oO . Use oc es AS cc
= < 3 c a a ‘NY <
= Bs 4 a = Se
= mee 2 a 2 <u S
|” NOLLOLILSNINVINOSHLINS _SA1¥VYGI7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN |
Oo —- * Oo — -_ Oo wo = 4
— o S a4 w = mw !
= > We 5 2 5 .
s = Se E 2 E pe
AK NN Ol 2 E. 4
2 Xu im SS 2 m Z m
== on a be = w = wn
] aie B RAR] ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NVINGSHLIMIS 3
ae = ae z < =
= a. zZ A a z a
XS / =
SAE)? SOE AS ESL
"a 2 E WN 2 EB z
= > = NY =: = Bid

tty, = Gar)? Gye = WK, 3 he 977 SX

“Yip = “Gar 2 Gp = aN 2 ayy =

; pp Ui = IN. DC. > f = . > ENS =

if be w A *

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa14ut
=e t Js se aS rt ANS a:
gk) a 5 WX. =
oc Wp : ha oc = XS Y facd
faa) ip —_ jaa) oo “ fon]
ae “a ei _ e) a

| ; pa a wd am RM aa

VOILNLILSNI _NWINOSHLIWS ~°4 1yYVuad wh LIBRAR! ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INSTIT
a [J ro) ae: oO A pee b
oO S ah ie] — ty. “Sp oO
a) Nw = D 5 Gy, 2D
sat s& NK I z fe Y4jp y ais - =
= AN & 2 = 47 £7 2

m SS ob m ey m

IBRARIES = SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLOLIESNI NVINOSHIINS “Sate

~ a + w

= < = <x Ss ;

= > oN = AY = = @;

z & \y 3 py, 2 2 g

7) ”n ~ BAK @ JEL: 7) w Uy

Yue’ = NN DANS Oo Ge Ul: on oO 4

z E AS ee re ee
SS 2 = \ Pa = >
Tra 2 a) Ne ae ” Fr

YOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUSIT LIBRARIES INSTITI
ae z 4 2
wn oxi ” mas 77)
am ied = ow 2
= seas 4 x ;

c ne S ae a
= a) = re 4
fo) i e) ae e)

| ras aoe me AA as

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S314
re | a = r a, rd
Sy’? (Rt R= HS |
a | a “a a) a a
Ey Ps va ms
—— = = = rie
” in w” m ap)

S 7) = ” woe
S3SIYVYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT
= ” ee “es n = Re
= = Uy eS < KX
Zz a en S SS — =
fo) = ie co NG CO = SG Ws
? g ZR 8 2 NX
Fs 2) En aay =
= > & robe =
‘ n = ” an ee 79)

-I'BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NWINOSHIUNS. Si4 1uy
WW Lu R Lu
= yy Jp = = 4 OS
Gi = : 2K =
a Gy 0: = KO ac
a aa z S| le
- i Zz pee | ae x a

YOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYHNSEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTIT
ir 8 z ie z » ie
= 2 ay = w
a = 2 2
> = > = pice
zs 5 : bY :
oe z ag: z o

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNt NVINOSHLINS S3I1UY
2 a. 2 z = yf
zs = a 4p, z = 4
ae oO 33 Ge TS) eR Uy
3 = Ie 7 ae 3,
al ee ma . fl 24 co = 4 7
z ie 2, <
= =. = = =

Caan ie oe
Vow ay :
| yy

r
ay FY

tas
ony

“~ » F&F

— +) 2

} OA

O})

ee Was e

\ \ CG. Nat cae
4 a > Ue 4 eS* ca

1 wr _, Fis
p! Dive

~

a a |

~ Commonwealth oi Australia.

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND CUSTOMS.

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried out

by F.I.S. “Endeavour” 1909-10 under H. C. DANNEVIG,
Commonwealth Director of Fisheries.

VOLUME Tf.

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE MINISTERS FOR TRADE AND
Customs, Hon. FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR AND

Hon. LITTLETON E. GROOM.

SYDNEY, 1911-1914.

CONTENTS.

PART I,—PusuiisHep 22ND Decemsper, 1911.

Page Plates

Report on the Fishes obtained by the F.I.S. «« Endeay-
our’’ on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria,
South Australia, and Tasmania. Partl. By Allan
R. McCulloch : a REE SNe Vale

Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F. I. S. ««En-
deavour’’ chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia.

Part 1. By Charles Hedley ... ae Be ee 90 XVII.-
XX.
PART I[.—Pousuisuep 97TH Juty, 1912.

Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I. 8. ‘‘ En-
deavour’’ on the Coasts of New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and 'T'as-

mania. Partl. By. E. F. Hallmann .... coe luli7, XeXeT=
XXXVI.

PART III.—PusuisHep 297TH Aucust, 1912.

A new Species of Asymmetron from the Great Austra-
lian Bight, South Australia. By Janet W. Raff... 304 XXXVII.

Report on a sample of Globigerina Ooze from 1122
fathoms, East of Tasmania. By F.Chapman ... 309

PART IV.—PusuisHEep 4rH JuLy, 1914.

Title Page, Contents, and Index:

LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS.

With References and Catalogue Numbers.

Chapman, F.— 59.512 (26.5: 94.6).

Report on a Sample of Globigerina Ooze from 1122 fathoms, East

of Tasmania.
Zool. Res. End., i., 3, 1912.

Hallmann, E. F.— 59.54 (26.5: 94.2-5).

Report on the Sponges obtained by the F. I. S. ‘‘ Endeavour’’ on
the Coasts of New South Wales, South Australa, Queensland,
and Tasmania. Part 1.

Zool. Res. End. 1., 2, 1912,

Hedley, Charles— 59.4 (26.5: 94.2).

Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F. I. S. ‘‘Endeavour”’
chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia. Part 1.

Zool. Res. End. %., 1, 1911.

McCulloch, Allan R.— 59.7 (26.5: 94.2-6),

Report on the Fishes obtained by the F. I. S. “ Endeavour’’ on the
Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and

Tasmania. Part 1.
Zool. Res. End., 1., 1, 1911,

Raff, Janet W.— 59.71 (26.5: 94.2).
A New Species of Asymmetron from the Great Australian Bight.

Zool. Res. End., 1t., 3, 1912.

L9If.

Commonwealth of Australia.

Department of Trade and
Customs.

YORE RIES.

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments
carried out by the F.1.S. ‘‘ Endeavour,’’ 1909-10
(H. C. Dannevig, Commonwealth Director

of Fisheries).

663
PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE
HONORABLE FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR,

MINISTER FOR TRADE AND CUSTOMS,

Sydney, December 22nd, 1911.

a

EDWARD LEE & OO., Print., 14 Oarrington Street, Syduey

hy

Ht

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

The Reports comprised in the ‘‘Zoological Results of the
Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. ‘Endeavour’ ’’
have been prepared at the Australian Museum, Sydney, under
the authority of the Trustees, and at the request of the Hon.
The Minister for Trade and Customs.

The material for investigation is sent direct from the
‘‘Endeavour’’ by the Director of Fisheries (Mr. H. C. Dan-
nevig) to the Australian Museum, and, after elaboration, is

’

distributed as follows :—-All ‘“‘types”’ are held in reserve for the
Fisheries Branch of the Department of Trade and Customs;
a set of ‘‘co-types’’ are retained by the Trustees; the
remainder of the specimens are distributed to the other Aus-
tralasian State Museums in the name of the Minister for

Trade and Customs.

The Reports deal with the Fishes collected on the coasts
of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Tas-
mania. The Asteroidea and Sponges are from the same waters
with the addition of those of the Queensland coast. The
Mollusca are a more specialised series, chiefly obtained off
Cape Wiles, South Australia. The new Asymmetron comes
from the Great Australian Bight, and a sample of Globigerina

Ooze was obtained to the east of Tasmania.

;
ear ’
} ,
,
hy
a aigl
“ i
‘
y vane!
ry] Nia
mn ;
f fitz
we !
pe
iia
Ne?
wn
ge ;
ie
iy 1
oh & ;
VR u
}
ed)
vi
i A
ryan |
i
i .
hy i
j
{ }
i) :
| a Vif
: : ag fl
vi at )
| i i
/ s j i
i
i : .
ie (iu
\ : |
? i Hi
Y {
é : j ie h i j
i 1 i u t A | j ti
h f
: ; .
‘ ‘ er Hi a
i i ;
Tee ul } Wit nias
7 rGhg v, : ;
t n | s ‘gy ' ay ;
: Le ah i] LT a
! q i i i vi
. p i eG
, 7 ” i
J vee i
i } inl
yeu j i tod
Wyld Ci ; my |
bts i ; eet ,
7 1 : pl P| { 1)

, ae ¥ ha = *

tly ! A f, Y am

OY heat ae in
‘abi ak ve
" i cae ie

, te a ue ny On F

aan ne 7 al \! ie et

. Report on the Fishes obtained by the F.I.S. ‘* Endeavour,’
on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South
Australia and Tasmania.

PART L

BY

ALLAN R. McCULLOCH, Zoo.ocist,

Australian Museum
Sydney.

Plates I-xviI.; Text figs. 1-20.

a
i
,
\
“at
— =
i
;
k
.
'
j
'
i
'
%
a]
{
¢ -
;
i)
:
,
;
'
a)
j
4
a) a
;
\
y |
; U
ie ‘i
4 ? ;
f
er ve aN

Pero pe ie ny
avtiiiue'y

Shas)

fe

i

is iy +>
a eae
i =

oe

wih Ve ied

1:
a

I.—REPORT ON THE FISHES.
PART we
I.—INTRODUCTION.

The collections dealt with in this Report were obtained’
by the Federal Fisheries Investigation Ship ‘‘Endeavour,’’
under the direction of Mr. H. C. Dannevig. They were
obtained at many localities along the New South Wales,
Victorian, Tasmanian and South Australian coasts at various.
depths down to ninety fathoms. ‘The present part deals with
the greater number of the fishes forwarded for examination to:
the Australian Museum from this area, but the Scleroparei
and Jugulares of the Acanthopterygii and the Pediculati and
Plectognathi are reserved for a second part.

In all about 1070 specimens, representing 94 species, have
been critically examined, which, in conjunction with the large
collections in the Australian Museum, have afforded excellent
material for a detailed study of variation in many hitherto little
known species. With a series of forty or fifty specimens from
wide-spread localities before one, it is often a simple matter to.
recognise the identity of fishes which have been regarded as.
distinct when isolated examples afford no clue. In the follow-
ing pages I have endeavoured to clear up the synonymy of
species of Ceelorhynchus, Physiculus, Seriolella, Callanthias,
Cesioperca, etc., while figures are given showing the remark-
able variation of Zanclistius, Macrorhamphosus, Centriscops,
Beryx and others. Many of the more striking variations were
specially selected by Mr. Dannevig on board the ship, and it
is largely due to his discrimination in this direction that so
many extreme forms are here dealt with. When individuals.
were lacking to complete a series he has gone to considerable
trouble to obtain them, and in the case of fishes in which the
colours were of importance, he has sent me fresh material
packed in ice. For this and other valuable help I owe him
my best thanks.

I have also to acknowledge the kindness of the Com-
mittee of the Macleay Museum who have allowed me to
borrow some of Sir William Macleay’s type specimens for
examination and comparison with the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collec-
tions.

Ten species are described as new, and four others and two:
genera are recorded from Australia for the first time. Thirty-
three are figured, and I have to acknowledge the very willing
assistance of Mr. Dene Fry, of the Australian Museum, 1m
the preparation of the plates.

2 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
II.—DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.
Famiry HEXANCHID-.

GENUS HEPTRANCHIAS, Rafinesque.
HEPTRANCHIAS PERLO, Bonnaterre.
Seven-gilled Shark.

(Plate 1.,$ieeer.)

Squalus perlo, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788, p. 10.

Squalus cinereus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 1497.

Heptanchus cinereus, Muller & Henle, Plagiost., 1839, p. 81,
pl. xxv.

Notidanus cinereus, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii.,
1870, p. 398.

The collection includes seven examples which I am unable
to separate from the European H. perlo, Bonnaterre. ‘Their
teeth agree exactly with Muller and Henle’s figure, and they
also fit the description fairly well. I forwarded a photograph
of one of the specimens, together with some notes, to Mr. C.
‘Tate Regan for his opinion, and he has favoured me with the
following reply :—‘‘So far as I can judge from your photo-
graph the shark is H. cinereus.”

These specimens are readily distinguished from H. indicus,
Agassiz, the only other Australian species, by the following
characters :-—

Head broad, snout broadly rounded; a single median tooth
in the upper jaw; colour greyish with darker spots :—indicus.

Head narrow, snout pointed; no single median tooth in the
upper jaw; colour uniform grey :— perlo.

All the specimens were taken in the one haul in 60-70
fathoms, sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria.

Famiry HETERODONTIDA®.
Genus HetTEROpONTUS, Blainville.
HETERODONTUS PHILIPPI, Bloch and Schneider.
Port Jackson Shark, Bullhead Shark, Oyster Crusher.
Squalus philippi, Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801,
p:' 134
Cestracion phillipi, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (S) ode
1908, Pp. 495.

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 3

Specimens of this common species were preserved from the
following localities :-—

Between Newcastle and Port Stephens, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20
fathoms.

Fifty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia, 75
fathoms.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 70 fathoms.

GENUS GYROPLEURODUS, Gill.
GYROPLEURODUS GALEATUS, Giinther.
Crested Port Jackson Shark.
Cestracion galeatus, Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii.,
1870, p. 416.
Gyropleurodus galeatus, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1.,
1908, Pp. 495-

Two specimens from 43 fathoms, six miles off Port
Stephens, New South Wales.

Famiry SCYLIORHINIDE.
GENUS SCYLIORHINUS, Blainville.
SCYLIORHINUS ANALIS, Ogilby.
Spotted Dog-fish, Spotted Cat-shark.

Scyllium anale, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x.,
1885, p. 445.

Scyliorhinus analis, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1.,
1908, pp. 455 and 460.

Scyllium maculatum, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
v., 1880, p. 97; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), p. 138 (nec. S. maculatum, Bl. Schn.).

The collection includes two males, one from Shoalhaven
Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms, and the other from
-off Babel Island, Bass Strait. Ogilby! has suggested that the
specimen doubtfully recorded from Tasmania by R. M. John-
ston as Scyllium maculatum is really this species, and this
view is confirmed by the second ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen.

The size of the anal fin is variable in different specimens of
this species and therefore cannot be relied upon as has been
done by Regan in his key to the species of Scyliorhinus.

1 Ogilby—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), iv., 1889, p. 180.

4 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
SCYLIORHINUS VINCENTI, Zietz.
(Plate u-; fig. 3 aman. 1.)

Scyllium vincenti, Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia,
XXXII., 1908, p.287-

Through the kindness of Professor E. C. Stirling, Director
of the South Australian Museum, I have been able to compare
one of Mr. Zietz’s specimens with another taken by the ‘‘En-
deavour’’ in 20 fathoms off the mouth of the Murray River,
South Australia. They differ slightly in the relative positions.
of the fins which, however, I find to be equally variable in
allied species.

According to Zietz, the origin of the first dorsal is behind
the middle of the total length. In both I have examined it
is a little nearer the tip of the snout than the extremity of the
tail. In the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen the base of the anal is
shorter than that of the co-type and terminates below the-
anterior portion of the second dorsal instead of nearer the-
middle of that fin. The end of the bases of the ventrals is in
advance of the origin of the dorsal, not below it, as described
by Zietz, though in his specimen the flesh is shrunken around
the base of the dorsal, making it appear farther forward than
it really is. Finally, the colour in the better preserved
example is a dark chocolate brown above, with numerous
creamy-white spots all over the body and fins, except on the
front half of the head. The dark cross-bands are ill-defined,
and there appears to be a series of darker blotches on the
sides. The belly is creamy-white in colour.

The following is a description of the ‘‘Endeavour’’ speci-
men :—Head to last gill-opening 5.3 in the length, its width
1.5 in its length; eye 6.5 in the head and about equal to halt
the length of the snout which is 3.1 in the head. The inter-
orbital space is greater than the length of the snout. Preoral
portion of the head 1.5 in the width of the mouth which ts
2.4 in the head and greater than the snout.

Body elongate, slightly compressed. Head depressed, flat
above; snout rounded, blunt in profile, its width before the
eyes one-third greater than its length. Eves lateral, with
the inferior fold well marked. Spiracle large, oval, and
placed just behind the eye. Gill-slits decreasing in size back-
wards, the last being about half as wide as the first and placed
over the base of the pectoral. Nasal valves produced as lobes
directed outwards and backwards, with emarginate posterior
borders; they are separated from each other and from the
mouth, the space between them being rather more than the

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 5
width of one lobe. No cirrus. A well-marked labial fold
extends round the angle of the mouth, its anterior limb rather
shorter than its posterior which extends less than half way
towards the middle of the lower jaw. Teeth similar in both
jaws, arranged in several rows, tricuspid, with the median
point longer than the lateral ones.

First dorsal originating a little behind the posterior base of
the ventrals and slightly in advance of the middle of the total
length. The length of its base is much greater than its
height ; its anterior margin is very oblique, and the posterior
nearly vertical, and the lower angle is pointed. The second
dorsal is a trifle higher than the first, and is of similar form,
though the posterior angle 1s slightly produced; its origin is
over the posterior portion of the anal, and the hinder angle
is midway between the posterior insertion of the first dorsal
and the tip of the caudal. The anal is considerably larger
than either of the dorsals, and its base is longer than its dis-
tance from the caudal; the posterior angle acute. Greatest
breadth of the caudal a little less than one-third of its length.
Posterior angles of the ventrals acute and the margins united
in the male.

Scales quadrilateral and keeled on the head, becoming tri-
angular and acutely pointed dorsally and tricuspid on the
sides.

Colour.—Chocolate brown above, with ill-defined darker
cross-bars. ‘There are indications of some dark blotches on
the sides, and the hinder half of the head, body, tail and fins
bear many creamy-white spots which tend to form rings.

Total length of adult male 414 mm.

6 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
The following key will serve to distinguish the four species
of Scyliorhinus hitherto recorded from Australia :—

a. Nasal valves separated from each other and from the
mouth.

b. Labial fold extending along the lower jaw half or less
than half the distance to the symphysis.

c. Body lighter with brown spots and sometimes cross-
bands. Ventral fins of males not directly in con-
tact behind the claspers but with an intermediate
integument :— analis..

cc. Body darker, with white spots and obscure cross-
bands. Ventral fins of males in contact behind the
claspers :-— vincentt.

bb. Labial fold extending along the lower jaw nearly to the
symphysis.

d. Body with scattered darker spots:— maculatum-
aa. Nasal valves overlapping the edge of the upper lip.

e. Body with darker spots, sometimes confluent
into cross bands or ocelli :— marmoratus-

GENUS CEPHALOSCYLLIUM, Gull.
CEPHALOSCYLLIUM ISABELLA, Bonnaterre.
Swell Shark, Carpet Shark.
L’ Isabelle, Broussonet, Mem. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1780, p. 648
(non binomial).

Squalus isabella, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788,
p-. 6.
Squalus (i)sabella, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 1489,
Scyllium laticeps, Dumeril, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 84,
ply tits, ig. 2.
Cephaloscyllium laticeps, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., No.
2, 1909; (p-6:, pl..xiv., fig gaeend pl ax, fg. 1
Cephaloscyllium sabella, Waite, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xli.,
IglO, p. 384.
A small example is in the collection which was trawled off
the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH.

FamMiILty ORECTOLOBIDA:.
~ GENUS PARASCYLLIUM, Gill.
PARASCYLLIUM VARIOLATUM, Dumeril.
(Plate ii., fig. 1.)

Hemiscyllium variolatum, Dumeril, Rev. et. Mag. Zool.,
1053, p- '25,. pl-iim., fig. 1
Parascyllium variolatum, Ogilby and McCulloch, Proc. Roy-
Soc. N.S.Wales, -xlii., 1908, p, 269.
Two fine female examples were taken off Port Phillip Heads
in November, 1909.

PARASCYLLIUM COLLARE, Kamsay and Ogilby.
Collared Cat Shark.

Parascyllium collare, Ramsay and. Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc.
NESa Wales) (2). i. 188emape. taro; id., ‘Ogilby and
McCulloch, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlii., 1908,
p-. 267.

Three males from Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales,

15-45 fathoms.

PARASCYLLIUM FERRUGINEUM, Sp. nov.
(Plate u., fig. 2, and fig. 2.)

Head to last gill-opening, 5.8 in the length, its width 1% in
its length. Eye g in the head, 2.8 in the snout which is 3.2
in the head. Interorbital space almost equal to the snout.
Preoral portion of head equal to half the width of the mouth
which is 1.3 in the snout.

Body elongate, somewhat depressed anteriorly, cylindrical
posteriorly. Head much depressed with its upper surface
flat; snout broadly rounded, obtusely conical in profile and
increasing in width backwards. Eyes lateral with a prominent
fold below. Spiracle minute and situated half an eye-diameter
from the infero-posterior angle of the eye. Gill-openingss in-
creasing regularly in size from the first to the fourth, the
last very large, 32 the width of the first and more than half
as long as the snout; the last two are placed over the base of
the pectoral. Nasal cirrus short and thick, just reaching to
the lips; exterior nasal fold with two or three small lobes
posteriorly, the outer the longest and pointed. Lower labial
fold extending about half way towards the middle of the jaw
and continued round the angle of the mouth. Teeth similar in

Ss “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

both jaws, small, flattened, triangular and acute, with rounded
projections on each side basally but not tricuspid.

First dorsal fin originating well behind the ventrals, but a
little nearer the tip of the snout than the end of the tail; its
posterior margin nearly vertical and forming a right angle

with the lower margin. Second dorsal subequal to the first
and of similar form, its hinder angle about midway between
the posterior insertion of the first and the tip of the caudal.
Anal fin low with its outer border oblique and terminating
below the anterior part of the second dorsal; the length of its
base about 14 in its distance from the caudal. Greatest
breadth of the caudal a little less than one-fourth its length.
Pectorals longer than broad, with the angles rounded. Ven-
trals quadrilateral, 12 as long as broad.

Colour.—Greyish brown above with indistinct darker cross-
bands; the first narrow and extending between the eyes, the
next broader and covering the space between the gill-openings.
There are two more before the first dorsal and one in front of
the second dorsal. Entire body with evenly spaced large
brown spots which are darkest on the cross-bars and become
elongate on the caudal. Three similar spots on each side of
the nuchal band. Fins also with spots which are most
numerous on the dorsal.

Type.—A female, 730 mm. long, taken outside Port Phillip
Heads, Victoria, in November, 1909.

Of the two described species of Parascyllium this is
nearest allied to P. collare, Rams. and Ogil., but it may be at
once distinguished by its much broader head, more rounded
snout, larger fins and different colouration.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 9

Famity CARCHARIID.
GENUS GALEUS, Rafinesque.
GALEUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay.
School Shark.
Galeus australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi.
1881, p: 354.

Six small examples, each about 110 mm. long, were
obtained in Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

y

GENUS) PRIONACE, Cantor.
PRIONACE GLAUCA, Linneus.
Blue Shark.
Squalus glaucus, Linneus, Syst. Nat., roth ed., 1758, p. 235.

A number of specimens of this widely distributed species
were caught with hand-lines off the South Australian coast.

Famiry SPHYRNID.
GENUS SPHYRNA, Rafinesque.
SPHYRNA LEWINI, Lord.
Hammer-headed Shark.
Zygena lewini, Lord in Griffith, Anim. Kingd., x., 1834,
p- 640.
One small male from the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass
Strait.
Famity SQUALID.
GENUS SQUALUS, Linneus.
SQUALUS MEGALOPS, Macleay.
Dog-fish.
Acanthias megalops, Macleay, Prec. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
Vi-g LOOT, P= 307.
Numerous examples of this species were preserved from off
Babel and Flinders Islands, Bass Strait.

Famity PRISTIOPHORIDE.
GENUS PRISTIOPHORUS, Miller and Henle.

PRISTIOPHORUS CIRRATUS, Latham.
Saw Shark.

Pristts cirratus, Latham, Trans. Linn. Soc., ii1., 1794, p. 281,
pl. xxvi., fig. 5, and pl. xxvii.

Numerous foetal specimens and several young of this species
are in the collection from Shoalhaven Bight, New South
Wales, 15-45 fathoms, and north of Goose Island, Bass
Strait.

Io “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PRISTIOPHORUS NUDIPINNIS, Giinther.
Saw Shark.
(Plate i., fig. 2.)

Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish.,
vill., 1870, p. 432; id.,. McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., 1881,
pl. Ivi., fig. 2; id., Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i1.,
LQO8;.P- 57:

The collection includes several foetal and young specimens.
from off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20:
fathoms, and from Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South
Australia, 37 fathoms.

Plate 1., fig. 2, represents a young example, 445 mm. long,.
from the latter locality.

Famity SQUATINIDE.
GENUS SQUATINA, Dumeril.
SQUATINA SQUATINA, Linneus.
Angel Shark.

Squalus squatina, Linneus, Syst. Nat., 10 ed., 1758, p. 233-

Rhina squatina, McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., Dec. iv., 1879,.
pl. xxxiv.

Young and foetal examples were preserved from the follow-
ing localities :—

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

North-west of Greenly Island, South Australia, 44 fathoms.

Forty-two miles south of St. Francis Island, South Aus-
tralia, 35 fathoms.

Famity RAJIDAE.
GENuS Raja, Linneus.
RAJA AUSTRALIS, Macleay.
Skate.

Raia australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, viii.,
1884, p. 461.

Raja australis, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 40,
pl. iv.

Two large males were preserved from the Shoalhaven
Bight, N.S. Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Raja NITIDA, Giinther.
(Fig. 3.)
Raja ntida, Gunther, ‘‘Challenger’’ Rept., Zool. i., 1880,
pe 27,eply xiv.., fig. a.
This species has hitherto been known only from a small
male, five inches wide, from off Twofold Bay, New South
Wales, 120 fathoms. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection includes.

FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 1

three females and one male from seven and a half to eight
inches wide, which present considerable differences from
Giinther’s figure, but, in view of their larger size and the fact
that they come from deep water, 90 fathoms, only one to two
hundred miles from Twofold Bay, I have no hesitation in
identifying them with this species.

The most striking difference lies in the teeth which are
described as ‘‘with very small points, almost obtuse.’’ This
description fits those of my female specimens which are
almost pavement-like with blunt points, but in the male they
are long and acute. The development of spines on the head
and body, pectorals and tail, is much: greater in the larger
specimens, though less in the female than the male. None of
my specimens have quite the same outward form as the young
one figured, but this is variable in the different speci-
mens and does not afford a specific character. Finally, the
dark blotches shown in the figure are wanting in my four,
though the clusters of white spots are similarly distributed.

The following description is drawn up from the four “‘En-
deavour’’ specimens :—

Snout to anterior nostrils 3.3 in the head to the last gill-slit.
Interorbital space less than two-thirds of the eye, which is 4.7
in the head. Width of the mouth about 3.5 in the head.

Disk very broad, its width greater than the length from the
tip of the snout to its hinder margin; its anterior margin more
or less undulated, the border of the pectoral either forming an
unbroken line or distinct angle with the sides of the head;
hinder margin rounded and somewhat angular posteriorly.
Snout with a small median papilla. The distance between the
outer borders of the eyes is greater than that between the
latter and the edge of the disk. Preoral length of the head
equal to the width between the outer edges of the spiracles.
Nasal lobes produced backwards and outwards, the space
between them less than half the preoral length. Inner margin
of the nostrils with two interior and one exterior lobe when
folded, all of which form a broad-mouthed tube when ex-
panded. Gill-slits decreasing in size backwards, much smaller
than the spiracle which is about half the length of the eye.
Teeth small, with expanded though not confluent bases in the
male, and long median points directed backwards. In the
female they are rounded, flattened and juxtaposed, the median
point being reduced to a small prominence only.

Entire upper surface covered with minute prickles directed
backwards. ‘here are two large curved spines before each
eye and three or four behind them. One to three are present
on the mid-line behind the head, which may be surrounded by

12 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

several smaller ones also. Behind these are several irregular
rows of thorns which range themselves in one median row and
two lateral ones on the tail and extend to the first dorsal fin.

—
re we
~
oe ee
- ~—

FIG. 3.

Sides of the pectoral without larger thorns in the female, but
these are well developed in the male, the innermost ones being
the largest. Entire lower surface perfectly smooth.

Dorsal fins subequal, the space between them half or less
than half the length of their bases. In some the interval
between the second dorsal and the caudal is equal to that
between the two dorsals, in others the two fins are almost
united. A skinny flap, which is widest posteriorly, extends
varying distances along the sides of the tail, sometimes reach-
ing as far as the ventrals.

Colour.—Light brown above with very indistinct darker
marblings. Clusters of white spots are scattered over the
body, the most prominent of which is on the mid-line behind
the head, two pairs on each side of it, and one near the middle
of each pectoral fin.

Total length 350 mm.

Trawled in go fathoms, east of East Sister Island, Bass
Strait, and elsewhere-off the Victorian Coast.

RAJA WAITH, sp. nov.
(Plate iii., and fig. 4.)

Space between the nostrils equal to their distance from the
tip of the snout. Greatest width of the mouth 2.5 in the head
to the last gill-slit. Interorbital width 5 in the same, and a
little greater than the length of the eve.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. I

ios)

Disk broad and rounded, its length 1.1 in its breadth.
Snout broadly rounded, with a median rounded papilla, and
confluent with the anterior margins of the pectorals which are
almost straight. The lateral margins of the pectorals are
rounded, as is the angle between them and the posterior
border. The distance between the outer margins of the eyes
is greater than that of the latter from the edge of the disk.
Preoral length much less than the distance between the outer
margins of the spiracles and 2.7 in the head to the last gill-
opening. Width of the spiracles one-third the preoral length.

a

Me /
Lee FIG. 4.

Nasal lobes produced backwards and outwards, the exterior
margins truncate, the posterior sinuate; the distance between
them near the mouth about two-thirds of that between the
nostrils. Nostrils with a raised tubular margin which forms a
lobe posteriorly. Gill-slits decreasing in size backwards, the

ig “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

first rather more than half the width of the spiracle. ‘Teeth
small and rounded, scarcely juxtaposed, each with a small
median point.

Upper surface of disk quite smooth except for two pairs of
spines above the anterior part of the eyes and four over the
posterior portions. Several minute spines are also present on
the upper eye-lid. “Tail with several rows of spines which are
largest anteriorly but most numerous posteriorly. Both dorsal
fins are also covered with minute spines.

Dorsal fins subequal, the space between them equal to half
the length of their bases. Caudal absent. A broad skinny
flap extends along each side of the tail as far as the end of
the ventrals. Anterior lobes of the ventrals greatly produced,
the gaps between them and the posterior lobes each with four
small triangular lobes. On the upper surface, where the fins
are covered by the disk, there is a pair of large fatty glands.

Colour.—Pale brown above with lighter patches which are
covered with small brown dots. Body, fins and tail with
numerous small bluish spots which are absent only on the
lighter patches on the disk; in places they are confluent and
form reticulate patterns. Lower surfaces slate-coloured.

Length of specimen 454 mm.

A single female specimen was trawled in 44 fathoms, north-
west of Greenly Island, South Australia.

This species is at once distinguished from all other Aus-
tralian species of Raja by its rounded and perfectly smooth

body. Famity NARCOBATIDA.
Genus NaRCINE, Henle.
NARCINE TASMANIENSIS, Richardson.
Tasmanian Numb-fish.
Narcine tasmaniensis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1841,
p. 22, and Prans. Zool. Soe., iti:, 1849, p. 178, plo xr,
fig. 2.
Specimens were preserved from the east coast of Flinders
Island, Bass Strait.
FamILy DASYBATID.
Genus UrovLopuus, Miiller and Henle.
UroLopuus cruciatus, Lacépede.
Banded Stingaree.
Raja cruciatus, Lacépéde, Ann. Mus., iv., 1804, pp. 201 and
210; plolv.,. fig. 2.
Urolophus cruciatus, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and Terror,
Fishes, 1844, p. 35, pl. xxiv.
Two specimens from 40 fathoms off the east coast of
Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

FISHES..__MCCULLOCH. 15

Famity AETOBATIDE.
Genus AEtTosBATuS, Blainville.
AETOBATUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay.
Eagle Ray.

Myliobatis aquila, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 1870,
p. 489; id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p. 225 (nec Raja aquila, Linn.).

Myliobatis nieuhofii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1,
1872, p. 226, and i1., 1873, p. 58 (nec Raja nieuhofi, BI.
Schn.).

Myliobatis australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
Vi., 1881, p. 380; td., McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pl. Ixiu.,
1882.

A young specimen is preserved from the Shoalhaven Bight,

New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Gunther identified some very young Myliobatis from Sydney
with M. aquila, Linneus, though he noted certain characters
in their teeth which did not agree with those of that species.
Castelnau (1873) suggested that this identification was in-
correct and considered that they were probably the young of
M. nieuhofi, Bl. Schn. Waite regarded them as M. australis,
Macleay, as is evident from the fact that he omitted aquila
from his list of the fishes of New South Wales.! In another
paper? he expressed the opinion that M. nieuhofi and M. aus-
tralis were identical, but it would seem that they differ in
the forms of their snouts, it being somewhat produced in the
former, and blunt and short in the latter.

McCoy showed that M. australis occurred in Port Phillip,
and under the circumstances I have little doubt that Castel-
nau’s specimens were really that species and not M. nieuwhofi.
I therefore arrange the synonymy as above.

Famity CHIMAERID.
GENUS CHIMERA, Linne@us.
CHIMRA OGILBYI, Waite.
Ghost Shark.
Chimera ogilbyi, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., pt. 1., 1899,
p. 48, pl. vi. ; id., Shigeho Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp.
Univ. Tokio, xxii., Art. 7, p. 10.

1 Waite—Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club., ii., 1904.
2 Waite—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 47.

16 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Two males are in the collection which were trawled in 40
fathoms off the East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.
Waite’s specimens were all females, but the males have been
well described by Shigeho Tanaka from Japan.

Famity CALLORHYNCHID.
GENUS CALLORHYNCHUS, Cuvier.
CALLORHYNCHUS CALLORYNCHUS, Linnaeus.
Elephant-fish.

Callorhynchus callorynchus, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1.,
No. 2, 1909, p- 23, pl. xwiewaip? 2.

A small specimen is preserved taken off the east coast of

Flinders Island, Bass Strait, and six others from the Victorian

Coast: Famity CLUPEIDA.
GENUS CLUPEA, Linn@us.
CLuPEA (POMOLOBUS) BASSENSIS, sp. nov.

Australian Sprat.
(Plate iv:, fig. 2.)

Clupea sprattus, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 672 (nec

C. sprattus, Linneeus).
Diers;; A. 18-20; P. 17; Vigee@ero Scales 44)” 12?

Body elongate, its greatest breadth less than half its height,
which is 4.4 to 4.8 in the length from the snout to the hypural.
Belly somewhat rounded, the scutes small, twenty-one between
the head and the ventrals, and eleven more to the vent.
Scales large, cycloid, commencing above the preopercle and
extending onto the base of the tail.

Head 3.5 to 4 in the length, and either very little or con-
siderably longer than the body is deep. Eye 3.1 to 3.6 in the
head, with a narrow adipose lid before and behind. Inter-
orbital space flat, equal to about two-thirds of the eye.
Maxillary very large, its greatest width one-third its length,
reaching to below the anterior third or almost to the middle of
the eye; supplemental bone very large. Upper posterior
border of the operculum emarginate; hindermost portion
formed of a skinny flap. Cheeks and upper portion of oper-
culum covered with translucent flesh, the rest of the head
naked. Lower margin of the maxillary microscopically
denticulate. A few microscopic teeth are placed at widely-
spaced intervals on the anterior part of the jaws.!

Origin of the dorsal well in advance of the middle of the
total length and just behind the vertical of the ventral fins;

1 Gunther stated that he found palatine teeth in his specimens “as well
developed as in Cl. sprattus.’’ I have failed to find any in either species,
but this character is generally admitted to be inconstant.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 17;

the length of its base is just about equal to the distance from
the tip of the snout to the hinder margin of the eye and longer
than the anterior rays. Anal low, its length much greater than
that of the dorsal. Ventrals as long as half their distance
from the vent.

Colour.—Silvery, the upper third of the body dark blue.
Scattered darker specks are found on the jaws and preorbitals
and on the caudal peduncle. Rays of the dorsal, caudal and
pectoral fins also dark spotted.

Length of largest specimen 117 mm. Described from two
specimens from off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass
Strait. Others are from the entrance to Storm Bay, Tas-
mania.

It is only after a detailed comparison of these specimens
with many others of C. sprattus from the London markets that
I venture to regard them as distinct. They appear to differ by
their more elongate form, my deepest specimen, the one
figured, having the depth of the body less than the length of
the head, whereas in C. sprattus it is considerably deeper.
That species further seems invariably to have but seven rays
in the ventral fin without counting the imperfect short one in
front. All of C. bassensis have eight. C. antipodum, Hector,
is a very distinct species with a much shorter body, well
developed abdominal scutes, and with the ventral placed
below instead of just in advance of the anterior portion of the
dorsal. From C. sajax, Jenyns, the new species is at once
distinguished by the position of its ventral fin.

In 1867 a note from Mr. J. E. Calder was published! in
which he recorded an immense shoal of these Herrings being
driven ashore in Simmons’ Cove, Bruni Island, Tasmania, by
Barracouta, Kingfish and others. He considered there
were about one hundred tons of them on the shore and fully
two hundred more at the bottom of the water, all dead. Carts
and boats were used to take them away for manure, yet they
were scarcely lessened in quantity. Mr. Allport also noted
that a similar shoal had been observed in 1844, and numbers of
the fish had passed far up into the Derwent River.

CLUPEA (CLUPANODON) NEOPILCHARDUS, Steindachner.
Pilchard.
Clupanodon neopilchardus, Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad.
Waisss Wienk, xii. 1879, p- 12:
Three specimens from 26-30 fathoms, eight miles off
Wooded Bluff, Clarence River, New South Wales, are of

1 Calder—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1867, p. 5.

18 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

interest as showing how far north this species extends on our
coast. It extends around southern Australia and up to Hout-
man’s Abrolhos on the west coast, and is also known from
Tasmania and New Zealand.

Famity ARGENTINIDE.
GENUS ARGENTINA, Linneus.
ARGENTINA ELONGATA, Hutton.

Argentina elongata, Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iil.,
1879, p- 53, 12., Waite, ReewCantb. Mus. 1., TOL, Mp:
TOL, pl. extv.

Thirteen examples of this species, 65-125 mm. long, differ
from a larger one from New Zealand only in the colour-mark-
ings. All have a dark band above the silvery lateral line on
which are arranged six to nine blackish spots. Near the tail
there is a second series on the lateral line and more or less
alternate to those above them. There is also a dark mark
on the side of the snout. Though they can be traced, these
markings are very indistinct in the larger specimen.

They were taken at the following localities :—

Entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 30
fathoms.

Fifteen miles off Norah Head, New South Wales, 45-58
fathoms.

No species of this genus has been previously recorded from
Australian waters.

Famity SYMBRANCHID.
GENUS CHEILOBRANCHUS, Richardson.
CHEILOBRANCHUS RUFUS, Macleay.
Red-banded Shore Eel.

Chilobranchus rufus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,

vi., 1881, p. 266.
Cheilobranchus rufus, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1906,

Ps 195,,Di: XExXvig fig. 1:

Numerous specimens were obtained in Oyster Bay, Tas-
mania.

Famity LEPTOCEPHALID4:.
GENUS CONGERMUR-ENA, Kaup.
CONGERMUR-ENA HABENATA, Richardson.
Little Conger Eel.
Congrus habenatus, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr., Fishes,

1848, p. 109, pl. 1., fig. 1-5.

FISHES.—McOULLOCH. 19

Congromurena longicauda, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ii., 1888, p. 1022.

A single specimen from Port Arthur, Tasmania, belongs to
the long-tailed form of this species. Comparison with five
other Australian specimens and one from New Zealand shows
that the lengths of the body and tail are variable and have no
specific value. As this is the only character which can be
relied upon to distinguish C. longicauda from C. habenata, the
former name can no longer stand.

Famity MYRIDA.
GENUS MuRANICHTHYS, Bleeker.
MURENICHTHYS TASMANIENSIS, sp. nov.
(Fig. 5.)

Body worm-like, the depth 3.3 in the head. Head 12.8 in
the total length, and 4.3 in the space between the gill opening
and the vent. Eye 3.2 in the snout, which is long and obtusely
pointed, and 4.8 in the head. Cleft of mouth extending far
behind the eye, and 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below
the end of the mouth. Tube of anterior nostril with a minute
exterior lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril overhanging
the lip and placed below the anterior portion of the eye.
Teeth in single rows on the jaws and palate; three or four
larger ones on either side of the vomer. Rows of widely-
spaced pores extend along each jaw, on the upper surface of
the snout and behind the eyes. Gill-opening narrow, about as
wide as the eye. The lateral line appears to be almost straight
anteriorly, but the sides of the head between the gill-opening
and the preoperculum are considerably damaged and render
this character uncertain. Vent well in advance of the middle
of the length, its distance from the tip of the snout 1.4 in the
tail. Dorsal and anal fins very low, almost rudimentary.
Origin of the dorsal a trifle nearer the tip of the snout than
the tail, its distance from the vent equal to the length of the
head.

FIG, 5.

Colour.—Pale green in formalin, the upper portion
speckled with minute brown dots which are of uniform size.
Anteriorly they are confined to the upper half of the body,
but posteriorly they approach the lower surface. On the
head they extend onto the sides and the lower jaw.

Length 170 mm. One specimen from the entrance to Oyster
Bay, Tasmania.

20 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

This species differs from the specimen I have identified as
M. breviceps, Gunther, in the position of the origin of the
dorsal which is behind instead of far in advance of the vent.
It has also a much longer and sharper snout, smaller eye, and
more rudimentary fins; the colour-marking is different, the
spots on the back being similar to those on the sides, and
they extend onto the sides of the head and the lower jaw.

It is very closely allied to, and possibly identical with M.
australis, Macleay, but differs from the five specimens I have
examined of that species in having the origin of the dorsal far
instead of only slightly behind that of the anal. The snout is
also somewhat longer, being 4.8 in the head instead of 5.3.

MUR&NICHTHYS AUSTRALIS, Macleay.
(Fig. 6.)
PMurenichthys gymnotus ?, Giinther, Chall. Rept., Zool., i.,
1880, p. 30 (nec Bleeker).
Murenichthys australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 272.

Body terete and vermiform, its depth behind the gill open-
ing 3.3, behind the vent 3.9 in the head. Head 13 in the total
length, and 4.5 in the einle Eye very small, nearly 3 in the
snout, which is obtusely pointed and 5.3 in the head. Cleft of
mouth extending far behind the eye, its length from the tip
of the snout 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below the end
of the mouth. Tube of anterior nostril with a minute exterior
lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril overhanging the lip
and placed below the anterior margin of the eye. Teeth in
single rows on the jaws and palate; three or four larger ones.
on either side of the vomer. Rows of widely-spaced pores
extend along each jaw, on the upper surface of the snout,
behind the eye and up towards the origin of the lateral line.
Gill opening as wide as the eye. Lateral line a little arched
over the branchial sac. Vent well in advance of the middle of
the length, its distance from the end of the snout 1.35 in the:
tail. Dorsal and anal fins very low except near the end of the
tail where they are a little broadened out and extend around
the point. The origin of the dorsal is a little behind me of the-
anal, not over the vent as stated by Macleay.

FIG, 6.

Colour.—After long preservation, uniform brown, with
minute darker specks above the lateral line and on the head.
where they extend onto the sides and lower jaw.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 21

Described from the type, 248 mm. long, from Lane Cove,
Port Jackson. Two other specimens are in the Macleay
Museum without data, and two in the Australian Museum
from Port Jackson.

I am indebted to Professors W. A. Haswell and T. W. E.
David for the opportunity of redescribing and figuring
Macleay’s original specimen.

It is very probable that the specimen from Port Jackson
which Gunther doubtfully identified as M. gymnotus, Bleeker,
is not that species but is M. australis. The two may be easily
distinguished, the latter having but a single row of maxillary
teeth instead of several, and its mouth extending not slightly
but far behind the eye.

Ogilby has proposed the genus Scolecenchelys! for this
species, and in a letter he informs me that it ‘‘differs from
Murenichthys in the much more slender and elongate body
and the origin and development of the dorsal fin (as comparing
australis with breviceps).’’ I regard these as specific rather
than generic characters.

MURAENICHTHYS BREVICEPS, Giinther.
(Fig. 7.)
?Murenichthys macropterus, Klunzinger, Arch. Nat.,
EXXVili-, 15, £872, p. 43 (nec Bleeker).

Murenichthys breviceps, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),
XVil.. 1970, p..401-

A small specimen, 195 mm. long, from South Australia, is
possibly the young of this species. As will be seen by the
figure, its proportions do not quite agree with those of the
type, which is twenty inches long, but the differences may
perhaps be accounted for by its small size. The following is
a description of the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen :—

Body worm-like, the depth 4 in the head. Head 10.8 in the
total length and 2.7 in the trunk. Eye 2.6 in the snout, which
is 44 in the head. Cleft of the mouth extending far behind the
eye and 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below the end of
the mouth. Tube of the anterior nostril very large, with a
minute external lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril over-
hanging the lip and placed just before the eye. Rows of large
widely-spaced pores extend along each jaw, on the upper sur-
face of the head and behind the eye. Lateral line arched above
the branchial sac. Dorsal and anal fins very low, extending

1 Ogilby—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii., i189/, p. 24.

22 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

around the end of the tail. Origin of the dorsal a trifle nearer
the tip of the snout than the vent, its distance from the gill
opening 2.3 in that from the vent.

FIG. 7.

Colour.—Pale green in formalin, speckled with minute
brown dots which are very small and crowded on the upper
surface, and larger near the lateral line; anteriorly they
scarcely extend below the middle of the body, but posteriorly
they approach the ventral surface. Extreme end of the dorsal
and caudal darker, the fins otherwise colourless.

Trawled in 35 fathoms, south of St. Francis Island, South
Australia.

The specimens identified as Murenichthys macropterus,
Bleeker, from Port Phillip and the Murray River, are probably
not that species, but are M. breviceps, which is said by its
author to differ from the former by its comparatively shorter
head and longer snout.

Famity AULOPIDZE.
Genus AULOPUS, Cuvier.
AULOPUS PURPURISSATUS, Richardson.
. Sergeant Baker.

Aulopus purpurissatus, Richardson, Icones Piscium, 1843, p.
Wis spl. i.e tie. 3.

Already known from western and eastern Australia, this
species is now recorded from South Australia, a specimen
having been trawled in 75 fathoms, fifty miles south of Cape
Wiles.

Famity SUDIDA.

GENUS CHLOROPHTHALMUS, Bonaparte.
CHLOROPHTHALMUS NIGRIPINNIS, Giinther.
Cucumber Fish.

Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis, Ginther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5); 1, 1878, p. 182, andg@hall Rept... Zool., xxi, p;
193, pli, fig..a; td., Went Proc. N.Z. Inst. sro cas
p. 25, and Rec. ‘Cantb. Maise1s, mois, p.-104, pl. xxv.

This species exhibits considerable variation in its markings
according to age, young specimens of about five inches long
having the sides blotched and spotted with bluish-grey,
whereas others of eleven inches are immaculate. The mark-

FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. BR
ings on the fins also differ in intensity in a large series of
specimens.

C. nigripinnis was, until recently, known only from the
deeper waters of New South Wales. Waite has recorded it
from New Zealand, however, and it must now be added to
the Victorian and Tasmanian lists, about one hundred and
fifty specimens having been preserved from the following
localities :—

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o
fathoms.

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Famity MACRORHAMPHOSIDE.
Genus MacroORHAMPHOSUS, Lacépede.
MACRORHAMPHOSUS ELEVATUS, Waite.
Bellows Fish.
(Fig. 8.)
Macrorhamphosus scolopax, var. elevatus, Waite, Mem.
Avista Mise, 1V5, 1609, p. S@eapleawi., tig. br.
Macrorhamphosus gallinago, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld.,
XX1-, 19S, .p- 0.

In the Report of the ‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition, Waite noted
certain characters in which his specimens differed from the
published descriptions of M. scolopax, but in consideration of
the variations to which members of this genus are subject, he
regarded the Australian representative as but a variety of
that species. Having compared specimens of each, I
am able to point out that there are well marked specific
differences between them. Examples of M. elevatus of the
same size as others of M. scolopax are much deeper and have
shorter and thicker snouts. The variations in the lengths of
the spines in different specimens of M. scolopax have been
tabulated by Ginther,! and I find similar though less striking
variations in the Australian species, but it is always longer
and usually much longer than the snout in M. elevatus,
whereas it appears to be usually tf not always shorter in M.
scolopax.

The large series of specimens available to me shows that
the relative depth of the body increases considerably with
age, but it is also clear that the exact form of the body differs
even in specimens of the same length. Under these circum-
stances I have no hesitation in regarding M. gallinago,
Ogilby, as identical with M. elevatus, especially as there are
‘Thetis’? specimens which only differ from Ogilby’s descrip-

1 Giinther—Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iii., 1861, p. 519.

24 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

tion in having eighteen instead of sixteen anal rays.t The
last dorsal spine is minute and often rudimentary, while the
position of the base of the second spine is altered by the
development or otherwise of the hump on the back.

In order to show the change with growth more clearly I
give a figure of the smallest specimen of the series for com-
parison with Waite’s figure of the adult. It is 66 mm. long
and was trawled off Cape Three Points, New South Wales,
in 32-40 fathoms.

As Centriscus scolopax, this species has been recorded from
Tasmania by Johnston,? and there is a specimen in the Aus-
tralian Museum collection from Ulverstone. The ‘‘Endea-
vour’’ trawled it at the following stations :—

Twenty miles off Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 60
fathoms.

Disaster Bay, New South Wales, 45 fathoms.

Between Port Stephens and Sydney, New South Wales,
22-65 fathoms.

Ogilby’s specimen of M. gallinago came from the Tweed
River Heads at the northern boundary of New South Wales.

GeENus CentrRIscops, Gill.
CENTRISCOPS HUMEROSUS, Richardson.
(Plate v., and fig. 9.)
Centriscus humerosus, Richardson, Voy. ‘‘Erebus’’ and
“Terror, ? Fishes, 1846, paes@s pl axxxiv.,/ figs. 5-62.92,
Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hysh.vali., 1867, (p? 522:

1 Mr. J. D. Ogilby has very kindly compared ‘Thetis’ specimens with
his type and he informs me that he considers them to be identical. He
further notes that the latter has eighteen and not sixteen anal rays as
described, a mistake due to a printer’s error.

2 Johnston—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 123.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 25

As Richardson’s description and figure of this species
were prepared from a dried specimen which had apparently
shrunk considerably, they are very inaccurate. Certain errors
were corrected by Gunther in his later description of the same
specimen, so that it only remains to give reliable figures to
place the species on a sound basis.

My specimens differ from the original description in the
following details. None show the mesial row of small scutes
before the dorsal spine, while those on the sides and around
the vent are so differently arranged that they must have been
considerably distorted in the type. The ‘‘acute curved teeth
at the base in front’’ of the dorsal spine really represent a
small detached spine anteriorly, and a pair of lateral ones,
the latter being only occasionally developed. Finally, the
skin is not nearly so rough as figured, but is covered with
closely-set microscopic spines which give a veivety feel to
the touch.

The form of the body changes greatly with growth, the
body becoming much deeper and the snout longer, while the
dorsal spines are greatly reduced. The eye is comparatively
larger in young specimens. Full grown specimens develop a
peculiar patch of bristles on the dorsal line just before the
hump of the back. They are also very beautifully coloured in
life, though the only tints remaining in my specimens are
delicate rose-pink areas on the breast and upper portion of the
sides which bear numerous large silvery spots and bars. A
silvery pink bar is present on the snout below and before the
eye. A broad oblique dark bar extends from behind the

26 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

pectorals to the origin of the anal, behind which is a similar
lighter band, and both are bordered with silvery streaks.

The smallest and largest specimens in the collection are the
two selected for illustration, and measure 70 mm. and 265
mm. respectively. Mr. Dannevig says this species is exceed-
ingly abundant in the deeper waters of southern Australia,
and one hundred and seventy-eight specimens were preserved
from the following localities :—

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

Off Storm Bay, Tasmania.

Babel Island, near Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 68 fathoms.

East from E. Sister Island, Bass Strait, go fathoms.

Sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria, 60-70 fathoms.

Famity SYNGNATHID.
GENUS CORYTHROICHTHYS, Kaup.
CORYTHROICHTHYS PHILLIPI, Lucas.
(Fig. ro.)
Syngnathus phillipi, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (n. ser.),
lil., 16901, ps 12.

Four specimens of this species were obtained in Oyster
Bay, Tasmania. They differ from Lucas’ excellent descrip-
tion only in having the osseus rings and fin rays rather more
numerous which brings the formula up to the following :—
D. 25-28, osseus rings 18-19 + 44-48.

This species is very closely allied to the more northern C.
margaritifer, Peters, but is distinguished by having a larger
number of tail rings, the dorsal fin placed a little farther back
in relation to the vent, and by the greater development of the
ridges of the head and body, particularly the ventral keel.

poe PE:

FIG. 10.

| Corythroichthys intestinalis, Ramsay.

Having had occasion to compare the above-mentioned
specimens with Syngnathus intestinalis, Ramsay,! I dis-
covered that the types of that species were not Australian, as
has been generally supposed, but came from Bougainville
Island in the Solomon Group. Ramsay gave no locality, but
merely stated that they were taken from the intestinal cavity

1 Ramsay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 494.

FISHES.—McOCULLOCH. 27
of Holothurie. Duncker! considers this species to be syn-
onymous with C. conspicillatus, Jenyns,?2 together with several
other species described by Jordan and his colleagues. Having
examined all the material available to me, I am sure that
C. intestinalis and C. waitei, Jord. & Seale,3 are identical,
and, as I have recorded? the latter from Cooktown, Queens-
land, Ramsay’s species is rightly included in Australian
literature. |

GENUS SOLEGNATHUS, Swainson.
SOLEGNATHUS SPINOSISSIMUS, Giinther.
Spiny Sea-Horse.

Solenognathus spinosissimus, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish.
Vill. 1870, p. 195; id., Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, IX.1(2)))) WOO4, p. 2228 pl. Xvil., figs. 5 and 8.

Sixteen specimens of this species were preserved. They
were obtained in 15-45 fathoms in Shoalhaven Bight, New
South Wales.

SOLEGNATHUS FASCIATUS, Giinther.

Solenognathus fasciatus, Giinther, Chall. Rep., Zool., i.,
LOSo, Pp. 30, pl. xiv., fig. B.;7as Waite, Proc, Linn. Soe:
NSS! Wales) ix. (2), 1894, ppyzee and 227,

Duncker® considers this species to be identical with the pre-
ceding. I have carefully compared the thirteen specimens
obtained with those of S. spinosissimus and have endeavoured
to find some more definite character than the form of the
scutes to distinguish the two. They are, however, identical
in every other respect, and though this one difference holds
good in a large number of specimens, yet the species cannot
but be considered to be based on a very uncertain footing.
The scutes are well shown by Waite in the figures quoted.

Though several specimens have the pseudo-marsupium in
such a condition that it is evident that they were carrying eggs
when obtained, only two have them still attached. The most
perfect of these bears forty-five eggs, and it would seem that
only a very few are missing. They are very similar to those
of S. spinosissimus as described by Waite, but are in a less
advanced stage of development, and are arranged in about
five very irregular rows commencing directly behind the vent

1 Duncker—Faun. Stidwest-Austr., ii., 1909, p. 237.

2 Jenyns—Zool. Beagle, iii., 1842, p. 147, pl. xxvii., fig. 4.

3 Jordan and Seale—Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905 (1906), p. 212, fig. 17.
4 McCulloch—Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxv., 1910, p. 432.

5 Duncker—Faun. Sudwest-Austr., ii., 1909, p. 235.

28 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

and occupying thirteen tail-rings. ‘They were collected in
the latter part of November, 1909.

The specimens are from the following localities :—

South-east from Babel Island, off Flinders Island, Bass
Strait.

Disaster Bay, southern New South Wales.

SOLEGNATHUS ROBUSTUS, sp. nov.
(Plate 1xQiee ee)

D. 34, P. 24-25. Body rings, 26 + 50.

Head 6°4 in the length and 3°7 in the trunk. Length of tail
a little less than the distance between the vent and the pec-
torals, its depth behind the dorsal 32 in the base of that fin.
Snout 1°7 in the head, its depth nearly 5 in its length, and
less than the diameter of the eye which is 4'1 in the snout.
Narrowest interorbital width a little less than half the diameter
of the eye. Dorsal fin occupying ten body rings, the length
of its base almost equal to the distance between the tip of
the snout and the posterior border of the eye. The lateral
row of scutes is not continued along the side of the tail as in
S. hardwickii, but passes upwards and merges into the
‘supero-lateral row, though, owing to the upper surface being
very convex, this is less conspicuous than in S. spinosissimus
and S. fasciatus. Scutes of the body with radiating lines of
well-developed spines, and each with a stronger flattened one
in the centre. On the anterior portion of the body and sides
these central spines are higher than broad and_ widely
separated, but before the dorsal on the mid-line they become
broader ; on the tail, especially along the median superior and
inferior lines, they are much broader than high, and are
arranged so closely together as to form an almost continuous
keel. The whole head and space before the pectorals is
covered with uniform upstanding spines which are arranged
in radiating lines on the opercles. The last thirty tail rings
are prehensile and are provided with fleshy excrescences on
their inferior surfaces.

Total length, 300 mm. One specimen from 37 fathoms off
Flinders Island, South Australia, August 30th, 1909.

This species is easily distinguished from the others by its
broad snout and very thick tail, and also by the form of the
scutes. The following is a key to the Australian species :—

a. Lateral row of scutes extending along the sides of the
tail, not merging into the upper row.

b. Scutes rugose but with scarcely any spines :—
hardwicku.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 29

aa. Lateral row of scutes merging into those on the upper
edge of the tail behind the dorsal fin.

c. Depth of the tail behind the dorsal 4 or more in the
base of that fin. Depth of snout 6 or more in its
length.

d. Scutes intensely spiny and convex :—spinosissimus.
dd. Scutes rugose with one spine and flatter :—

fasciatus.

cc. Depth of the tail behind the dorsal about 3 in the base
of that fin. Depth of snout 5 in its length.

e. Scutes with rows of spines and little convex :—
vrobustus.
Genus Hippocampus, Rafinesque.
HIPPOCAMPUS ABDOMINALIS, Lesson.
(Plate vi., fig. 1.)

Hippocampus abdominalis, Lesson in Ferussac, Bull. Sci.
Nats, xt.) 1827, "p. 127; id), wGunther, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish., viii., 1870, p. 199; id., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad.
Wiss.-Wien., Ixxx., i., p. 420;id., Johnston, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 135; id., Waite, Rec. Cantb.
Miusiie5, Nios 1, 1907, p. 5 jm@@enwloc: cit.,, 1911, ps 175;
pl. xxvii. ; id., Duncker, Faun. Siidwest-Austr. ii., 1909,
Deas

The specimen figured is a very large one from Merimbula,
near Twofold Bay, New South Wales, where this species is
said to be common. It is recorded from New Zealand, Tas-
mania and Victoria, while Ginther records a specimen in the

British Museum from Sydney which was presented by Sir

John Richardson. If this specimen really came from Port

Jackson the species must be very rare here, as it has not been

included in any of the catalogues of New South Wales fishes,

nor have any local specimens come under my notice.

HIPPOCAMPUS GRACILIFORMIS, sp. nov.
(Plate: vi., “iesmes)

Deez, Ps 16. Rings 12 + ao

Body slender, its greatest depth being only 1°5 the width
behind the pectorals. Tail nearly twice as long as the dis-
tance between the tip of the coronet and the vent. Snout
very short and thick, as long as the postorbital portion of the
head. Eye 12 in the snout. Supra-orbital spines low and
triangular, converging before the eyes where they form a
prominent keel on the proximal portion of the snout. Behind
the eyes the profile extends obliquely upwards to just before

3

30 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the coronet where it is notched. The coronet is quadrangular
with very indistinct tubercles and ridges. Tubercies of the
body almost uniformly obtuse, the lateral row a little more
developed than the others; below the dorsal fin those of the
back are somewhat enlarged. On the tail the fifth, ninth and
twelfth are prominent. None of the tubercles bear filaments.
The dorsal fin stands on four body and three tail rings; its
anterior portion is damaged but it appears to have had
twenty-seven rays.

Colour.—Light brown, the tail with nine darker cross-
bands. The head has large scattered dark spots arranged
around the eye and on the snout, and there are others on the
sides and under surfaces of the anterior portion of the body.

Total length 87 mm.
One specimen taken somewhere near Bass Strait, but the
exact locality is unknown.

The large number of rays in the dorsal fin distinguishes this
from all other Australian species except H. abdominalis,
Lesson. From that species it is easily separated by its slender
body, the form of the supraocular spines and coronet, and the
poor development of the tubercles.

Famity SCOMBRESOCID:.
GENUS SCOMBRESOX, Lacépede.
SCOMBRESOX FORSTERI, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Scombresox forsteri, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., xvill., 1846, p. 481.
A single specimen was taken in a landing net at night,

one hundred and twenty miles south-south-west of St. Francis
Island, South Australia.

FaMILy EXOCCETIDE.

Genus Exonautes, Jordan and Evermann.
EXONAUTES SPECULIGER, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Flying Fish.

Exoccetus speculiger, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.

Poiss;,. xix.,, 1646, p. 94:
Cypsilurus speculiger, Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur.
Pish.,, XXv., 1905 (1906); qarzogy e713:
A single specimen agreeing perfectly with the descriptions

and figure quoted was obtained between Port Stephens and
Newcastle, New South Wales.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 31

Famity ATHERINID.
GENUS ATHERINA, Linne@us.
ATHERINA DANNEVIGI, sp. nov.
(Plate xvi., tipee2.)

Devitie ier iy hh AS 1. 12-1 See PAL | Ve tons (Clr.
Scales 73-75.

Body very elongate, the depth 6°5 to 7°3 in the length to
the hypural. Head 4 to 4°3. Eye 3 to 34 in the head, equal
to or longer than the snout.

Mouth oblique, not very large, the gape reaching almost
to the anterior orbital rim; maxillary continued backwards to
below the anterior third of the eye. The teeth are exceedingly
minute and appear to be present on the jaws, vomer and
palatines. Gill-rakers slender, equal to about half the length
of the eve, sixteen on the lower limb of the first arch. Upper
surface of the head flat, the interorbital width equal to the
diameter of the eye. Muciferous system well developed, with
large open pores. A row of about nine commences on the
snout and extends over the eye, then downwards and along
the upper margin of the opercles. Nine more are arranged
from behind the eye, around the angle of the preoperculum to
the mouth, where they join another row running along the
margin of the preorbital. Five more pores are found along
each ramus of the lower jaw.

Scales extending forwards on the back as far as the hinder
portion of the eye, and there are about thirty-nine along the
mid-line of the back to the first dorsal, and twenty-four
between the two dorsals. Those on the sides of the body are
rounded but for a small median lobe which gives them an
angular appearance. There are three rows on the cheeks and
about seven on the operculum. They also extend well onto
the base of the caudal fin.

Origin of the first dorsal behind the ventrals but well before
the middle of the distance between the tip of the snout and the
base of the tail; second spine longest, equal to two-thirds or
more of the space between the tip of the snout and the hinder
orbital margin. Soft dorsal commencing over the first third of
the anal, its third ray a trifle shorter than the longest spines.
Anal similar to the soft dorsal but with a longer base. Origin
of ventrals almost midway between the snout and the end of
the anal, or a little nearer the latter. Pectorals reaching to
above the base of the ventrals. Vent between the ventrals
and rather nearer their tips than their bases.

Colour.—Sandy yellow (in formalin), each scale of the
back margined with a row of minute brown dots. A silver

32 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

band, which is rather wider than the row of scales it covers,
is uniformly dotted with minute brown specks, and may or
may not be defined by a black line above. Occiput darker.

Described from three specimens 75 to 85 mm. long from two
stations—Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms, and
the entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania. Selected type 75 mm.
long from the latter locality.

This is distinguished from all other Australian species by
its very small scales. It is apparently nearest to A. hep-
setoides, Richardson,! but the description of that species is
so imperfect I am unable to compare it satisfactorily.
Richardson, however, compared his species with 4. hepsetus,
Linn., to which, as his name denotes, he considered it very
similar. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens are so very different
in appearance from the latter that I have little doubt they
are distinct from Richardson’s species also, and this, together
with the fact that they come from somewhat deep water
induces me to describe them as new.

GENUS T4:NIOMEMBRAS, Ogilby.

Taeniomembras, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiii.
1898, p. 41.

Ogilby has erected this genus for Atherina microstoma,
Ginther, considering that it differs from Atherina by (1) its
more elongate body, (2) pointed snout, (3) small mouth, (4)
stronger dentition, (5) shorter, stouter and fewer gill-rakers.
I regard 1, 2 and 4 as being of specific value only, but 3 and
5 may perhaps be conveniently used to split up the large
number of Australian species of Atherina. Notwithstanding
Gunther’s statement, ‘‘teeth conspicuous in the jaws and on
the vomer,’’ Ogilby describes the latter as smooth, while he
finds a single row on the palatines. These are lacking in the
specimens described below, but the vomerine teeth are well
developed.

‘T4NIOMEMBRAS MICROSTOMA, Giinther.
(Plate x., fig. 2.)

Atherina microstoma, Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i1.,
1861, p. 401; 1d., Macleay, Proc: Linn. Soc.: N.S. Wales,
Vi.,5 1881, p. 39; id., Johnston; Proc. Roy.Sec. Tasm 5
1882 (1883), p. 122, and 1890 (1891), p. 34.
Br; 6-73 Ds -Vi.-Vil. 10-11 7g ait > PS pa-14 Ve se
Cy 17-;25¢. Tat. 38-40; (Sc.. trite

1 Richardson—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi. (1), 1843, p. 178.

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. a3

Height of the body 5?-7, length of the head 4-44 in the
length to the hypural. Eye 3, a little wider than the inter-
orbital space, snout 44 in the head. Depth of the caudal
peduncle a little less than the width of the eye.

Body moderately elongate, somewhat compressed, its
breadth equal to about two-thirds of its height. Head flat
above with a series of very large pores extending from the
snout, over the eye, to a canal above the operculum. A
second series crosses the snout in front of the eye and follows
the preorbital, joining another which extends around the
margins of the preoperculum. There is a series on each
ramus of the lower jaw, and a single pore behind the eye. A
few large scales on the upper surface of the head extending
forward to the eyes, snout and preorbital region bare. A
single row of large scales on the cheek, and three rows on the
operculum; a single row on the sub- and interoperculum.
Mouth small, the maxillary not reaching the anterior margin
of the eye; jaws subequal. Teeth minute but distinct, in
several rows on the anterior parts of both jaws, none on the
sides; a well-developed patch on the vomer, palatines tooth-
less. Gill-rakers short and stout, the longest less than a third
the length of the eye; about fifteen on the first arch.

Scales of the body large, cycloid and concentrically striated.
There are thirty-eight to forty on the silvery lateral band from
behind the base of the pectoral to the hypural, and eight in a
transverse series not counting the median ones on the back
and belly. There are fourteen to fifteen between the nape and
the first dorsal fin.

Origin of the dorsal a little behind that of the ventrals, and
a little nearer the end of the snout than the hypural. The
spines are very weak and flexible, the second and third the
longest, subequal, and about half as long again as the eye.
The distance between the first spines of the two dorsals
equals that between the end of the second and the hypural.
Anal originating well in advance of the second dorsal, the
length of its base once and a half in its distance from the
hypural. Margins of the pectorals rounded, the second and
third upper rays the longest, not quite reaching the vertical
of the ventrals. Ventrals reaching back a little more than
half their distance from the anal, the vent placed between their
tips.

Chee eee in formalin with a broad dark silvery
lateral band along the fourth row of scales. The upper parts
of the head and back are densely spotted with minute olive
green dots, which also border the scales of the body above the
lateral band and sometimes those below it as well. All the
fins with more or less numerous scattered dots on the rays.

34 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Described from five specimens, about 63 mm. long, taken
in the estuary of the Derwent River, Tasmania, by Mr. E.
F. Lovett, who presented them to the Australian Museum.
Two other very battered specimens are in the ‘‘Endeavour’’
collection from Storm Bay, Tasmania. They differ from
Ginther’s description only in being rather more slender, in
having one ray less in the anal fin, and in the position of the
silvery lateral band, but I do not regard any of these as being
of much importance.

FamMiILty STROMATEID.

GENUS SERIOLELLA, Guichenot.
SERIOLELLA BRAMA, Giinther.
Snotgall Trevally, Trevalla.

(Plate ix., fig. 1.)

Neptonemus brama, Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., ii., 1860,
p- 390; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), pp. 85 and 120.

Neptonemus? travale, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., I
1872, pam tG:

Seriolella brama, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), x., 1902,
p: 120; td., Waite, Reegt@antb, Mus.,4., 191i; psec;
plat

Notwithstanding the numerous differences appearing in the
two descriptions of S. brama and S. trevale, | agree with Regan
that they represent but one species. I think there can be no
doubt that my specimens are correctly identified with S.
brama, while the fact that they were recognised as_ the
common trevalla or trevally of the Melbourne markets by Mr.
Dannevig bears out their association with S. trevale which
was originally obtained from that source.

I have examined over a dozen specimens from various
localities extending from Tasmania to Port Jackson and find
the variation in the number of fin-rays and spines to be con-
siderable, as the following selected examples will show :—
(5) De, ‘vils 15,305. A. iii., 2eembeges. (2) vais die e anaes
iii..23; P.2t: (3) D. vii. iezocgA yin. 21; P. 20; (4) Diva
ii. 32; A. iii. 23; P. 20. The lengths of the spines before the
second dorsal are very variable, and the second may be
replaced by a jointed ray. The disagreement in the propor-
tions of the head and body, as given by the two authors, is
doubtless accounted for by a different system of measuring
adopted by each. The depth in my specimens is about 2°6 in
the length to the hypural and 3°4 in that to the tip of the
tail. The only other important difference is in the armature of

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 35

the preoperculum, as described by Castelnau, but I find this
to be a very unreliable character, some specimens having the
ridges and denticulations distinctly, though feebly, developed,
while in others there is no trace of them.

The following description is drawn up from all the material
available to me :—

DP wit-vile t=.) 20-34 A. iit. Saeee PY 20-295 Vii 1. 955
C. 17; 1. lat. about 90. Depth 2°6, head 34 to 34, pectoral
3 to 3°4, base of dorsal 1°7, base of anal 3 to 3°2 in length
to the hypural. Caudal peduncle 3°5. Eye-opening 4 to 4°5.
Vertical diameter of orbit 3°4 to 4 in the head.

Body compressed, rather deep, its dorsal and ventral pro-
files almost equally arched, covered with moderate cycloid
scales, those of the lateral line somewhat smaller than the
others. Caudal peduncle narrow. Whole upper surface and
sides of the head covered with a thick fleshy skin which largely
hides the scales and other characters beneath it. Snout tumid,
the nostrils placed close together and nearer the end of the
snout than the eye, the anterior the largest and rounded, the
posterior slit-like. Mouth oblique, maxillary small and weak,
and reaching to or a little beyond the vertical of the anterior
margin of the eye. Preorbital narrow, its margin smooth or
crenulated. Eye large, placed in the middle line of the head.
Bones of the head very weak, their margins either feebly
denticulated or smooth; posterior margin of the preoperculum
emarginate, the angle produced and broadly rounded. Oper-
culum terminating in a very thin flat point margined with
skin. Teeth extremely fine and small, arranged in a single
row on each jaw; vomer, palatines and tongue toothless.

Dorsal fin commencing a little before, over, or behind the
base of the pectoral ; the spinous portion is low and the middle
spines the longest. If present, the*second spine of the second
dorsal is generally higher than any of those of the first; the
second and third rays are the longest and about as long as
the distance between the tip of the snout and the hinder
margin of the eye. The two first spines of the anal are short
and thick and somewhat detached from the rest of the fin;
third spine longer and weaker and adpressed to the first ray.
Soft portion of the fin similar to, but lower than, the second
dorsal. Pectoral falecate reaching to or beyond the vertical of
the first anal ray. Ventrals rather small, placed below the
posterior base of the pectorals, and reaching about two-thirds
of the distance between their insertion and the vent. Caudal
deeply forked.

Colour.—Body with large somewhat irregular blotches dis-
tributed over its upper half, of which the most conspicuous ts a

36 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

dark rounded one at the origin of the lateral line. Two large
and less distinct marks descend from the origin and middle of
the second dorsal to below the lateral line, and besides these
there are numerous smaller markings scattered over the body.
These markings have not been noted by Castelnau, whose
description was prepared from fresh specimens, and as all
mine have lost most of their scales it may be that they are
not shown or are indistinct in perfect examples. A dark bar
extends vertically across the eye which is otherwise golden.
Dorsal, anal, pectorals and ventrals dusky, especially towards
their margins.

Fifteen specimens were preserved from the following
localities :——

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms.
Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40
fathoms.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

SERIOLELLA PUNCTATA, Forster.
(Plate xan. 1.)

Gasterosteus punctatus, Forster, in Bloch and Schneider,
Syst. Ichth.,; 1801, p. 36:

Neptonemus bilineatus, Hutton, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., v.,
1872, p. 261, pl. viii.

Seriolella bilineata, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), x.,
1902, p. 128.

Seriolella punctata, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., 1911, p. 231,
plait.

IDS Vi.-=Vil.. 34-39; A. ili. 22224eeP. 20-22: V1 52 Comm

Depth 3°3 to 4, head 3°4 to 3°6, pectoral about 4, base of
dorsal 1°7, and base of anal 3°8 in the length to the hypural.
Caudal peduncle 4 to 4°5, eye-opening 4°8 to 5'5, vertical
diameter of the orbit 3°4 to 3°8 in the head.

Body compressed, elongate, the dorsal and ventral profiles
evenly arched, upper parts covered with large pores. Caudal
peduncle narrow. Upper surface and sides of the head
covered with a thick fleshy porous skin which hides the scales
and other characters beneath it. Snout somewhat fleshy and
rounded. Nostrils close together, nearer the tip of the snout
than the eye; the posterior longer than the anterior which is
round. Mouth oblique; maxillary rather narrow and weak,

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 37
extending to or beyond the vertical of the anterior margin of
the eye. Preorbital narrow. Eye moderate, placed a little
above the mid-line of the head. Opercular bones very weak,
and with smooth margins in all my specimens, but they are
doubtless subject to the same variation as in S. brama.
Posterior margin of the preoperculum qblique and usually a
little emarginate, the angle produced and broadly rounded;
operculum terminating in a very thin flat point margined with
skin.

Dorsal fin commencing a little behind the vertical of the
base of the pectoral; the spinous portion is low and the middle
spines are the longest. The third or fourth rays are the
longest, but are shorter than the distance between the tip of
the snout and the hinder margin of the eye. The two first
spines of the anal are very small and more or less hidden in
the skin; the third is longer and adpressed to the first ray.
Soft portion of the fin similar to, but lower than that of the
dorsal. Pectoral falcate not nearly reaching the vertical of
the vent. Ventrals small, inserted just behind the pectorals
and reaching one-third or more of the distance between them
and the anal. Caudal forked.

Colour.—Body with numerous small round spots along the
middle line, and a large dark mark behind the head, near the
base of the lateral line, which is deeper than broad. A dark
vertical bar across the eye. Pectorals, dorsal and anal fins
dusky, especially towards their margins. Ventrals and caudal
lighter.

Longest specimen 280 mm.

Seriolella porosa, Guichenot,! is said to differ from S.
punctata in being more slender, the depth being 4 to 44 in the
length as against 33 to 3%. The original figure of that species,
however, agrees very well in this respect with my specimens
of S. punctata. Regan? considers the Tasmanian S. dobula,
Gunther, to be synonymous with S. porosa, and I think it
possible that both will prove to be merely variations of
Forster’s species, though I have seen no specimens in, which
the depth is 44 in the length as described by Gunther.

Two specimens were preserved which were taken between
Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 22-60
fathoms, and seven others from the Victorian coast and from
Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

1 Guichenot in Gay—Fauna Chilena, Pisces, 1847, p. 238; Atlas ii., Ichth.
PL Gviley hen 2.
2 Regan—Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. (7), x., 1902, p. 128.

28 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FamMiLy GADID.
GENuS PuysicuLus, Kaup.
PHYSICULUS BARBATUS, Giinther.
Rock Cod, Cape Cod, Red Cod.

Pseudophycis barbatus, Ginther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3),
xi., 1863, p. 116; id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim.
Soc: Vict., 1., 1872, p.eiG2eiid.. McCoy, Prodr: Zool
Viect., pl. xx., 1878; id2@ johnston, Proc. Roy. See
Tasm., 1882 (1883), pp. 88 and 126.

Physiculus palmatus, (Klunzinger, Arch. fur. Naturg.,
XXKVIM da TO7e, P- 3S:

Lotella grandis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v.,
1881, p. 462.

Physiculus barbatus, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club,
1904, p. 24.

Only one specimen of this common southern species was
preserved. It is fifteen inches long and was obtained off Cape
Everard, Victoria, in 70 fathoms.

There seems to be little doubt that P. palmatus, Klunzinger,
from Hobson’s Bay, Port Phillip, is identical with the common
Victorian Rock Cod since the description agrees perfectly with
that given by McCoy of the latter species. The fact that
KXlunzinger compared his fish with P. breviusculus, Richard-
son, only, indicates that he was unaware of Gunther’s species.

FamIty MACROURID.
GENUS CCLORHYNCHUS, Giorna.
CG@LORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS, Richardson.

Lepidoleprus australis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839,.
p. 100, and Trans. Zool{sec., 1i., 1840, p. 151, pl vill,
ne. 1.

Macrurus australis, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p- 391; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(7883), p. 127+: td., Gunther, Chall. Rept., Zool. xxi,
1S07, p- 127.

Celorhynchus mortoni, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1896
(1897), Pp. 83.

Coeelorhynchus australis, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., 1911,
Ps L7goieen ky Dl: XIX. jaueene

When recording Optonurus denticulatus from New South

Wales I noted! that several specimens lacked the ends of their

1 McCulloch—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 746.

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 39

tails, and that in one the dorsal and anal fins had grown
together around the injured portion, thereby giving it the
appearance of being perfect. Many examples of C. australis
in the ‘‘Endeavour”’ collection exhibit this same peculiarity,
some having the tail so truncated and the anal rays so com-
plete around it that they almost seem to have heterocercal
instead of leptocercal tails. Dissection shows that the injured
vertebra spreads out into a cartilaginous fan somewhat
resembling a true hypural bone, to which the rays are movably
articulated.

A large series of specimens, seventy-five in number, con-
clusively proves that C. mortoni, Ogilby (the type specimen
of which is lost), is identical with Richardson’s species, and
that the differences noted between the two are nearly all due
to the one having.a more perfect and therefore longer tail
than the other. The only character that cannot be so
explained lies in the armature of the scales, Ogilby counting
18 to 23 ridges in C. mortoni, while C. australis is said to have
12 to 18 only. I find that the number varies according to the
size of the specimens, my smallest having only six ridges,
whereas a large scale in a big example has twenty-two.

When fresh, the specimens were greyish with darker bands
extending along the body and occupying the overlapping por-
tions of each row of scales. There is a more or less distinct
dark band between the eyes, and the operculum is blackish.
Upper half of the first dorsal black with a lighter margin.
Anal dark with a white border. Pectorals and ventrals dusky
with lighter edges.

Specimens were preserved from off Storm Bay, Tasmania,
60 fathoms, and from Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

Famity BERYCID/.
GENUS AUSTROBERYX, gen. nov.

Body rather deep, compressed, covered with moderately
large, ctenoid scales which are regularly arranged. Abdomen
trenchant, with a row of slightly enlarged, keeled scales.
Head large, with thin bones and high ridges which have deep
muciferous Cavities between them; the exposed bones rough
with raised strie. Snout short, mouth oblique, the chin
prominent. Eye large. Jaws, vomer and palatines with
villiform teeth. Opercles serrated ; operculm with two spines,
preoperculum with more or less strongly developed spines on
its inner border. Dorsal with six or seven spines which in-
crease regularly in height, and eleven to fourteen soft rays.
Anal with four spines and twelve to fourteen rays, its base
shorter than that of the dorsal. Ventrals with one spine and
seven rays.

40 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

Type Beryx affinis, Gunther. B. gerrardi, Gunther, and
B_ lineatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, also belong to this
genus. They are distinguished from Beryx, Cuvier (type B.
decadactylus, Cuv. and Val.), by having the anal shorter than
the dorsal and composed of only 12-14 rays instead of 26-30.
The bones of the head also appear to be more strongly armed,
and the suborbitals are broader.

Regan! has placed Beryx affinis, Gunther, and its allies in
the genus Hoplopteryx, Agassiz?, of which most of the species
are Cretaceous fossils. Judging from Woodward’s restoration
of H. lewesiensis,’ Mantell, however, the recent forms seem to
differ in having the opercular bones more strongly armed and
in having much smaller scales.

Note on the genera Trachichthys, Shaw and Nodder, and
Hoplostethus, Cuvier and Valenciennes.—It would seem that
Trachichthys (type T. australis, Shaw & Nodder) is a mono-
typic genus characterised by having three dorsal and two anal
spines which are placed close together, and, like the rays, are
entirely covered with minute asperities. Minute tuberculiform
teeth are crowded on the jaws, vomer and palatines.

Ginther4 counted three spines and twelve rays in the dorsal,
and two spines and ten rays in the anal of the type specimen
of T. australis. McCoy® describes iv./11 and iii./g (10)
respectively, but has mistaken the anterior rays for spines,
while Waite® expressly states that there are three and not two
anal spines in Trachichthys. I have counted nine specimens
of T. australis, and find the number of spines and rays to be as
stated by Giinther.

Boulenger’ has united Hoplostethus with Trachichthys, re-
garding some Australian and New Zealand species (T. inter-
medius, Hector, and T. elongatus, Gunther) as intermediate
between the two. Both these fishes, however, bear little
resemblance to T. australis, having four and six dorsal spines
and three anal spines which are well separated, and which,
together with the rays, are not covered with minute asperities.
They are much nearer to Hoplostethus (type H. mediter-
rvaneus, Cuv. & Val.), but both differ from that genus, as
defined by Jordan and Fowler,’ in possessing microscopic

1 Regan—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vii., 1911, p. 5.

2 Agassiz—Poiss. Foss., iv., 1838, p. 4.

3 Woodward—Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fish., iv., 1901, p. 398, fig. 31.
4 Gunther—Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, p. 10.

5 McCoy—Prodr. Zool. Vict., 1886, pl. cxiv.

6 Waite—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 66.

7 Boulenger—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ix., 1902, p. 202.

8 Jordan & Fowler—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxvi., 1902, p. 7.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 4l

vomerine teeth, while T. elongatus also has only four instead
of six dorsal spines. In all other respects, however, they
agree with Hoplostethus, T. intermedius indeed being very
closely allied to H. mediterraneus, so that I think it better to
expand the limits of that genus to include them rather than
form an unnatural group by uniting Hoplostethus and Tra-
chichthys.
AUSTROBERYX GERRARDI. Giinther.
(Plate viii.).
Beryx Gerrard’, Gunther, Ann.’ Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xx.,
TG07, P- 238, fie.

Bio Wa Vig ea A. iV., T2-neement ss Voi, 7 Cl 1%
1. lat. 36-39; 1. tr. 6 + 11. Height 118-2, head 24-22 in
the length to the hypural. Eye 24 in the head. Interorbital
width slightly less than 2 of the eye, and equal to the length
of the snout. Base of the anal 2 that of the dorsal which
equals the length of the head. Caudal peduncle ¢ of the eye
and almost equal to the post-orbital portion of the head.

Body short and deep. Upper profile very convex from the
snout to the first dorsal spine which marks its highest point.
The curve from the snout to the ventral fin is much less than
that of the back; the line between the ventrals and the anal
is straight and bears 9-11 keeled scales which decrease in
size backwards.

Maxillary reaching to below the posterior third of the eye,
stiliform anteriorly but very broad behind; there is a small
rough patch of spines on the narrow portion which is in con-
tact with the supplemental bone, but the rest is smooth.
Supplemental bone with numerous ridges each ending in
spines. Turbinal bones bilobed and margined with sharp
spines. Preorbital denticulated, without a curved spine but
with a slight notch at its upper end to receive a blunt spine
projecting from the maxillary. Bones of the infraorbital arch
spine-like and roughened. Interorbital space narrowest above
the middle of the eye, becoming a little wider forwards, then
narrowing again towards the nostrils. Supraciliary edges
finely denticulated, terminating anteriorly above the nostrils;
between these are two curved, slightly roughened ridges
which approach each other at either end and enclose a some-
what elliptical area, with truncate ends, which is 34-4 times as
long as broad. Above the first third of the eye these ridges
each give off a branch which again divides and passes back-
wards ending in some rather strong spines some distance
before the suprascapular.

Preoperculum with two parallel margins, the hinder borders
of which are serrated; the angle of the inner margin is formed

42 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

of two flattened, denticulated spines, while that of the outer
is armed with smaller simple spines. Both lower borders
finely denticulated. Operculum narrow, its anterior halt
covered with scales, the posterior portion with coarse striz
ending in marginal points; two strong spines on the upper
portion of the bone. Subopercle with one or two small spines
at its lowest point. Interoperculum with a broad notch near
its junction with the subopercle, its angle and lower border
striated and finely denticulated. Margin of the suprascapular
denticulated, its lower portion with an oblique ridge terminat-
ing in some enlarged spines.

Nostrils more widely separated than in 4. affinis, the hinder
ones being very close to the orbital margins. First bran-
chiostegals very slender, second to fifth “broad and denti-
culated below, the others smooth. Gill-rakers very long and
slender posteriorly, about half as long as the eye; twenty-two
on the lower limb of the first arch. Exceedingly fine villiform
teeth on the jaws without larger ones near “the middle. A
small triangular patch on the vomer and a long cuneiform
band on each palatine bone.

With the exception of the form of the ridges on top of the
head, the position of the nostrils and the absence of enlarged
teeth, all the characters of the head are almost exactly similar
to those of young A. affinis.

Dorsal spines gradually increasing in length, the last 14-14
as long as the eye and 2 the length of the second ray; all are
more or less angular and striated. Second ray the longest,
about 2} as long as the last. The first anal spine is placed
below the third “dorsal ray, the fourth equals the fifth dorsal
spine in length and is about § 2 as long as the second ray; the
last ray is placed far behind that of the dorsal. Pectoral not
quite 2 in the head and reaching to above the base of the
anterior anal rays. Ventrals with strong, flattened, striated
spines, 3 as long as the rays which extend to the base of the
fourth anal spine. Caudal deeply forked, the lobes somewhat
pointed and about equal to the head in length.

All the scales rather coarsely denticulated, the external half
of their exposed surfaces with smooth ridges ending in mar-
ginal teeth. Bases of the dorsal and anal fins protected by
sheaths formed of several rows of scales, the outermost of
which is the largest. A small patch of scales on the cheeks.
A large angular scale at the axil of the ventral fin. Lateral
line straight, each scale with a median excavation.

Colourless in formalin.

Described from twelve specimens, 150-200 mm. in length.

FISHES.—McCULLOCE. 43
This species is distinguished from A. affinis and A.
lineatus by its small number of scales on the lateral line,
different fin formule and by its short and deep form.
Trawled in 37 fathoms off Flinders Island, Investigator
Group, South Australia.

AUSTROBERYX AFFINIS, Giinther.
Nanny gai.
(Fig. rae

Beryx affinis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 1., 1859, p. 13,
and Anne Mae~ Nat. Hist. (gigs, 1887, p: 238, fig.;
ids Opilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 69,pl. xxi-;
id., Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 48, pl. xvii.
Hoplopteryx affinis, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vii.,
pass plo u
This species is extremely variable with age, the young
being short bodied and round, and the depth only 22 in the
total length, while large specimens are much more elongate
with the depth 34. The form and armature of the bones of the
head is essentially the same in both, but those of the young
have much more spinate edges, and their surfaces are smooth
and with but few ridges. The same remarks apply to the

(yy

ee MOT YY ¥ rat 4 if
>— SS >= reer {f Lgl Af f }
== ae Hale
ta
: mee

Ae eee =a

FIG. 11.

scales which have very coarsely denticulated edges and almost
smooth surfaces; in the adult the denticulations are much
finer and they are continued back as ridges almost half way
across the exposed portions of the scales. The accompanying
figure represents my smallest specimen (70 mm. long).

44 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Constant characters appear to be afforded by the number of
spines and rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and the number
of perforated scales along the lateral line. In nine examples
23-16 inches long, I find them to be as follows :—D. vii/11-12,
A. iv./12, lateral line 42-44.

Gunther has stated that the length of the head equals the
height of the body. As this character has been used in com-
parison with other species, it is worth noting that it is con-
siderably shorter in all the specimens I have seen, and is
shown to be so in all the figures published.

Only three specimens were preserved in the ‘‘Endeavour”’
collection which came from the east coast of Flinders Island,
Bass Strait, and sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria,
60-70 fathoms.

GENUS PARATRACHICHTHYS, Waite.
PARATRACHICHTHYS TRAILLI, Hutton.

Paratrachichthys trailli, Hutton—Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,
iv., 1899, p. 65.

Waite noted that the number and form of the abdominal
scutes of his single specimen differed slightly from the des-
criptions and figure of Tvachichthys macleayi, Johnston, and
T. trailli, Hutton. In the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens I find
from twelve to sixteen scutes, and the first either divided or
single, and with one median or two lateral spines. This,
therefore, proves the identity of T. macleayi with Hutton’s
species.

Referring to the vomerine teeth, Waite states that the patch
could be covered by a pin’s head. This agrees well with most
of my specimens, but in others they are entirely wanting.

The collection includes seventeen specimens from off the
east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms, and
Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

Famity MONOCENTRID.
Genus Monocentris, Bloch and Schneider.
MONOCENTRIS GLORIA-MARIS, de Vis.
Knight Fish.
Monocentris gloria-maris (de Vis.)—Waite, Mem. Austr.
Mus., iv., 1899, p. 67, pl. vill., figs. 1-2, and Rec. Austr.
Mus., vi., 1905, p. 60.

Two specimens were obtained fifteen miles off Saddle Hill,
New South Wales, in 35 fathoms.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 45

Famity PEMPHERID&.
GENUS PEMPHERIS, Cuvier.
PEMPHERIS MULTIRADIATA, Klunzinger.

Pempheris multiradiatus, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss.
Wien ixxx. (1.51570, p- 35m

Pempheris macrolepis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, v., 1881, p. 516; id.,. Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,
Wis, LOGO: Ds 74 Plet X

Pempheris lineatus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x.,
1886, p. 447.

-Having carefully examined all the material at my disposal,
I have no doubt that P. multiradiata is identical with P.
macrolepis, as has been suggested by Macleay.!_ Klunzinger’s
description agrees exactly with my specimens which come
from various localities between the Bellinger River, New
South Wales, and Kingston, South Australia. In twelve
examples I find the following number of fin-rays and scales :—
D. v./11-13, A. iii./32-38, lateral line to the hypural 46-50.

Waite (loc. cit.) has suggested that P. multivadiata is
identical with P. compressa, Shaw, but I can see no reason
for this conclusion. The former has most of its scales cycloid,
only those on the anterior and lower portion of the head,
breast, and on the back before the dorsal fin being ctenoid.
In P. compressa all are very distinctly ctenoid, and they are
much smaller, there being 62-64 along the lateral line instead
of only 46-50.

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens were taken at the following
stations :—

Off Bellengen, New South Wales, 40-52 fathoms.

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.
Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island and north of Goose
Island, Bass Strait.

Forty miles off Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms.

PEMPHERIS AFFINIS, sp. nov.
(Plate vii., Fig. 1.)

Pie srOnun AS 11, 33-41 > P. toate 15. C.. 17; I: lat.
60-62; 1. tr. 7 + 19. Depth 23-24, head 34-34 in the length
to the hypural. Eye 2-21 in the head; interorbital width 14-
12 in the eye and about twice as wide as the snout is long.
Depth of caudal peduncle % of the eye.

1 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, p. 21

46 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Body rather deep; the profile arched to the first dorsal,
thence straight to the tail. Lower profile forming an even
curve to the origin of the anal, the base of which is very
oblique. Interorbital space convex. Maxilla reaching to
slightly behind the middle of the eye, and covered with large,
rough ctenoid scales. Preoperculum with a very strong spine
at the angle and one or two weaker ones on each border.
Operculum with two very small flat points separated by a
broad excavation ; above and close to the upper one are several
small points which may be indistinct. Whole head, with the
exception of the tip of the snout and the lips, covered with
moderately large scales which are mostly cycloid, only those
of the preorbital and lower portion of the head being ctenoid.
Upper jaw with an outer row of large canines which increase
in size as they approach the median toothless excavation;
anteriorly there is an inner row of smaller teeth behind them.
Lower jaw with a few large teeth directed outwards anteriorly,
and two rows of smaller teeth along the sides which become
united into one about half way back. A row of small conical
teeth is present on each side of the vomer, and still smaller
ones form bands on the palatines. Posterior gill-rakers long
and slender, more than one-third the length of the eye; there
are twenty-three on the lower limb of the first arch.

On the back, in front of the dorsal fin, and also on the
ventral surface, except on the bases of and between the ven-
trals, the scales are extremely rough and ctenoid; their edges
are turned obliquely outwards from the body, and they are
firm and adherent. The rest of the body is covered with large,
flat, cycloid scales which are only marked with very fine con-
centric striz, and are very deciduous. ‘The lateral line is
continued to the end of the middle caudal rays, and has 60-62
scales as far as the hypural and fifteen more to the end. The
exposed portion of each scale is smooth and smaller than those
on either side of it, and the edges are broken both above and
below the canal by small rounded indentations.

Origin of the dorsal well behind the vertical of the ventral
spine; the distance between it and the end of the snout is
slightly less than half that between the same point and the
end of the middle caudal rays. The fifth spine is more than
two-thirds the length of the second ray, which is equal to
three-fourths or more of the length of the head. The base of
the anal is 24 that of the dorsal, and its anterior rays are as
long as the last dorsal spine; the first spine is placed below the
last dorsal ray. Third pectoral ray the longest, reaching to
above the fourth anal ray. Ventrals placed beneath the
pectorals and reaching backwards to the vent.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 47
Colour.—Body everywhere closely speckled with minute red-
dish-brown dots which are more crowded on the back and head.
Dorsal, caudal and ventrals tipped with black, while the anal
also has a narrow black border. With the exception of these
markings and some crowded dots on the anterior portion of
the dorsal and on the caudal lobes, the fins are colourless.

Described from four specimens 96-135 mm. long.

Length of type (B. 7332) 135 mm.

This species is very closely allied to P. multiradiata, but
may be at once distinguished by its much smaller scales. It
has also a somewhat different number of rays in the dorsal
and anal fins, and the tail portion of the body is longer, while
a good recognition character lies in the black tips to the fins.

Three small specimens were taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ in
thirteen fathoms off Nobby’s Head, Newcastle, New South
Wales. A larger and somewhat better preserved example is
in the Australian Museum collection from Port Jackson, and
has been selected as the type.

PEMPHERIS KLUNZINGERI, nom. nov.
Pempheris miilleri, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien.,
Ixxx., 1., 1879, p. 380, pl. vi. (nee P. miilleri, Poey, 1860).
Both Macleay! and Waite? have suggested that this species
is identical with P. compressa,3 Shaw, but it appears to be
distinguished by its much more elongate form, somewhat
larger number of anal rays and smaller scales. i have
counted eight specimens of P. compressa and find the number
of fin-rays and scales to be as follows :—D. vi./9-10, A. i./
35-38, lateral line to the hypural, 62-64. Klunzinger gives for
the same in his species:—D. v./1o0, A. 111./39-40, lateral line
75. he different forms of the two species may be seen by
comparing Klunzinger’s figure with that of Stead of P. com-
pressa.4
The type came from King George’s Sound. It was not
obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour,’’ nor have I seen any specimens.

PEMPHERIS ELONGATA, Sp. nov.
(Plate iv., Big-er:)

Detiveaves MO=nec A. lit. 24-27 ubeetietOs)V. i. 5. ©, 178
i jat68-71 3 | tr. .8-o.+ 18-20, /eheicht 3°1 to 2°7 in the
length to the hypural. Profile slightly arched to the dorsal
fin, thence straight to the tail; lower profile considerably
more curved than the upper one. Caudal peduncle narrow,
13 1n the eye.

i Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, p. 21.
2 Waite—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 74.

3 Shaw in White—Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790, p. 267, fig. 2.
4 Stead—Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 49, pl. xviii.

48 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Head 2°8 to 3°1 in the length. Orbit 2°4 in the head, much
greater than the interorbital width which is rather more than
one-fourth of the head, convex, and one-third longer than the
snout. Operculum with two very weak spines which are
almost hidden by scales. With the exception of the snout and
lips the whole head is covered with small scales set in a fleshy
skin, beneath which are numerous muciferous canals with
small pores opening onto the surface. Teeth minute, in a
single row on the jaws and in very narrow bands or almost
single rows on the vomer and palatines.

Median portion of the scales of the body more or less pro-
duced and usually with several microscopic points which are
variable both in number and degree of development. There
are from sixty-eight to seventy-one scales along the lateral
line to the hypural and about ten more extend onto the base
of the caudal; they are enlarged, those of the anterior portion
being almost twice as broad as long, and have either truncate
or excavate spiny margins. Below the lateral line the scales
are arranged in oblique rows which descend backwards
towards the lower surface of the body.

The distance between the origin of the dorsal and the end of
the snout is usually somewhat less, sometimes rather more
than half that between it and the tip of the caudal. The first
spine may be either well developed, small or absent ; the others
increase regularly in height, the last being about two-thirds
the length of the first ray. The latter is simple and a little
longer than the space between the end of the snout to the
hinder orbital margin. The length of the base of the anal
is 1°5 to 1°7 that of the dorsal; its anterior rays are much
higher than the posterior ones, but are only two-thirds, or
less, the length of the first dorsal ray. The first spine is placed
either below the hindermost portion of the dorsal or entirely
behind that fin and is often minute and hidden in the scales.
Third upper ray of the pectoral the longest, reaching almost
to or a little beyond the vertical of the anal. Ventrals placed
below the pectorals and not reaching so far back as the vent.

Colour.—Upper surface of the head, back and upper portion
of the sides closely speckled with microscopic brown dots
which give them a greyish colour. Breast, lower jaw and lips
more or less similarly dotted, and the specks also extend onto
the dorsal and caudal rays. Otherwise colourless in preserved
examples.

Described from sixteen specimens 90 to 132 mm. long, the
longest of which is selected as the type.

This species is allied to P. unwint, Ogilby, but is at once
distinguished by its much less spiny and more numerous

FISHES.—McCULLOCd. 49

scales. The dorsal and anal fins also have several more rays
each, but otherwise the two are very similar.

The specimens were trawled off Flinders Island, Bass
Strait, in 40 fathoms, and off Wilson’s Promontory, Victoria.

The following key will serve to distinguish the Australian
species of Pempheris :—
a. Anal fin with more than 30 rays; body rather deep.
-b. Scales mostly cycloid, ctenoid anteriorly, deciduous.
c. Scales large, 46-50 on lateral line (to the hypural) :—

multiradiata.

cc. Seales smaller, 60-62 on the lateral line:— = affints.
bb. Scales ctenoid, adherent.

d. 62-64 scales on the lateral line :— compressa.

dd. 75 scales on the lateral line :— klunzingert.

aa. Ana! fin with less than 30 rays, body rather elongate.

e. Edges of the scales with minute, irregular points,
though scarcely ctenoid :— elongata.

Famity SERRANIDZE.
GENUS EPINEPHELUS, Bloch.
EPINEPHELUS SEPTEMFASCIATUS, Thunberg.
Grey-banded Rock Cod.
Plectropoma susuki, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 100.
Epinephelus septemfasciatus, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish., i.; 1895, p. 226; id., Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv.,
1899, p- 75; id., Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mis. Xxxvile, 1g1O, p. 458.

Jordan and Richardson have recently expressed the opinion
that the Australian records of this species are probably in-
correct. I have compared the specimen taken by the
‘‘Thetis,’’ another of unknown origin, and two in the ‘‘En-
deavour’’ collection with the description given by these
authors of Japanese specimens, and find that they differ in
two small details only. None show the small patch of very
' fine scales near the tip of the maxillary, nor in any is the sixth
band divided as described. Giinther stated, however, that the
colouration of his Port Jackson specimens was as in that
figured by Schlegel, so that, though I think it possible that
the Australian fish represents a distinct subspecies, it is best
to leave the matter open until examples from both localities
can be compared.

Two specimens trawled off the Clarence River, New South
Wales, in 26-30 fathoms.

50 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

GENUS HYPOPLECTRODES, Gill.
HyYPOPLECTRODES SEMICINCTA, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Half-banded Sea Perch.

Gilbertia semicincta, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd

eds, 12, 1895, p= 307-
A single specimen was preserved from six miles off Port
Stephens, New South Wales, 43 fathoms.

Genus Anrtuias, Bloch.
Anthias, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd ed., i., 1895,
P3295

A careful examination of fourteen specimens of A. pulchel-
lus, Waite, shows that the differences between this genus and
Ce@sioperca are very slight. Comparing the definitions of the
two, as given by Boulenger (loc. cit., pp. 311 and 320), tt
appears that the only reliable differences between them are
as follows :—

Scales rough on the border, denticulated; tubes of the
lateral line bifurcate, short. Dorsal with 19-23 rays. Anal
with 9-10 rays :— Ce@sioperca.

Scales ciliated, smooth. ‘Tubes straight or with an ascend-
ing tubule and extending along nearly the entire scales.
Dorsal with 14-18 rays. Anal with 6-8 rays :-— Anthias.

In A. pulchellus I find the number of fin rays agrees with
Anthias, while the characters of the scales are distinctly those
of Cesioperca. In the fourteen specimens the number of fin-
rays and scales is as follows:—D. x./16-17; A. i1./8; P.
15-16; 1. lat. 41-45.

My colleague, Mr. E. F. Hallmann, very kindly pre-
pared microscopical mounts for me of the scales of Anthias
pleurStenia, Bleeker, A. pulchellus, Waite, C@sioperca rasor,
Rich., and C. lepidoptera, Forster. In the first-named only
are they smooth with ciliated edges. Those of the other
three have their borders roughened for varying distances.

FIG. 12.

within the ciliated edges. In none do I find the tubes of the
lateral line bifurcate, as stated by Boulenger, though they
extend further across the scales in A. pleurotenia than in the
others.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 51

It follows, therefore, that if 4. pulchellus be admitted as a
true Anthias, the differences in the number of fin-rays alone
can be used to distinguish C@sioperca from that genus.

ANTHIAS PULCHELLUS, Waite.
(Fig. 12.)
Anthias pulchellus, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899,
De yi7 ple xi.

Of eleven specimens preserved only three bear the black
spot on the dorsal fin. They were obtained off Norah Head,
New South Wales, in 65 fathoms, and 60 miles south of Cape
Everard, Victoria, 60-70 fathoms.

GENUS CALLANTHIAS, Lowe.
CALLANTHIAS ALLPORTI, Giinther.
Allport’s Perch.

Callanthias allporti, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvil.,
1876, p. 390; id., Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd
edu 1595, Pp. 3395, pl: xv sv7demvatte, Prelio. Rept:
/hetis Exped.) 1808, p. 31; plesu:

Callanthias platei, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), i.,
1899, p- 346; id., Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899,
Peconguds, su1d. wee: Austr. Musee, 1903, p.56 (nec C.
platei, Steindachner).

Callanthias platei australis, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, xxiv., 1699, p. 173.

In 1898 Waite (Prelim. Rept. ‘‘Thetis’’) recorded six speci-
mens from the New South Wales coast as C. allporti,
Gunther, but noted that they did not wholly agree with the
published descriptions of that species. Boulenger (Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist.), with Gunther’s type before him, considered that
Waite’s figure represented a distinct species and identified it
with C. platei, Steindachner,! which had just been described
from Juan Fernandez. Later, Ogilby? (Proc:, Linn. Soe:
N.S.W.), noting certain differences between Steindachner’s.
figure and the Australian fish, proposed to separate the latter
under the varietal name australis, but this name was not
adopted by Waite, who referred to it simply as C. plate
(Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., and Rec. Austr. Mus., v.).

With twenty-three specimens taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’
and four others in the museum collection before me, I find
that the ‘‘Thetis’’ specimens were correctly identified as C.
allporti, and that C. platei australis is merely the young form

1 Steindachner—Faun. Chilensis, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl., iv., 2, 1898, p. 284,.
pl. xv.

52 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

of that species. C. allporti varies greatly with age both in the
depth of the body and height of the vertical fins, so that
Waite’s figure represents the half-grown fish about 200 mm.
long, while that in the British Museum Catalogue is the figure
of an adult specimen.

Though closely approaching the figure of C. platei in its
younger stages, C. allporti nevertheless appears to be dis-
tinguished by its larger eye and higher vertical fins. The
other characters used by Ogilby to differentiate the variety
australis are dealt with below.

My series includes specimens from less than five inches to
others over eleven inches long, and they show that the body
is much more slender in young individuals than in adults.
The greatest depth in the smallest specimen is 3°21 in the
length from the snout to the hypural, and it regularly increases
with age until in the largest it is 2°66 in the same.

The height of the vertical fins also varies with age, as well
as individually. In the smallest specimen the longest anal
rays are 7°3 in the above length, while a large example has
them 5°04 in the same. In none are they so short as in the
figure of C. platei which shows them to be about 8°3 in that
length.

The length of the head varies from 3°88 (young) to 4°61
(adult) in the length from the snout to He hypural. In his
comparison of C. platei with C. p. australis, Ogilby’s figures
show the head to be much smaller in the first-named. My
specimens, however, and a comparison of Steindachner’s and
Waite’s illustrations show that this difference is not so great
as is indicated.

The eye of the young is larger than that of the adult, being
2°7 as against 3 in the length of the head. The eye of C.
plateit is proportionately smaller. The maxillary generally
extends to below the anterior margin of the pupil, but in one
specimen reaches almost to the middle of the eve. Ogilby’s
counting of the fins and scales agrees with mine.

Ogilby has erected the genus Anogramma for C. allporti
regarding the strength of the vomerine teeth to be of generic
importance. I have large specimens agreeing in every other
way with the figure of C. allporti in which ‘these are either
small or absent, while others of the australis form have them
well developed. Anogramma is therefore unnecessary.

The *‘Endeavour”’ collection includes forty-three specimens,
most of which come from off Flinders Island, Bass Strait.
Six were preserved from eleven miles east of Rarrenjoey
Head, New South Wales, 40 fathoms.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 53

GENUS Casioperca, Castelnau.
CBSIOPERCA RASOR, Richardson.
Red Perch.

Serranus rusor, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839, p- 95,
and Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, p. 73, pl. iv., fig. 1.
Anthias rasor, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i.) EOSO, D198;
id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881,
Passed. johnston, Procamitay. ‘Soc. Lasm... 1882
(1883), p. 109; id., Lucas, Proc. Roy Soc. Vict., 2 ser.,

Itz, E890} p. 17.

Cestoperca rasor, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p- 49; id., Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd ed., i.,
1895, P- 313.

Anthias rasor var. extensus, Klunzinger, Arch. fur. Nat.,
MGV. LO72.0p. 17.

Anthias extensus, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx .
iP ape som pla te

Cesioperca extensa, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd
Sdi i fS95 4p 33.

The **Endeavour’’ specimens show that the colour marking's
of this species are subject to great variation. The black mark
on the side may be large or only moderately developed, or
altogether absent. One specimen shows a large black spot
on one side and none on the other, while in a second example
it covers fifteen scales on the left side and two on the right.
The blue bands around the eye and on the body are well
developed in some and wanting in others. Having counted
fifteen specimens I find the number of scales and fin-rays to
be as follows :—D. x.-xi./19-22; A. iti./9-10; P. 14-15; V.
13/53 G-\053 lolat. 49-55.

In separating his Anthias extensus from A. rasor, Klunzinger
considered that it had a more slender body, longer pectorals,
smooth preorbital, and lacked the characteristic markings of
Richardson’s species. The above notes prove that the latter
character has no specific value, while Boulenger shows that
the length of the pectorals does not differ in the two. Castel-
nau described the preorbital as strongly ciliated, but in all
my specimens it is either entire or somewhat crenulate, and
therefore agrees with both Klunzinger’s and Richardson’s
figures. I find that the depth of the body varies from 2°75 to
3°0 in the length to the hypural, so that but one character,
the smaller scales, is left to distinguish extensus. Klunzinger
counted 62-63 scales on the lateral line, but it seems that he
included some unperforated ones on the base of the tail, as.
his figure, which is by that most accurate artist, Konopicky,
shows only 58.

54 ‘ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Having disposed of these apparent differences I have ne
hesitation in following Macleay! in uniting the two species.

The ‘‘Endeavour”’ collection includes fifteen specimens from
the following stations :—

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o
fathoms.

Oyster Bay, Vasmania.

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms.

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37
fathoms.

Five others are in the Australian Museum from Tasmania
and South Australia.

C4:SIOPERCA LEPIDOPTERA, Forster.
Bastard Longfin.
Cesioperca lepidoptera (Forster), Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish., 2nd ed:, i1., 1895, pagr2sad., Waite, Prelim: Rept
' Thetis:) Exped., .8o8jageaaaaplat-

Though a large black spot on each side below the lateral
line is characteristic of this species, yet some specimens in the
collection show that it may occasionally be absent. Others
also are marked with many small greenish spots which some-
times form short, irregular lines, and may be so crowded on
the upper parts as to darken them considerably, while still
others show three yellow longitudinal bands along the sides
below the lateral line.

Twenty-two specimens were examined from the following
localities :—

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms,

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o
fathoms.

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37
fathoms.

GENUS EnopLosus, Lacépede
ENOPLOSUS ARMATUS, Shaw.
Old Wife, Bastard Dorey, Zebra Fish.
Chetodon armatus, Shaw in White, Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790,
Pp. 254, fig. 1.

Specimens of this widely distributed species were preserved
from off the Clarence River, New South Wales, 26-30
fathoms, Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms,
and off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40
fathoms.

==

1 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, p. 4.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH.

Ut
on

Famity APOGONICHTHYIDA:.
GENUS ApoGonops, Ogilby.

Apogonops, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi., 1896,
p- 23 (anomalus).

Ogilby’s definition of this genus requires amendment and
correction. Studying his type specimen I find that whereas
he saw no supplemental bone to the maxillary there 1s really
a very distinct bone lying along the upper and inner margin
of the maxillary. “He writes, also, ‘‘vomer, palatines and
tongue edentulous ;’’ both the first-named bear very minute
teeth, and there are also some larger ones intermingled with
the others on the vomer. ‘The teeth on the jaws are as
described in the type, but in large examples they are as
described below. Instead of ‘‘a single dorsal fin, deeply
notched,’’ there are two dorsals separated by a short inter-
space.

No scales remain on any part of the body but the lateral
line in the type, but in one of the specimens taken by the
‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition there are some on the upper portion of
the head, body and base of the tail. Ogilby has stated that
they are cycloid and concentrically striated. This applies to
the head scales only, they being distinctly ctenoid everywhere
else.

All these characters are much more easily detected in my
largest specimens, 122 mm. long, than in the type which ts
only 54 mm. long, and, considering the care which Mr. Ogilby
usually lavished on his descriptions, the differences detected
are doubtless due to the want of sufficient microscopical
appliances on his part.

Apogonops is apparently closely allied to Synagrops, Gun-
ther, but is distinguished by having three instead of only two
anal spines.

APOGONOPS ANOMALUS, Ogilby.
(Fig. 133)

Apogonops anomalus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xxi., 1896, p. 24; id., Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv.,
ROO, P2774, Plosxi-, fig. I-

Doi ao Ae a..7 3 -P. 13 ae, RoC. 175 1 lat:
46-50 to hypural. Head 22-34%, depth 4,4, in the length to the
hypural. Eye 3-34 in the head, jonger than the snout which is
32. Interorbital space 44. Caudal peduncle 23-23, as long as
broad, its depth equal to the length of the eye.

Body elongate-oblong, tapering posteriorly, compressed.
Head large, some of the bones covered with membrane
enclosing canals beneath it. Mouth oblique, maxillary reach-

56 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFiC RESULTS.

ing to or not so far as the middle of the eye, its posterior
border slightly emarginate ; supplemental bone distinct, lying
along the upper margin of the maxillary and turned in towards
its inner side. Preorbital entire. Preoperculum with two
borders, the inner entire, the outer serrated at and near the
angle which is a little produced; short ridges extend from
each tooth across the bone. Operculum with two spines, the
lower a little longer than the upper. Suprascapular rounded,
with a dentate margin, and a ridge on its lower portion
extending forwards. Nostrils situated on the hinder half of
the snout, almost equal in size, the anterior with a skinny
margin.

Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws, vomer and palatines,
with scarcely any larger ones in the young. In the adult the
premaxillaries bear crowded villiform teeth along their whole
length, and have a pair of large curved fangs near their
symphyses which may be double. Between these bones there
is a median excavation which is toothless. Mandible with a
narrow band of villiform teeth which is widest anteriorly. A
strong pair of canines, corresponding to but smaller than those
of the upper jaw, in front; on either side large curved teeth
occur among the others which increase in size as they extend
backwards, and terminate about half way along the length of
the jaw. These larger teeth are variable in size and number
in different specimens. Vomer with two diverging bands of
minute teeth, among which are some larger ones. Palatines
each with a long, narrow band of minute villiform teeth. Gill-
rakers of first arch long and slender, the hinder ones more
than half as long as the eye and each with the inner margin
minutely denticulated ; 21-22 on the lower limb.

FIG. 13.

Scales very deciduous, those of the upper part of the head,
preorbital and mandible rounded, concentrically striated and
cycloid. They also appear to have been present on the cheeks.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 57

and operculum. On the body they are similarly rounded and:
striated, but ctenoid; those of the lateral line have a deep
notch in their posterior margins. The scales extend onto the
fleshy bases of the dorsal and anal fins and onto the caudal.
Lateral line almost straight and extending onto the scaly base:
of the caudal.

First dorsal fin originating over or a little behind the base
of the pectorals; the third and fourth spines are subequal,
2 or almost half as long as the head. The ninth spine is the
shortest and 1s separated from the second dorsal by an inter-
space a little longer than its own length. Spine of the second!
dorsal slightly less than half as long as the rays, which are
about equal to the length of the longest spines. Anal com-
mencing below the third or fourth dorsal ray; the first spine
is short and stout, the second shorter than but usually much
stronger than the third which is but little shorter than the
rays. Ventrals placed below the anterior part of the base of
the pectoral and not nearly reaching to the vent; the spine is
about two thirds the length of the second ray which is the
longest. Pectorals very long, 2-2 as long as the head, the
upper ray rather longer than the others.

Colour.—Brownish or greyish above, lighter below ; oper-
culum, thorax and abdomen silvery. A series of about five
dark blotches along the sides which are less distinct or absent
in large specimens. Two darker patches on the scaly portion
of the tail. Upper portion of the dorsal fin with a blackish
patch between the second and fifth spines.

Described from two specimens, 54 and 122 mm. long, the
smaller one being the type of the species. Fin formula and
lateral line counted in nineteen specimens.

Forty-three specimens were preserved from the following
localities :—

Between Port Setphens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Twenty-five miles south-west of Cape Everard, Victoria,
83-98 fathoms.

Thirty-six miles off Cape Everard, Victoria, 75 fathoms.

Famity AMBASSID-A.
GENUS Priopis, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.
PRIOPIS RAMSAYI, Macleay,
(Plate xvi.. figs)
Pseudoambassis ramsayi, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales 188n;%p. 340.
Ambassis vamsayi, Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886,

Podl4.

38 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Chanda ramsayi, Waite, Mem. N S. Wales Nat. Cluh, No. 2,
1904, p. 29.

Ambassis gymnocephalus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N:S. Wales, i. (2), 1887, p. 1102. (Perhaps not Az
gymnocephalus (Lacépéde) Bleeker. )

Abasassis, sp., Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii. (2),
1889, p. 1550.

Chanda gymnocephalus, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club,
No. 2, 1904, p. 29.

D, Wis-vaeore-1.10'; A. ate eam iP ona SV Sac aaa
sc. lat. 25-26; sc. tr. 3 + 7. Depth nearly 24, head 3} in the
length to the hypural. Eye 23-3, orbit 24 in the head, and
twice as long as the snout. Interorbital width 14 in the orbit.
‘Caudal peduncle 2 in the head.

Body rather deep, compressed. Upper anterior profile
interrupted over the eye, the back between the nape and the
dorsal more or less keeled. Supraorbital ridge smooth
anteriorly, armed with three to five spines on its posterior
portion which is bent downwards. — Antero-inferior orbital
ring crenulate or spinulate. Preorbital strongly denticulate.
Lower limbs of preoperculum denticulated, all the other bones
smooth. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of
the eve. Two rows of scales on the cheeks, one behind the
eve; operculum with large irregular scales, a single row on
the interoperculum. Minute teeth on the jaws, vomer,
palatines and tongue. Gill-rakers flattened, spinulate on their
inner edges, the longest about half as long as the eye.

Scales of the body extending forwards to above the middle
of the eye and onto the bases of the dorsal, anal and caudal
fins. Lateral line interrupted below the spine of the second
dorsal or farther forward, each scale with its free margin
notched. There are ten to thirteen scales on the first portion
which is arched, and twelve to fourteen on the straight
-portion.

Origin of the first dorsal a little nearer the end of the
second than the tip of the snout. The first spine short, the
second strong and subequal to the third and 1+ to 14 in the
‘head; the last is joined to the second dorsal by Peers es
Spine of the second dorsal two-thirds as long as those of the
first, shorter than the anterior rays. Anal commencing and
‘terminating behind the second dorsal, its base either slightly
longer or shorter than that fin; the first.spine short, the second
and third long and stout, the last as long as the rays but
-shorter than the second dorsal spines. Pectorals almost
reaching the vertical of the first anal spines. Ventrals reach-
‘ing to or slightly beyond the vent which is placed well in
-advance of the anal fin. Caudal deeply forked.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. rs

59

Colour.—Whitish, the scales of the upper portion of the

body margined with olive-green dots. A thin dark line on the

median line of the tail, and a silvery lateral band in specimens

in spirits. Upper portion of the head, lips and lower jaw

densely spotted with olive-green. Membrane between the

second and third dorsal spines blackish, and the tips of the

soft dorsal and anal are darker. Caudal more or less spotted,
its margin darker.

Described from two specimens, 80 and 88 mm. long,
recently collected in a prawn net at San Souci, Botany Bay,
by Mr. J. H. Wright, and presented by him to the Australian
Museum. ‘Two very imperfect specimens are in the ‘‘Endea-
vour’’ collection which were taken near Sydney.

I have examined the type of Pseudoambassis ramsayi in the
Macleay Museum. It is very shrivelled and has lost many of
its scales, but leaves no doubt that the specimens described
above are correctly identified. I have also examined the
specimens from the Parramatta River, identified by Ramsay
and Ogilby as A. gymnocephalus, and find them to be identical
with Macleay’s species, though whether they are really
gymnocephalus also I am unable to say. They appear, how-
ever, to have a much deeper body and less slender caudal
peduncle than that species.

Famity SILLAGINIDA.

References to the Australian species of this family are in an
extremely confused state. I have endeavoured to sort some
of them into the order I believe they should be, and furnish
a key which is drawn up principally from an examination of a
number of specimens of each species :—

a. Dorsal fins united, the first with 12-14 spines. Scales in
about 130 rows :— ISOSILLAGO.

b. D. xii.-xiv., 25-27; A. 24-25._ Body with small dark
SOOUS S— _ punctata.

aa. Dorsal fins separate, the first with 10-12 spines. Scales
in 65-75 rows :— SILLAGO.

c. A conspicuous dark mark at the base of the pectoral.

d. Caudal peduncle as broad as the postorbital portion
of the head.

G2 Dexa TOs A.) 7-18 eateO3-OS) > — ciliata.
dd. Caudal peduncle narrower than the postorbital por-
tion of the head.
js xd--Kil., 20-21 peepee ls lal. 070-71 e—
maculata.

60 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

cc. No black mark on the base of the pectoral.
g. Ventrals placed below the origin of the first
dorsal.
hn. D.-xi., 18; Ae0zo0; 1. lat. 65 :— robusta:
gg. Ventrals placed in advance of the origin of
the dorsal.
1. D. x= 3-20; A.. 20-22 Jijelat

66-68 :— bassensts.

i. D. Sipeeera2e WAL To-21-" a ela
69-74 :— bostockit.

m. D. xigpeeees: A. 24-2521. lat aoe
sthama.,

Neosillago marmorata, Castelnau,! having only five spines.
in the first dorsal, is evidently not a member of this family,
but possibly belongs to the Nototheniide.

Having had the opportunity of examining the types of
Isosillago maculata, Macleay,2 I find that the number of
spines and rays in the dorsal and anal fins are incorrectly
stated in the original desc ription. ‘There are thirteen spines.
in the first dorsal and one spine and twenty-four or five rays.
in the second; the anal has twenty-four spines and rays in
all. In these and all other characters they agree with Sillago
punctata, Cuv. & Val., but may very well form the type of a
distinct genus Isosillago, characterised by the union of the
two dorsals, larger number of spines in the first, and by having
very small scales.

I am unable to find any specimens marked as the types of
Sillago gracilis, Alleyne and Macleay, in the Macleay
Museum, but there are two small specimens labelled ‘‘Sillago
sp? Torres Straits,’’ which I have no doubt are the types.
Through the kindness of Professor Haswell and Professor
David, I have been allowed to borrow them for examination.
Oneé is a little larger than the other, and from the snout to the:
end of its broken tail is almost 82 mm. long, which is exactly the:
length of the figure of S. gracilis. In other details also, such
as the form of the damaged tail and the pronounced shrinkage:
marks on the head, it agrees perfectly with the figure, though
it has lost all trace of the colour markings with the exception
of the silvery lateral band. Both differ from the description in
the number of fin-rays in the dorsal and anal, there being.
only one spine and twenty rays in each instead of one, twenty-

1 Castelnau—Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict. Rec. Philad. Exhib.) Fe D.ui6:

2 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1878, p. 34, Si Pesto

3 ete and Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., = p. 279, ple vis.
pegs

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 61

two as stated. I regard this of little importance, however,
since Macleay also counted the same fins wrongly in his much
larger specimens of Isosillago maculata, as noted above.

If these two specimens be regarded as the types of S.
gracilis, that species must be sunk as a synonym of S. macu-
lata, Q. & G., as both the specimens and the figure agree well
with that species.

GENUS SILLAGO, Cuvier.
SILLAGO BASSENSIS, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Bass Whiting, School Whiting.

Sillago bassensis, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
ti ro2Q, Pp. 412), 1d., Ogilby, aides Hish) N:S. sWales,
1893, pp. 99, LOU, 102; id., Waitesikec., Austr. Mus.,1v:,
1902, p. 190;-id7, Stead, Proc.) imny soc. N.S! Wales,
KxXx., 1906, p. 574, and Ed: Bisha)N:S:Wales, 1908,
pei ©5, Plan XHXV.

Sillago maculata, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p- 94; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883),
peerto7ds. lucas Proc. Roysgseesiwict. (nese), i.,
1890, p. 26 (after Castelnau); 1d., Waite, Mem. Austr.
Miss, Iv., 11899) sp: 109; (nec: Siamacuiatas O: & G.).

Sillago ciliata, Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883),
pp. 80, 116 (nec S. ciliata, Cuv. & Val.).

Many specimens of this common southern species were
preserved. I have counted the fin-rays and scales of forty
specimens from New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South
Australia and West Australia and find them to be as follows:
—D. x.-xi./18-20; A. 20-22; |. lat. 66-68.

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens were taken at the following
stations :—

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20
fathoms.

South-east of Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South
Australia, 37 fathoms.

SILLAGO MACULATA, Quoy and Gaimard.
Trumpeter Whiting.
Sillago maculata, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘‘Uranie,’’ 1824,
p: 260, pilin, fic. 2; id., Guntheg brit. Mus. Cat. Fish: ,
ii.,, 1860, p. 1245 (part.); id=, Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak.
Wiss. Wien., liii., p. 444; 1d., Alleyne & Macleay, Proc.
Ein Soc. N.S: Wales, i., 187%, .p. 279; id:, Castelnau,

62 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879, pp. 380-381 ; id.,
Klunzinger,, Sitzb., Ale: Wise Wien:, lxxx!aonipe e708
id... Macleay,. Proc. Linn. ‘Soe.. N.S. Wales, v., 18x,
p. 566; 1d.. Woods, Fish. N.S. Wales, 1882, p. 65, pl.
xxi. ; id., Ogilby, Cat. Kish) N.S. Wales, 1886, p: 31;
id. Kent, 3Gt. Barrier Ree 1593, pp. 2023, 3705 ade.
Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S: Wales, 1893, p. 1o1 (pant je
id... “Waite, Rec. Austr: Miss, iv-, 1902, pp. 190; Tom:
id., Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904,
ps 305 ad., Stead, Ed BishagN Ss. Wales, 1908. p: 64,
pl. xxcxiv-

Sillago burrus, Richardson, Icones Piscium, 1843, p. 5, pl. il.,.
fe. 1540.3, Castelnau; ,Proemlimn. Soc. N.S. Walesa.
1878, p: (232.

Sillago gracilis, Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wreales 5.8877, Pp. 279, 9plemie, He. 2.

These are all the Australian references I know of which can
be definitely associated with this species. I have examined
specimens from the neighbourhood of Sydney, the Gulf of
Carpentaria and Fremantle, West Australia.

SILLAGO CILIATA, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Sand |Whiting.

Sillago ciliata, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., til.,.
7820, p» 415; id.; Gunther, Brit) Mus. Cat. Fish. 7 ur,
1860, p. 245; id., Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien...
liii., 1866, p. 443; id., Kner, Reise Novara, Fische, 1869,
p. 127; 4d., All. & Mael.eErec. Emn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
i., 1877, p. 279; id., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien,
Ixxx. 1., 1879, p.-369;.%d., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soe.
N.S. Wales, v:, 1881; pesso74 2d: Woods, Fish: NES:
Wales, 1882, p. 65, pli xm; id., Ogilby, Cat. Kishk:
N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 31; 1d.. McCoy, Prodr. Zools) Wactas
1889, pl. clxxxil.; id., Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, 1893, pp.
292 and 370, pl. xlv., fig. 2; id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S.
Wales, 1893, p. 102, pl. xxvil.; id., Waite, Rec. Austr-
Mus.s ive" 1991, _p-- 475m, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales.
Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904, p. 31; 1d., Jordan & Seale, Bull.
US: *Bur.. Bish... xxv, BOOS s019e6), \p- 2775 12-,.01ead,
Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 63, pl. xxxiil.

Sillago terre-regine, Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
li, O79) 0p-. 232.

Sillago bassensis, Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
iii., 1879, p. 381; id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, v., 1881, p. 567; id., Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef,
1893, p. 291; id., Tosh, Proc. Roy. Soc. Olds, xvi. , 1903.
p. 175, pls. vili-xiv. (nec. S. bassensis, C. & V.).

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 63:

This species occurs all along the eastern coast of Australia,
and has been recerded from Cape York to Port Phillip. A
specimen in the British Museum is said to be from Tasmania.

The specimens recorded by Castelnau from Fremantle dis-
trict, West Australia, as S. ciliata! are not that species. The
Australian Museum has recently received some fine examples
from the same locality, from Mr. A. Abjornssen, which differ
from S. ciliata in having smaller scales, a much narrower caudal
peduncle, more rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and in lacking
the characteristic dark mark at the base of the pectorals.
They are evidently identical with Castelnau’s specimens and
must, therefore, receive the alternative name, bostockii, which
he proposed in case they should prove distinct from the
eastern species.

Famity SCIAZAENIDZ.
GENUS CyNOSCION, Gill.
CYNOSCION ATELODUS, Giinther.
Teraglin.
Otolithus atelodus, Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893,
Dass: Pla xi,
Cynoscion atelodus, Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 67,
pl xxxvilr.

Three examples of this species, each about a foot long, were
taken fifteen miles off Saddle Hill, New South Wales, in 35
fathoms.

Famity GERRIDZE.
GENUS CHTHAMALOPTERYX, Ogziby.
CHTHAMALOPTERYX MELBOURNENSIS, Castelnau.
Gerres melbournensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1.,
1872, p. 158, and i1., 1873, Pp. 37-
Chthamalopteryx melbournensis, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc.
1887, p. 6106, fig.

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection includes many specimens of
this species which were taken at the following stations :—

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40
fathoms.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia,, 20
fathoms.

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms.

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms.

South-east of Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South
Australia, 37 fathoms.

1 Castelnau—Proe. Zool. Soc. Vict., il., 1873, p. 133.

4 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Famity CHEILODACTYLIDZ.
GENUS GONIISTIUS, Gill.
GONIISTIUS VIZONARIUS, Went.
Magpie Perch.

(Plate xi.)

Cheilodactylus gibbosus, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict.,
i, 1972, p75; id., Johnsteal {Proc.. Roy...Soc. Masme
1882.(1883), p. 112; id., Incas, Proc. Roy. Soc: Micts,
(n.4 Sen); /11.,- 1890, . p. (2m elaiter *Castelnan) (nec G
gibbosus, Richardson).

Chilodactylus vizonarius, Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887,
pp. xxx., xxxi. and 48; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Pasmin tego (1891); pr. ie

‘Chilodactylus bizonarius, Kent, Naturalist in Austr., 1897,
Pp. 165,) 106} (pl. xxviils, silos:

1D: Seviti;,; 25-285 A. ilt.;, Tommie + Os Vo 53 Caer
Jl. lat. 65-68.

Height of the body 2°6 to 2°8, length of the head 3°50 to
3°66 in the length to the hypural. Snout much longer than the
diameter of the eve which is 4°2 to 4°8 in the head. Nostrils
large, close together, the anterior with two skinny lobes.
Mouth rather small, the maxillary reaching to below the
posterior nostril. A band of villiform teeth in each jaw;
vomer, palatines and tongue toothless. Phere is 4 larse
conical projection in front of each eye, extending slightly
outwards and upwards.

First dorsal originating a little behind the vertical of the
preoperculum, the fifth spine generally the longest, and either
equal to the distance from the snout to the preoperculum or
considerably shorter. Anterior rays subequal in length,
gradually decreasing backwards, the longest somewhat longer
than the snout. Third anal spine longer than the second;
the second ray the longest and equal to the length from the
snout to the preoperculum. The simple rays of the pectoral
are very variable in their relative lengths; the second !s
alwavs the longest and reaches either to the origin or middle
-of the anal fin. Ventral spine slender, generally equal to the
fourth dorsal spine in length; the first ray reaches to, or
almost to the vent. Caudal deeply forked.

.

Scales large anteriorly, becoming smaller behind. They
form a sheath to the bases of the dorsal and anal fins. On
the head they are very small and extend forwards to the
-anterior margin of the eyes above and to the maxillary below,
leaving the snout bare. They are very small on the breast

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 65

also, and on a narrow band which extends backwards to the
ventrals. Lateral line feebly arched, its course directed to the
upper part of the caudal peduncle, whence it extends onto the »
base of the tail.

Colour.—Silvery, the scales with or without darker
margins. A broad black band occupies the space between the
fifth and thirteenth dorsal spines and extends to the ventrals,
narrowing considerably as it approaches them. A_ second
similar band extends from the soft dorsal to the anal, while
there is another less distinct one enveloping the anterior por-
tion of the head and defined posteriorly by a line descending
from the nape, behind the eye to the throat. These two last
bands are usually not so well defined as the first, and may be
altogether absent. Pectorals, ventrals and anal blackish;
dorsals and caudal light or dusky, the dark bands of the body
sometimes continued onto the former.

Described from six specimens, the largest being 380 mm.
long.

This species is so far recorded from Tasmania and Victoria
only, but there is a specimen in the Australian Museum from
Adelaide. Castelnau confused it with Cheilodactylus gibbosus,
Richardson, and as such recorded it first from Hobson’s Bay
and later from Port Jackson.1 The Victorian record un-
doubtedly refers to G. vizonarius, while the second is based on
the true G. gibbosus which is occasionally seen around piles,
etc., in Port Jackson in small numbers.

This species is undoubtedly a member of the same genus as
the Cheilodactylus vittatus, Garrett, described and figured by
Jordan and Evermann.? but whether this really belongs to
Lacépéde’s genus is doubtful. I therefore place vizonarius in
Goniistius, to which genus Waite referred G. vittatus.§

The specimens preserved in the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collections
came from Anderson Bay, Tasmania, 14 fathoms, and off the
east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

GENUS DACTYLOSPARUS, Gill.
Dactylosparus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1862 (car-
ponemus, Cuv. & Val.).
This genus appears to be distinguished from Cheilodactylus,
Lacépéde, chiefly in having the anal fin oblong and nearly
uniformly high instead of short and highest anteriorly.

1 Castelnau—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879, pp. 351, 363.

2 Jordan & Evermann—Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., pt. 1, 1903 ‘1905)_
p. 447, pl. liv.

3 Waite—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv.. 1902, p. 185.

66 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

DACTYLOSPARUS CARPONEMUS, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Morwong.
Chilodactylus carponemus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), Ogilby,
Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 18035) p2955, pl. xvili.

The collection includes six young examples, 125-145 mm.
long, which have much deeper bodies than adult specimens,
and are marked with a round dark spot on the lateral line
below the posterior part of the spinous dorsal. They were
obtained off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait,

and between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

DACTYLOSPARUS MACROPTERUS, Forster.
Jackass Fish, Silver Perch, Terakiht.
(Piate xii.)
Chilodactylus macropterus (Forster), Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S.
Wales, 1893, p. 57.
This common species is represented from the following
localities :—
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20
fathoms.

Forty miles west of Kingston,.South Australia, 30 fathoms.

Famity TERAPONID.
Genus HELOTES, Cuvier.
HELOTES SEXLINEATUS, Quoy and Gaimard.
Butter Fish.
Terapon sexlineatus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘‘Uranie,”’
182A) p. 340, pl. Ix., fea
Two specimens of this species were secured in the Mel-
bourne market by Mr. Dannevig, which probably came from
South Australia. They were called Butter-fish by the fisher-
men.
Famity MA‘NID/E.

Genus EmMELICcHTHYS, Richardson.
EMMELICHTHYS NiTIDUS, Richardson.
Emmelichthys nitidus, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr.,

Fishes, 1845, p- 47, pl. xxix., figs. 7-8.
Two small specimens were obtained thirty-six miles off Cape
Everard, Victoria, in 75 fathoms. It is probable that they

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 67

entered the net as it neared the surface, since the species has
been taken in a surface net, swimming with pilchards and
mackerels.! This fish has been recorded from West Australia,
Tasmania, New South Wales and New Zealand.

Famity HISTIOPTERIDZ.
GENUS ZANCLISTIUS, Jordan.

Zanclistius, jordan, Proc. U:S:5 Nat. Mus., KKK LOOT,
p. 236 (elevatus).

Anal spines three; soft dorsal very high, usually falcate,
with about twenty-six rays.

ZANCLISTIUS ELEVATUS, Ramsay and Ogilby.
Short Boar Fish.
(Figs. 14-18.)

Histiopterus elevatus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales (2), iii., 1888, p. 1311; id., Waite, Mem.
Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 114, pl. xxvi.

Zanclistius elevatus, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1,
1910, p. 25, and Rec. Cantb. Mus., if, TODINps 210;; td,
Kershaw, Vict. Nat. xxvill., 1911, p. 93-

Fifty-two specimens, of all sizes between 75 and 300 mm.
long, exhibit a remarkable range of variation in certain of the
characters that are usually relied upon to differentiate the
species of this family. That these are not due to either age or
growth is adequately shown by this splendid series, while it
is also clear that they cannot be entirely connected with sex.

Figures 14-18 illustrate five selected variations, their
relative sizes being shown by the inch-line accompanying each.

The most striking variation is in the angle and form of the
dorsal profile. In some specimens the line from the first
dorsal spine to the base of the snout is almost straight, being
broken only by a slight convexity over the eyes. In others it
is an irregular arch interrupted by a large bony boss on the
occipital region, and another smaller one over each eye. From
these last the profile may extend obliquely forward so that the
nostrils are placed nearly an eye-diameter in front of the
anterior margin of the orbit, or it may follow the curvature of
the eye so that they are only very little in front of the eye.
The size of the eye is also subject to variation.

1 Stead—Add. Fish Faun. N.S. Wales, No. 1 (Dept. Fish. N.S.W.), 1907,
job UG

68

“ENDEAVOUR” SOCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

2 BIG 4:

t/}

)

ij

I

FIG. 15.

FISHES.-McCULLOCH. 69

Two very young specimens have the bones of the head more
strongly ribbed than in the larger examples, and they bear
some prominent flattened spines on the occiput and above the
eyes. Smaller spines are found on the lower end of the pre-
orbital and on the suprascapular, and the angle and adjacent
borders of the preoperculum are armed with strong teeth.

FIG. 16.

The dorsal fin may originate over the preoperculum or as
far back as the extremity of the operculum. The spines vary
greatly in length and are either short and thick or long and
slender. When laid back the longest rays may reach to Just
beyond the base of the caudal or as far again. The third anal
spine is either longer or shorter than the second, and the soft

70 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

portion of the fin may be rounded or else the anterior rays are
much the longest. The ventral spine is placed below the
middle of the pectoral in some specimens and well in advance
of it in others. Notwithstanding the variable form and posi-
tion of the fins, their numbers of rays and spines are fairly
constant, and in twenty-five specimens I find them to be as
‘follows :—=D. vi./25-28, A. 1ii./i2-0eer. 14-160, V.1./5, C2 17-

FIG. 17.

A constant character is afforded by the black ocellus on the
dorsal fin, it being present in all the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens.
One very small example, 75 mm. long, is covered with large
brown spots distributed evenly over the body and in no way
correlated with the darker bands which appear in older
specimens; others of the same size, however, show no such
markiny.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. my

The specimens came from the following stations :—
Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.
Disaster Bay, New South Wales.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o

fathoms.
North-west of Gree1.ly Island, South Australia, 44 fathoms.

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37
fathoms.

GENUS PENTACEROPSIS, Steindachner.
PENTACEROPSIS RECURVIROSTRIS, Richardson.
Striped Boar Fish.

Histiopterus recurvirostris, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr.,
Kishes,.0845,0p. 34, pl.; xxii) saitees5-6.71d.. Canestrini,
Arch. Zoole Amat., i.. (2), p: W5euwale ii; 7d., Castelnau,
Eroc Zool oocs,Vict., 1/, 1872 upmmogs ud.) Klunzinger,
SitzapAke.WWiss..VWien., lxxx)megipe 376 wid., Johnston,
Pree) Roy, Soe.. Lasm., .1882.(9883); ip: 110:

72 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Prosoplismus recurvirostris, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v.,
T903;40- 56, pl. vi.

Pentaceropsis recurvirostris, Waite, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
“ii, (7), 1903, p. 288% abidsenee, Austr. Mus. va, 51905,
corrigenda, p. xiii. ; sbid {leew cr... vi., 1905, p./625 41dq,
Jordan, Proce’ U.S. Nat." Mussixxxil., 1907, p. 236.

This species has been recorded from southern New South

Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia and Fremantle,

West Australia. Three specimens are included in the ‘‘En-

deavour’’ collection which were trawled off the east coast of

Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

GENUS MACCULLOCHIA, Waite.

Richardsonia, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict., 1.,
1872, p. 112 (insignis =labiosa, not Richardsonia, Stein-
dachner, 1866).

Richardsonia, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxiil., 1907,
Dp. 236.

Macullochia, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1, 1910, p. 25
(labiosa), substitute for Richardsonia.

Maccullochia, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1., 1911, p. 217.

Anal spines two. Dorsal spines seven, the fourth longest
and very high; soft dorsal low and short, with about seventeen
rays.

MACCULLOCHIA LABIOSA, Giinther.

Histiopterus labiosus, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 658,
pl. lix. Sad.; ‘Klunzinger, Sitz ak Wiss. Wien. , bxxx-ae.
p. 376; id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. and Crust. N.S. Wales,
1993; p- 29, pl. vii.

Richardsonia insignis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc.
Wick ses, 1872) p.. bie:

Histiopterus farnelli, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., 1v., 1899,
Pp. £16, pl. xxvii.

Macullochia labiosa, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1,
EQIO, Pp: 25.

Eleven specimens, 170-380 mm. long, prove that H.
farnelli, Waite, is the young of Gunther’s species. From the
deep-bodied form, with striking dark coloursmarkings, this
fish changes into an elongate and uniformly coloured adult.
The largest specimen in the collection is especially interesting
in that it is just intermediate between the two extremes.
While having the general appearance of labrosus, it has the
long spines and markings of farnelli, but these latter, instead
of being uniformly black, are composed of brown reticulating

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. =3
lines enclosing spots of the lighter ground colour. Mr. Waite
has examined these specimens with me and agrees that they
leave no doubt as to the identity of the two species.

A point worthy of consideration is the difference noted by
Waite in the number of scales on the lateral line as counted by
Ogilby and himself. I find that the lateral line may either
follow the curvature of the body in an even line or else pursue
an undulatory and irregular course. Bearing this in mind,
together with the difficulty of counting the scales of these
fishes, the seeming discrepancy disappears.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales 15-45 fathoms.
Disaster Bay, New South Wales.
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

Famity POMACENTRID#.
GENUS CHROMIS, Cuvier.
CHROMIS HYPSILEPIS, Gitinther.
Brown Puller.

(Plate xiv.)

Heliastes hypsilepis, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx.,
1867, p. 66; id., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
ils, 1876, p. 388; td... Klunzmeem sSitzb. Ak. Wiss:
Wiens ixxxs 12, 1570, p. 3983 td-aelacleay.. Eroc: Linn:
Soc; NES; Wales, vi., 1881, pisgmesad.,. Ocilby, Mem.
Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, p. 66.

Brie nD piiin kaeae Ns 1... 1-3 3 2Onmuerte a Cosi 1 lat.
ZO SCs 2:7

The height of the body is 24 to 24, the length of the head

3; to 34 in the length from the snout to the hypural. Eye 3

to 2%, caudal peduncle 2} in the head. Snout two-thirds as

long as the eye.

Body ovate, compressed, the dorsal profile a little more
arched than the ventral, and evenly curved from the snout to
the first dorsal spine. Margin of the preoperculum striated,
but smooth. Operculum ending in a single flat spine which
is almost hidden by scales. Preorbital not very broad, equal
to about one-third of the eye at its narrowest part. Inter-
orbital space strongly convex, equal to or somewhat wider
than the eye. Nostril round, a little nearer the eye than the
end of the snout. Maxillary reaching a little behind the
anterior margin of the eye; mouth small, oblique. Teeth
conical, acute and spaced, arranged in a band in front, but
gradually changing into a single series on the sides, the outer
teeth larger than the others.

74 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Entire body and head, with the exception of the chin and
the tip of the snout, covered with ciliated scales; on the upper
parts of the head they are small and irregular, larger on the
cheeks, and very large on the operculum and body. They
extend about half-way up the vertical fins between the spines
and rays, and there is a scaly sheath at the bases of the
spinous dorsal and anterior part of the anal; small scales also
cover the base and sides of the tail and basal portion of the
pectoral. <A large pointed scale at the base of the ventral.
Lateral line curved and terminating below the middle of the
soft dorsal; a second, less distinct, series of tubes runs along
the middle of the caudal peduncle, covering eight or nine
scales. There are twenty-seven scales between the head and
the hypural.

Origin of the dorsal over or a little behind the opercular
spine. The first spine is short, two-thirds as long as the eye,
the fifth and sixth the longest and half as long as the head;
thence they decrease slightly, the last being three-fourths the
length of the fifth. The soft dorsal is somewhat angular, its
sixth ray the longest and one and a half in the head. Anal
oblong, the first to the tenth rays subequal, one and a third
in the head; second spine very strong and but little shorter
than the rays. Upper rays of the pectoral longest, longer
than the head. Ventrals pointed, the first ray produced and
reaching beyond the vent. Caudal forked, the upper lobe
longer and more pointed than the lower.

Colour.—Olive-green above, the head and lower surfaces
yellowish, each scale of the back and sides with a darker
centre. Spinous dorsal dusky, especially towards its margin.
Soft dorsal and anal each with an indistinct dark median
band. Base of the pectoral with a conspicuous blackish spot
covering its upper half. A whitish spot on the upper part of
the caudal peduncle immediately behind the dorsal.

Described from three specimens, one 188 mm. long, from

the coast near Sydney, and two others in the Australian
Museum from Lord Howe Island, 123-160 mm. long.

CHROMIS ? IMMACULATUS, Ogilby.

Heliastes immaculatus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
X., 1986, p. 446; id., Waitey<«Mem. Austr. Mus:,) ave,
1899, p. 86, pl. xiv.

When writing on this species, Waite (loc. cit.) suggested
that it was identical with C. hypsilepis, and later, in his

Catalogue of the Fishes of New South Wales,! he quotes his.

1 Waite—Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904, p. 37.

FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 75

figure of Ogilby’s species under that name. C. immaculatus,
however, is readily distinguished from C. hypsilepis by its
much rounder body, shorter and broader caudal peduncle,
larger number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and by the
absence of the dark mark on the base of the pectoral and the
white spot on the caudal peduncle. The teeth of the two
species also are very different.

Ogilby has described the teeth as conical and arranged in
a single series, but this is not altogether correct. In five
specimens, including the type, there is an enlarged outer
series of subcylindrical teeth with blunt points, arranged close
together as in Glyphisodon. Behind these there is a second
row of much smaller but similar teeth closely adpressed to the
outer series, each tooth of which is placed behind the inter-
section of two front ones; this is doubtless a growing set to
replace the outer one as it becomes worn or damaged, and an
exactly similar arrangement is found in many species of
Glyphisodon and Hypsypops. On the median line of the palate
there is usually a single large depressible tooth of the same
form as, but more slender than those of the outer row. These
teeth are very different from those of Chromis chromis, Linn..,
or C. hypsilepis, Giinther, which are conical, somewhat
spaced, and arranged in a band; they approach much nearer
to those of Glyphisodon, but are subcylindrical instead of
compressed.

Three specimens were taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ at the
following stations :—

Sixteen miles off the Bellenger River, New South Wales,
40-52 fathoms.

Six miles off Port Stephens, New South Wales, 43 fathoms.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Genus Hypsypopes, Gill.
Hypsypors MICROLEPIS, Giinther.
Scalyfin.

Hypsipops microlepis, Giinther—W aite, Rec. Austr. Mus.,
WiesntOOs,; P: 075 pl. Xti.

Two specimens are in the collection from the New South
Wales coast, one from five miles off the South Solitary Light-
house, 35 fathoms, and the other from six miles off Port
Stephens, 43 fathoms. It is surprising to find this common
littoral species occurring in such deep water. It does not
appear to have been previously recorded north of Port
Jackson.

76 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESUL#S.

FamMILy LABRID.

GENUS PSEUDOLABRUS, Bleeker.
PSEUDOLABRUS CYANOGENYS, Ramsay and Ogilby.
Lilac-banded Parrot-fish.

(Plate xiii.)

Labrichthys cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S: Wales (2); 41.; 9887" p. 242.

?Labrichthys ephippium, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3),
XI., 1803) p: 116;.)sdiMiacleay, “Proc: _ Linn.) Sec
N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 84 (nec Labrus ephippium,
Cuv. and Val.).

PLabrichthys vestita, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict?) %1:;
1572,0ps 5%.

?Labrichthys cuviert, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i1.,
1873, p. 53; id:, Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc: N.S. Wales:
Visg 1Sor, p. O4.

The collection includes three specimens, one of which is
figured, though, as all traces of the bands on the body have
disappeared in formalin, these have been copied from the
type specimen. A second example agrees exactly with the
first, but the third is of a dark purplish tint in which the body
bands can be traced, together with the blue markings on the
pectorals, operculum and throat, while the ventrals, pectorals
and spinous dorsal are yellowish. A careful comparison with
the type specimen, which is badly stuffed, leaves no doubt
that they are the same species.

The scales on the cheeks appear to vary somewhat, there
being two rows in some specimens, while others have a single
row of larger scales on the upper portion which splits into
three below. The presence or absence of the posterior
Canines is unimportant since one, or even two may be well
developed on one side of the mouth and wanting on the other.
Apart from these characters, the original description fits the
‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens so well that it is unnecessary to
redescribe them here.

P. cyanogenys 1s so far recorded only from the southern half
of the New South Wales coast, but it is almost certain that
it is identical with some of the earlier described species from
Victorian or Tasmanian waters, though until the types can
be examined it is impossible to be certain on this point. The
‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens were obtained in Oyster Bay, Tas-
mania, in 40-60 fathoms. The largest example is 410 mm.
long.

[Since the above was set up I have examined a series of
specimens 84-16 inches long from Tasmania and the Mel-
bourne markets. The smaller ones have the dark brown

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. re a
bands on the body and other characteristics of P. vestitus,
while the larger ones are undoubtedly P. cyanogenys, and
they also agree with the adults described by Castelnau. The
others exhibit every intermediate stage between the two, so
that there can be no doubt as to the identity of P. vestita and
P. cyanogenys. |

PSEUDOLABRUS PSITTACULUS, Richardson.
(io. 198)

Labrus psittaculus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1840, p: 26;
and Trans. Zool. Soc., iti., 1849, p. 141.

Labrus, Tautoga, psittacula, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. and
Mer, Hishes, 18485 "p.. 129, pl. lvijjgiies. 7-10.
Labrichthys psittacula, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv.,.
ROO2,.p. tideuid., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc: Vict:, it.
1873, Pp. 52.
Labrichthys rubicunda, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 80.
Labrichthys mortoni, Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1884
(1885), p. 256.
Dis che PA roe. t.. 5 3P. te yeaa: 1. lat 26-26;
l. tr. 2+8.
Height of body 3-34, length of head 34-34 in the length to
the hypural. Eye 44-5, snout 3-34, caudal peduncle 24-24 in
the head. Interorbital width #-1 in the orbit.

’

Body compressed, highest at the origin of the dorsal, the
profile from the snout slightly convex or almost straight.
Head conical, the snout somewhat pointed. Caudal peduncle
very broad and flattened. Mouth slightly oblique, extending
to below the nostrils. Anterior canines strong and curved,
decreasing in size backwards; a second row of small teeth on
the anterior portion of each jaw. Posterior canine strong and
curved. Interorbital space convex over the eyes, flattened or
slightly concave on the median line. Upper portion of the
head, snout and space around the eyes, and the margin of the
preoperculum covered with muciferous canals. Cheeks with
four rows of small scales; operculum with four or five rows of
large irregular scales. A broad skinny flap on the end of the
operculum.

Lateral line following the curve of the back to below the last
two dorsal rays, where it bends abruptly downwards to the
mid-line of the tail. Scales extending over the base of the
caudal fin, and series of smaller scales are continued up
between the rays.

78 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Dorsal spines increasing in length backwards, the last once
and a half to twice as long as the first and about as long as
the snout; the filament of each spine is produced beyond its
point. Rays of the dorsal longer than the spines, the second
or third last the longest and 2-24 in the head. Anal similar
to the dorsal. Second and third upper pectoral rays the
longest; the upper portion of the hinder margin is either
straight or slightly concave, while the lower angle is broadly
rounded. Ventrals rather small and pointed, not reaching
backwards to the vent. Hinder margin of the caudal truncate
the upper lobe, and usually the lower one also, produced.

FIG. 19.

Colour.—Pink, with a large yellow spot in the centre of
each scale on the sides. ‘The head and back are darker, and
there is a light green spot on the operculum. A black spot
on the back at the base of the last dorsal rays may be present
or absent, and may be followed by a second less distinct one
on the free portion of the tail. After long preservation, the
colour is almost uniformly whitish with only faint indications
of longitudinal yellow bands along the rows of scales below
the lateral line. There are very indistinct traces of light spots
on the dorsal and anal fins which also appear to have had
slightly darker margins with lighter inframarginal bands.

Described from eight specimens, 148-215 mm. long.

There are also three specimens in the Australian Museum
which were received from the Tasmanian Museum as
Labrichthys mortoni, Johnston, with the description of which
they agree very well. They were afterwards identified by
Ogilby as Pseudolabrus psittaculus, and they are certainly
identical with the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens which I determine
as that species.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 79
A specimen in the Macleay Museum is labelled ‘‘Labrichthys
vubicunda, Macleay, Tasmania,’’ which, notwithstanding that
that species was said to come from King George’s Sound, I
have no doubt is the type. It agrees with the description in
every detail, even in the colours of the scales and in having
two dark spots on the back, the second being indistinct and
situated on the free portion of the tail. Its length, however,
is only 8} inches, or 8}} to the extreme tip of the upper
caudal lobe, not 9 as stated. It is undoubtedly identical with
the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens, and I would therefore regard
Tasmania as the correct locality of the specimen.
The eight ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens were taken at the
following stations :—

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o
fathoms.

Twenty miles north-east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68
fathoms.

Famity CARANGID/A.
GENUS TRACHURUS, Rafinesque.
TRACHURUS DECLIVIS, Jenyns.
Yellowtail, Horse Mackerel.
‘Caranx declivis, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, iii., 1842, p. 68,
pl. xiv.

Two large specimens sixteen inches long were obtained off
the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, in 20
fathoms, and another nearly eighteen inches long from the
Victorian coast. Two small ones are in the collection from
between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Adult examples of this species have the last rays of the
dorsal and anal fins much enlarged and forming a semi-
detached finlet, thereby approaching Decapterus. This con-
dition can also be traced in young examples, but it is much
less striking than in the larger ones.

GENUS CARANX, Lacépede.
CARANX PLATESSA, Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Trevally.

Caranx platessa, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Peiss.,
1x., 1833, p. 84; id., Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur.
Mish. xxv, 1905 (1906), p. 437.

Caranx georgianus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poss: 1X.,, 1833, p. 85.

Many young specimens were obtained off the east coast of

Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

So “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Famity SCOMBRIDZE.
GENUS SCOMBER, Linn@us.
SCOMBER JAPONICUS, Houttuyn.
Mackerel.

Scomber japonicus (Houttuyn), Jordan and Evermann, Bull.
UsSs Fish. ‘Comm., xxiijept- 1, 1903 (1905), p: 1605
fig. 62.

Eighteen young examples, four and a half inches long,
were preserved from sixteen miles off Port Stephens, New
South Wales. The trawl was shot in 75 fathoms, but the
mackerel doubtless entered it as it neared the surface.

Famity TRICHIURIDA.

GENUS THYRSITES, Cuvier.

THYRSITES ATUN, Euphrasen.
Barracouta.

Scomber atun, Euphrasen, Vetensk. Acad. Nya. Handl., xii.
E7Okn p= GUS:

Several young examples were preserved from off Flinders.
Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms,
and from forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms. The species does not appear to have been previously
recorded from this State.

Famity BRAMID/E.
’ GENUS SCHUETTEA, Steindachner.
Schuettea, Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. -Wiss. Wien., liii. 1.,
1866, p. 449 (S. scalaripinnis).
Bramichthys, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 72 (B.
woodwardt),

The genus Schuetta, with scalaripinnis for its type, was
described by Steindachner in 1866 from four small specimens
taken in Port Jackson, but does not appear to have been again
noted by later writers. The Australian Museum collection
includes both young and adult examples which agree perfectly
with the definition. In 1905 Waite described a new genus
and species, Bramichthys woodwardi, from Western Aus-
tralia, but a comparison of specimens of that species, recently
received from Mr. A. Abjornssen, with others of S. scalari-
pinnis shows that they are undoubtedly congeneric.

The two species may be readily distinguished by the differ-
ent form of their bodies :—

a. Depth at the origin of the dorsal less than half the length
to the hypural :— scalaripinnts.

aa. Vhe same depth more than half the same length :—
woodwardl.

y

FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. SI

SCHUETTEA SCALARIPINNIS, Steindachner.
(Plate xv.)

/

Schuettea scalaripinnis, Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss.
Nien, litt. i. 90600, p. 449, solummwin,, 1S.) Ns, tds,
McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., rgii,
pe 82:

Bramichthys woodwardi, Stead, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
¥ExI., 1900, p. 400; id.,, Stead, Addie ish. Faun. N-S:
Wales (Dept. Fish. N.S.W.), 1907, p. 23 (nec B. wood-
wardi, Waite).

EO 26-301, Sevit.p26-93; P. 165) Viggege Co) 17-5 J; slat.
eS On el th. G1:

Height of the body about 24, length of the head, 34-3 in
the length to the hypural. Eye very large, about 2}, caudal
peduncle 22 to 3 in the head. Interorbital width %, snout
rather more than + of the eye.

Body broadly ovate, compressed, the dorsal and ventral
profiles almost evenly rounded. Back between the eyes and
the dorsal fin with a well-developed keel in young specimens
which is less marked in adults. Interorbital space more or
less convex, snout flattened above, a slight concavity usually
present over the nostrils. Maxillary reaching to below the
anterior third of the eye; the distal end expanded, its breadth
only a little less than the length of the snout, and either
truncate or with the angles rounded. Preorbital narrow,
smooth. Angle of the preoperculum broadly rounded, the
inferior border minutely serrated in the young, almost or
quite smooth in adults, the hinder border very thin. Oper-
culum with two weak, flat spines separated by a broad, deeply
concave interspace; above the superior one the bony margin
forms three small points which are not always distinct. With
the exception of the tip of the snout and the lips, the whole
head is covered with small scales which extend backwards to
the dorsal fin and form a marked line on the sides of the nape
where they meet those of the body. Teeth minute, movable,
in bands on both jaws but absent near the symphyses of each ;
they form a triangular patch on the vomer and a band on each
palatine. Gill-rakers long, compressed, the longest about
half as long as the eye, and roughened on their inner surfaces ;
there are about twenty-six on the lower limb of the first arch.
A large pore is present on either side of the symphyses of
the lower jaw.

Scales of moderate size, very thin, cycloid and _ finely
striated. They are arranged in oblique rows on the sides
and are largest above the pectoral fin; they cover the greater

S82 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

portion of the dorsal and anal fins, especially anteriorly, and
also extend onto the caudal and basal portion of the pectorals.
Lateral line more or less arched anteriorly, thence straight to
the hypural and continued to between the tips of the middle
caudal rays.

Origin of the dorsal over the interspace between the ven-
trals and the anal, and about twice as far from the end of the
middle caudal rays as from the snout. The spines increase
regularly in height and are closely adpressed to one another.
The second and third rays are the longest and are from two-
thirds to three-quarters as long as the head; the next three
or four rays become rapidly shorter, and the following
decrease regularly to the last. Anal originating below the
second or third dorsal rays and terminating well behind that
fin; its base is a little shorter than, but the rays are of similar
form and length to those of the dorsal. Pectoral pointed, the
third upper ray the longest and reaching backward to above
the anal spines or even as far as the third ray of that fin.
Ventrals short, reaching to or a little beyond the vent.
Caudal forked.

Colour.—Silvery, tinged with pink, the upper parts of the
head and back darker. Most of the scales dark edged, par-
ticularly at the bases of the dorsal, anal and pectoral fins.
Tips of the dorsal and anal black. Caudal dusky, especially
at the tips of the lobes, the outermost rays darker. Specimens
long preserved in spirits are colourless, with the lower half
of the body silvery.

Described from four specimens 100-1g0 mm. long, from
Port Jackson and its vicinity. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection
includes two specimens from near Sydney, while nine others
were presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. J. Blair,
who caught them in a meshing net at Bondi, near Sydney.

FamMiILy ZEIDA.
GENUS ZEUS, Linneus.
ZEUS FABER, Linneus.

John Dorey.

Zeus faber, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., u1., 1860, p. 393;
id., Day, Fish. Gt. Brit. and Ireland, i., 1880-4, p. 138, pl.
xivini. ;.id., Klunzinger? Sitz. Ak. Wiss.. Wien, lxxxcpaet
1879, Pp: 370; id., Wate, Ree. Cantb. Mus:, 1.) £007
p:25,-and loc. cit., 1911, pe ise:

Zeus australis, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. and TJerr., Fishes,
1845, p- 36, pl. xxv-, fig. 1; 2d., Castelnau, Proc. Zoel:
Soc!) Vict., 1, 1872) pe meseedds, Waite, Miem: Amaie
Mus., iv., 1899, p. 89.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 83

Having compared fifteen specimens from New South Wales
with the descriptions and figures of the European species, I
fail to find any specific differences between them. As has been
pointed out by Waite, the characters relied upon to dis-
tinguish Z. australis from Z. faber are variable, and one must
therefore follow Gunther in 1egarding the two as identical.

Eight small specimens, 63-140 mm. long, differ from the
larger ones in having much deeper bodies, which are marked
with many wavy, dark lines extending from the snout to the
tail.

This species was taken between Port Stephens and New-
castle, New South Wales, in 22-60 fathoms; in Disaster Bay,
New South Wales; and thirty-six miles off Cape Everard,
Victoria, 75 fathoms.

GENUS ZENOPSIS, Gill.
ZENOPSIS NEBULOSA, Schlegel.
Mirror Dorey.
(Blatesxvi., fig: ir.)

Zeus nebulosus, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1847,
pe 429) ples bavi.

Zenopsis nebulosa, Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus.) Xxv., 1902, Pp. 515-

Devitis_ixas 2-26 eM ii-., 25-27 3 View
i 2.

Height of the body 1°6 to 1°8, length of the head 2°8 in the
length from the snout to the hypural. Snout twice as long as
the eye which is 4°3 in the head and a little wider than the
interorbital space. Maxillary very large, its greatest width
075 to 0°85 in the eye. With the exception of the rough
orbital margins, the head is quite smooth, though the pre-
operculum ends in a broad spine below, and there is another
more or less distinct flattened spine just below the end of the
maxilla. Teeth small, conical, acute, arranged in two groups
in front on the upper jaw, becoming rudimentary on the sides ;
in the lower jaw, though they are largest anteriorly, they are
also quite distinct laterally. They form two groups on the
vomer.

Skin wholly naked except for the bony bucklers which are
each armed with a central spine, curved backwards and out-
wards, and ornamented with radiating ridges. There are
twelve to fourteen bucklers along the base of the dorsal, the
anterior ones being somewhat indistinct and commencing in
advance of the third dorsal spine ; those beneath the middle of

Sse bya A= g tn Ge

$4 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the soft dorsal are the largest. Eight or nine are arranged
along the base of the anal. There are two or three median
plates and two to four pairs in front of the ventrals, while
between that fin and the anal there is one median and six to
eight of the paired series. Generally the bucklers of one side
do not correspond to those of the other but are more or less
alternate to’ one another. Lateral line strongly arched
anteriorly, straight posteriorly.

Dorsal originating over the middle of the operculum. ‘The
second spine is usually the longest, and is either almost
equal to the length of the head or somewhat shorter. The
membrane of the spines is produced beyond their tips, the
filament of the anterior ones being from one-fourth to one-half
as long as the spine. ‘he rays are all simple, and increase
rapidly in length to about the fourteenth, which is more than
twice as long as the first; behind this they are more uniform.
Anal spines decreasing in length backwards, the first equal
to about three-fourths the length of the eye; the rays are
similar in form to those of the dorsal. Ventrals large, reach-
ing to the first anal spine in old specimens and to the first ray
in younger ones; the first ray not closely adpressed to the
spine. Upper pectoral rays the longest, once and a half to
twice as long as the eye. Caudal truncate or slightly rounded
when expanded, its peduncle about two-thirds the diameter of
the eye.

Colour.—Silvery, the first dorsal, ventral and hinder portion
of the caudal blackish. A large dark spot on the middle of
the sides in fresh specimens, which disappears in preserved
examples.

The above description is drawn up from thirteen specimens
230-360 mm. long. In large examples the profile from the
chin to the vent is evenly rounded, but in the smaller ones it
descends obliquely to the ventrals, where it forms a sharp
angle with the belly line. The latter is either straight or
convex. The specimen figured on plate xvi. is 242 mm. long,
and represents the angular stage, while the rather crude
figure in ‘‘Fauna Japonica’’ shows the rounded profile char-
acteristic of the larger fish.

Relying on the descriptions and figure quoted above, and
with only the smaller specimens before me, I at first con-
sidered the Australian examples distinct from Z. nebulosus,
as none showed the clouded body markings of Schlegel’s
figure, nor has the angular form been described in the
Japanese works. Having since obtained a specimen from
Tokio Bay, however, and larger ones from the Victorian
coast, I find that they agree in every detail.

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 85

The thirteen specimens were trawled at the following
stations :—

Off Cape Everard, Victoria, 70 fathoms.

Twenty miles north-east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68
fathoms.

Disaster Bay, New South Wales, 45 fathoms.

The genus Zenopsis is commonly regarded as pelagic, but
this is obviously incorrect, though it would seem that some of
the species pass through their earlier stages near the surface.

GENUS CytTTUS, Giinther.
CYTTUS NOV4:-ZELANDIA, Arthur.
(Plate vii., fig. 2, and fig. 20.)

Zeus nove-zelandie, Arthur, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvii., 1885,
penioaysply xiv. figs 3.

Cyttus nove-zelandie, McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, xxxv., 1910, p. 307; id., Waite, Rec. Cantb.
MiSs iQiaL, p. tO; ‘pl. xxxit:

DML 2or eat On be tls Vt ooniGmmanh latSa0 lotr
9+ 47-

Height 1°62 to 1°68 in the length from the premaxillary
when the mouth is closed to the hypural. Head almost 3 in
the same. Eye very large, 2°4 in the head and longer than
the snout. Interorbital width at its narrowest point 1°4 in
the eye. Orbit defined above by a curved ridge which is
armed with microscopic denticulations and forms an angle
at either end with the rest of the orbital margin. Another
curved ridge, perforated with numerous pores, extends from
the origin of the lateral line to the anterior end of a triangular

BIG., 20:

depression above the occiput, which receives the posterior
processes of the premaxillaries. All the other bones of the
head are very thin and have their edges smooth. When the
mouth is closed, the hinder margin of the maxillary is slightly

S86 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

in advance of the anterior margin of the eye. The teeth are
extremely small in both jaws, conical and arranged in several
rows anteriorly. They are also present on the vomer, but the
palatines and tongue are smooth.

The scales are of somewhat peculiar construction, consist-
ing of two distinct parts separated by a constriction at either
end.

The anterior portion is finely striated vertically, and lies
flat upon the body. ‘The posterior half is trilobed, and bears
only five or six crenulated lines; it rises abruptly from the
other portion and curls over upon the following scale, so that
closed channels are formed beneath each transverse row. At
the bases of the dorsal and anal fins the scales are slightly
enlarged and rounded and armed with rows of denticulations.
From the throat to the ventral fins there are two rows of
angular scales defining a flattened ventral surface on
which all the scales have denticulated edges. Behind the
ventrals there is a deep groove, into which the fin can be
folded, but its edges are not provided with specially modified
scales. The lateral line is strongly arched anteriorly. A
large triangular patch of scales covers the cheek, but the
rest of the head is bare. The vent is situated somewhat in
advance of the middle of the ventral groove.

The first dorsal fin commences vertically over a point mid-
way between the ventral and anal fins. The first spine is very
short, the second, third and fourth are subequal and slightly
longer than the eye. The rays of the second dorsal increase
regularly in length to a point behind the middle of the fin,
where they are a little shorter than the longest spine; thence
they decrease evenly backwards. First anal spine very stout
and almost immovable and longer than the second, which is
minute. The rays similar in form to those of the dorsal.
Ventral spine strong, the longest rays not reaching to the anal
spine. Pectorals rounded, the third ray longer than the eye.
Caudal slightly emarginate, the outer rays almost twice as
long as the eye.

Colour.—Silvery. First dorsal, ventrals and end of caudal
black. Iris golden.

A very young specimen 39 mm. long differs only in having
a deeper and more angular body, the depth being 1°3 in the
length to the hypural. It is marked with large scattered
darker blotches, the most conspicuous of which are two at the
base of the anal fin.

Compared with specimens of C. australis of the same size,
this species is at once distinguished by its much larger eye
and its short dorsal and ventral fins. In C. australis these are

FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 87
very elongate as in the adult. The lateral line is also more
arched, so that there are fewer scales between it and the first
dorsal (nine) than in C. australis (fifteen). Finally, the scales
of the last-named are armed on their outer surface and edges
with minute spines, whereas in this species the edges are
smooth and the surface bears only crenulated ridges.

The specimens described above differ from Arthur’s descrip-
tion in lacking the small roughened scales between the dorsal
fin and the interorbital space and in having only 83 scales
along the lateral line instead of 114. Mr. Waite, however,
has kindly compared some that I have sent him with other
New Zealand examples which he identifies as C. nove-
selandia, and has further forwarded me a half-grown example
for examination. This last is undoubtedly identical with my
specimens, the largest of which is 135 mm. long, and we are
agreed that they are really Arthur’s species.

The collection includes fifty-six examples from the following
localities :—

Twenty-five miles south-west from Cape Everard, Victoria,

3-98 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40-70

fathoms.

Oyster and Storm Bays, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

CyTTUS AUSTRALIS, Richardson.
Silver Dorey.

Capros australis, Richardson, Trans. Zool. Soc., iil., 1849,
po 72, aud Zool Ereb. and Terrsgpm37, plilix., hes.
I-5.

Very young specimens of this species differ from the adults
in having a much shorter and deeper body and larger eyes. In
an example 75 mm. long the greatest height is 14 in the length
to the hypural, and the eye is 2} in the head. The largest
specimen obtained is 380 mm. long.

It was taken at the following stations :—

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

Thirty-six miles off Cape Everard, Victoria, 75 fathoms.

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 7o
fathoms. ;

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

>)

~~
ba |

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia,
fathoms.

ri

ie,
rn) "
\
|
i ‘
‘
ra f
1
ty
7
EAs
tft
|
fe
j
i
Rae! t
!
nil
Pp i
®
ii Hi}
Pen? y
i
; *. ul
: j
iit’ ea)
ree |

ren xf!
fe Fy
ile bias

i ee }
' i nyt) b
i
{ ft)
t i
i
‘a ,

Tat iu 1 1
TOR (V8
id H H
4 a

io i ” I | 7 ‘s
" yy : i
f : “he a
iT y : : a4 H
t a : 1 a) Gi’ 9 ;
%, 5a ; * :
- ; ( i #, /
y ‘
'
i eo
7 Agee 7 = '
l : j
Wop ite > Sav One
a senti ho eth
agi inet: eae aaa a
“HD Aol ee a:
nee t ; ey? Parte ay a
pr a Van he
‘ aT ; i ip ~ iy -\ ’ ‘ as
' " , fj J a7 :
yy oe a i » a a ‘m wy
bis rae Wins (
7 ee ; te: t ‘ i i,
Gr @ Bish {ye ve ip & by

eA
ri ts
.
iy
a
{
:
!
bie a
1
; ve
f
r .
2
oe 4
—
i
a
c j
i!
i
1 1

a
f ct)

7 i iF yabbiars a
’ Wan i

aA ) BA J i yi

cas y rh aH iin re A

dies “ie

, wim af
Vy
, ihe ‘A
\ j r, at
Wy Hy -
st Thy we a Ah
: ae ut

I]. Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F.I.S. ‘*Endea-
vour,’’ chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia.

PARA ele

BY
CHARLES HEDLEY,
ASSISTANT CURATOR AND CONCHOLOGIST,

Australian Museum,
Sydney.

(Plates XVII.-xX.)

go “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

IREPORT ON DHE MOLLUSC:
PaARGadle
1.— INTRODUCTION.

Vhrough the kindness of the Hon. the Minister for Trade
and Customs, the writer, in August and September, 1909,
enjoyed an opportunity of accompanying the Director of
Fisheries on a cruise of the Fishery Investigation Ship,
‘“Endeavour.’’ The voyage extended from Melbourne to the
Nuyts Archipelago, South Australia. At every opportunity
Mr. Dannevig gave me facilities for using my dredge. By
this means a large number of Invertebrates, not procurable
by the trawl, were obtained. The largest collection was made
on August 28th at a depth of 95-100 fathoms, south of Cape
Wiles, South Australia, the precise position being thirty-
nine and a half miles S. 43 E. from Liguanea Island,
itself about four miles from Cape Wiles. Here three
full loads of the bucket dredge were lifted and_ sieved.
The bottom temperature here was not noted, but at 80
fathoms, a short distance away, it was 14’0 Cent. (=57
Fahr.), and the surface at midnight was 12°75 Cent. (=52
Fahr.). It was in this neighbourhood that in January,
1905, Dr.. J. C: Verco, from thesis) Lady Diana,” imadev
successful haul thirty-five miles south-west of the Neptune
Islands in 104 fathoms, and whence he has recorded so many
new species.

Including fragments, illegible or undetermined forms, the
Cape Wiles haul contained more than three hundred and fifty
species, of which I record two hundred and twenty-six. This
agrees with my experience in New South Wales and Tas-
mania,! indicating that the molluscan fauna of a yard or two
of the margin of the Australian Continental Shelf consists of
from two hundred and fifty to three hundred and fifty species.

This is richer than usual. Based chiefly on American
experiences, Dr. W. H. Dall? estimates that about four
hundred species would constitute an entire fauna of shell-
bearing molluscs from an ordinary region between the limits
of 40-60 degrees Fahrenheit.

1 Hedley—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 273; Op. cit., vii., 1908, p. 109.
2 Dall & Harris—Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 84, 1892, p. 26.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. gl

The species identified from the Cape Wiles station are as
follows :—

Nucula beachportensis, Verco.
Nucula obliqua, Lamarck.
Pronucula decorosa, Hedley.
Leda miliacea, Hedley.

Poroleda ensicula, Angas.
Limopsis erectus, Hedley &~ Petterd.
Limopsis eucosmos, Verco.
Limopsis tenisoni, Tenison Woods.
Limopsis tenisoni, var. penelevis, Verco.
Cyrilla concentrica, Verco.
Pleurodon maorianus, Hedley.
Arca pistachia, Lamarck.
Bathyarca perversidens, Hedley.
Glycymeris pectinoides, Lamarck.
Glycymeris tenuicostatus, Reeve.
Philobrya fimbriata, Tate.
Philobrya pectinata, Hedley.
Trigonia margaritacea, Lamarck.
Chlamys antiaustralis, Tate.
Cyclopecten favus, Hedley.

Lima bassi, Tenison Woods.
Lima bullata, Born.

Limea austrina, Tate.

Limeza murrayi, Smith.

Limea parvula, Verco.

Modiola linea, Hedley.
Modiolaria barbata, Reeve.
Arcoperna scapha, Verco.
Pholadomya arenosa, Hedley.
Myodora albida, Tenitson Woods.
Verticordia ericia, Hedley.
Verticordia setosa, Hedley.
Ectorisma granulata, Tate.
Cuspidaria alta, Verco.
Crassatellites probleema, Verco.
Crassatellites producta, Verco.
Cuna atkinsoni, Tenison Woods.
Cuna comma, Verco.

Cuna concentrica, Hedley.

Cuna delta, Tate &~ May.

Cuna hamata, Hedley & May.
Cuna obliquissima, Tate.
Venericardia amabilis, Deshayes.
Venericardia bimaculata, Deshayes.
Venericardia delicata, Verco.

g2

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Venericardia dilecta, Smith, var. excelsior, Verco.
Venericardia rosulenta, Tate.
Mytilicardia calyculata, Linne.
Condylocardia compressa, Hedley ¢~ May.
Cyamiomactra mactroides, Tate € May.
Myrtaea bractea, Hedley.

Divaricella cumingii, Adams €& Angus.
Corbis percostata, Hedley.

Vhyasira flexuosa, Montagu.

Turquetia integra, Hedley.

Coriarius semiradiatus, Tute.

Cardium pulchellum, Gray.

Gafrarium angasi, Smith.

Chione mesodesma, Quoy € Gaimuard.
Chione striatissima, Sowerby.

Tellina subdiluta, Tate.

Soletellina hedleyi, Sowerby.

Mactra jacksoniensis, Smith.

Saxicava arctica, Linne.

Acanthochites crocodilus, Torr & Ashby.
Schismope atkinsoni, Tenison Hoods.
Schismope pulchra, Petterd.

Scissurella australis, Hedley.

Emarginula superba, Hedley ¢~ Petterd.
Lucapinella nigrita, Sowerby.
Megatebennus concatenatus, Crosse ¢> Fischer,
Puncturella fumarium, Hedley.
Puncturella demissa, Hedley.

Gibbula ocellina, Hedley.

Monilea oleacea, Hedley ¢> Petterd.
Monilea philippensis, Ilutson.
Calliostoma allporti, Tentson Woods.
Calliostoma columnarium, Hedley & May.
Calliostoma legrandi, Tenison Joods.
Calliostoma meyeri, Philippi.
Calliostoma retiarium, Hedley ¢~ May.
Danilia telebathia, Hedley.

Euchelus tasmanicus, Tenison TW oods.
Leptothyra fugitiva, Hedley.

Leptothyra rosea, Tenison Woods.
Cirsonella weldu, Tenison Woods.
Cyclostrema denselaminatum, lerco.
Cyclostrema homalon, Verco.
Cyclostrema jaffaensis, lVerco.

Liotia annulata, Tenison Woods.

Liotia denselineata, Tate.

Liota incerta, Tenison Woods.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY.

Phenacolepas calva, Verco.

Cocculina tasmanica, Pilsbry.

Nacella crebristriata, Verco.
Helcioniscus illabratus, Verco.

Rissoa hulliana, Tate, var. eucraspeda, Hedley.
Rissoa incompleta, Hedley.

Rissoa lockyeri, Hedley.

Rissoa verconiana, Hedley.
Amphithalamus costatus, Hedley.
Amphithalamus pyramidatus, Hedley.
Epigrus ischnus, Tate.

Rissoina gertrudis, Tenison Woods.
Rissoina rhyllensis, Gatliff & Gabriel.
Rissoina tasmanica, Tenison Woods.
Cithna angulata, Hedley.

Calyptraea calyptraeformis, Lamarck.
Capulus devotus, Hedley.

Mathilda decorata, Hedley.
Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley.
Cerithiopsis geniculosus, Hedley.

Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora
Triphora

albovittata, Hedley.

angasi, Crosse.

armillata, Verco.

cana, Verco.

disjuncta, Verco.

epallaxa, Verco.
gemmegens, Verco.
granifera, Brazier.
novapostrema, Verco.
pfeifferi, Crosse.

regina, Hedley.

spica, Verco.

tasmanica, Tenison Woods.
medio-

Turritella atkinsoni, Tenison Woods, var.
angulata, Verco.
TYurritella mediolevis, Verco.
Turritella quadrata, Donald.
Turritella smithiana, Donald.
Vermicularia flava, Verco.
Vermicularia nodosa, Hedley .
Janthina exigua, Lamarck.
Epitonium acanthopleura, Verco.
Epitonium valida, Verco.
Syrnola micra, Pritchard & Gatliff.
Odostomia mayi, Tate.

of

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Cymatium kampylum, Watson.
Cymatium olearium, Linne.
Natica elkingtoni, Hedley & May.
Natica sticta, Verco.

Polinices beddomei, Johnston.
Eunaticina albosutura, Verco.

Ancilla petterdi, Tate.

Cancellaria
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella

pergradata, Verco.
altilabra, May.

biplicata, Tate ¢ May.
columnaria, Hedley & May.
flindersi, Pritchard ¢€ Gatliff.
fulgurata, Hedley.

Marginella gabrieli, May.

Marginella allporti, Tenison Woods.
Marginella indiscreta, May.
Marginella loddere, May.

Marginella microscopica, May.
Marginella multiplicata, Tate & May.
Marginella ovulum, Sowerby.

Marginella
Marginella
Marginella

stanislaus, Tentson Joods.
stilla, Hedley.
vercoi, May.

Conus superstes, Hedley.

Daphnella bathentoma, Verco.
Daphnella fenestrata, Verco.
Daphnella legrandi, Beddome.
Daphnella triseriata, Verco.
Mangilia gatlifh, Verco.
Mangilia hilum, Hedley.
Mangilia kingensis, Petterd.
Mangilia spica, Hedley.

Drillia agrestis, Verco.

Drillia denseplicata, Dunker.
Drillia dilecta, Hedley.

Drillia dulcis, Sowerby.

Drillia hectorguia, Verco.
Drillia hedleyi, Verco.

Drillia jaffaensis, Verco.
Drillia lacteola, Verco.

Drillia saxea, Sowerby.

Drillia tricarinata, Tenison Woods.
Drillia trophonoides, Verco.
Drillia woodsi, Beddome.
Mitromorpha alba, Petterd, var. axiscalpta,
Mitromorpha axicostata, Verco.

Verco.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 95

Mitromorpha pallidula, Hedley.
Mitromorpha paucilirata, Verco.
Mitromorpha paula, Verco.
Mitromorpha solida, May.
Hemipleurotoma mayi, Verco.
Mitra retrocurvata, l’erco.

Mitra scalariformis, Tenison Woods.
Mitra stadialis, Hedley.

Mitra tasmanica, Tenison Woods.
Imbricaria porphyria, Verco.
Pisania schoutanica, May.

Pyrene atkinsoni, Tentson Woods.
Pyrene axiaerata, Verco.

Pyrene beachportensis, Verco.
Pyrene calva, Verco.

Pyrene jaffaensis, Verco.

Trophon plicilaminatus, Verco.
Trophon recurvatus, Verco.
Trophon segmentatus, Verco.
Coralliophila lischkeana, Dunker.
Typhis bivaricata, Verco.

Actaeon retusus, Verco.

Ringicula meridionalis, Hedley.
Ringicula semisculpta, Hedley.
Cylichna arachis, Quoy ¢ Gaimard.
Cylichna atkinsoni, Tenison Woods.
Philine columnarius, Hedley & May.
Philine oscitans, Hedley.

Cavolina inflexa, Lesueur

Cavolina trispinosa, Lesueur.
Cavolina virgula, Rang.

Limacina bulimoides, D’Orbigny.
Limacina inflata, D’Orbigny.

Clio balantium, Rang.

Clio pyramidata, Linne.

Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby.
Dentalium thetidis, Hedley.
Yerebratulina cavata, Verco.
Megasella cumingil, Davidson.
Megasella vercoi, Blochman.
Campages jaffaensis, Blochman.
Cryptopora brazieri, Crane.
Kraussina tasmanica, Tenison Woods.

96 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

II.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR NOTABLE
SPECIES:
A.—PELECYPODA.

PLEURODON MAORIANUS, Hedley.

Pleurodon maorianus, Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904,
ps 87, tiga wat
Numerous examples of this occurred off Cape Wiles in too
fathoms. Some of these were of larger size than those found
in New Zealand, being 3 mm. long and 4 mm. high. The
species has not been seen previously in Australian waters.

CHLAMYS ANTIAUSTRALIS, Tate.

Pecten antiaustralis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., viii.,
1386, jp: 106, pl. ix., f. 7a-yemuxan | 1890. p. 20o% Id.
Harris, Brit. Mus. Cat. Tert. Moll. Austr., 1897, p. 315.

~.

Numerous small valves about half an inch in length were
dredged in too fathoms, forty miles south of Cape Wiles,
South Australia. Some are brightly coloured either entire
lemon-yellow or irregularly clouded with opaque white and
vermilion. Similar specimens were dredged by myself in 100
fathoms off Wollongong, New South Wales. Specimens
reaching too mm. in diameter were taken plentifully by Mr.
W. L. May and myself in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tas-
mania. We considered the species,! as Prof. R. Tate himself
had done on first acquaintance, to be a variety of C. asperri-
mus, Lamarck. Valid distinctions pointed out by Prof. Tate
between the two species are the concentric laminae which
lattice the intercostal furrows in the young and the multipli-
cation of the ribs in the old stages of C. antiaustralis. Com-
pared with actual fossils, the recent shell is flatter, but its
author expressly notes that C. antiaustralis ‘‘exhibits varia-
tions in the degree of convexity.’’ Probably this is the shell
identified by Gatliff and Gabriel as the young of C. radiatus,
Hutton.2 In their reference, to my opinion of the: shell,
there is some misunderstanding.

The species has not hitherto been recorded as recent, and
this identification adds another survivor from the Tertiary
Fauna.

VERTICORDIA ERICIA, sp. nov.
(Plate xvii., Hoste eso)

Shell small, subcircular, rather solid, apex incurved.
Sculpture, about eighteen prominent radiating spiral ribs,
which rapidly enlarge with the increase of the shell and pro-

1 Hedley & May—Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908,.p. 113.
2 Gatliff & Gabriel—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiii., 1910, p. 98.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. O7

ject at the margin. These are parted by broad and deep
interstices, roughened with a grain surface, whereas the
summits of the ribs bristle with short, stout, close-set, divari-
cating, little spikes. Lunule reduced to a narrow crescent
under the umbo. Interior nacreous furrowed by the imprint
of the external sculpture. In both valves a single conical
tooth is set at the margin of the lunule. Length 6°7, height
6, depth of single valve 2°3 mm.

A couple of odd valves occurred in 100 fathoms forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Prof. W. A. Haswell
and I dredged a fragment in 80 fathoms twenty-two miles.
east of Narrabeen, New South Wales. The strong ribs and.
prickly sculpture readily distinguish the species.

VERTICORDIA SETOSA, Hediey.

Verticordia rhomboidea, Hedley, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviii.,
HOOS Pes viee pli ation, 12, 13, §4 wid eeceuustr. Mus...
vi., 1906, p. 215. [Not Verticordia rhomboidea, Tate,
rans ROY SOC. S-sANUStr., 1%. eT OSOmIISo7) pa £49) pl.
SIV te Ti |

Verticordia setosa, Hedley, nom. mut. Rec. Austr. Mus., vi.,
1907, P- 303-

A single valve from 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape
Wiles, South Australia, represents a species new to the
Adelaidean Region. I took the species first in 110 fathoms
off Great Barrier Island, New Zealand, and again in 250 and
in 800 fathoms off Sydney. In the South Australian example
the radial ribs are less prominent than in the New Zealand
shells.

VENERICARDIA ROSULENTA, Tate.
(Plate xvil.,) fie. 45)
Cardita rosulenta, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ix.,.
TSO7, 2 OG, ply V.5 b..03

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ took C. rosulenta off Devonport, Tas-
mania, and in 4o fathoms north of Cape Borda, South Aus-
tralia. A giant from the former locality is 45 mm. in length.
As the original figure is vague I offer an illustration of a
specimen 28 mm. long from St. Vincent’s Gulf, for the iden-
tification and example of which I am indebted to Dr. J. C.
Verco.!

The nomenclature of this species is involved in difficulty.
After the publication of his name, Prof. Tate observed that
Tenison Woods had previously recognised? his shell as C.
quoyi, Deshayes, and he thereupon withdrew his rosulenta in

1 Verco—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxii., 1908, p. 349.
2 Tenison Woods—Proec. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p. 59.

ne “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

its favour.t But Deshayes proposed his name for a New
Zealand shell figured and described by Quoy and Gaimard as
Venericardia australis, Lamarck. Actually, Deshayes indi-
cated for his species Pl. 80, {. 4 of the ‘‘Astrolabe’’ Atlas, but
that illustration stands for a Tridacna, and the quotation is
an evident error for Pl. 70, f. 12-14. The account of Quoy
and Gaimard did not profess to introduce a new species but
merely to restore the V. australis of Lamarck,? a small, sub-
orbicular, purple, scale-ribbed shell from New Holland, not
otherwise figured. The contention of Deshayes was that the
Australian shell of Lamarck was wrongly identified with the
New Zealand shell of the “‘Astrolabe’’ “Expedition. Regard-
ing the latter as a new and nameless species, he proposed to
call it Cardita quoyi.3 Until the Lamarckian type, now
probably in the Geneva Museum, can be re-examined, we
cannot judge whether Quoy and Gaimard were right in their
identification, and consequently whether Deshayes Was, or
was not, justified in renaming their shell. But there can be
no doubt that Reeve erred in reducing V’enericardia australis
to a synonym of |’. tridentata, Say.4

In any case the verdict does not affect the name before us.
Our species is quite different from that figured in the ‘*Astro-
labe”’ Atlas, and to which, if it be maintained, the name of

‘“quoyi’’ can only apply. Incidentally it may be remarked
that this name has never been adopted’ by the conchologists
of New Zealand whom it chiefly concerns.

V. australis, Lamarck, is not the only species of the genus
that local workers have failed to recognise. Cardita (Actin-
obolus) godeffroyi, Dunker,® from Bass Strait, is here un-
known. I suggest that it is likely to prove identical with
V. bimaculata, Deshayes.

After being unseen for nearly forty years, the Cardita
raouli, Angas,’ has been rediscovered by Mr. W. L. May8
in 4o fathoms off Schouten Island, Tasmania. Probably this
is what Clessin intends by Cardita racuti, Angas (MS.), from
New Zealand.?

SUE EE EEEEEEEEEEEES SESE

1 Tate—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 434

2 Lamarck—Anim. Sans Vert., v., 1818, p. 610.

3 Deshayes—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852 (1854), p. 103.

4 Reeve—Conch. Icon., i., 1843, Cardita sp. 22.

5 Suter—Index Faunze Nov. Zeal., 1904, p. 93.

6 Dunker—Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p. 172; Schmeltz—Cat. Mus. Godeff.,
v., 1874, p. 173; Clessin—Conch. Cab., Lief. 355, 1887, p. IO Rolls whyan tia We 1

7 Angas—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 613, pl. xlii., f. 12.

8 May—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1910 (191i), p. $12.

9 Clessin—Op. cit., p. 11, pl. ii., figs. 7, 8.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 99

MyYRT4A BRACTEA, sp. nov.
(Plate-xvii., figs'51/ G78.)

Shell rather solid, moderately convex, flatter in the young
stages and becoming more inflated when adolescent, squarely
oblong, subequilateral. Colour cream. No radial sculpture.
Ribs strong, elevate, varying in number and disposition,
usually about fifty and set their breadth apart, spaced medially
crowded anteriorly and posteriorly. An occasional rib pro-
jects at the edge of the lunule and escutcheon, thus forming
a dorsal crest of imbricating seales. Umbo small, prominent.
Lunule narrow, excavate, chiefly developed in the left valve.
Two cardinals in the left valve. Margins of the valve entire.
Length 10°5, height 9°5, depth of single valve 2°5 mm.

This species is near M. brazieri, Sowerby,! but larger,
rounder, more inflated and more densely ribbed.

M. mayi, Gatliff & Gabriel,? is also like it, but M. bractea
differs by lacking radial sculpture, by being more inflated and
closer ribbed.

Hab.—Several specimens from too fathoms, forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

CORBIS PERCOSTATA, sp. nov.
(Plate xvit., figs. °Q, 10, meer 2. )

Shell small, rather solid, inflated inequilateral, anteriorly
produced, dorsal margin rather straight, ventral margin
rounded. Umbo incurved, bearing a distinct prodissoconch.
Sculpture: About thirty-two elevated, strong concentric ribs
run from end to end and closely follow one another from the
umbo to the ventral margin. From each rib a thin broad
flange arching downwards conceals most of the interspace
between the ribs. Lunule small, limited by an_ indistinct
groove. Pallial line entire, running from one adductor to the
other. Within the ventral margin is set a line of small
sockets and tubercles about forty-five in number. Dentition:
In the right are two cardinals, the posterior strongest, the
anterior half the size of its fellow, compressed and parallel to
the hinge plate, anteriorly and posteriorly a slender lateral.
In the left, the anterior cardinal of typical Corbis is repre-
sented by a minute tubercle, posterior cardinal is strong and
pointed. Anteriorly a groove receives the right lateral,
posteriorly the margin of the valve is produced to act as a
lateral. Benind the main cardinals is a slight and elongate
chondrophore. Length 4°5, height 3°6, depth of single valve
I°3 mm.

1 Sowerby—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1883, p. 31, pl. vii., f. 2, and Hedley—Mem.
Austr. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 319.

2 Gatliff & Gabriel—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiv., n.s., 1911, p. 189, pl. xlvii.,
figs. 8-12

I0o “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

This species is nearest related to Chione despecta, Hedley,!
from 100 fathoms off Wollongong, New South Wales, than
which the novelty is larger, more inequilateral, longer in pro-
portion to height and more closely ribbed. When I described
C. despecta seven years ago I failed to distinguish the muscle
scars. Now I find there is no pallial sinus. But the dis-
crepancy between its hinge and that of typical Chione warned
me of possible error. Revising the generic position with the
aid of the new and related species, | am now constrained to
refer both to Corbis. Hitherto only a single recent species,
a large and handsome shell from the coral reef zone, has been
admitted to this genus. The hinge characters do not exactly
correspond. These two small species appear to have suffered
such atrophy as descent to calm, deep water might be
expected to induce in the hinge development of small and thin
shells.

Hab.—Numerous specimens in too fathoms forty miles.
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

CHIONE MESODESMA, Quoy ¢> Gaimard.
ee, yy

Venus mesodesma, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,’”
Zool., ti../1835, p- 532, plaiexxiv., f. 17, 185 id., Souths
Rep. Voy. Chall., Zool) amy sss, p. 131.

A few specimens in 100 fathoms forty miles south of Cape
Wiles. Mr. W. L. May and I took it in abundance in 100
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.2 These specimens were
worn, and, without close scrutiny, were passed for Chione
gallinula, Lamarck. This is the first definite Australian
record, though New Holland was assigned to the species in
the original description.

B.— GASTEROPODA.
PUNCTURELLA FUMARIUM, Sp. nov.
(Plate xviil., Higss 13, 14.)

Shell laterally compressed, thin, translucent, erect, the
posterior profile usually slightly convex and the anterior
slightly concave. Sculpture: Delicate concentric growth
lines, small tubercles, conspicuous in profile, are set in radial
rows. Summit irregularly notched, subcircular seen from
above, cleft with a short, steep posterior limb seen from the
side, the spiral apex disappearing from half-grown specimens
Septal plate deeply inserted, nearly perpendicular. Length
2°16, breadth 1°35, height 1ecanam.

1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxviii., 1904, p. 193, pl. x., f. 35-8
2 Hedley & May—Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908, p. 114.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. IOI

Already from Australia there are recorded P. hemipsila,
Tate, from the Tasmanian Eocene, and recent P. corolla,
Verco, from South Australia; P. demissa, Hedley, now
recorded from South Australia in association with P. fum-
arium, and previously from New South Wales, Victoria and
New Zealand; P. galerita, Hedley, from Queensland; P.
harrissoni, Beddome, from Tasmania, Victoria and New South
Wales, and P. kesteveni, Hedley, from New South Wales.
The novelty belongs to the section Fissurisepta now first
represented in Australasia.

Hab.—Several specimens from too fathoms, forty miles
south of Cape Wiles.

MONILEA OLEACEA, Hedley & Petterd.

Monilea oleacea, Hedley & Petterd, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi.
GOGO. Pp: 2h5y Ol XXxvii., fig. a.

Some broken but recognisable specimens of this species
were taken in 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape Wiles.
The type was from 250 fathoms outside Svdney, so the
present record extends it to another region. The _ specific
name appeared in the description by a misprint as ‘‘oleata,”’
but was spelt correctly on the previous page 214 and in the
explanation of the plate.

b)

GIBBULA OCELLINA, sp. nov.
(Plate xviii., fig. 15.)

Shell small, solid, imperforate, conical, with gradate spire,
prominently keeled at the periphery and again at the shoulder.
Colour: Below the periphery uniform buff, above it broad,
radial stripes of buff pink, alternate with white. Along the
periphery are pairs of dashes of madder brown, sometimes
these enclose a tinted space and have a background of opaque
white, thus assuming an ocellated aspect ; apex pink. Whorls
five. Sculpture: Base with seven flat evenly-spaced concen-
tric riblets, a strong, revolving cord defines the periphery
and ascends the spire. The last and penultimate whorls have
four spiral riblets above the periphery, the uppermost
stronger and forming the angle of a subsutural shelf. Upper
whorls smooth. Aperture round, outer tip simple, dentate by
the spirals, columella perpendicular. Length 3, major diam.
3, minor diam. 2°5 mm.

The profile recalls that of G. coxi, Angas, but by the sum
of its characters this comes nearest to G. tiberiana, Crosse.
From that the angulation and smaller size distinguish the
novelty.

Hab.—Several specimens from 100 fathoms, forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

102 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

DANILIA TELEBATHIA, sp. nov.
(Plate xviti., figs. 16, 17.)

Shell ovate, acuminate, imperforate, thin and_ slightly
nacreous. Whorls seven, the first wound horizontally, thus
giving the spire a decapitated aspect. Median whorls
separated by a channeled suture, flattened on the shoulder and
subangled at the periphery, the last slightly descending
behind the aperture. Colour: Pale buff with scattered irregular
dashes of ochre alternate chocolate dots on the outer lip.
Sculpture: The last whorl carries eleven widely-spaced fine
spiral cords, the peripheral strongest. Of these six appear on
the penultimate and fade gradually away on the upper whorls.
Both cords and interspaces are crossed by delicate oblique
lamellae which rise into scales upon the cords. They are
crowded on the last whorl, do not cross the suture from
whorl to whorl, and become fewer and fainter ascending the
spire. The initial whorl is smooth. Aperture very oblique,
subcircular. Outer lip effuse, fimbriated by the termination of
the spiral sculpture, inner lip projecting over the umbilical
region, thence spread from the axis to the right insertion as
a solid sheet. Columella spirally ascending within, terminat-
ing below in a downwardly directed tubercle, succeeded by a
deep notch and an answering ridge. Thence along the edge
of the gullet underneath the external varix are about a score
of callus rays, alternately long and short, leading to the
throat. Behind the aperture, about a millemetre from the
free edge, is a sharp, narrow varix rising gradually at the base
and ending abruptly at the suture. Length 10, breadth 8 mm.

Judging from literature, our shell is more elevated and finely
sculptured than D. tine, Calcara.

This genus has not before been reported from the Southern
Hemisphere. As in the Mediterranean and off the Azores, it
appears to be confined to deep water.

While on the subject of deep-sea Trochoids, I take this
opportunity of pointing out that Trochus (Gibbula) glyptus,
Watson,! from 410 fathoms off Sydney, should be transferred
to Turcicula.

Hab.—Several specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

LEPTOTHYRA FUGITIVA, Sp. nov.

(Plate xviii., figs. 18, 19, 20.)
Shell small, solid, depressed-turbinate, narrowly perforate.
Colour white. Whorls three and a half, rapidly increasing,
last rounded, descending at the aperture. Spire slightly

1 Watson—Chall. Rep., Zool., xv., 1886, p. 75, pl. vi., fig. 6.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 103

gradate. Sculpture: On the base and spire are faint traces of
radial sculpture. Along the suture runs a C»ep groove
followed by a corresponding ridge. The remainder of the last
whorl is surrounded by a succession of numerous fine spiral
threads parted by equal grooves. Aperture subcircular, above
with the vestige of a varix, below a fold running from the
anterior edge of the mouth to the margin of the umbilicus,
edge of lip simple bevelled within, columella excavate. Base
rather flat. Umbilicus narrow but deep, a sixth of the shell’s
diameter. Major diameter 1°85, minor diameter 1°55, height
1-2 mm.

This is smaller, flatter and more finely grooved than other
Australian species.

Hab.—Numerous specimens were dredged in 100 fathoms
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

RISSOA HULLIANA, Tate,
‘VAR. EUCRASPEDA, var. now.
(Plate xvii, figs y2ne)

This deep-sea variety differs from the typical shore form by
being pure white, slightly larger and comparatively broader,
and by having fewer and more prominent radials. Thus it
acquires a lip broader and more scalloped, approaching a
varix.

Hab.—Several specimens in 100 fathoms forty miles south
of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

RISSOA LOCKYERI, sp. nov.
(Plate xviii., fig. 22.)

Shell small, rather thin, ovate-conical, imperforate. Colour
white. Whorls four, of which the two first are sharply
marked off as the protoconch. Sculpture: On the shoulder
is a smooth, unbroken slope, succeeded by elevated, widely-
spaced spiral keels, of which the last whorl bears eight and
the penultimate three. On the earlier whorls are numerous
fine spiral strie. The interstices of the keels are engraved
with close radial scratches. Aperture subcircular, lip slightly
expanded. Behind the columella is a narrow axial crevice.
Length 2, breadth 1°3 mm.

The species is named in honour of Mr. N. Lockyer, Comp-
troller of Customs, under whose auspices these collections
were made. It is related to R. imbrex,! than which it is
smaller, broader in proportion, and possesses more spirals.

Hab.—Numerous specimens were taken in 100 fathoms
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxili., 1908, p. 469, pl. x., f. 33.

104 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

RISSOA VERCONIANA, Sp. nov.
(Plate. xix. fie .\23-)

Shell small, ovate, thin, translucent. Colour white. Whorls
four, rounded and parted by deep sutures. Sculpture: First
whorl and a half smooth, next with about twenty-five sharp
though delicate radial ribs, these increase till on the last whorl
they amount to about forty, below the periphery they fade
gradually. Different individuals vary in the development and
number of these radials. On the last whorl eight or ten spirals
equal in grade to the radials override them, thus enclosing
rectangular meshes. On the upper whorls the spirals grad-
ually vanish, so that on the base are spirals alone and on the
upper whorls radials alone. A secondary microscopic sculp-
ture of close spiral scratches is most conspicuous in the meshes
of the body whorl. Aperture subcircular, angled above.
Outer lip fortified by a slight external varix, columella margin
expanded and reflected over a small umbilical furrow. Length
2, breadth 1 25 mm.

This species is closely related to R. filosa, Hedley and
Petterd,! from the east coast, but that is larger, has an extra
whorl and is more coarsely sculptured. That the difference
is not due to growth is shown by the contrast between the
upper whorls of the two species. The novelty is dedicated to
Dr. J. C. Verco, who has done such admirable work on the
Marine Mollusca of South Australia.

Hab.—Numerous specimens from 1oo fathoms forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

AMPHITHALAMUS COSTATUS, sp. nov
(Plate xix., fig. 24.)

Shell small, rather solid, imperforate, narrowly oblong,
glossy. Colour uniform ivory white. Whorls five, including
a smooth turbinate protoconch of two whorls. Adult whorls
wound obliquely, parted by a deeply channeled suture. Sculp-
ture: Broad, flat radial ribs of irregular breadth, crowded on
the last half whorl, their ends denticulate the summits of the
whorls. So sharp and narrow are the interstices as to resemble
cracks. On the last whorl the radials amount to twenty-two.
Aperture trumpet-mouthed, oblique, submedian. Length 3,
breadth 1°3.

Attempts have been made by Tryon? and by Tate? to sub-
divide the Rissoa of Australia into groups. These arrange-
ments, though helpful, cannot be regarded as final. If only

1 Hedley & Petterd—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1906, p. 217, pl. xxxvii., f. 2.
2 Tryon—Man. Conch., ix., 1887, pp. 314-69.
3 Tate—Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austr., xxiii., 1899, pp. 232-7.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 105

as a convenience it would be desirable to break up a genus so
unwieldy as Rissoa is according to Tryon’s presentation.
Bearing in mind that the type of Rissoa, Freminville, 1814, is
Turbo cimex., Linn.,! it is clear that many of the Australian
shells usually so called are not entitled to the name.

In studying the Rissoide taken by the ‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition,?
I noted that, though Watson’s subgenus Scrobs had been
reduced by Tryon to a synonym of the earlier Amphithalamus,
Carpenter, yet Carpenter’s type was rejected by Tryon as
insufficiently known. Under these circumstances it seemed
unsafe to use Amphithalamus.

By the kindness of Mrs. B. Williamson, of Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia, I have received a specimen of the type species of the
genus 4. inclusus, Carp., collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill.
No illustration of the species seems to have yet appeared, so
I figure (Pl. xx., fig. 34) the gift of Mrs. Williamson, which
had been identified as A. inclusus, Carp.,3 by Dr. W. H.
Dall. On this foundation I can now accept and use Tryon’s
interpretation of the synonomy. <A paper on the West Ameri-
can members of Amphithalamus, which Dr. P. Bartsch has
published this year, has not yet reached me.

The American shell at once recalls A. jacksoni, Brazier, to
a less extent A. petterdi, Brazier, and A. scrobiculator,
Watson. Besides these three small species with detached
aperture there are others tightly coiled which vary from broad
and short to tall and slender. As uncoiling is considered a
degenerate feature, the larger, longer, more tightly wound,
many whorled, elongate, fusiform shell is probably nearer
to the ancestral form of the genus.

Hab.—Numerous specimens from 1oo fathoms forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

It has frequently happened that the Australian species of
this group have been described under one name in one serial
and figured under another name in another publication. Under
these circumstances it seems useful to indicate what species
might be referred to Amphithalamus. I would suggest the
following :—

A. APPROXIMUS, Petterd.
Rissoa OPE Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p.
138 ; id.. Nate and May, Proc. Uinn:”Soc. N.S. Wales,
ECVE 190r, pleexvi., £60:

Herrmannsen—Ind. Gen. Malacol., ii., 1849, p. 400.
Hedley—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, p. 353.
Carpenter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv., 1865, p. 181.

Apr

106 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

A. BICOLOR, Petterd.

Rissoa bicolor, Petterd, Journ. of Conch, iv., 1884, p. 137;

id., Yate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi.,
FOOL, Pin Kwan, 1:\63*

This seems synonymous with R. annulata, Hutton (N.Z.

Journ. Sci, i., July, 1884; p. 173; Proc. Malacol. Soc., iti

- ~ , r . . . . P
1898, p. 3), from New Zealand, over which it has priority.

A. CAPRICORNEUS, Hedley.
A. capricorneus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
XXKIL, 1907, .p-. 495, pls scvamemintez.

A. COLUMNaRIUS, Hedley & May. y
Rissoa columnaria, Hedley and May, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii

ed
19OS;4p. T£7, pl. XxXii. to:

A. costatus, Hedley, as above.
A. DUBITABILIS, Tate.
Rissoa dubitabilis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii.,
£899, Pp. 232; 1d., Tate andaMay, (Proc. Linn..Sec-aNes:
Wales) xxvi., 1901) ple xs toa [ nom. pues sone 1k.
dubius, Petterd (not Defrance), Journ. of Conch., iv.,
EOO4, "Pp: 137 ||.
A. FLAMMEUS, Frauenfeld.
Sabaneu flammea, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii.
e. 1867, pe 2, pl. aise demo:
R. flamia, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882, p. 169.
R: sophie, Brazier, Proc. Linns Soc. N-S. Wales, 1x:
p. 097.
R. beddomei, Vate, 1899 [nom. mut. not R. flammea, Pease,
Am. Journ. Conch., 1,867, (p- 297; pl- xxiv., f73eie

y

1895,

)

A. FLINDERSI, Ten. Woods.

Rissoina flindersti, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
£976; (p. 154; 1d., May. Proce. (Roy. Soc. Tasm,. 1902
(MOOR) spe LL," f. St

A. FRAUENFELDI, Frauenfeld.

Rissoa frauenfeldi, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii.,

S41867, p- 10, pl. tr. .dieane

A. FRENCHIENSIS, Gatliff G~ Gubriel.

Rissoa frenchiensis, Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict., xxi., 1908, p. 379 [nom. mut. for Rissoa cyclo-
stoma, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p- 153;
id., Tryon, Man. Conch., ix., 1887, p. 344, pl. 71, f. 8.
(Not R. cyclostoma, Recluz., 1843.) |

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 107

A. INcCIDATUS, Frauenfeld.

Saban@a incidata, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii.,
eroo7z pele, pl. i; f.. Te:

A. JACKSONI, Brazier.

Rissoa jacksoni, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix.,
1895, p. 695 [nom. mut. for R. (Scrobs) badia, Watson,
Chall>Rep-) Zool xv., 1886, pxeresplxivi., f.-35. (Not
R. badia, Petterd, 1884.) |

A. KERSHAWI, Ten. Woods.
Risoina kershawi, Ten. Woods, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv.,
1878, Pp: .57-
R. tumida (Ten. W oods), Tate and May, Procy Linn Soc
NES Wales, exvie, 1901; ‘pl’ xxwie, 167:

A. OLIVACEUS, Frauenfeld.
Alvania olivacea, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii., 3,
Py Lily Plead, te Ley
As synonyms of this Brazier (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales
[seal tee 1895, p- 696) has reduced Diala tumida (Ten. Woods,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875, p- 14) and Rissoa diemenensis
(Petterd, Journ. of €onch., iv, 18845 ps gs.)

A. PELLUCIDUS, Tate & May.
Rissoa (Nodulus) pellucida, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Ss Austr), xxiv.,91900, p. 100 ;7d eabrocy Linn: S0c..N:S.
Wales. xxvi., roo1, pl. xxiil.,. fi:

A. PETTERDI, Brazier.

Rissoa petterdi, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix.,
1895, p- 697; id., Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S
Wales, xxvl. t901, pls xo fs 73 |[nom. mut. for R.
pulchella (Petterd, Journ. of Goncue iv., 1884, p. 138)].

A. PULVILLUS, Hedley.
Rissoa pulvillus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx.,
GOGO. pa G20. pl, Xxxil., f. 215.

A. PYRAMIDATUS, Hedley.
Scrobs pyramidatus, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903,
P- 354, f. 77.
A. RuBICUNDUS, Tate & May.
Rissoa (Cingula) rubicunda, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr., xxiv., 1900, p. 100; 7d., May, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Tasm:lqo2"(1903), p. 1x4) ft.

108 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

A. SALEBROSUS, Frauenfeld.
Alvania salebrosa, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., i.,
3, LOOT, pall, pk. Met as.

A. SCROBICULATOR, Watson.
Rissoa (Scrobs) scrobiculator, Watson, Chall. Rep., Zool.,
XV, "rSS6,ep.) 61. pltslyi. sepa:

A. suBFuscUSs, Hutton.

Barleeia subfusca, Hutton, Cat. N.Z. Moll., 1873, p. 28.

Rissoa purpurea (Hutton), Tryon, Man. Conch., ix., 1887,
pe 244, ple Ix, £89.

Recorded as Victorian by Gatliff and Gabriel (Proc. Roy.
Soc. With, <xxul,, I9QrO, p. 194):

A. TASMANICUS, Ten. Woods.

EKulima tasmanica, Yen. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
1875 (1876), p. 29; id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1902
(1903), p- "110; ft: .6. .

A. woopst, Pritchard € Gatliff.

Rissoa woodsi, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
Xiv., 1902, "p. 104;.(td:, May, oProc. “Roy. Soc..“lasm.,
1902 (1903), p. 112, f. g [nom. mut. for R. cyclostoma
var. rosea; Ten. Woods, (Proc. Roy: Soc. Tasm.-, 1877,
p- 154].

ONOBA BASSIANA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xixiig: 25°)

Shell solid, oblong, subcylindrical, rounded at each
extremity. Colour, the upper part of each whorl is dull white,
the lower slate-purple, the anterior extremity is again dull
white, the dark band on the median third of the last whorl]
fading away before reaching the aperture, apex brown.
Whorls five, rapidly increasing, wound obliquely the last two-
thirds of the total length. Sculpture: The earlier whorls are
smooth, the later bear fine incised spiral grooves, of which the
last has about thirty, the penultimate eighteen, and the ante-
penultimate twelve. Occasional growth striz cross the shell
obliquely. Aperture pyriform. Columella excavate, outer
lip grooved within and bevelled to a sharp edge. Length 4°5,
breadth 2 mm.

Compared with O. glomerosa, Hedley,! from Masthead
Island, this is far larger, more solid, comparatively broader
and darker in colour. It is probably the species reported by
Messrs. Gatliff and Gabriel? from Port Albert, Victoria.

Hab.—Two specimens from off Devonport, Tasmania
(depth unrecorded).

1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxii., 1907, p. 495, pl. xvii., f. 23.
2 Gatliff & Gabriel—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi., 1908, p. 379.

MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY.: 10G

CAPULUS CALYPTRA, Martyn.
Patella calyptra, Martyn, Universal Conchologist, 1784,
pl -18:

On previous examination of this South Australian species!
I pointed out that the Patella australis, Lamarck, was really
a Capulus and had been wrongly transferred to Hipponyx by
later writers. Placing reliance on Watson’s observation that
the apices of the two species turned in different directions, I
separated C. australis from C. danieli, Crosse (=C. calyptra,
Martyn). Further examination indicates that the direction of
the apex is not so constant a character. Weight was also
attached to the discrepancy of a tropical species occurring as
far south as Bass Strait. Since then I have learnt that there
is a drift of warm water species from Western Australia round
Cape Lewin and across the Bight. By this route it is
possible to trace C. calyptra back to the tropics.

As C. danieli, Prof. R. Tate recorded this from South Aus-
tralia as a Tertiary fossil.?

CERITHIOPSIS DANNEVIGI, sp. nov.
(Plate xix., figs. 265.27.)

Shell small, acicular, translucent. Colour pale buff, the
gemmule rows opaque white, apex translucent. | Whorls
eleven, plus a four or five-whorled protoconch, separated by
deep sutures. Sculpture: On the earliest adult whorl are two
bead rows, subsequently another row anterior to these
develops and becomes fully established about the centre of the
shell, on the last whorl a fourth spiral without beads runs.
along the angle and, as a thread, appears along the suture ot
the upper whorls. The gemmules amount to about twenty-
two on the last whorl, are small and about their breadth apart.
Each gemmule of the median row is linked to its neighbour
above and below by a perpendicular bar, thus enclosing a deep
square pit in the interstice. Whereas the spirals are opaque,
the radials are translucent. Protoconch, first whorl smooth,
fourth with a median keel, remainder traversed by oblique
threads. Base excavate, aperture subquadrate, canal short.
Length 5°5, breadth 1 mm.

Named in honour of Mr. H. C. Dannevig, Director of
Fisheries, under whose direction these species were obtained.

Hab.—-Several specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles.
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Also taken previously
by Mr. W. L. May and self in 1oo fathoms off Cape Pillar,
Tasmania.

1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvii., 1903, p. 601-
2 Tate—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xvii., 1893, p. 334.

110 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

CERITHIOPSIS GENICULOSUS, sp. nov.
(Plate xix., figs. 23) 29.)

Shell rather large and solid, regularly tapering, much con-
stricted between the whorls, glossy. Colour uniform snow
white. Whorls thirteen, including the protoconch. Sculp-
ture: First two whorls smooth, remainder strongly radiately
ribbed. Ribs prominent medially, above diminishing towards
the suture, below suddenly cut off at the basal angle, not
continuous from whorl to whorl, about fourteen to a whorl.
Intercostal spaces terminating squarely below, in the inter-
stices a few faint spiral scratches appear. Base smooth.
Aperture pyriform, outer lip simple, canal short and broad.
Length 9, breadth 2 mm.

Hab.—A few specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles south
of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

MaTHILDA DECORATA, Hedley.
Mathilda decorata, Hedley, Mem. Austr.. Mus., iv., 1903,
De 9525 leer 5:

Hab.—A single specimen from 100 fathoms, forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, adds this species to the South Australian
fauna. It was originally taken by the ‘‘Thetis’’ off Port
Kembla, New South Wales.

EvuLtma munita, Hedley.

Eulima munita, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, p. 358
ao

This species has not hitherto been noted from South Aus-
tralia. A specimen was found attached to an Echinoderm,
Goniocidaris tubaria, Lamarck, trawled at some unrecorded
position off the South Australian coast.

NATICA ELKINGTONI, Hedley ¢> May.

Natica elkington, Hedley and May, Rec. Austr. Mus., vil
1908, P. 11O, pl. xxuly fans:

This species was recently discovered off the Tasmanian

coast, and is new to South Australia. It appears in the

dredging of too fathoms forty miles south of Cape Wiles,

South Australia.
4

=9

MARGINELLA FULGURATA, Sp. nov.

d]- ar =
(Plate xii, figs sormgues 32-.30))

Shell ovate, solid, glossy, with a buried spire. Colour
variable; ordinarily on a white ground are drawn narrow,
longitudinally directed, orange, zig-zag lines describing about
a dozen angles in the shell’s length, about ten such to a whorl.

MOLLUSCA.— HEDLEY. LTT

The elbows pointing to the right are filled in with three or four
longitudinal strokes. Two spiral bands are indicated by the
darkening of one line of markings near the shoulder and of
another above the centre. Complete gradations occur
between this pattern and one in which the cross strokes and
dark spirals are both absent, while broader, fewer, orange
lines describe fewer and larger angles. In form the shell
passes through a metamorphosis. For about three whorls it
is rolled in the same plane, thus exposing above the summits
of previous whorls in a flat spire. Passing from a subcylin-
drical to an ovate shape, the whorl commences to ascend. A
callus pad proceeding from the inner lip is piled on the summit.
The axis of the shell is marked by a slight depression from
beside which the lip springs. A spiral crest, to which the
growth striz are brushed backwards, runs from the vertex
around the summit.

The columella plaits are variable. Two prominent ones
always appear at the anterior extremity, above these and
decreasing in size posteriorly there may be from one to seven.
the uppermost usually too deep-seated to be visible externally.
The inner margin of the lip is finely denticulated for the whole
length by about twenty tubercles. In the voung stage the
throat is grooved to correspond. Length &8°5, breadth 5 mm.

This species ranges west to Cape Lewin and north along the
West Australian coast to the tropics. It is well known from
the beaches of the latter region. Australian collectors have
commonly received it through Tryon and Brazier’s identi-
fication as M. sagittata, Hinds. But that is a native of the
tropical West Atlantic,! and in colour pattern does not
correspond. The record of M. sagittata, from Hao in the
Paumotus, by Couturier,? appears to me to need confirmation.

M. pulchella, Kiener, from Norfolk Island,’ is near this,
but is narrower above and appears to have a regular involute
growth. In many respects the description of Marginella
liturata, Menke,’ agrees, but that unrecognised West Aus-
tralian shell is excluded by ‘“‘spira breve conica.”’

CONUS SUPERSTES, sp. nov.
(Plate xx:, fiesaia5ee ees)
Shell small, solid, regularly conical, angled at the shoulder.
Apex mamillate smooth, two whorled, slightly oblique.
Sculpture: The whole shell is decorated with flat spiral cords

1 Smith—Journ. Linn. Soc., xx., 1890, p. 489.

2 Conturier—Journ. de Conch., lvy., 1907, p. 132.

3 Brazier—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ii., 1888, p. 997.
4 Menke—Moll. Nov. Holl., 1843, p. 28.

112 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
defined by narrow, shallow grooves. On the last whorl there
are three sulci above and twenty-five below the shoulder,
anteriorly these become more crowded and oblique. | The
whole shell is traversed by delicate growth-strie. Colour
white, in a few examples faint brown dashes appear on the
shoulder. Aperture linear. Whorls six, including the proto-
conch. Length 8°5, breadth 4 mm.

Probably the species attains a larger size, but, as the apex
is the chief distinction, larger examples would be recognisable
from the present information. Apparently its nearest relation
is C. convexus, Harris,! from the Victorian Eocene, of which
I have not seen specimens. Compared with C. anemone,
Lamarck, the apex of C. superstes is more mamillate, and the
spiral grooves are stronger; the shoulder of the spire whorls
are not tuberculate in superstes, as they are in anemone.

Hab.—Several specimens, mostly young, from 100 fathoms
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

MITRA STADIALIS, sp. nov
(Plate sexeyphiees 37. |

Shell small, thin, fusiform. Colour white, opaque and
glossy above the horizon of the lip insertion, below that level
dull and subtranslucent, a spiral pair of orange threads run
along the centre of each whorl. Whorls seven, of which two
form a small and glossy protoconch. Sculpture: Low,
rounded radial ribs, about eighteen to a whorl, their breadth
apart, traverse the upper whorls and cease at the subtrans-
lucent zone. On the upper part of the whorl are a few lightly
engraved spirals, the most conspicuous following the pair of
colour lines. Six slight and crowded spirals run along the
tip of the snout. Aperture narrow, canal short, bent, outer
lip lirate within, inner lip a thin callus. Plaits four, deep-
seated, upper nearly horizontal, lower oblique. Length 8'5,
breadth 3 mm.

This species is allied to M. tasmanica, Ten. Woods, but ts
narrower, with slighter sculpture.

Hab.—Several specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia.

RINGICULA MERIDIONALIS, sp. nov
(Plate xx., fig. 38.)
Shell ovate, thin, glossy, the more solid parts opaque white,
the less solid translucent pearl grey. Whorls five. Sculp-
ture: The whole shell is girt with flat-topped spiral ribs parted

1 Harris—Brit. Mus. Cat. Tert. Moll. Austr., i., 1897, p. 31, pl. ii., f. 5.

MOLLUSCA._HEDLEY. ate)

by sharp but shallow spiral grooves, these are evenly dis-
tributed, they amount to sixteen on the last whorl and to six
on the penultimate and antepenultimate in the example drawn.
In other instances the ribbing is closer. Aperture: The outer
lip is thickened to form a slight external varix but is not
dentate within. Columella with two strong plications, above
which a callus thick-spread on the body whorl projects a
broad, blunt tubercle into the aperture. Length 2°5, breadth
1°65 mm.

R. australis, Hinds, also from South Australia, is larger
but proportionately narrower. R. delecta, Murdoch and
Suter, from New Zealand, is larger, proportionately broader
and more densely striated.

Hab.-—Numerous specimens were dredged in 100 fathoms
forty miles south of Cape Wiles.

RINGICULA SEMISCULPTA, sp. nov.
(Plate ixx.; figs. gover)

Shell rather large and thin for the genus, ovate-globose,
glossy, subtranslucent. Whorls rounded, five, including a
tilted subimmersed apex. Suture impressed, bordered by an
opaque iine. Sculpture: Everywhere are fine microscopic
growth lines, and on the shoulder a few microscopic revolving
scratches, on the base half a dozen widely-spaced spiral
grooves. Outer lip thickened in a low varix, not dentate,
sinuate posteriorly, insertion rising a little above the line of
the suture. Inner lip spread on the body whorl! in a thick
callus, but without any tubercle. Columella with two pro-
minent, deeply-entering folds, the anterior larger and pro-
jecting beyond the canal. Length 5, breadth 3°5 mm.

Judging from literature, it is related to R. nitida, Verrill,
from which the spiral sculpture would distinguish it.

Hab.—A few specimens from too fathoms forty miles south
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. I have also taken it in 80
fathoms off Narrabeen, New South Wales, and in 300 fathoms
off Sydney.

C.—SCAPHOPODA.
DENTALIUM THETIDIS, Hedley.

Dentalium thetidis, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903,
P= 32711> Or.

This species is new to the province, not having yet been
recorded beyond the original habitat of New South Wales.
A few specimens occurred in 100 fathoms forty miles south
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Whereas the type has but

114 “ENDEAVOUR” SOIENTIFIC RESULTS.
seven ribs, these have mostly eight, but sometimes nine or
even ten. The intercostal threads are less distinct in the
western examples.

D.—_BRACHIOPODA.
CAMPAGES JAFFAENSIS, Blochmann.
(Plate xx., figs. 41, 42.)
Magasella jaffaensis, Blochmann, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
XXKIV.,' I9OI1O, p: 92, pl... xy eh, 6-9.

In describing this species, Professor Blochmann seems to
have used imperfect material, at any rate, his figure displays
the brachial apparatus in a broken state. It is therefore here
refigured.

The original definition of Magasellat runs:—‘‘Shell with
the reflected portions of the apophyses united, forming a
loop.’’ In the Australian shell the union of the apophyses is
carried to a much greater extent. They join in a hood or
funnel rather than a loop. The ascending and descending
limbs also coalesce in a fold which forms a double wall to the
funnel. Further, the mesial septum does not project beyond
the fold and is insignificant compared to the development
attained in typical Magasella.

These characters seem as substantial as those by which
Magasella is differentiated from other groups, and I have
therefore already employed them to found a genus Campages.?
C. jaffaensis is quite distinct from the type species C. furcifera,
which attains a larger size and has the corners of the mouth
turned down. From P. Eichier’s illustrations’ it would appear
that Magellania joubini, Blochmann, should also be referred
to Campages.

In describing Cistella australis, Blochmann‘ appears to have
overlooked Dall’s correction® of that generic name. Cistella,
Gray, 1853, was preoccupied by Cistella, Gistel, 1848; in sub-
stitution, Dr. Dall has proposed ‘‘Argyrotheca.’’

Hab.—The ‘‘Endeavour’’ trawled C. jaffaensis in 40
fathoms north of Cape Borda, South Australia. I have taken
it in 250 fathoms outside Sydney, in 80 fathoms outside
Narrabeen, and, in conjunction with Mr. W. L. May, in 100
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

1 Dall—Am. Journ. Conch., vi., 1871, p. 134.
2 Hedley—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 43, f. 5, 6.
3 LT pce Sud-Pol. Exped., xii., Zool., iv., 1911, p. 388, pl. xliv.,

4 Blochmann—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxiv., 1910, p. 93, pl. xxvii.,
for 10512:

5 Dall--Nautilus, xiv., Aug. 1900, p. 44.

hes

Commonwealth of Australia.

Department of Trade and
Customs.

Pilot iNge:

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments
carried out by the F.I.S. ‘‘ Endeavour,”’ 1909-10
(H. C. Dannevig, Commonwealth Director

of Fisheries).

PART II. 223205

= ntl eat ASB -

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE
HONORABLE FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR,

MINISTER FOR TRADE AND CUSTOMS.

Sydney, duly 9th, 1912.

EDWARD LEE & Co., 14 CARRINGTON STREET, SYDNEY.

III. Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I.S.
‘“ Endeavour’’ on the Coasts of New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and ‘Tas-
mania.

AU ola aele

BY
Be Ee. HALLMANN, B:S@s, Zoonocist

Australian Museum,

Syduey.

Plates XXI.-XXXVI.; Text-figs. 21-69.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 117

II]. REPORT ON THE SPONGES:
Paris

1.—INTRODUCTION.

The Sponges which have so far been obtained by the
‘*Endeavour’’ consist almost exclusively of Monaxonellida and
Keratosa in approximately equal numbers. In this Report I
propose to deal only with the former of these; the latter will
scarcely prove suitable for purposes of investigation unless
taken in conjunction with additional material, since in the
main they are preserved in a dry condition, and there are
among them altogether too few specimens of any one species.
Inasmuch as an extensive collection of well-preserved Keratose
sponges, particularly from the Australian area, would un-
questionably be of extreme scientific value, it is greatly to be
hoped that the fullest advantage will be taken of the unique
opportunities provided by the trawling operations of the
‘‘Endeavour’’ to bring together as large a number as possible
of these forms.

In order to deal effectively with the material placed at my
disposal, it was found necessary, as a preliminary task, to
undertake the re-investigation of certain previously described
species, including more particularly a number of those which
were first described by Dr. R. von Lendenfeld in his ‘‘ Descrip-
tive Catalogue of Sponges in the Australian Museum,’’! and
afterwards by Mr. T. Whitelegge in his “‘Report on Sponges
from the Coastal Beaches of New South Wales.’ As a
result I find that, whereas the latter author is correct in
pronouncing the original descriptions of these species to be
in many instances inaccurate, yet he himself has committed a
number of serious errors, owing to a too hasty conclusion that
the specimens investigated were the actual types. This
explains the anomalous circumstance that the descriptions
which the two authors have given of certain species are
devoid of agreement in any essential particular. Unfortun-
ately, however, not all the discrepancies can be thus explained,
and considerable caution will be necessary in deciding par-
ticular cases. Mr. Whitelegge evidently proceeded on the
assumption that the specimen carrying the author’s label must
be accepted unquestioningly, in preference to the description,
as the ultimate criterion of the species; but, although such a

1 8vo, Sydney, 1888.
2 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 55, pls. x.-xv

118 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

course may be perfectly reasonable and right so jong as the
authenticity of the specimen remains undoubted, it surely can
no longer be pursued when sufficient evidence exists to prove
the contrary.

It was not my intention, at the outset, to include in this
Keport any details of the results of this subsidiary investiga-
tion {except in so far as they bore directly upon the species of
the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection), but to reserve them as_ the
subject of an independent paper. Owing, however, to the
very unsatisfactory state of the descriptions of many of the
species examined, and in view of the possibility that a con-
siderable time may elapse before a complete account of them
can be furnished, I came to the conclusion that it would be
wrong to allow this opportunity to pass without at any rate
making such corrections as might render possible their identi-
fication. Accordingly I have added to the Report, often in the
form merely of foot- -notes, a series of observations which
practically amount to a brief revision of the Ectyonine
originally described in various publications of the Aus-
tralian Museum. As the work of preparation was con-
ducted in the Australian Museum itself, I have had the advan-
tage of having before me in most cases the actual specimens,
and in many cases the actual slides upon which the original
descriptions were based. In addition, very material assist-
ance was afforded me in the identification of species by a
valuable series of mounted sections of Port Phillip sponges
and a large number of fragments of Australian sponges pre-
served in the British Museum, which Prof. A. Dendy some
years ago generously placed at the disposal of this Museum.

In regard to certain Ectyonine species I have expressed the
opinion that new genera should be established for them, but
I have purposely refrained from introducing such new genera
because I recognise that, in order to do this in a thoratenily
satisfactory manner, it would be necessary to undertake a
much wider comparative study of the species of this group
than—owing to lack of literature, if for no other reason—I
have found to be possible.

After the manuscript of the Report had been completed and
at too late a date to admit of any alterations in the text, I
received a copy of the second part of Dr. Hentschel’s paper
on the sponges of South-west Australia; consequently any de-
ductions which it has enabled me to make are necessarily
relegated to the footnotes, or to concluding paragraphs.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 119

Il. —_DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.
FamiLty: SPIRASTRELLIDE.

GENUS SPIRASTRELLA, Schmidt.

SPIRASTRELLA MONTIFORMIS, Sp. nov.

(Plate: xxi., fig. 2 and ties (27.))

Sponge mound-shaped, rising to a central peak, on the
summit of which one or several oscula are situated;
upper aspect of sponge with short digitiform or ridge-
like processes on which apical oscula are rarely to be
found. No rind. Spicules not aggregated into definite
fibres. Megascleres:—Tylostyli (sometimes reduced to
styli), of varying length and stoutness, reaching a maxi-
mum size of 710 X 12 p. Microscleres :—S pirasters of
two kinds, viz., shorter tuberculated forms principally
conjined to the superficial layer, 25 long; and slender
zigzag sharp-spined forms chiefly to be. found in the
canal walis of the interior and reaching to So y or more
in length.

This species is represented in the collection by eight speci-
mens, all of which are preserved in the dry state. Although
showing a moderate amount of variability in external form,
they may be satisfactorily described in general terms as mas-
sive, sessile, somewhat mound- shaped sponges, roughly
circular in horizontal section, and usually prolonged upwards
into a more or less well-defined pinnacle. They are attached
by a broad base of only slightly lesser extent than the maxi-
mum transversal of the sponge, which is attained some short
distance above it. The fact that the maximum girth does not
coincide with the actual base, renders the term ‘‘mound-
shaped’’ not perfectly applicable, and admits of a distinction
into an extensive upper surface, and a restricted lower
one. [From the former there arise few or many elevations in
the form either of short digitiform processes, or of compressed
ridges. The interior of the sponge, to within a few milli-
metres of the surface, is traversed by numerous rather wide
canals, some of which attain a diameter of ro mm. ; they are
lined by a distinct aspiculous membrane, which also forms
dissepiments across their lumina. The central peak is pene-
trated to its apex by one or several of these canals, which
terminate in a corresponding number of oscula. Occasionally
a few of the secondary elevations are similarly provided, but
usually they contain only minor branches of the canal system.

120 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

In the present condition of the sponges, the oscula are
closed, and not readily perceived; but their presence is, in
every case, indicated by longitudinal furrows and puckers of
the extremity of the processes bearing them, and is, of course,
readily demonstrated by sectioning. Of the specimens of the
present series, the largest and the smallest are those which
depart most from the mean form.
The former is sub-elliptical in
horizontal outline, and in 120 mm.
in height; the principal diameters
of its base are 140 mm. and 90
mm. respectively, whilst the cor-
responding measurements of its
greatest transverse section are
200 mm. and 120 mm. It is fur-
nished with more than 100 pro-
cesses, the greater number of
which are ridge-shaped. The
smallest specimen is subfusiform
in shape, and is provided with
only four digitiform processes.
The consistency in the dry state
is, one might say, intermediate
between that of cork and pith; the
superficial layer is slightly harder
and more friable, but there is no
indication of a rind. The colour
is pale grey within, and yellowish-
grey on the surface. The skeleton
is diffuse, without any indication
of definite fibres, and consists of a
fairly dense and irregular aggre-
gation of straight spicules show-
ing all gradations between styli
and tylostyli. Even in proximity
to the surface there is no well-

Fig. 21—S. montiformis. a defined arrangement of the mega-
Larger tylostyli (basal ex- scleres, although a considerable
tremity). b Slender tylo- proportion of them stand more or
styli (ditto). c Spined spi- [ancumeae Bea eee le sade
rasters. d Tuberculated BS PA Ce oe
spiraster. points (or not infrequently, in the

case of the larger spicules, with
their basal extremities) impinging on, or barely projecting
beyond, the surface. The spirasters are comparatively few in
number and are confined almost exclusively to the external
surface and to the walls of the canals immediately beneath
their lining membrane.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 121

Megascleres.—It is difficult to say whether these belong to
one, two, or three categories. At first sight it might appear
that two kinds are to be distinguished, viz., (1.) stouter tylo-
styli, with a tylosis of only moderate size, which is perhaps
most frequently subterminal in position and more or less re-
duced (or sometimes absent) and which has a quite smooth
surface and not very variable contour; and (ii.) very slender
tylostyli (of scarcely lesser length), in which the frequently
relatively large tylosis is extremely variable in shape and size,
often exhibits tubercular irregularities of the surface, and is
occasionally several times repeated. The former spicules vary
in length from less than 200 y to slightly more than 700 1,
and in diameter up to 12 #1; it is seldom, however, that their
length exceeds 650 yj or their diameter 10 ft; usually they
taper to a quite sharp point, but more or less strongylote
terminations occur. ‘The latter or slender tylostyli appear
to be rarely more than 3 y in diameter and may attain a length
of at least 640 yw. A more thorough scrutiny of the spicules
shows, however, that forms intermediate between these kinds
occur, though they are comparatively few in number; and,
taking all the facts into consideration, it 1s not possible to
decide with certainty whether the two degrees of stoutness are
merely the expression of different developmental stages, or
whether they have a more important significance and indicate
either that the spicules have undergone a partial differentia-
tion into two groups or actually represent two distinct orders.
Again, it is to be observed that the stouter spicules vary con-
siderably in length; and on analysis it appears not improbable
that in another respect also a certain amount of differentiation
into two groups has been affected since a relatively large pro-
portion of the spicules below a length of 300 yt or thereabouts
(the diameter of which is 6 to 8 y) are simply stylote, and are
subfusiform in shape. But these peculiarities are not confined
to the shorter spicules, and are not, indeed, strikingly charac-
teristic of them. These shorter spicules appear to greatly
predominate amongst those which stand perpendicularly at
the surface of the sponge.

Microscleres.—Spirasters of two kinds occur:

(i.) Small tuberculated forms, extremely variable in shape,
often with the tubercules chiefly confined to one side,
12 to 32 in length, and up to 4 pw in breadth exclu-
sive of the tubercules. These, together with an
inconsiderable admixture of those of the second kind,
form an exceedingly thin but apparently not continu-
ous superficial layer, and also occur in limited
numbers in the canal walls.

122 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(ii.) Elongated spined forms, occurring for the most part
only in the immediate circumference of the canals, 1
the walls of which they lie tangentially, loosely
scattered in a single layer. It frequently happens that
several together are apposed so closely, and in such
a way, that they cannot by any means be distinguished
from a single large branched spicule. Speaking
generally, they are characterised by their slender zig-
zag form, and the very evident spiral arrangement of
their spines. Their length, which is rather variable,
sometimes reaches above 80 y; their diameter rarely
exceeds 3 jl

Loc.—East coast of Queensland, seven miles east of
Double Island Point, 33 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

S. montiformis is probably most nearly related to S. vaga-
bunda, Ridley, and S. tentorioides, Dendy. ‘The striking
resemblance which its elongated zigzag spirasters bear to
those of Clonopsis platei, Vhiele, and to certain species of
Cliona, not only supports the opinion that Spirastrella, Cliona
and Clionopsis are allied genera, but seems also to show that
such spirasters are of primitive form.

SPIRASTRELLA POCULOIDES, sp. nov.
(Plate xxi. , fio. | Tyandahc.* 22. )

Sponge sessile, massively cup-shaped. Surface smooth;
even, or provided with a few low dome-shaped eleva-
tions. The oscula (?) are microscopic circular openings
onan average *25 mm. apart. Skeleton semi-diffuse, non-
fibrous; spirasters scattered in moderate abundance
throughout all parts and forming a cortical layer. Megas-
cleres :—T ylostyli of a single kind measuring 560 x 13 l.
Microscleres :—Spirasters of a single kind, 50 x 10 uy.

The following description is based on a single specimen.

The sponge is a stout-walled and exceeding thick-bottomed,
compressed, sessile cup. Its shape may be conceived as hav-
ing been attained by the upgrowth of a broad pillar, in which
growth has proceeded most rapidly at the periphery. The
surface is very smooth, and generally even; the only inequali-
ties are in the form of a few broad, rounded protuberances.
The interior of the sponge is free from noticeable cavities, and
of very uniform structure throughout. The texture of its
internal substance, when dry, is such as might result from the
close compression of some finely divided fibrous material ; there
is no appearance macroscopically of extended fibres. Owing
to the firmness and density of the superficial layer and the

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 123

compactness of the skeleton generally, the sponge is (in the
dry state) fairly hard and incompressible. The dimensions

of the specimen are as follows :—Height, too mm. ; depth of

cup, 40 mm.; average thickness of
cup-wall, 15 mm.; principal internal
diameters of cup, 120 mm. and 30
mm. No oscula are visible to the
naked eye. The surface, however, is
pierced by minute circular openings
40 to 50 # in diameter and, on an
average, about 250 yw apart. Ina a
thick vertical section, cut trans-

versely through the cup-wall, two

regions are roughly distinguishable :

(i.) A superficial layer varying
from I mm. to 4 mm. wide,
in which the spicules are
not at all collected into x
strands, but are closely
crowded without recognis- a

able order except in some
parts of its outer limits,
where the majority of the
spicules may stand more or
less perpendicularly to the
surface. The _ spirasters,
which are plentifully scat- a
tered throughout the whole
sponge, become more and
more Closely aggregated as

the surface is approached, 7

and ultimately produce, by

their close crowding, a

dense and compact thin b

external crust. ; 5
(ii.) An extensive central region

traversed by irregularly

sinuous, ascending “‘fibres’’ Big. 22S. poculoides
or ‘‘columns’’ composed of a_ Tylostyle. 4 Ditto
loosely associated spicules. basalextremity). b Spi-
It the section ‘the ster

“‘columns’’ appear to be

discontinuous, owing pro-

bably to their passing out of the plane of section.
They sometimes broaden out into diffuse bands,
sometimes contract into more compact strands. The

124 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spaces between the ‘‘columns’’ are occupied by a pro-
fusion of single spicules, spicule bundles, short
spicule str ands and sheet-like patches, as w ell as by
scattered spirasters: all of which together constitute
no inconsiderable proportion of the entire skeleton,
and in macroscopic examination mask from view the
more definitely fibrous aggregations of the spicules.

Spicules.
(i.) The megascleres are tylostyli which, as a rule, are
straight; they are of uniform diameter throughout

the greater part of their length and gradually taper
thence to a sharp point; greatest size 560 x 13 y.

(ii.) The spirasters are of a single kind and reach a length
of 50 jt (though usually much shorter) and a dia-
meter, exclusive of spines, of 5 to 10 7. The spines
are large, approximating in length to the diameter of
the spicule-shaft, and in the case of the larger spic-
ules are about twenty in number.

Loc.—North coast of New South Wales, eight miles east of
Sandon Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

SPIRASTRELLA ALCYONIOIDES, SD nov

(Plate xxi., fig? 2;.andifig. 23.)

Sponge an erect, compact, sessile cluster of frondiform
or of angular or only slightly compressed digitiform up-
growths, of which some proceed from the very base of the
sponge, whilst some arise as outgrowths or lobes from
others. Oscula situated apically on the digitiform ter-
minals. Surface smooth, with slight longitudinal in-
equalities and a few small ascendant papilliform projec-
tions. Sponge in the dry state very hard. Skeleton
semi-diffuse; without fibres, but with occasional very
broad columns of parallely-arranged spicules. The sub-
stance of the sponge is abundantly traversed by browntsh
spongin-like streaks which, however, show no particular
relation to the spicule arrangement. Spirasters of a
single kind are plentifully scattered through all parts and
form a compact superficial layer. Spicules :—Tylostyli of
one kind, with blunt rounded distal extremity, measuring
440 x 8 w; and large-spined stout spirasters, 40 x 7 ML.

Two specimens of this species were obtained, both of which
are preserved in a dry state. The characteristic form of the
sponge appears to result from the upgrowth, in the first place,
of a few processes from a basal disk of limited extent, which
processes, as they grow, either remain simply digitiform,

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 125

or become broadened and flattened (frondiform) and more or
less subdivided. In any case the uppermost part of the
sponge consists chiefly, of separated digitiform terminals,
which are usually tapered
and somewhat pointed,
and are provided apically
each with one or a few
oscula. The larger speci-
men (Plate xxi., fig. 3),
which measures 130 mm.
in height, consists almost
entirely of frondiform
components ; the smaller, q
if digitiform. Inits dried ,
condition, the sponge is
particularly dense, hard
and tough; although the
amount of shrinkage has
seemingly been but slight.
The surface is smooth,
but slightly uneven owing
to the presence of dis-
continuous undulations
and obscure ridges,
which, however, may be
due to contraction. In
addition, the sponge is
provided with small scat-
tered verruciform up-
wardly directed eleva-
tions; these are some-
times fairly numerous on
the upper margins of the
more flattened upgrowths,
but, generally speaking,
their occurrence is irre-
gular and it is not certain
that they are a constant
feature. The colour of
the sponge is yellowish- Fig. 23—Spirastrella alcyonioides.
grey. a Tylostyle. 4 Ditto. (basal ex-
The precise arrange- ‘emity). b Spiraster.

ment of the skeleton is

not apparent in the present condition of the specimens owing
to the distortion which it has undergone, consequent upon
drying. It is only possible to refer in general terms to its
main features (e.g., as exhibited in longitudinal section of a

~

126 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

digitiform terminal). Such a section, in general, shows one or
two main or oscular canals cut longitudinally, and a spicular
skeleton which is, for the most part, of a diffuse type, without
any definite aggregation of spicules into fibres. It 1s traversed,
however, by a few broad ‘‘columns”’ of rather closely packed
parallel spicules, somewhat resembling the ‘‘axial condensa-
tions’’ of certain Axinellids. Some of these run longitudinally,
whilst others are cut transversely. Another feature, perhaps
deserving of note, is the occurrence of numerous longitudinal
pale brownish-coloured streaks, the appearance of which is
somewhat suggestive of spongin. These streaks are absent
from the columnar spicule-tracts.

Megascleres.—Vhe megascleres are straight cylindrical tylo-
styli of a single kind, with strongylote distal extremity ; size,
400-440 X 4-5 Ht.

Microscleres.—The spirasters are fairly straight spicules,
provided with twenty to thirty large spines, which are about
7 w in length. ‘They are plentifully scattered through the
tissues, and form a dense superficial layer 100 to 200 yt in
thickness; the size of the largest is about 4o x 7 pL.

Loc.—East coast of Queensland, twenty-five miles south-
east of Double Island Point, 33 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

SPIRASTRELLA PAPILLOSA, Ridley and Dendy.

1887. Spirastrella papillosa, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger’
Monaxonida, 1887, p. 232, pl. xli., fig. 5, pl. xlv., figs.
rishi ag

The Museum collection contains six speciments of this
species. They vary considerably in shape, but are always
provided with several large apically situated oscula, and in
other respects agree exactly with the description of the type,
except that they do not show any sign of “‘deep longitudinal
wrinkles’? near the apex. The warty appearance of the sur-
face appears to be a constant character.

Locs.—Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fms.
(““Eendeavour’’); Port Jackson, New South Wales, 30-35 fms.
(‘‘Challenger’’); Port Jackson, New South Wales, and Port
Phillip, Victoria (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

’

Genus LatrRuNcULIA, Bocage.
LATRUNCULIA CONULOSA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxii., fig. 1, and fig. 24.)
Sponge submassive, sessile, with aculeated surface.
Consistency and texture dense, somewhat rubber-like.

No oscula. Surface glabrous, dotted with minute pore-
groups. Main skeleton a reticulation of strongly-

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 127

developed, stout fibres composed of styli. Surface conuli,
each forming the centre of a radiate system of slender
fibres. There is a dermal layer of discasters of the larger
kind. Megascles:—Blunt-pointed styli 365 x 11 yp,
together with a few (probably immature) sharp-pointed,
slenderer spicules which attain an equal length. Micro-
scleres :—Dtiscasters of two kinds, of which the larger
form a superficial layer and a packing round the main
fibres, and are also scattered through the ground sub-
stance along with the smaller. The larger are provided
with simple spines, the smaller often with compound
spines, the spines in both cases being arranged in four
whorls, two at either end.

The single specimen consists of a sessile, submassive, erect,
cylindrical main portion, together with a similar but smaller
upgrowth which arises partly from the substratum in con-
tinuity with the base of the former and partly from its side.
The main trunk is 70 mm. in height, and 30 mm. in diameter.
The surface, which is smooth and glabrous, is provided with
numerous spine-like conuli, 1 to 3 mm. in height. There are
no oscula. The surface is closely dotted with minute pore
areas, about .2 mm. in

diameter, and each with
two to four pores. The
texture is dense and com-
pact, the consistency firm
and fairly tough; in both
respects the sponge is

somewhat suggestive of
india-rubber, although, of
Course) NOt «So 4 /Gense,
homogeneous or elastic.

' : :
1 1 :
'
'

'
1a
1

|

!
; 1
: !
i}
\ '
1 |
1 !
' |

> Oe

’

The colour (in spirits) is

pale brownish-grey. j
The main skeleton conr- i

sists of a very loose reti-

culation of stout fibres (up

to 4oo mm. or more in Fig. 24—Latrunculia conulosa. a
thickness) which are com-_ Styli. b Larger discaster. c Smaller
posed solely of densely discasters.

packed parallel _ styli.

Each surface-conulus forms the apex of a convergent pencil of
fibres, of which the axial or principal fibre only is derived
from the main skeletal reticulation, whilst the remainder—
which are very much slenderer fibres—both begin and termin-
ate at the surface. Probably it would be more correct to say

128 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

of the latter, that they proceed from the apex of the conulus,
and after running inwards, with gradually increasing diver-
gence, for a short distance towards the sponge-interior,
gradually curve round and return again to meet the surface
at varying distances from their starting point—-the more cen-
trally situated fibres of the pencil proceeding to a further
distance than the more peripheral. Styli similar to those com-
posing the fibres are sparingly scattered through the tissues
together with discasters of two kinds, a larger and a smaller.
The former are closely aggregated in the immediate surround-
ing of all the main fibres encircling them as a kind of loose
sheath. The cortical skeleton is a layer of closely packed
discasters almost exclusively of the larger kind; it is about
300 to 400 p in thickness.

Megascleres.—These are styli, probably of a single kind—
the stouter with a more or less blunt or rounded distal ex-
tremity, and occasionally becoming almost perfectly stron-
gylote; the slenderest usually sharply pointed. They are
sometimes elongately subtylote at the basal end, and have a
maximum size of 365 x II w.

Microscleres.—(i.) The larger discasters are stout spicules,
having a short central region devoid of spines, and on
either side of this two more or less distinct whorls of
large spines: those of the terminal whorl projecting
obliquely forwards; those of the sub-terminal, stand-
ing more or less perpendicularly to the spicule-axis.
They are about 40 ye in length (exclusive of spines),
and have a diameter in their spineless central region
of about 12 yt. The spines are 10 to 12 4 long.

(ii.) The smaller discasters are very variable in form, no
two apparently being quite alike. They are much
slenderer spicules than the preceding, with an elon-
gated spineless central region, and at either end, two
more or less distinct whorls of simple or (more usually)
compound spines, the latter of which are columnar in
form, with a few terminal spinules. The terminal
whorl of spines is often reduced and then appears as
a prolongation of the axis of the spicule. These
spicules are at most 38 yw in length (inclusive of
spines), and have a diameter centrally of 1 to 4 4
(rarely more than 2.5 #4). The stouter individuals
may represent a third kind of discaster intermediate
between the other two.

Loc.—North coast of Tasmania, off Devonport. (‘‘En-
deavour.’’)

SPONGES. -HALLMANN. 129

Famity POLYMASTIID.
Genus PotymastTiA, Bowerbank.

POLYMASTIA CRATICIA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxii., fig. 3, and fie. 25. )

Sponge depressed dome-shaped, sessile, with thick-
walled digitiform tubular processes some of which are
provided with a single apical osculum. Main skeleton
consisting of a fairly dense matrix of scattered spicules
and spicule bundles traversed vertically by fairly stout
distant fibres. The fibres lying immediately beneath the
cortex of the processes comprise an outer series of wavy
fibres running circumferentially and forming an elegant
wickerwork, and of an underlying series of equidistant
longitudinal fibres. The cortex consists of styli arranged
in a dense palisade. Spicules :—These are of three kinds,
viz., fusiform styli of two orders of size which (par-
ticularly the larger) are scarcely distinguishable from
oxea, the larger occurring in the main skeleton, the
smaller in the cortex; and fusiform tylostyli which occur
along with the larger styli scattered through the ground
tissues. The first attain a size of 1200 x 22 p; the second,
350 x 9 p; and the last, 200 x 5 u.

The sponge is sub-circular in horizontal! outline, broadest at
the base, with a convex upper surface from which numerous
longer or shorter stout digititorm processes arise. Of four
specimens, the two which differ most in their proportions are
respectively 55 x 80 x 50 mm., and.40 x-90 x 75 mm. in
aeight, length and breadth. These two also differ most in the
lengths of their processes, which in the former are never more
than 10 mm. long, in the latter usually between 15 and 30 mm.
The processes are usually tapered to a point and vary from
60 to 80 in number. When, as sometimes is the case, they
are cylindrical and distally rounded, the osculum, if it occurs,
is situated on the summit of a small terminal papilla.

The specimens are preserved in a dry state, and the follow-
ing remarks therefore apply to the sponge in that condition.
The surface is quite smooth to the touch but has a minutely
velvety appearance due to the slightly projecting points of the
densely crowded cortical spicules. Internally the sponge con-
sists of a dense, but rather soft and friable matrix traversed
vertically by fibres about 250 yt in stoutness. The fibres are
composed solely of closely packed spicules of the largest kind,
which are fusiform styli closely resembling oxea; the matrix
consists of a disorderly profusion of spicule-bundles and single

130 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spicules of the same kind together with
smaller tylostyli. The cortical skeleton
proper consists of crowded fusiform sub-
styli arranged perpendicularly to the
surface, but immediately beneath and
closely associated with it is a_ thin
matted layer of mostly horizontally dis-
posed styli of the larger kind. Fibres
from the inner skeleton penetrate intO
the cortex, spreading out slightly at
their extremities in a penicillate fashion ;
the terminal spicules of these fibres
usually project slightly at the surface.
The arrangement of the fibres imme-
diately underlying the cortex is one of
marked regularity. In the body of the
sponge, a series of equidistant parallel
fibres running upwards from the base is
most conspicuous, but in the processes,
a series of circumferentially directed
a b c : :
fibres external to these also comes into
prominence. The latter run undulat-
ingly and intercross so as to form a
wickerwork-like structure of very ele-

gant pattern. The specific name has
been bestowed in reference to this
feature.

Spicules.—

(i.) The larger oxea-like styli are
straight, and measure 660-
1200 °X 12-22 4l.

di.) The smaller are usually slightly
curved and more distinctly
stylote ; they range in size from
220.16 tO 250! X Oye:

(iii.) The tylostyli (or subtylostyli)
are fusiform and _ usually
slightly curved. They occur
singly and in small bundles in

Fig. 25— P. craticia. the ground substance. Size:
a Stylus (of the fibres). 120 X%) 3 tO 200 X* 5 4g:

b Stylus (of the cortex,

drawn to a larger scale ,.._ ~=s North coast of New South
than the preceding).

¢ Tylostylus (of the Wales, eight miles east of Sandon
cortex). Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. I 31

FaMIty ASTRAXINELLIDA, Dendy.

Dendy! has suggested the advisability of instituting a new
family—Astraxinellidea—for the reception of certain Axinel-
lide which are distinguished by the possession of ‘astrose
microscleres. The Astraxinellida he would place in the divi-
sion Astromonaxonellida, whilst the Axinellide in the
restricted sense would remain in the Sigmatomonaxonellida.
If we could learn all the facts concerning the phylogeny of the
Axinellidze it would no doubt be found that, whereas some
have been evolved from Desmacidonid and Haplosclerid
ancestors and some (? e.g., Tvachycladus*) directly from more
primitive sigmatophorous forms, yet a considerable number
have developed along lines of descent which diverge from the
Astrotetraxonid stem. In a natural system of classification
the last-mentioned would be excluded from the Sigmatomon-
axellida, and they would probably require several families for
their reception. Unfortunately, it is impossible in the present
state of our knowledge to determine, in the majority of cases,
to which of the two primary Tetraxonid subdivisions a given
Axinellid genus belongs, and consequently no altogether
satisfactory bipartition of the family is to be expected without
much further enquiry. Nevertheless, there is much to be said
in favor of a removal forthwith from the Axinellidz of such
genera as afford sufficient evidence of their Astrotetraxonid
affinities; and these might very well be placed provisionally
in a single family, irrespective of any question as to whether
their relationships are close or distant. On this understanding
I feel but slight hesitation in placing under the family Astrax-
inellidzee the new genus Paracordyla, which possesses an Axin-
ellid type of skeletal structure and yet has microscleres in the
form of amphiasters.

1 Dendy—Rept. Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, with Rept. Mar.
Biol. Ceylon, Part 3, 1905, p. 107.

2 In this connection, I would suggest that a new family—Spirasigmide
—be established to include Trachya globosa, Carter (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5, Xvii., 1886, p. 121), and its variety, rugosa (Op. cit., xviii. 1886, p. 457),
Gellius aculeatus, Whitelegge (Sponges of Funafuti, Austr. Mus. Mem.,
iii., 5, 1897, p. 326), and perhaps also the genus Tvachycladus. For the first-
mentioned of these species Topsent (Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii., 1894,
p. 8), has already proposed the genus Trachygellius; for the second I now
propose a new genus Spirasigma. In both of these genera the micro-
scleres resemble the sigmaspires of Trachycladus more closely than they
resemble ordinary sigmata, and the conformation of the skeleton is
strongly suggestive of their derivation from the Tetillidz. Of these
species I have examined (only) sections which were prepared by Mr.
Whitelegge—those of TJ. globosa and its variety having been cut from
pieces of British Museum specimens, and that of the latter from its type-
specimen. If the former sections are correctly labelled—and I scarcely
doubt that they are—T. globosa and T.globosa, var. rugosa are specifically
distinct. Both in Trachygellius and Spirasigma the skeleton has a radial
arrangement recalling that of the Donatiide. In the former the large
diactinal spicules (oxea in the two known species) are accompanied by
sigmata only; in the latter (in which, in the single species, the large

1g2 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

GENUS PARACORDYLA, gen. nov.

The inner skeleton is a dense columnar aggregation of
large oxea which, in linear outgrowths of the sponge-
body (if these be present), takes the form of a very com-
pact axial core. Spongin appears to be wholly absent.
The ectosomal skeleton is a dense palisade of vertical
microxea supplemented by ‘‘dermal brushes’’ of styli or
oxea. Between the ectosomal layer and the inner
skeleton-mass is a narrow zone penetrated by canals and
crossed by strands of the large oxea. In addition to
microxea, microscleres in the form of small amphiasters
are present.

The spiculation of this genus is remarkably similar to that
of Scolopes moseleyi, Sollas ;1 but since Sollas speaks of fibres
in connection with his species, and remarks that the
general character of its skeleton reminds one forcibly of that
in Carter’s genus T'rachya, there is evidently a distinct generic
difference between Paracordyla and Scolopes. Amongst the
Axinellida, the genus which makes the nearest approach to
Paracordyla, appears to be Ceratopsis, Thiele.?

PARACORDYLA LIGNEA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxi, fig? 2, sandies: 26, 27.)

Sponge sessile, with a massive body from which
branch-like elongations may arise. Consistency, owing
to the enormous development of the spicules, very dense
and solid. Surface even, pilose. Oscula wanting. The
skeleton of the whole of the inner mass of the sponge to
within a few millimetres of the surface is formed of closely
aggregated large oxea, with a general parallel arrange-
ment, which, in the branch-like parts, form an almost
solid core. Between the core and the superficial layer
(cortex) is a narrow gone, 2 to 3 mm. wide, crossed by
strands of similar oxea, the outer spicules of which pro-
ject well beyond the surface. The surface is also pro-
tected by brushes of shorter spicules varying in form from
styl to oxea. The canals of the subcortical sone are
surrounded by radially disposed microxea, and similar
spicules, together with minute amphiasters, are scattered
through the ground substance. Megascleres :—(i.) Oxea
of the main skeleton reaching a size of 3200 x 50 jt; (i.)
styli and asymmetrical oxea of the dermal brushes vary-
ee in length from less than 200 to about 7oo qt, with

spicules of the fibres are substrongyla) there are in addition scattered
small oxea. If in Spirasigma aculeata the fibre-forming strongyla dis-
appeared, the species would, without doubt, owing to the mode of dis-
LYE of its smaller oxea, be classed as a Gellius.

i Sollas—‘‘Challenger’”’ Tetraxonida, 1885, p. 432, pl. xliii., figs. 1-9.

2 Thiele—Studien uber pazifische spongien, Zoologica, Heft 24, 1898, p. 56.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN.

G3

maximum diameter of 18 jp. Microscleres :—(t.) Mi-
croxea, 100 to 140 # in length by about 4 w in diameter;

(ii.) amphiasters, 4 to 5 jt long.

The single specimen is a moderately
large, massive, sessile sponge, of great
density and solidity, with a rounded
cuboidal or sub-globose body which
measures about 120 mm. in each of its
three principal directions. From the
marginal region of the somewhat flat-
tened upper surface of the main body
there are given off, at sub-equal dis-
tances, three stout branch-like pro-
cesses, 100 to 150 mm. in length. One
of these is cylindrical, the others are
club-shaped and are polytomously
divided at their extremities into in-
cipient branches. The specimen, which
has been longitudinally bisected, 1s, with
the exception of one of its processes,
preserved in a dry state. The contrac-
tion resulting from drying has caused
the surface to split in places, giving rise
to a number of shallow gaping fissures,
such as are occasioned under similar
circumstances in many Axinellids. The
surface of the dried portion somewhat
resembles short-piled velvet, both in
appearance and to the touch; that of
the spirit piece has a harsher feeling.
The colour of the former is yellowish-
white, both externally and internally ;
the latter is similarly tinted, except
superficially, where to a depth of about
one-third of a millimetre, it exhibits an
intense purple colouration which, how-
ever, is almost certainly a stain derived
from crinoids originally preserved in the
same liquid. The texture, as revealed
by the cut surface resulting from the
bisection of the specimen, bears a close
resemblance to that of some coarse and
exceedingly short-grained hardwood.
The densely packed spicules are visible
to the naked eye, and throughout the
entire central mass of the sponge have

'
!
I

!
'
i] i}
| {
\
! \
\
( ;
; \
i}
U i
i \
(
@
y ‘
b '
J 1
1 ‘
!
sy /
1
i)
a

/
!

1
!
\
)
| 1
'

|

|"

Bis, 26—P. henea-
a Oxea (showing the
spicule’s extremities.and
its diameter relatively
to that of the other
spicules). b Styli (of
the dermal brushes). c¢
Microxea.

'

134 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
an approximately parallel arrangement. (The general struc-
ture and arrangement of the skeleton were examined micro-
scopically only in the branch-like processes; the following
description is drawn from a rather thick median longitudinal
section of one of such preserved in alcohol. Owing to the
great development of spicules and their disposition, the pre-
paration of a transverse section would be wholly impossible
without desilicification. The structure of the main body of
the sponge is apparently not essentially different from that
described for the processes).

Fig. 27—Faracordylalignea. Vertical section, show-
ing the arrangement of the skeleton in the cortical
and subcortical region.

Superficially, there is a fairly well-defined layer, about 150
in thickness, densely packed with perpendicular microxea
which appear to project about half their length beyond the
surface. In addition, the surface is provided with brushes of
fusiform styli and oxea, of much shorter length than the
spicules composing the main skeleton. The components of a
single bundle diverge from a point close beneath the cortex.
With the exception of a sub-cortical zone about two or three
millimetres wide the whole of the interior of the branch-like
process is occupied by an almost solid core of longitudinally-

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 135
disposed large oxea. The sub-cortical zone is crossed at close
intervals by slightly penicillate fascicles of similar spicules,
which give support to the cortical layer. The innermost
spicules of these bundles emerge from between the spicules of
the core; the outermost project for a considerable distance
beyond the surface. ‘There are thus three orders of projecting
spicules at the surface. The inter-fascicular spaces of the
subcortical zone are filled-in with soft tissues containing
scattered spicules and traversed by canals which in cross-
section show a circular outline and a surrounding whorl of
radially-disposed microxea. The largest canals occur in the
deeper parts of the zone, and may attain a diameter of .6 mm.
In the immediate neighbourhood of the cortex, the canals are
of capillary dimensions, and the microxea-—which presumably
surround them—are so closely and confusedly intermingled,

that the precise inner limit of the cortex 1s very often difficult
of determination.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The oxea of the inner skeleton are straight or only
slightly curved symmetrical fusiform spicules attain-
ing a size of 3200 x 50 #. They are usually much more
than 1000 # long, but spicules of all lengths between
these larger oxea and the dermal oxea occur, and
(since the asymmetry of the latter is sometimes in-
appreciable) c consequently no actual lower limit can
be assigned to their size. Abnormalities of these
spicules in the shape of styli of only about one-half
their length are of extremely rare occurrence.

(ii.) The fusiform styli and (usually asymmetrical) oxea,
which form the dermal brushes and are also to be
found in small number scattered in the subcortical
zone, range in length from somewhat less than 200
to slightly more than 700 jt; the largest may attain
a diameter of 18 po All maceereciatel grades ‘of form
between styli and oxea occur.

Microscleres.—

(i.) The microxea are similar in form to the largest oxea,
but are about twice as stout in proportion to their
length. They are rarely less than 100 #, or more
than 140 jt long, and attain a diameter of slightly
more than 4 #. Occasionally spicules intermediate
in size between these and the shortest dermal oxea
are met with, but appear to belong rather to the latter
category.

136 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(it.) The amphiasters! bear at either end a terminal whorl of
about six to eight rays which stand almost perpen-
dicularly to the shaft or are directed forwards at a
small angie (up to 30°, say). The width of the spicule,
between the tips of the rays, measures from about
three-fourths of, to slightly less than the length of
the spicule, which is rarely as much as«5 yp.

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, eight miles east of San-

ic
’

don Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

Famity DESMACIDONID-.

Whether the Desmacidonide be divided into two sub-
families, Mycalinee and Ectyonine, in the usual way; or
whether, in accordance with Topsent’s proposal, the Myca-
linee be sub-divided so as to yield an additional sub-family, the
Dendoricine—the result, if a natural grouping of the genera
be our aim, is not altogether satisfactory. Of the two, Top-
sent’s classification is the better since, with very few excep-
tions as their microscleres show, the genera which remain in
the Mycaline after the removal of the Dendoricine stand well
apart from the rest of the family. The main fault lies in the
artificiality of the distinction upon which the separation of the
Ectyonine and Dendoricine is based. Species are placed in
one or the other of these sub-families according as spicules of
one particular kind—the accessory spicules—are present or
absent, whilst no value at all is placed upon the presence or
absence of the equally important ‘‘skeletal’’ and ‘‘dermal’’
spicules, nor any notice taken of the plain indications afforded
by the microscleres. As a consequence, we have closely allied
if not almost identical genera like Ectyodoryx and Lissoden-
doryx, Ectyomyxilla and Myxilla, Pocillon and lophon, Hyme-
trochota and Iotrochota placed, the one in the Ectyonine, the
other in the Dendoricine, whilst on the other hand wholly un-
related species like those of Vilsonella and Clathria are put in
a single genus without question or comment. Under these
circumstances there is no advantage in maintaining these sub-
divisions, and I propose therefore to merge the Dendoricin:e
and Ectyonine in a single sub-family, to be called the Myxil-
line. It is probable that the Myxillinge are capable of sub-
division into two fairly natural groups in the way suggested
below, but on this question I prefer to reserve judgment. I
would, however, venture the opinion that the Myxilline are
derived from a single stem distinct from that from which the
great majority of the Mycaline have sprung, and from this
point of view will enter upon a brief discussion of the sub-
family.

1 Not having succeeded in making out the details of the structure of
this spicule, I have not attempted to figure it. The rays appear to be
often bifureate and to have at times a slightly tuberculated surface.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 137

SUB-FAMILY MYXILLINAE.

_ the preponderance of evidence is in favour of the supposi-

tion that the most primitive Myxilline possessed a type of
organisation closely resembling that which obtains in certain
existing genera such as Leptosia, Hymenancora, Hymetro-
chota and Hymeraphia ; and it is possible, in accordance there-
with, to imagine a common ancestral form, or hypothetical
‘*Promyxilline,’’ characterised by the following features :—The
sponge grew in the form of a thin encrustment, and produced
in contact with the substratum a basal layer of spongin echi-
nated by erect acanthostylote spicules which acted as pillars
for the support of the soft structures. These spicules (which
for convenience will be termed the basical megascleres) ex-
hibited a tendency to differentiate into two kinds, a less spiny
larger, and a more spiny smaller kind, and this was probably
associated with an accompanying tendency towards an ar-
rangement of the spicules in clusters, in each of which larger
individuals were surrounded by smaller. Megascleres of a
second kind, smooth and probably monactinal, were also
present, these (which may be distinguished as auxiliary}
megascleres) occurred, without definite arrangement, more
particularly in the superficial layers of the sponge, and also
formed descending strands stretching towards the sponge-
base. Sponginous fibres were not produced, but the pri-
mordia of such, in the form of low dome-shaped elevations
of the basal spongin lamina, coinciding in position with the
areas occupied by the spicule-clusters, had probably made their
appearance. It is diffcult to say what the microscleres were,
but since cheloids, sigmata, toxa and rhaphides (often in drag-
mata) are found in the group, it is necessary to assume that
these, or at least the forms from which they have been derived,
were present.

From such a hypothetical form all the different types of
Myxillinee are capable of being derived.

The evidence afforded by the microscleres, considered in
conjunction with other facts, indicates either that a consider-
able amount of evolution in various directions had been ac-
complished, and that the prototypes of quite a number of
different groups of co-related genera had already come into
existence prior to the origin of sponginous fibres and to the

1 These spicules are commonly known as “dermal” or ‘“ectosomal”’
megascleres: but the part which they play in the conformation of the
skeleton varies to such an extent in different genera that it is advisable
in a comparative treatment to designate them by a term unsuggestive of
position or function. The term “auxiliary” is not altogether an appro-
priate one, but it will suit the present purpose; the spicules to which it
applies correspond for the most part, in the Myxilline, to the megascleres
which Bowerbank included under the same name. I shall apply the
epithet “dermal’’ only to those spicules, of whatever category, which
are specially concerned in the formation of a dermal skeleton.

138 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

assumption of an erect habit of growth, or that a return to a
primitive condition on the part of more or less highly evolved
species has occurred again and again within the group; other-
wise it is ee to account for the existence of groups of
gener Hymeraphia, Microciona, Clathria and Ophlita-
eine oa Stylostichon, Ectyodoryx and Lissoden-
doryx; Hymenancora, Plumohalichondria, Ectyomyxilla and
Myxilla; Dragmatyle, Tedania and Acheliderma ; and others—
each of which comprises a natural series connecting ‘‘promyx-
illine’’ with Ectyonine and Dendoricine forms. Whilst it is
probable that each of the two possible explanations contains
some portion of the truth, it would seem that the former is
more satisfactorily in accord with the bulk of the evidence,
although it involves the assumption that, amongst the Myxil-
linge, sponginous fibres have originated independently many
times over. If, however, as is scarcely to be doubted, such
fibres have arisen as linear upgrowths of the basal spongin-
lamina, there is no great improbability in such an assumption
provided that there already existed in the common ancestor an

incipient tendency, such as has been postulated, towards fibre-
formation.

Taking into account only those features which belong to the
skeleton, but neglecting, for the time being, any considerations
in reference to the microscleres, it may be said that nearly all
of the diversities of spiculation and structure which occur in
the Myxilline are ascribable to (a) modifications in the form of
the megascleres and the division of either or both of the origi-
nal groups of megascleres into two or more kinds; (b)
differences in the arrangement and constitution of the fibres,
and in connection therewith different combinations of the
megascleres in respect to their particular location in the skele-
ton; or (c) the loss by atrophy of one or more groups of megas-
cleres formerly present.

Of very common occurrence has been the differentiation of
the basical megascleres into two kinds, a larger, in the case of
which the primitive spination has usually undergone partial
reduction or become entirely lost, and a smaller, in which it has
almost invariably been retained; these may be distinguished
as principal and accessory basical megascleres respectively, or
simply as ‘“principals”’ and ‘‘accessories.’’ The resultant tri-
megascleric condition 1 is that which is characteristic of normal
‘‘Ectyonine.’’ In many Myxillina, however, the ‘‘basicals’’
are only incompletely differentiated and in such cases, unless
(as in Crella) there be a determinable difference of function
between the spicules which lie at one end of the series and those
which lie at the other, it is difficult to decide whether they
should be regarded as belonging to one or to two groups. (e.g

g.
species of Stylostichon, Clathrissa, etc. ). The maximum

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 139

degree of differentiation between principal and accessory spic-
ules appears to have been attained in genera like Raspailia and
Echinodictyum and in those in which the microscleres are
isochelze palmate and toxa, though amongst the last-men-
tioned there are species (vide Clathria caelata, sp. n.) in which
an unbroken transition of spicule forms occurs between the
small echinating spined ‘‘accessories’’ and the large (often
quite smooth) principal styli of the fibre-core. Finally, in a
third group of genera, comprising the ‘‘Dendoricine’’ and
certain ‘‘Ectyonine’’ (e.g., Ophlitaspongia, Echinoclathria,
Wilsonella, Agelas, etc.) the basical spicules are unequivocally
of but a single kind. The iogical conclusion with regard to
these is that either a differentiation of their basical spicules has
never occurred or that one or the other of the resultants of such
a differentiation has subsequently disappeared in the course of
evolution; in most cases, the probability is that the absence of
a second kind is due to loss, inasmuch as the (basical) spicules
actually present, usually exhibit, in the matter of form and
function, features which are more characteristic either of prin-
cipal megascleres or of accessory. The further consideration
of the spicules renders it necessary to take into account other
features of the skeleton, and particularly the fibres.

In the Myxillinz skeletal fibres have originated in apparently
two quite independent ways, viz., by the upgrowth of processes
from the basal lamina, and by the ‘‘ingrowth’’ of strands of
auxiliary spicules from the superficial layer. In many cases,
however, the fibres are the product of both modes of forma-
tion. Fibres which are wholly or partly of basal origin are,
with possible exceptions, more or less sponginous and traverse
the whole extent of the sponge; those of purely superficial
origin are, at the most, scantily proy ided with spongin and
proceed from the surface (usually?) only for a short distance
(as, for example in ‘‘Echinodictyum”’ arenosum, *“‘ Plumohali-
chondria’ gravida and Fusifer fistulatus).1| The former might
be distinguished as basifugal, the latter as basipetal fibres.

The mode of origination of basifugal fibres in the Myxillinee
is capable of being explained as follows :—The spongoblasts
(and probably also the ‘“‘basical’’ scleroblasts) which primi-
tively—it may be presumed—were uniformly distributed over
the surface of the basal lamina, became at particular points on
it more closely aggregated. The consequent more rapid de-
position of spongin at these points produced at each of them
a thickening of the lamina which gradually assumed the
form, say, of a papilla. Scattered over the surface of this
papilla, just as over other portions of the surface of the
lamina, though perhaps more closely, were scleroblasts

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ix. (n.s.), 1897.

140 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

producing echinatingly-disposed basical megascleres. As
a final step the cells, which, by their proliferation, main-
tain the supply of spongoblasts and scleroblasts, became
localised at the extremity of the papilla, the further growth of
which was thereby limited to increase in length. The manner
of growth of the fibre might accordingly be likened to that of
a Phanerogam stem—the spongoblast- and scleroblast-produc-
ing cells of the former corresponding to the apical meriste-
matic cells of the latter, and the spicules, like the leaves,
developing in acropetal succession. Thus at every stage of
growth the fibre would be surmounted at its extremity by a
“tuft?” of newly-formed basical spicules, and it would depend
almost solely upon the initial orientation of these spicules with
regard to the direction of growth of the fibre, and their precise
location (whether at the extreme tip of the fibre or subtermin-
ally) whether they subsequently became wholly enveloped by
the onwardly developing spongin as coring spicules or whether,
being more or less perpendicularly disposed, they were left
with only their bases imbedded in spongin, as echinating spi-
cules. When the fibre- forming spicules are of a single kind
the attempt to draw a distinction between coring and echinat-
ing spicules is, to a great extent, artificial, and usually breaks
down in practice ; as a matter of fact the spicules at the time of
their formation at the growing-point of the fibre are, in a
sense, all of them echinating. Accordingly Ophlitaspongia
and Echinoclathria which, by common agreement, were placed
in the ‘‘Ectyoninz,’’ should logically have been included in the
“Dendoricine.”’

The foregoing remarks concerning the mode of origin and
formation of basifugal fibres apply more particularly to those
of which the constituent spicules are basical megascleres only.
Although fibres of this kind are the rule, there are a number of
genera in which auxiliary spicules also participate in their
formation and some again in which these are the only fibre-
forming spicules. In these exceptional cases we may consider
either that the ascending sponginous fibres have come into
association with, and have enveloped in their progress the
‘“descending’’ (basipetal) strands of auxiliary spicules ;1 or that
in connection with the formation of the fibres, ‘‘auxiliary’’
scleroblasts have come to take a regular place amongst the
cells of the fibre-growing point. From the point of view of
spicular constitution merely, the skeletal fibres of the Myxil-
linze are referable to three main types, according as basical
megascleres only, basical and auxiliary both, or auxiliary
megascleres only, take part in their formation.

1 In Aulosnongus tubulatus, Bowbk. (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 29; Dendy,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 29). the fibres appear to grow up in
an analagous way around the tubes of commensal worms.

SPONGES.--HALLMANN. 141

This introduces an interesting point in connection with the
megascleres, viz., their versatility in respect to the different
parts they play 1 in different genera in the conformation of the
skeleton ; and it also raises ihe question as to the nature of the
criteria at our disposal for determining, in a given species, to
which category—principal, accessory or auxiliary—the megas-
cleres of each kind belong. According to my interpretation,
if we take into account only the siimanon of the megascleres,
the following types of skeleton are, amongst others, dis-
tinguishable :-—

I.—The spicules of the fibres are ‘‘basicals’’ of one or two
kinds; the ‘‘auxiliaries,”’ if (as is almost invariably the case)
present, occur interstitially and dermally.

(a) The ‘‘basicals’’ are of two kinds, both of which occur
in connection with the fibres.

(1.) The fibres are cored by ‘‘principals’’ and echinated
by “‘accessories.’’ Normal ‘‘Ectyonine.’’

(ii.) Both kinds of ‘‘basicals’’? are longitudinally dis-
posed in the fibres. ‘‘Clathria’’ chartacea’ (vide
remarks on Clathria); Heteroclathria.

(b) The ‘‘basicals’’ are scarcely or not at all differentiated
into two groups, and echinating spicules, if present, are not
distinguishable in form from the directive spicules ; or either
the one kind’ or the other of the ‘‘principal’’ and ‘‘acces-
sory’’ groups has been lost by atrophy.

(iii.) The ‘‘basicals’’ are imperfectly differentiated.
Stylostichon.

(iv.) ‘‘Accessories’’ are absent. Normal ‘‘Dendori-
cinee,’’ Ophlitaspongia, Echinoclathria.

(iio *Rrmeipals’* are. absent) > Clathia’*- mollis,1
Paramyxilla infrequens.?

I].—The spicules composing the fibres comprise both “‘basi-
cals’’ and ‘‘auxiliaries ;’’ the latter, which are situated axially
in the fibres also occur interstitially or dermally.

vi.) Principal and accessory spicules are well distin-
. P . a . .

guished, and both kinds are associated with the
fibres. ‘‘Echinodictyum’’ ridleyi (p. 151).

1 Kirkpatrick—Marine Investigations in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 249.

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vii., 1881, 369; Dendy—Report Pearl
Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, iii., 1505, Dancoos

142 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(vil.) Principal and accessory spicules are more or less
well distinguished; the former echinate the fibres,
the latter are interstitial and dermal. Crella.

(vil.) The ‘‘basicals’’ are scarcely or not at all differ-
entiated into two kinds or are represented only by
accessory spicules. Clathrissa, Plumohalichondria,
Stylotellopsis, Wilsonella, Fusifer, ‘‘Echino-
dictyum’’ spongiosum,} ‘‘E.”’ arenosum,! ‘‘Micro-
ciona’’ scabida (p. 150).

(ix.) The ‘‘basicals’’ are represented only by principal
spicules. Echinochalina.

III.—The fibre-forming spicules are ‘‘auxiliaries’’ only ;
basical spicules, if present, are (so far as known) of a single
kind, and, on account of their spination, appear to belong
rather to the category of accessory than of principal mega-
scleres.

(x.) Basical megascleres are present. Pseudoclathria
Grayella, Histodermella, Microtylotella.

(xi.) Auxiliary megascleres only are present. Species
ot lotrochota and Melonanchora, and certain
species included in the Mycaline.

In the case of those Myxillinze in which the megascleres are
of three kinds, the homologies of the spicules are, as a rule,
obvious ; and almost invariably it is found that the directive or
axial spicules of the fibres belong to the principal, the echinat-
ing spicules to the accessory, and the interstitial or dermal to
the auxiliary category of megascleres. When this mode of
arrangement of the spicules obtains, or when it is departed
from only through the loss of accessory spicules, the skeleton
might be described as being of the normal type, since it is that
in particular which is characteristic of most Myxilline.
Amongst “‘trimegascleric’’ genera, Crella is exceptional in the
fact that in it the fibres are cored by auxiliary and echinated by
principal megascleres whilst the accessory occur extra-fibrally.
From a study of the different forms assumed by the spicules
(both megascleres and microscleres) amongst the normal Myx-
illinaze, we obtain much information which is of service in
enabling us to form a conclusion concerning the identity of the
megascleres in cases where the skeleton is of an anomalous or
aberrant type. Thus there can be absolutely no doubt that the
‘skeletal’? spicules of Melonanchora emphysema, Forcepia

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii., 1896, p. 50.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 143

colonensis,1 Iotrochota coccinea? and of other species which
might be mentioned, are auxiliary megascleres, and that they
therefore differ from normal species of their respective genera
in the absence of principal megascleres ; and since we are en-
abled to detect the relationships of these species only by reason
of the marked peculiarities of their microscleres, it is extremely
probable that a number of the species included in certain My-
caline genera (e.g., Desmacidon, Amphilectus, Esperiopsis and
Batzella) are similarly derived from various Myxillinee which
are lacking in striking microscleric characters. Further, one
feels scarcely any hesitation in asserting that the dermal spi-
cules of Pseudociathria, Crella and Grayella, and the scattered
spined diactinal spicules of Histodermella, are accessory or,
at any rate, undifferentiated basical megascleres; whilst the
peculiar forms assumed by the accessory spicules in certain
species of Acarnus, e.g., by the ‘‘cladotylostyles”’ of A. tortilis$
and the cladotylota of A. tenuis4 lead one to suspect that the
microtylota of Microtylotella giintheri belong to the same cate-
gory, and that this genus ought therefore to be given a place
in the vicinity of Acarnus. Also, it is not altogether improb-
able that the spined forcipes of Leptobasts and Forcepia are
derivatives of accessory megascleres; the larger forcipes of
L. arcuata® are especially suggestive of such a derivation,
and it is worthy of notice also that in the genera Crella, Gray-
ella and Histodermella, which, like Forcepia and Leptobasts,
possess chelze arcuate, the scattered accessory spicules are
frequently curved and diactinal. If the megascleres other than
the accessory are of a single kind only, it is not always pos-
sible to decide with certainty whether they are principal or
auxiliary spicules; as a rule, however, reasons can be found,
depending upon their form, in support of their identification
with one, rather than with the other, of these categories.
Principal megascleres, in nearly all cases in which their identity
is certain, are sub-conical or more or less fusiform, somewhat
curved styli, which are either quite smooth or are pravided
with spines over a greater or less portion of their length ex-
tending from the basal extremity upwards. The auxiliary
megascleres, on the other hand, are typically straight and of
fairly uniform diameter, and are rarely spined except at their
extremities ; in comparison with the principal spicules they are
of relatively slender proportions, and in most genera are typi-
cally diactinal in the fully developed state, with usually tornote,

1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1885, p. 110. For this species
Hentschel (1911) has recently proposed a new name, Ff. Michaelseni.

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xviii., 1886, p. 378; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., viii (n.s.), 1896, p. 23.

3 Topsent—Résultats Camp. Scient. Pr. de Monaco, Fasc. xxv., 1904,
Vo Als Tolle salir, Gallen 3)

4 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.. viii., (n.s.), 1896, p. 50.

5 Topsent—Op. cit., p. 183, pl. xv., fig. 18b.

144 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

strongylote or tylote extremities. One is inclined to think,
therefore—in regard to those genera included in the Mycalinze
which afford reason for believing that they are degraded Myx-
illinee—that the megascleres of typical species of Desmacidon
and Homeodictya are homologous with principal spicules
whilst in some species at least which have been assigned to
the same genera and to Amphilectus and Batzella they are
homologous with auxiliary megascleres.1 The presence or
absence of spination on the principal spicules has been found
lacking in generic value, and everything points to the fact that
the spined ‘condition is the more primitive; it is perhaps not a
rare occurrence in species in which they are smooth when fully
mature, that they are spined in their early dev elopmental stages
(as, for example, in Myxilla diversiancorata®), or during the
larval period of life of the sponge (as in Myxilla pedunculata®).
It is a peculiar circumstance that the principal megascleres are
almost invariably curved; exceptions to the rule are provided
by Raspailia and its allies, but it is significant that these are
also aberrant in other respects. In Echinodictyum and Tri-
kentrion amongst the ‘‘Ectyonine,’’ and in Dendoricella and
some species of other genera (e.g., lotrochota) amongst the
‘‘Dendoricine,’’ they are diactinal (as in Desmacidon and
Homeodictya), and take the form of oxea or strongyla; yet
they still exhibit the curvature and fusiformity which, in
general, are characteristic of principal megascleres.

Certain Myxillinae are possessed of more than _ three
kinds of megascleres owing to the division of one or
more of the primary groups into two kinds; and_ this
division usually appears to be correlated with, and to have
been the outcome of a performance by the spicules concerned
of two different functions. Instances of such, in which the
principal megascleres have undergone division, are provided by
Echinodictyum clathratum4 and species of Raspailia (e.g., R.
ramosa, Mont., and R. tenuis, R. and D.); and in w fren the
‘‘accessories’’ have undergone division by the species of Plo-
camia. That the ‘‘dumbbell’’ spicules of the last-named genus
are derivatives of the accessory megascleres, the indication
afforded by P. plena5 leaves scarcely any room to doubt; and
this species also, by reason of its possession of stunted ab-
normal forms of the principal megascleres, renders it probable

1 Examples of such are provided by Homeodictya dendyi (Whit.); Des-
macidon plicatum (=D. stelliderma, Carter); D. psammodes and
Ratzella inaequalis. (Hentschel, Fauna Sudwest- Australiens, Bd. iii.,
1911); and by Amphilectus ceratosus, R. and D

2 Lundbeck—Porifera Danish Ingolf-Expedition, Pt. 2, 1905, p. 150.

3 Lundbeck—Loe. cit., p. 149.

4 Dendy—Rept. Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, Pt. 3. 1905,
p.

5 Sollas—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4). v., p. 44.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 145

that in P. clopetaria, Schmidt,! with its ‘“‘pegtop-shaped”’ styli
we have a species in which there are present two kinds of prin-
cipal and two kinds of accessory spicules. The differentiation
of the auxiliary megascleres into two groups, as in Rhaphi-
dophlus, appears to have occurred but seldom.

An interesting point in connection with the microscleres,
and one which possesses considerable classificatory importance
is the rarity of the occurrence of sigmata and toxa in the same
species. ‘i hese two microscleres are found together in certain
Mycaline, but not to my knowledge in any species of the Myx-
illinee. Furthermore, in the latter sub-family, the microscleres
which occur in association with toxa are (except in Ploca-
miopsis) isochele palmate, whilst those associated with sig-
mata are isochele arcuate, isancore, or rhaphides (usually in
dragmata). Thus we have on the one hand the genera
Hymeraphia, Microciona, Clathria, Rhaphidolphus, Ophlita-
spongia, Echinoclathria, Heteroclathria, Plocamia, Acarnus,
Microtylotella, Fusifer, Cornulum, and Artemisina in which
the microscleres are toxa and (or) isochele palmate but not
sigmata; and, on the other hand, Leptosia, Stylostichon,
Ectyodoryx, Lissodendoryx, Clathrissa, Crella, Grayella,
Paramyxilla, Forcepia, Leptobasis, Hamigera, Dendoricella,
Histodermella, Histoderma, Hymenancora, Myxilla, Ectyo-
myxilla and Melonanchora in which the microscleres are
sigmata and isochele arculate or isancore with or without
trichodragmata, but not toxa. There can scarcely be any
doubt that these groups of genera are representative of two
distinct lines of evolution in the Myxilline; and since they
comprise between them the majority of the species the ques-
tion naturally arises as to whether they can be utilised as a
basis for the division of the sub-family. The probability is
that they can. In the former group, the accessory megascleres,
when present, are well distinguished from the principal, and
the auxiliary spicules are typically stylote; whereas in the
latter, principal and accessory spicules as a rule are not widely
different in form, and often graduate insensibly one into the
other, and the auxiliary spicules are typically more or less
diactinal. This is not only significant in itself, but it provides
a means whereby one is enabled to arrive at an opinion con-
cerning the allotment of most of the remaining genera. Thus
the genera Raspailia and Clathriodendron (and with them Sy-
ringella); Echinodictyum, Trikentrion and Cyamon; Aulo-
spongus ; and Spanioplon—all of which are lacking in micro-
scleres—are evidently to be assigned to the former group;
Acheliderma, Tedania and Dragmatyle ; Hymetrochota, Iotro-
chota and Amphiastrella ; and perhaps also the somewhat aber-
rant lophon and Pocillon—to the latter. To the former group

1 Ridley—Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., xv., 1881, p. 479.

146 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

also, one is inclined to refer: Mesapos, Tethyspira, Hymer-
habdia and Cerbaris (which appear to be lacking in auxiliary
megascleres) on account of the analogy which ‘their spicules
bear to principal and accessory spicules : Echinochalina, which
seems to be related to Echinoclathria; Suberotelites, regarded
by Topsent as allied to Plocamia; and the aberrant genus
Agelas (including Ectyonopsis) the affinities of which appear
to be rather with the toxa-bearing Myxilline. On the other
hand, one would assign rather to the latter group: Pseudo-
clathria, which presents some analogies with Grayella; Stylo-
tellopsis, on account of its resemblance in many respects to
Clathrissa; and (necessarily) Tylosigma, because of its sig-
mata.

A few genera still remain to be accounted for, the position of
which is not quite clear; but sufficient has been adduced, I
think, to indicate the feasibility of such a subdivision of the
Myxilline as has been suggested. It is clearly evident, how-
ever, that no wholly satisfactory grouping of the species and
genera of the Desmacidonideé can be arrived at, until other
characters, in addition to those which the spicules afford, are
taken into account in classification.

GENUS CLATHRISSA, Lendenfeld.

1888. Clathrissa, Lendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges, Austr.
Mus., 1888, p. 217.

The genus Clathrissa was introduced by Lendenfeld for
three Port Jackson sponges which he named C. arbuscula,
C. elegans, and C. pumila respectively; of these, the first
mentioned possesses chief claim to be regarded as the type-
species, and is here so considered. They were defined as
‘‘Desmacidonide with a skeleton composed of dense bundles
of slender oxea with very little spongin, echinated by spined
styli.’? Concerning the precise nature of C. elegans, nothing
can be said with certainty, since in the existing collection of
the Museum, no sponges identifiable as such have so far been
met with. An examination of the type-specimens of the other
species shows that in both the structure of the main skeleton
is similar to that of Plumohalichondria, and that microscleres
are present in the form of chelae arcuatae. In C. pumila,
however, there is, in addition, a dermal skeleton of acantho-
styles, so that this species belongs to the genus Crella. The
other, C. arbuscula, agrees essentially w ith many species at
present included in Plumohalichondria, viz, those with arcuate
chelae. If, however, the microscleres of P. microcionides (the
type of Plumohalichondria) be ancore, as Thiele’s figures of
the spicules of P. neptunel and his statement concerning the

- TMhiele—Archiv. Naturg., 1903, i., Heft 3, p. 387, pl. xxi., fig. 19.

SPONGES:-HALLMANN. 147
likelihood of the latter species’ identity with P. microcionides
would lead one to suppose, the retention in Plumohalichondria
of the species referred to, will be contrary to established prac-
tice. If this supposition be correct, the genus Clathrissa will
be a valid one, standing in the same einen to Leptosia as
Plumohalichondria to Eigecanmcone

I was at first in doubt whether the specimens which are
labelled as the types of Clathrissa arbuscula were genuine ex-
amples of the species, partly because the lengths of their
spicules do not agree very well with those w hich Lendenfeld
has given, but mainly on account of their lack of resemblance
to the figure (Loc. cit., pl. v., fig. 2). I am now, however,
quite sure in my own mind that this figure is wrongly repre-
sented as illustrating Clathrissa arbuscula, inasmuch as it bears
a striking likeness to ordinary specimens of Clathiodendron
arbuscula, a species which is described in the same Catalogue ;
and I would therefore go so far as to say that the latter species
has been figured in mistake for the former. One can the more
easily conceive the possibility of such an error in connection
with these two species owing to the sameness of their specific
names and of the initial letters of their generic names. It is
confirmatory also of the opinion here expressed that the ex-
ample of Clathrissa arbuscula in Prof. Dendy’s donation of
pieces of British Museum sponges agrees with the Australian
Museum specimens so labelled. The other discrepancy men-
tioned—that in regard to the lengths of the spicules—is of
negligible import, since Lendenfeld seems usually to have
taken the mean length of spicules into account, rather than
their maximum.

A brief description of Clathrissa arbuscula may not be out of
place. The sponge grows in the form of a tussock of numer-
ous, prolifically multiplying, erect slender branches with highly
uneven, warty surface. Lendenfeld’s description of the ex-
ternal features is fairly satisfactory, but requires some slight
emendation. It reads, ‘‘Small, irregular, lobose or digitate
sponges wih erect processes, attaining a height of 150 mm.
The living sponge is very soft and resilient, orange-red in
colour. Spirit specimens are brownish-grey. The whole of
the surface is covered with densely-situated villous, distally
rounded or thickened outgrowths, which are about 1.5 mm.
thick and from 2-8 mm. long.’’ The description might sug-
gest that the sponge has a more massive basal portion, but
this is not so; though the sponge is sessile and occupies an
extended base, the primary branches, except for occasional
anastomoses, are independent almost to the subtratum. The

1 Ridley—Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘‘Alert,” 1884, p. 430, pl. xl., fig. G, pl. xlii.,
figs. a-a”.

148 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

warty out-growths of the surface are probably incipient or
abortive branches; in fact, the longer ones (‘‘8 mm. long’’)
mentioned by Lendenfeld are more correctly described as
young branches. This species is closely allied to, if not actually
identical with, Ridley’s Myxilla arborescens! which also
comes from Port Jackson. The spicules are asymmetrical
straight oxea, acanthostyles of two sizes and isochele arcuate.
The oxea, when more fully developed, show a _ very faint
sub-terminal constriction at both extremities, so that the end
portions appear somewhat lanceolate in shape. This feature
is usually more distinct at one extremity than the other, and 1s
often confined to one end. Sometimes one extremity is much
more rounded than the other, and then the spicule may appear
monactinal. In young spicules the asymmetry is more pro-
nounced, and the end which corresponds to the lanceolate
extremity of older spicules usually bears an elongated slender
tylosis. The spicules vary in length from about 160 to 285 jt,
though comparatively few exceed 220 yp; the stoutest are
5 in diameter. The acanthostyles are conical and tapering,
and almost invariably curved; the spines are densely crow ded
on the basal end (the spicule appears in consequence somewhat
ty lote), and decrease in abundance progressively from base to
tip; more than one-third of the length distally, particularly in
the case of the larger spicules, may ‘be free from spines. Their
length varies from about 85 to over 200 yp; the largest
actually seen was 225 yt long. Individuals between 120 and
160 # in length are extremely rare. The spicules accordingly
appear to conform to two sizes, the odd ones of intermediate
length being possibly stunted individuals of the larger kind.
Both kinds echinate the fibres. The largest acanthostyles are,
at most, 8 to 9 jt in diameter immediately above the base. The
chele are abundant and measure 20 to 26 71 in length. ‘Their
end parts are relatively small and the shaft may reach 4.5 }¢
in thickness. A peculiar feature of the skeleton is the occur-
rence of elongated tufts of oxea, often standing off from the
main fibres as if they were short branches from them, which
have been left unprovided with echinating spicules.

Stylostichon conulosum, Whitelegge,} is eae closely
related to Clathrissa arbuscula to ‘be regarded as a variety
of it. The oxea are similar in shape to those of fe latter, and
exhibit in some degree the same peculiarity. The sponge is
not encrusting in the proper sense of the word, but from an
encrusting base numerous miniature crumpled lamella with
conulated surface arise vertically. The oxea vary in length
from about 165 to 215 4; the stoutest are 6 j in diameter.

1 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 492.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 149
The acanthostyles bear a close resemblance to those of C.
arbuscula and like them are divisible into two sizes. Their
lengths lie between go and 210p, but individuals between
120 and 180 in length have not been observed; the stoutest
are 121 in diameter. The isochele arcuate differ from those
of C. arbuscula only in their slightly larger size; they measure
from 21 to 284 in length, with a maximum stoutness of shaft
of slightly more than 4.5. Whitelegge’s description would
imply that the oxea do not occur as coring spicules, and that
the larger acanthostyles do not to any notable extent echinate
the fibres. The fact that he placed the species in the genus
Stylostichon would imply the same. However, I find that
wherever the fibres are not so densely echinated as to obscure
the coring spicules, oxea in small numbers are usually to be
seen; at the same time, the larger acanthostyles occur plenti-
fully as echinating spicules. Nevertheless, it must be con-
fessed that the occurrence of oxea in the fibres appears to be
more or less sporadic, and accordingly it would seem that no
hard and fast distinction can be drawn between Clathrissa and
Stylostichon.

Plumohalichondria c@spitosa (Carter), as identified by
Dendy,! 1s another species sufficiently closely related to C.
arbuscula to admit almost of its being regarded as a variety of
it. I have examined a slide of this sponge, presented to the
Australian Museum by Professor Dendy, and find that the
spicules are of the same general character as those of C. arbus-
cula. The oxea are slightly smaller, rarely reaching quite
as much as 4 in stoutness and varying in length from
150 to 200 yw. Acanthostyles of all lengths from 84 to
240 occur, there being no actual separation into two sizes,
although spicules of intermediate lengths are of less frequent
occurrence. The isochele arcuate are 27 to 32 in length.
It will be noticed that the lengths of the two last-mentioned
spicules are much greater than those given by Carter, viz.,
20-6000ths and 34-6000ths of an inch respectively.

Yvesia commensalis, Whitelegge? is possibly a Stylostichon,
that is to say, the main skeleton consists of stout vertical
columns composed solely of acanthostyles. The acanthostyles.
are, however, arranged plumosely, making an acute angle
with the direction of the fibres, and are not differentiated into
coring and echinating spicules. The dermal skeleton is a layer
of a closely packed isochele arcuate, beyond which the outer
ends of divergent tufts of smooth oxea project slightly. The

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vili., 1896, p. 41; Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 352.

2 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv:, 9, 1906, p. 483.

i50 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

dermal, or rather sub-dermal, tufts are sometimes prolonged
below into strands which may descend for a moderate distance
towards the base of the sponge. A remarkable feature of the
species is the occurrence of small irregularly monilated rods,
scattered in the ground substance. The rods are apparently
proper to the sponge—at any rate they are siliceous; they are
possibly homologous with the forcipes of Forcepia. The acan-
thostyles vary in length from about 80 to 240 » and may attain
a diameter of 17 yw. ‘They are covered, except for a varying
distance from the pointed end,with relatively short and stout
recurved spines. The microscleric rods are 20 to 50 #4 long and,
even in their most swollen portions, rarely as much as 5 }/ in
diameter. The oxea are very abruptly and often acuminately
pointed spicules ranging in length from about 80 to 180 4,
though rarely less than 100, or more than 160 p long; the
stoutest are 8y in diameter. The chele are very abundant;
they usually have a much curved shaft, so that the extremities
of the anterior teeth approach each other very closely and
sometimes overlap or fuse; size variable, the length ranging
from 10 to 244. The dimensions of the spicules given above
differ slightly from those given by Whitelegge, so that prob-
ably some amount of variation in their size occurs in different
specimens.

It is of interest to note that Microciona scabida, Carter,!
differs from Clathrissa mainly through the possession of sty-
lote, instead of diactinal auxiliary spicules. The microscleres
are chele apparently of three or four kinds, viz. :—(1.) a stout
isochela arcuata, 30 » long ; (il.) a smaller slender isochela with
curved shaft and very sharply pointed flukes, which occurs in
great abundance ; (iii.) a cheloid with much curved shaft,
which appears to be an abnormality of the first-mentioned ;
and (iv.) a peculiar cheloid also with much curved shaft and of
smaller size than the others, which apparently belongs to the
same Category as certain of the forms termed bipocilla, but
which may be a derivative of the second kind. As my object
in referring to this species is merely to draw attention to its
relationship with Clathrissa on the one hand and with Stylo-
tellopsis on the other I have not undertaken the possibly diff-
cult task of determining the precise nature of these cheloids.
The fibres are echinated and to some extent cored, by acantho-
styles of two orders of size, the smaller rarely exc eeding say
110 in length, the larger reaching to 220 x 7 yw. The coring
spicules are chiefly straight slender subtylostyli, of which the

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 51; Carter—Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1885, p. 112, figs. 4, 5.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 151
jargest measure about 270 x 4p. Beneath the surface of the
sponge and running pee meuciciaals towards it are numerous
wispy strands of the same spicules. With regard to the ar-
rangement of the skeleton Microciona scabida stands precisely
in the same relation to the type-species of Stylotellopsis—S.
amabilist-—as does Crella incrustans var. levis to C. incrustans

var. pumila; and, in compliance with the present scheme of
classification, should accordingly be placed in Thiele’s genus.

Another interesting species whose systematic position ap-
pears to be somew Bere in the vicinity of Clathrissa and Stylo-
tellopsis 1s Echinodictyum ridleyt, Dendy. 2 The skeleton is
made up almost entirely of slender longitudinal wispy fibres
and is consequently rather of the dendritic than of the reticu-
late type. Accompanying the slender oxeote or rather torno-
toxeote spicules (size about 270 x 4) which chiefly compose
these fibres, are a few conical smooth styli (190 x 7 y#) and
acanthostyles (100 x 6), both kinds of which occasionally
project from the fibres somewhat in the manner of echinating
spicules. There are no microscleres. The diactinal spicules
of the fibres evidently correspond to the auxiliary megascleres
of normal Myxillina, and the species accordingly possesses
no claim to a place in the genus Echinodictyum in which the
fibres are formed by principal spicules and in which the aux-
iliary spicules are represented by interstitial or dermal styli.
Also, it is scarcely to be doubted that the smooth conical styli
are homologues of the larger acanthostyles of Clathrissa
arbuscula, Stylotellopsis amabilis and S. (Microciona) scabida
and to the principal styli of normal Myxilline. C. arbuscula
and S. amabilis differ in generic characters mainly in this
respect, that in the latter the auxiliary megascleres are pointed
at one end only, whilst in the former they are pointed at both
ends. But this difference cannot be regarded as of much im-
portance since the probability is that the tornotoxea of C.
arbuscula are, strictly speaking, just as truly monactinal as
the tornostrongyles of S. amahilis. Consequently Echino-
dictyum ridleyi owing to the perfect smoothness of its prin-
cipal styli, stands farther removed from either of the two last
mentioned species than these do from each other, and is thus
fairly entitled to distinction under a new generic name. In
E. ridleyi, as already mentioned, the principal and accessory
styli are both comparatively rare in their occurrence; if the
former spicules were to disappear, such a species as Echino-
dictyum spongiosum, Dendy,’ would result; whilst if both
kinds were lost, there would be scarcely anything in the struc-

1 Thiele--Fauna Chilensis, Bd. 3, p. 456, fig. 72 a-d.
2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viil., 1896, p. 44.
3 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii., 1896, p. 45.

nee “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
ture of the skeleton to distinguish it generically from certain
species at present included in the genus Axinella.

The three sponges described by Lendenfeld! under the name
of Echinonema anchoratum, Carter, have, according to their
description, the spiculation of Clathrissa, but the skeleton is
reticulate. The best plan to adopt in regard to these sponges
is to regard them as species dubi@ of Wilsonella (g.v.).

GENUS CRELLA, Gray.

Thiele? has expressed the opinion that Plumohalichondria
incrustans, Carter, should be placed in the genus Pytheas
which, as Lundbeck has recently shown, must now be called
Crella. Accordingly | employ the latter name for the sponges
about to be described. These agree so closely in the charac-
ters and dimensions of their spicules that, despite considerable
differences in some other respects, they might very well be
treated—in contrast with other species of the genus—as
varieties of a single species, Crella incrustans. In this species,
as in Clathrissa arbuscula the smooth oxeote spicules are
secondarily diactinal.

CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, ET VARR.

(Plate xxiil., figs. 2, 3; Plate xxiv. ; and figs. 28-34.)

General diagnosis: External form various ; encrusting,
massive or ramose. Oscula present in probably all the
varieties. Typically (unless in encrusting varieties) the
branching ascendent fibres of the main skeleton are
sinuous and interosculate so as to form a kind of loose
reticulation (pseudo-reticulation); connecting fibres, in
small number, may occur. The fibres are fairly closely,
sometimes extremely densely, echinated with straight
conical acanthostyles; the coring spicules may be exclu-
sively smooth oxea, or exclusively acanthostyles, or a
mixture of ,both. Foreign particles are in some cases
included in the fibres. The dermal skeleton ts a layer of
shorter (usually slightly curved) acanthostyles, with a
reticulate or more or less confused arrangement, rarely
accompanied by relatively few smooth oxeotes. All three
kinds of megascleres occur interstitially, the dermal acan-
thostyles typically in greatest abundance. The micro-
scleres are of a single kind, isochele arcuate, scattered
interstitially and in the dermal layer in moderate abund-

1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 219. The three sponges
referred to bear the varietal names. ramosa, dura and lamellosa. Their
type-specimens appear to have been lost, since the specimens which
Whitelegge regarded as such cannot at all be reconciled with
Lendenfeld’s descriptions (vide Appendix).

2 Thiele—Archiv. Naturg., 1903, p. 388.

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 153
ance. The smooth oxeotes are asymmetrical, and when
they attain in the fullest degree their characteristic shape
are tornotoxea with a slight flexion at the tip of the
oxeote extremity. The extremes of the maximum dimen-
sions of the spicules in the known varieties are as fol-
lows :—Tornotoxea: Length, 160 to 220 p; diameter, 4.5
to 6 pw. Echinating acanthostyles: Length, 145 to 200
yw; diameter, 8 to 12 pw. Dermal acanthostyles: Length,
So to 100 4; diameter, 5 to § yp. Isochele arcuate:
Length, 16 to 25 yp.

The several sponges now to be described agree so closely in
the form and dimensions of their spicules that—despite con-
siderable differences in some other respects—it has been con-
sidered preferable to treat them as varieties of a single species.
Any differences that there may be in the shapes of the spicules
in the different varieties are too slight to be of diagnostic
value, and a single description will therefore suffice for all.
The megascleres are smooth oxeotes, and acanthostyles of
two kinds; the microscleres are isochele arcuate of a single
kind. The oxea are slender, asymmetrical, slightly fusiform
straight spicules which in their very earliest stages of growth
appear to be monactinal. Their characteristic peculiarity—
which is usually, however, to be observed only in small pro-
portion of them—is a slight bending to one side of the tip of
one extremity. This peculiarity as it appears when most
highly developed, is illustrated in text-figure 29, where it is also
to be observed that the spicule is most correctly described as
a tornotoxea. Throughout the descriptions they will be re-
ferred to merely as the oxea, or sometimes as the auxiliary
spicules. The extent to which they enter into the formation
of the fibre-core varies greatly in the different varieties ; in the,
variety digitata they are pretty well the sole constituents ; in
the varieties perramosa and levis they are mingled with a
variable proportion of acanthostyles ; in the varieties arenacea
and rubra they are usually more or less completely supplanted
by acanthostyles. An interesting condition is found in the
variety pumila, where columns of oxea, descending down-
wards from the surface without admixture of acanthostyles,
form a common and characteristic feature of the skeleton.
The oxea also occur as interstitial spicules, but except in the
variety digitata are outnumbered as such by the accessory
acanthostyles ; in the last named variety also, they participate
in the formation of the dermal skeleton. The acanthostyles,
as previously mentioned, are of two kinds. Those which
predominate as echinating spicules and often in addition core
the fibres are straight conical spicules of variable length, pro-
vided with more or less recurved spines which are usually

154 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

absent, for a short distance, from the distal extremity. These
spicules will be referred as the principal acanthostyles. The
acanthostyles of the second kind are the characteristic and
usually the sole elements of the dermal skeleton and at the
same time the predominant spicules of the ground substance.
From the evidence afforded chiefly by the varieties perramosa
and digitata— in which, owing to the absence of crowding,
the echinating spicules are, with greater advantage than in
the other varieties, individually discernible in detail—I am
convinced that spicules, similar in all respects to these dermal
acanthostyles, may also occur quite commonly both as echin-
ating and coring spicules. Accordingly, I will not in general
use the terms “‘echinating’’ and ‘‘dermal’’ to distinguish the
two forms of acanthostyles, but instead ‘‘principal’’ and ‘‘ac-
cessory.”*> One sees also in the different varieties that there
is a perfect gradation between the extremes of form shown
by the accessory spicules on the one hand and the principal
spicules on the other. Accordingly in determining the dimen-
.sions of the accessory acanthostyles I have measured those
spicules only which are situated actually in the dermal skele-
ton, and as regards the principal acanthostyles, have taken
account of their maximum size alone. The accessory acan-
thostyles are slightly curved and slightly fusiform spicules
covered, almost or quite to the distal extremity, with spines
which stand perpendicularly to the axis of the spicule. The
isochelee arcuate are rather abundant and show a tendency,
which is strongly marked in some varieties, to become dif-
ferentiated into two sorts, a larger and a smaller. The
arrangement of the skeleton shows appreciable differences in
the different varieties, though not always to an extent that
permits of distinction in a verbal description. In the non-
encrusting varieties with the exception of levis, the fibres,
owing to their undulating courses and anastomoses, often
form a kind of pseudo-reticulation; in the variety perramosa,
actual transverse fibres in moderate number are developed.
This last-mentioned variety is therefore of considerable in-
terest, since it shows that a reticulate type of skeleton may be
developed directly from a dendritic type-——a fact which lessens
the importance of a generic distinction based solely on such a
difference in the character of the skeleton. In all the varieties
the fibres are rich in spongin. The typical variety of the
species is Carter’s Echinonema incrustans from Port Phillip.
which has been described as ‘‘massive incrusting, thick,
covering the whole of a Pecten.’’ I have not so far met with
any specimen in the Australian Museum collection of Port
Phillip sponges which admits of identification with Carter’s
species, but I have before me two mounted sections prepared
by Mr. Whitelegge from pieces of British Museum specimens,

SPONGES.-HALLMANN. 155
labelled ‘‘Echinonema incrustans Carter type,’’ and ‘‘Plumo-
halichondria mammullata, Carter’’ respectively. These do not
satisfactorily corroborate Dendy’s assertion of the synonymy
of the two names, since the latter slide shows a skeletal struc-
ture rather resembling that of the var. levis, and chele vary-
ing from 13 to 26y in length; whilst in the former the
structure is much looser—somewhat similar to that of the var.
digitata—-and the chelz are only 12 to 22 p long. Without
wishing to attach any great importance to this discrepancy, I
simply point to the possibility of a varietal difference between
the sponges of Carter’s two species. The point can only be
settled by a re-examination of the original specimens. — In
view of the existence of so many distinct but closely allied
varietal forms of this species,! it is necessary to proceed
cautiously in introducing synonymy; unless a complete con-
necting series between two forms is known to exist, it is far
better—because less liable to lead to confusion—to treat them
as distinct varieties, each with a distinguishing name. <Ac-
cordingly I would recommend that the Plumohalichondria
mammillata of the “‘Challenger’’ Report be still considered a
variety distinct from the Echinonema ESN Carteme lin
their description of this variety, Ridley and Dendy state that
the dermal skeleton is a reticulation made up exclusively of
acanthostyles; they also refer to their examination of a small
piece of the type-specimen of Carter’s Plumohalichondria
mammullata and mention concerning it that the dermal acan-
thostyles are intermingled with smooth oxea and not reticu-
lately arranged. ‘These differences in the dermal skeletons of
the two sponges, they allowed, might very well prove
distinctive; but the other characters showed so close a corres-
pondence that, under the circumstances, taking into account
the small size of the piece examined, and the possibility of some
amount of variation with age they did not consider it advisable
to distinguish the two by the introduction of a new name. Of
the varieties whose descriptions follow there is only one, viz.,
digitata, in which the oxea have been found to enter into the
formation of the dermal skeleton; accordingly, there is good
reason to believe that the presence or the absence of dermally
situated oxea may be a characteristic which is constant for
any given variety. The variety from Oyster Bay to which I

1 In addition to the varieties described in this Report, I have before
me three others which are unquestionably quite distinct. Owing to the
scantiness of the material and its unsuitable state of preservation, I do
not venture to describe them. One is probably, identical with a British
Museum sponge bearing the manuscript name “Clathrissa membranacea,
Lendenfeld.’’” Another bears: a label in Lendenfeld’s writing with the
name, ‘Clathrissa arbuscula,’ a species to which it bears some external
resemblance. The third is a ramose sponge of irregular growth with the
oscula situated singly at the extremities of branches.

156 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

give the name digitata is probably identical with the typical
variety, but in the absence of sufficiently full information con-
cerning the latter, I do not feel justified, on mere assumption,
in naming it as such.

CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. DIGITATA, var. nov.
(Plate xxill., fig. 2, and figs. 28, 29.)

Sponge, so far as known, growing upon the shells of
bivalve molluscs in the form of a thick encrusting layer
from which arise shorter lobes or longer digitations.
Texture loose; consistency soft, though moderately
tough. Oscula? Fibres sinuous, anastomosing, cored
solely by smooth oxea, and plentifully, though by no
means densely echinated. The dermal skéleton comprises
oxea in addition to acanthostyles; the latter spicules do
not form a definite reticulation. Megascleres, maximum
sizes :—(i.) Oxea 220 x 4.5 yl; (it.) principal acanthostyles
170 XQ pt; (tit.) dermal acanthostyles go x 8 yw. Isochele
arcuateé 13 to 20.5 p long.

This variety is represented by six specimens which were
obtained by the ‘“‘Endeavour’’ from a single locality. Each
of them grows upon the shell of a Pecten, forming a thick
cushion-like layer which spreads over the entire exterior sur-
face of both valves, the two portions being in continuity only
across the hinge-line. Though the shells are now empty, it is
evident that the animals must have remained alive until the
sponge grew to considerable proportions. At the free margin
of the valv es further growth is effected by the formation of
processes which vary in form from short thick blunt lobes to
elongated branch- like digitations (Plate xxiil., fig. 2). Similar
processes may also arise from other parts of the “Surface. The

condition presented in some specimens indicates that the
sponge may attain to a considerable size without any forma-
tion of outgrowths; in others, the total mass of the branches
may exceed that of the encrusting portion. Anastomoses of
the branch-like processes occasionally occur. The surface may
be glabrous and even, or may exhibit minute conuli at the
points where the fibres impinge. The oscula, which in the
typical variety have been described by Carter as large and
scattered, are not with certainty discernible in the present
specimens: the dermal membrane is, however, ruptured in
places, and thus, on account of its elastic tension, rounded
openings result, which might easily be mistaken for oscula.
The non-appearance of oscula in the present instance is
possibly due to their closure whilst the sponges were being
dragged in the trawl-net. The dermal membrane is thin, yet

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 157

tough, and when dry forms an obscure whitish incrustation ;
in alcohol it is translucent and of light greyish colour. Beneath
the membrane, the sponge ts dull yellow. ‘The texture is much
looser and the consistency much softer than in the varieties
arenacea and levis. In a dry state the consistency varies ac-
cording to the extent to which the sarcode has been removed,
from firm, yielding to pressure and slightly brittle, to soft,
spongy and elastic.

The main skeleton consists of exceedingly tortuous branch-
ing fibres running longitudinally. In the deeper parts thev
might almost be described as ;
curled, but towards the surface
they straighten out somewhat,
though still remaining sinuous.

The spicular axis of the fibres,

consisting of oxea only, is sur-

rounded by a thick sheath of

. transparent spongin in which

the echinating spicules are b
deeply imbedded with their

bases quite in contact with the

spicules of the core. The wind-

ing courses which the fibres a

pursue, result in the frequent

crossing and apposition of ad-

joining fibres, and where con-

tact occurs connections are fre-

quently formed by the fusion of

their spongin-envelopes. There

are no proper connecting fibres,

though occasionally the union C
of fibres in the manner des-

cribed produces the appearance

of such. The fibres might be

said to form a pseudo-reticula-

tion, in which the meshes are __ Fig. 28—Crel/a incrustans var.
for the most part of elongated digitata. a Oxea. b Principal
form, In sections prepared be tay es Ge Dermal “sean:
from dry specimens it is seen

that the spongin—or what appears to be spongin—in
addition to its envelopment of the fibre-spicules, extends
as thin films or membranes between the fibres, dividing
the interior of the sponge into incomplete compartments,
as it were. The interstitial spicules, consisting of acantho-
styles and oxea in about equal number, appear to be entirely
restricted to these membranes. The echinating spicules are
never so abundant as to obscure the axial spicules.

158 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The dermal skeleton consists of acanthostyles and oxea.
The proportion in which each occurs is variable, but the
smooth spicules are always present, and in places—particu-
larly where the membrane overlies large subdermal spaces—
are more numerous than the spined spicules. Occasionally,
over small areas, an approach to the reticulate arrangement is
met with; or the acanthostyles may be clustered in small
patches so as to give a mottled appearance, but there is never
(in any observed case) a parallel arrangement of spicules to
form the sides of meshes of a distinct reticulation such as is

found in the varieties arenacea and levis.

\ Megascleres.—

(i.) The oxea vary in length from 160 to

\ 220 pw; the stoutest are probably
never more than 4.5 w in diameter.

The characteristic end-flexure 1s

only of occasional occurrence, it

: may, however, be developed quite as
highly as) im ahy of the” ‘other

varieties, as the spicule shown in

nae : =
es Text-figure 29 bears witness. The
Ce: oxea are characterised in compari-
Ug son with those of the other varieties
by a slight elongated subterminal
constriction which occurs at both
ends. In this respect the spicules
resemble those of Clathrissa arbus-
cula. The feature is occasionally
observed in the spicules of some of
the other varieties of Crella incrus-
Fig. 29—C. in- tans but is never so well marked as
crustans var. di- in the present one.
gitata. a Oxea
(showing the ex- (ii.) The principal acanthostyles reach a
treme of asym- maximum size of 170 x g qi.

metry in these
spicules). b Iso-

Ghelaranata: (iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in

length from 60 to 90 #; the stoutest
are 7 or 8 jin diameter. Very rarely acanthoxea are
met with in the dermal skeleton ; these are sometimes
over 100 #t in length.

Microscleres.—

The chele, which vary in length from 13 to 20.5 jt, but are
rarely more than 18 pt, show a scarcely appreciable
differentiation into two forms.

As already pointed out this variety is probably identical with

the typical variety which comes from Port Phillip. But there

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 1c

39
is nothing in what has been written concerning the latter ex-
cept the reference to its habit of growing over Pecten shells,
which furnishes any warrant for regarding the two as identical.
Accordingly, after some hesitation, I have decided to introduce
a distinguishing varietal name for the Oyster Bay sponges,
perceiving that although such a step may prove to be incor-
rect, it Cannot at any rate give rise to confusion.

Loc.—Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, VAR. PERRAMOSA, var. nov.
(Plate xxiv., and fig. 30.)

Sponge ramose, erect, stipitate; with long and rela-
tively slender cylindrical branches which multiply dichot-
omously and occasionally anastomose. Oscula? The
mam Skeleton is reticulate, though connecting fibres are
relatively few in number. The fibres are not densély
echinated and contain a stout compact core of oxea
mingled with a moderate number of acanthostyles.
Dermal skeleton? Megascleres, maximum sizes :—(i.)
Oxea, 195 X 7.5 Hs (ii.) principal acanthostyles, 160 x
12 yt; (wt.) dermal acanthostyles about 100? x 7 yw. Iso-
chele arcuate, 13 to 25 « long; imperfectly distinguish-
able into two kinds, a larger and a smaller.

This variety is represented by a single specimen 520 mm. in
height (Plate xxiv.). The branches are cylindrical, except
in places where they broaden out prior to bifurcation. |The
specimen is preserved in a dry state, and so affords no informa-
tion concerning the oscula or the arrangement of the dermal
skeleton. The main skeleton bears a considerable resemblance
to that of the variety digitata, but differs owing to the rather
frequent occurrence of transverse connecting fibres. The
main fibres are sinuous, and interosculate to form a loose
pseudo-reticulation. They contain a compact core of spicules
20 to 8op in stoutness which as a rule is almost entirely
formed of oxea; occasionally, however, acanthostyles—both
principal and accessory—become the predominating elements
of the core. Echinating acanthostyles are only of moderate
abundance; the fibres are sometimes lacking in them for quite
considerable distances, and even when most abundantly de-
veloped these spicules stand, on an average, probably not less
than 20 apart.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The oxea vary in length from 160 to 190 1; the stoutest
occasionally reach a diameter of 7. A greater pro-
portion of them than in any of the other varieties

160 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

herein described, display the characteristic end-
peculiarity—perhaps 20 per cent. of them being thus
aflected.

(ii.) The principal acantho-
styles attain a maxi-
r mum size of 160) ox
Life
d sata,

(iii.) The dermal acantho-
styles, owing to the
damaged state of the
dermal layer, are not

:
‘

with certainty deter-

b minable in respect to
their maximum size.
Referring only to
those which exhibit
the characteristic
curvature of form, it
may be said that the
length varies from 60
to about 100 p, and
that the usual size is
about ‘So x 7 ju:

4

Fig. 30—C. iucrustans var.
perramosa. a Oxea. Db Prin-
cipal acanthostyle. c Dermal The chele vary in length
acanthostyle. ad Isochela ar- i
cuata of the larger kind.

Microscleres.—

from 13 to 25 yw. There is an
appreciable difference of form
between the larger and smaller; the former are similar to that
shown in the accompanying text-figure, the latter bear a closer
resemblance to those which are found in the preceding and
two following varieties.

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Shoalhaven Bight,
15-45 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)
CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. ARENACEA, Carter.

(Plate xxin., fig. 3, and fig. 31.)

y

1885. Plumohalichondria arenacea, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Z asd iete ath ae
Hist. (5);. Xvi:,, 1885; (paeaoze

1896. Plumohalichondria arenacea, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soe.
Vict., vil. (n-s.), 1890,0p-84¢-

igor. Plumohalichondria australis (pars), Whitelegge, Rec.
Austr. Mus., 1v,, 2; TQOR pe 90, pla xl. dig. i4b.

Clathria australis, Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. go.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 161

[1888. Not Clathria australis, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 222. |

Sessile to substipitate; sometimes rather massive, but
usually growing in the form of a thick erect plate which
may either remain simple or become variously modified
by proliferation, e.g., by partial or complete bifurcation
into parallel plates, by the development of variously dis-
posed lamellar outgrowths, or by the formation of lobes.
Oscula small, mostly marginally situated. Both surfaces
of the plate or plates traversed, immediately beneath the
dermal membrane, by sub-parallel longitudinal canals
which terminate in the oscula. Fibres very densely
echinated; the coring spicules chiefly acanthostyles.
Foreign bodies, chiefly sand grains, occur in variable
amount in the fibres, and occasionally also in the ground
substance. Interstitial megascleres, consisting chiefly of
accessory acanthostyles, are extremely abundant. Dermal
skeleton reticulate, without admixture of oxea. Mega-
scleres, maximum sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 200 x 6 yt; principal
acanthostyles, 160 x 11 4; dermal acanthostyles, too-110
x 8-9 wp. Isochel@ arcuate, not distinguishable into two
groups, 12 to 1S p long.

Introductory Remarks.—The sponges described by White-
legge under the name of Plumohalichondria australis,
Lendenfeld, are separable into two _ varieties—the one,
corresponding to those which he identified with Clathria
australis, Lendenfeld; the other, to those which he re-
garded as representing three of Lendenfeld’s species, viz.,
Echinonema levis, E. rubra and Clathria macropora. In
the case of none of the four species mentioned, does
Lendenfeld’s description agree with that of Whitelegge, since
for each of them the coring spicules were stated to be styl,
whereas in Plumohalichondria australis, Whitelegge, they are
oxea. What were the sponges which Lendenfeld had before
him, will probably never be known with certainty, but after
taking all the evidence into account, I am inclined to believe
that Whitelegge’s identifications of E. levis and E. rubra are
correct, those of C. australis and C. macropora wrong. The
two former as well as Whitelegge’s C. macropora I will des-
cribe as Crella incrustans, var. levis: Lendenfeld’s C. australis
and C. macropora are unknown to me. Whitelegge’s C.
australis, the subject of the following description, I regard as
identical with Carter’s Plumohalichondria arenacea. Clathria
australis, Lendenfeld, would appear to resemble this last-
mentioned only in external form; for according to its des-
cription, the skeleton is reticulate, the main fibres are entirely

162 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

filled with (stylote) spicules, the connecting fibres are without
spicules and echinating acanthostyles are rare; its locality 1s
Port Phillip. In Whitelegge’s Clathia australis on the other
hand, the skeleton is dendritic, the fibres are in part loaded
with sand particles, and are so densely echinated that even
where the fibres are free from inclusions, the relatively few
coring spicules (oxea and acanthostyles) are usually hidden
from view; moreover, the specimen which Whitelegge re-
garded as the type-specimen was obtained (according to the

information supplied by the Museum Register) from Port
Jackson.

Crella incrustans var. avenacea bears a certain amount of
resemblance, so far as habit of growth is concerned, with the
variety mammillata, R. and D. The chiefly marginal location
of its oscula and, in correlation with this, the arrangement of
the main excurrent canals, as well as the presence of foreign
particles in the skeleton, will, however, afford a ready means
of distinguishing it from the latter. As an example of the
sponge in one of its simpler forms of growth, the specimen
figured by Whitelegge will serve, though a much more regu-
larly flabellate form is sometimes attained. The specimen
figured herein (Plate xxui., fig. 3) shows to how great an extent
this simplicity of form may be departed from. The specimens
which I have examined are the same as those which formed
the subject of Whitelegge’s description together with several
which have since been added to the Museum Collection. With
three exceptions they are beach-worn dry specimens collected
in the vicinity of Port Jackson. The exceptions are from the
southern coast of Australia; two from Port Phillip, the other
was obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ off the coast of South
Australia, and is well preserved in alcohol. So far as the
difference in their state of preservation enables one to judge,
there is no essential difference between the Port Jackson and
the southern specimens, although it should be mentioned that
whereas the latter are simply leaf-shaped, the former are
without exception lobed or otherwise proliferate.

Description.—The original specimen, according to Carter’s
description, was irregularly club-shaped and lobed, with a
contracted base; and measured about 230 mm. in height, by
60 mm. in diameter in its widest part. Dendy, who had a
number of specimens before him, describes the external form
in general terms as ‘‘massive to flabellate.’’ The two Port
Phillip specimens which I have seen are simply leaf-shaped
and substipitate, the larger being 150 mm. in height, 85 mm.
in greatest breadth and 15 to 25 mm. thick. The ‘‘Endeavour’?
specimen is similarly shaped, but has the margin of the plate

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 163

or frond, throughout about one-half its circumference, pro-

duced outwards on one side so as to form a wide flange; it

measures 150 mm. in height, 100 mm. in breadth and ro to 15

mm. in thickness. The specimens from the New South Wales

coast—all of which, it should however be, mentioned, were

derived from very shallow water—are almost invariably of ir-

regular growth owing to the proliferation in various ways of

the original or primary frond. In spirits, the surface is even

and glabrous, the consistency firm, tough, compressible and

resilient, and the colour light greyish-brown. The rather

thick dermal membrane is semi-translu-

cent and enables one to discern the out- \ ft

lines of the more superficial exhalant \

canals lying close beneath. These canals,

which occur on both sides of the sponge,

are roofed by little more than dermal

membrane only. They run upwards in a

slightly radiating fashion from the base

of the sponge usually to the margin, and

terminate in small oscula 4 to 1 mm. in

diameter. Their number increases by

occasional branching as they ascend, so

that the distance separating them remains

about the same throughout. In the dry

state, the dermal membrane forms a

dense whitish incrustation, and through

shrinkage, often conforms more or less to

the inequalities beneath. The partitions

between the canals then appear on the

surface as faint ridges. Where the in-

crustation is more or less denuded the /

surface presents the appearance shown in

Whitelegge’s figure;! the ridges are, Fig. 31—C. incrus-

however, sometimes much more, some- favs var. avenacea.

times much less strongly pronounced. Modifications of the

The texture is extremely dense and com- OPPosite extremities of
e : the oxea.

pact, and the sponge when dry is par-

ticularly hard and tough. The main skeleton consists .

of stout sinuous ascending fibres, repeatedly branching

and anastomosing. There are no true connecting fibres,

although the intercrossing of the longitudinal fibres often

produces the appearance of such. ‘The echinating acan-

thostyles are so densely crowded on the fibres that the

coring spicules are usually concealed from view, but

when discernible they prove to be chiefly acanthostyles.

1 Whitelegge—Zoc. cit., pl. xi., fig. 14b.

104 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Foreign bodies, chiefly large sand grains, occur at usually
irregular intervals in the fibres, and sometimes in small
patches in the ground substance. Different specimens exhibit
considerable differences in regard to the amount of foreign
material included. The ground substance is densely strewn
with megascleres which consist almost en-
tirely of accessory acanthostyles. The dermal
skeleton is for the greater part a well-defined
reticulation of acanthostyles with poly-
gonal (usually five or six-sided) meshes, but
in places (particularly on the margin of the
sponge) the spicules become so closely packed
that the insterstices of the meshwork are
almost, if not entirely obliterated. Oxea
are absent from the dermal skeleton.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The oxea vary in length from about
160 to 200 #; the stoutest are 7 or
(rarely) 8 yw in diameter.

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles reach a
maximum size of 160 x 10-11 pi.

(ii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in
length from 65 to 110 pw, or even

Fig. 32—C. in- slightly longer; they are usually
crustans var, are- between 75 and 100 yp in length;
nacea. a Princi- acanthoxea occur among them as
pal acanthostyle. rarities. The longest are usually

b Dermal acan-
thostyles. c Iso-
chela arcuata.

straight spicules with slightly re-
curved spines and more closely
resemble the principal acanthostyles
than is usually the case. The stoutest are about
8-9 p in diameter.
Microscleres.—
The chele, which are about 12 to 18 »: long, show no
appreciable separation into two groups.

Locs.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Carter, Dendy, Austr. Mus.
Coll.); southern coast of South Australia, eleven miles
N.N.W. of Cape Martin, 21 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’); eastern
coast of New South Wales (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. LEVIS, Lendenfeld.
(Figs. 33, 34-)
1888. Echinonema levis, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges Austr.
Mus., 1888, p. 220.

Echinonema rubra, Lendenfeld, Loc. cit., paseo

SPONGES._HALLMANN. ioe

5

1901. Plumohalichondria australis (pars), Whitelegge, Rec.
Austr: Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p- 90, pl-xl., figs. 14, 14a-
(Echinonema levis), Whitelegge, Loc. cit.
pecan:
(Clathria macropora), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. gt.

; p- gi,

[1888 ? Not Clathria macropora, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges:
Austr. Mus., 1888. |

Form variable, ranging from sub-massive and plate-
like to clumsily ramose. Oscula small, distantly scat-
tered, often situated (singly) on the apices of conical
prominences. <A distinctive feature is the arrangement
of the subdermal oscular canals; these become con--
spicuous only in the vicinity of the oscula, each of which
forms a common arifice for several canals running more
or less radiatingly towards it. Texture dense. Fibres
cored by oxea and acanthostyles, and moderately densely
echinated by the latter. Dermal skeleton reticulate.
Megascleres, maximum sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 190 x 6 #1; (i1.)
principal acanthostyles, t80 x 8 4; dermal acanthostyles,
100 x 6 pw. Tsochele arcuate, 16 to 22 y long.

Introductory Remarks.—The original descriptions state
that the coring spicules of the fibres are styli; but with this
exception, the descriptions accord fairly well on the whole
with requirements, and there can scarcely be the slightest
doubt that the sponges under consideration are identical
with those to which Lendenfeld referred. The variety
is well represented in the Museum Collection, and among the
specimens are quite a number bearing labels in Lendenfeld’s
writing. The specific name rubra, however, occurs in con-
nection with only one of these and, even so, in association with
the generic name Clathrissa. _ But Whitelegge has already
pointed out that a co-type specimen of E. xubra in the British
Museum is of the same species as E. levis, and the original
descriptions also point to the identity of the two. Moreov er,
one is led to conclude that Lendenfeld himself subsequently
recognised their identity, since, included among the specimens
labelled by him E. levis, there are some which, like the original
specimens of E. rubra retain in alcohol a bright scarlet colour.
It is pretty certain, therefore, that E. rubra is correctly a
synonym of E. levis.

On the other hand, the identification of Clathria macropora,
Ldf., with this species is slightly beyond reason, and one can
only assume, for the present, that the ‘“‘type’’ specimens of

766 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

‘C. macropora referred to by Whitelegge are mislabelled. The
chief reasons for the rejection of C. macropora as a synonym
of FE. levis are two in number :—(i.) Lendenfeld perceived the
specific identity of the different specimens of FE. levis on the
one hand and of those of E. rubra on the other, throughout
their many variations; and it is therefore most unlikely that he
would assign other examples of the same species to a different
genus. (i1.) Lendenfeld says of
C. macropora that ‘‘the oscula
are very conspicuous and scat-
tered over the whole surface’’
and “‘are on an average 5 mm.
wide and fairly abundant.’’ The
inference to be drawn from
Whitelegge’s remarks in this
connection, viz., that Lendenfeld
may have mistaken for oscula
holes produced by a boring Iso-
pod, is highly improbable, and
the more so since, as Whitelegge
himself points out, E. levis
sometimes exhibits holes of the
same kind—but Lendenfeld was
evidently not deceived by these.
Oscular canals, the peculiar
arrangement of which has been
referred to in the diagnosis, are
not discernible in specimens
which have been denuded of
dermal covering, and in their
case accordingly, the most im-
portant feature for their identi-
fication is absent. This is the
condition of many of the speci-
syle , mens before me which I assign to
__ Fig. 33—C. incrustans var. the present variety; although a
/evis. Modifications of opposite fat Ne =
Ae tIES OF tic ioxead. number of these depart very con-
siderably in form from such of
the specimens as are with cer-
tainty identihable, the occurrence of seemingly intermediate
forms nevertheless renders it pretty certain that they all
belong to the one variety. Moreover, Lendenfeld’s account of
the external form covers all these cases.

Description.—The sponge consists of a compressed trunk-
like or (rarely) more cylindrical and stalk-like basal portion
from which arise few or many short branches which are
typically massive and irregular (Whitelegge, Plate x1., fig.
14) but may vary from cylindrical to much compressed or even

SPONGES._HALLMANN. 167
frond-like In some cases the trunk may grow to a consider-
able size—even assuming the form of a broad, erect plate—
whilst the ‘‘branches’’ may be reduced to the proportions of
marginal lobes, or may be wholly absent
(Whitelegge, Plate xi., fig. rga). In con-
sistency the sponge is hard and tough,
resembling in this respect the variety
arenacea.

The fibres do not to any appreciable
extent form a pseudo-reticulation, as in
the preceding varieties, but as a rule run .
side by side in close parallelism, and are
sometimes fused several together for con-
siderable distances, forming what might
be termed ‘‘compound’’ columns. The .
acanthostyles are much _ less densely a|
crowded on the fibres than in the variety
arenacea, and as a consequence the cor- ‘
ing spicules are always visible and show
themselves to consist both of oxea and
acanthostyles, the former predominating.

The ground substance is densely strewn °
with acanthostyles and oxea, of which the
former are in the greater abundance.
Owing to the close arrangement of the |
fibres and the multitude of spicules, the
skeleton is much more compact and dense
than in any other variety herein described f
with the possible exception of arenacea. Fig. 34—C. incrus-
he dermal skeleton resembles that of the tans var. levis. a

last-mentioned variety. Principal acantho-

stylus. b Dermal
Mevca scleres acanthostyli. (© Iso-
Megas =

chela arcuata.
(i.) The oxea vary in length from 160
to 200 4; the stoutest are 6 y in diameter.

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of
180 x Sy.

(1ii.) The dermal acanthostyles are rarely less than 80 4
long, and commonly exceed 100 uw; their greatest

length is about 120 4 and the greatest diameter 5 or
(rarely) 6 yp.

Microscleres.—

The chele, which vary in length from 13 to 18 py, show
no appreciable separation into two groups.

Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll).

168 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
CRELLa INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. PUMILA, Lendenfeld.

1888. Clathrissa pumila, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges Austr.
Mus., 1888, p. 218.

Sponge encrusting, thin; surface uneven or irregularly
conulated. Oscula small, scattered. Main skeleton con-
sisting of ascending columns of acanthostyles and
descending columns of oxea. Acanthostyles of the dermal

skeleton scattered without order. Megascleres, maxi-
mum sizes :—(1.) Oxead, 170 x 5.5 pi; (ii-) principal acan-

thostyles, 145 x 10 pi; (iii.) dermal acanthostyles, So x
5-5 uw. Lsochele arcuate, of a single kind, 12 to 16 4

Introductory Remarks.—Lendenfeld described the outward
appearance of the typical variety of his Clathrissa pumila in
the following terms :—‘‘Small, incrusting, conulated sponges,
of a light rose coiour in the fresh state and grey when pre-
served in spirit. he conuli are on an average 2 mm. high and.
4 mm. apart. Small oscula .8 mm. wide are scattered
irregularly over the surface.’’ His complete description
of the variety rubra is exceedingly brief :—‘‘Massive or
incrusting sponges with small conuli 1 mm. high which:
are very close together. The largest specimens attain
a height of 20 mm. The colour of the living sponge is.
bright scarlet. The skeleton is similar to that of the
species.’’ It will be observed that, so far as the des-
cription informs us, the variety is distinguished only by the
slightly lesser height of its conuli, and by the deeper ‘shade of
its “colour—neither of which differences possesses in itself any
importance. An examination of the type-specimens, however,
renders it exceedingly probable that Lendenfeld’s desc riptions.
have reference to two quite distinct varieties. The type speci-
mens of E. pumila and its variety are separately represented
each by a bunch of stout seaweed roots that are almost com-
pletely over-grown with encrusting sponges of quite a number
of different kinds. It was necessary to examine several of these
before it could be said with certainty which were the actual
examples of the species, and as a result it has been found that
there are among them two varieties which accord very well
with the descriptions so far as external features are concerned ;.
that is to say, one of them appears to be invariably of encrust-
ing habit, w hilst the other may assume a massive form, becom-
ing cake-shaped. In regard to their inner structure, however,
they do not comply with the descriptions inasmuch as their
skeletons are not similar, and there is a notable difference in
the size of their megascleres; furthermore the variety which:

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 169

agrees in outward features with C. pumila var. rubra happens
to be that one of the two which accords with the typical C.
pumila in internal features. One must conclude, therefore,
either that Lendenfeld did not examine the structure of the
skeleton in his two varieties sufficiently closely to detect their
difference, and inadvertently ascribed to the typical variety the
skeletal features which belong to the variety rubra; or that the
descriptions are really correct, that his two varieties conse-
quently were merely different growth stages of one and the
same variety, and that the sponge which agrees externally but
not internally with C. pumila is a new variety which Lenden-
feld overlooked. ‘The former conclusion is the more probable
and the one which I therefore adopt. Both C. pumila and C.
pumila var. rubra are capable of being regarded as varieties
of Crella incrustans since their spicules exhibit all the features
characteristic for the species. They may accordingly be named
C. incrustans var. pumila, and C. incrustans var. rubra, re-
spectively. The following is a description of the the former.

Description.1—The sponge, as far as known; 1s encrusting,
forming a layer (usually of about 1 mm. thickness) which may
spread over a considerable area. ‘The surface is minutely
rugged or papillated and, in parts, conulose. ‘The colour is
greyish white in spirit; in life, according to Lendenfeld, it is of
a rose-tint. Small rounded openings, which may be oscula,
oceur here and there at wide intervals.

The basal layer of spongin, with which the sponge covers
the substratum, is densely echinated with vertically-standing
acanthostyles. ‘he main skeleton consists of both ascending
and descending spicular columns, which might be termed
respectively principal and auxiliary columns. The principal
columns are single or once or (rarely) twice branched fibres
running upwards from the base of the sponge, and composed
of a spongin-axis with embedded and echinating acantho-
styles, and sometimes in addition containing a few coring
smooth oxeotes. “The auxiliary columns, which proceed down-
wards from the dermal layer, consist entirely of smooth
oxeotes without visible cementing material. As a rule, the
ascending and descending columns meet at varying distances
from the surface, so that there results in consequence Ccompo-
site columns, in the lower portion of which the spicules are
acanthostyles, in the upper portion, oxea. Frequently, how-
ever, the auxiliary columns are not encountered by principal
columns, and then sometimes reach to the very base of the

1 In many respects this sponge resembles the recently described Crella
incrustans, var. Thielei (Hentschel-Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Bd. 43,
i<

p. 345.

170 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

sponge; at the surface they are penicillately spread out, form-
ing sub-dermal brushes with the points of the spicules imping-
ing on, but not piercing, the dermal membrane. ‘The principal
columns appear never to quite reach the surface but to be
invariably capped with a column or a brush of oxea. The
interstitial megascleres are almost exclusively acanthostyles : in
the upper part of the sponge they are sometimes very numer-
ous, and form a conspicuous feature of the skeleton; but this
is not a constant feature, and generally speaking, scattered
spicules are of no great abundance. The dermal skeleton
consists solely of irregularly and fairly closely scattered ac-
cessory acanthostyles.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The oxea vary in length from 130 to 170 1 and are thus
shorter than in any other of the known varieties.
They are slender spicules, rarely exceeding 4.5 j1 and
never more than 5.5 #/ in diameter.

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of
TA5 XO pl:

(iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in length from about
60 to 80 1; the stoutest are less than 6 » in diameter.

Microscleres.—

The chele are of a single kind, similar to those of the
variety levis, and 12-16» long.

Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, VAR. RUBRA, Lendenfeld.

1888. Clathrissa pumila var. rubra, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 2109.

Very small, encrusting or cake or dome-shaped sponges
with smooth or papillated surface. Main skeleton con-
sisting of branching, ascending, occasionally anastomos-:
ing, fairly densely echinated fibres often with a distinct
core of oxea, but usually with acanthostyles in addition
and sometimes containing acanthostyles alone. There
are no descending columns of smooth oxea as in the pre-
ceding variety. The dermal skeleton consists of scat-
tered accessory acanthostyles. Megascleres, maximum
sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 200 x 5 yw; (it.) principal acanthostyles,
160 x 8 mw; (tii.) dermal acanthostyles, 8o x 5 p. Iso-
chele arcuate, 12 to 16 yw long.

The original description of the external features of this.
sponge was as follows :—*‘ Massive or incrusting sponges with
small conuli about 1 mm. high which are very close together.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 1717

The largest specimens attain a height of 20 mm. The colour
of the living sponge is bright scarlet.’’ To this it may be
added that the surface is sometimes free from conuli, and that
the colour in alcohol is brownish-grey. The largest which I
have seen is 15 mm. in diameter and 5 mm. in height. Oscula
have not been observed.

The diagnosis contains pretty well al! which need be said
concerning the skeleton. The basal layer of spongin is densely
echinated with erect acanthostyles. Columns of oxea, free
from echinating acanthostyles, such as are characteristic of
the preceding variety, have not been observed. Occasionally
the coring oxea at the extreme upper extremity of the fibres
spread out penicillately and form a sub-dermal tuft, but as a
rule the character of the fibre remains unaltered quite to its
point of arrival at the dermal membrane. The interstitial
megascleres, which are almost exclusively acanthostyles, are
fairly abundant. Oxea external to the fibres are extremely
rare except (occasionally) immediately beneath the dermal
membrane. ‘The dermal skeleton is similar to that of the
variety pumila.

Megascleres.—
(i.) The oxea vary in length from about 160 to 2007; the
stoutest are 5 # in diameter.

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of
160 X 5 ji.

(iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in length from about
60 to 80 pn and do not exceed 6 p in diameter.

Microscleres.—
The chelz, which resemble those of the variety levis, are
12 to 16 long.

Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

GeNuS EcurinopictyuM, Ridley.
ECHINODICTYUM ELEGANS, Lendenfeld.
(Plate xxii., fig. 1, andiig- 925.)
1888. Kalykenteron elegans, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus. Cat-
Sponges, 1888, p. 2106.
Kalykenteron silex, Lendenfeld, Loc. cit., p. 217.
1go1. Thalassodendron typica, Whitelegge (non Lendenfeld),
Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 86.

Sponge lamellar, usually vasiform, subsessile. Sur-
faces rarely quite even, the outer, and sometimes to a

172 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

slight extent the inner, usually raised into few or many
mammuuform, or more or less irregular elevations. Oscula
small, confined to the inner surface (fide Lendenfeld).
Skeleton-fibres stout; both main and connecting, almost
entirely composed of closely-packed oxeote spicules.
Spicules :—(i.) Somewhat angulately curved oxea of very
variable proportions, usually with the extremities some-
what blunted, and often slightly monilated ; their greatest
sise varies in different specimens from 410 x 13 yt to 620 x
1S pi; (ii.) sub-cylindrical acanthostyles with distal ex-
tremity strongylotely rounded; spines more or less com-
pressed transversely to the length of the spicule, and re-
curved; at both extremities of the spic ule the spines are
smaller and more crowded; the maximum size of the spi-
cule varies in different specimens from 105 x 10 # to 130 x
12.5 qt; (ai?) slender styli of variable diameter up to
about 5 y¢ which are possibly young stages of the first-
mentioned.

The previous accounts of this species are sO misleading in
regard to the dimensions of the spicules that a re-description
which will render further reference to them unnecessary, 1s
desirable. Owing, however, to the imperfect preservation of
the available specimens—six in number, all dry, and more or
less macerated—an entirely satisfactory description is not at
present possible. With regard to external features, the
original description of Kalykenteron elegans, says:—‘‘A very
elegant, conical, cup-shaped sponge attaining a height of 220
mm. The margin of the cup is circular and has a diameter of
120 mm. Both surfaces are very irregular and covered with
numerous projections of varying size and shape. The outer
surface is somewhat rougher than the inner. The small cir-
cular oscula are confined to the latter.’ Concerning WKaly-
kenteron silex, Lendenfeld states :—‘‘The sponge consists of
a meandriform lamella which grows up from a small base of
attachment; it is somewhat flower-shaped, often caliculate.
The whole sponge attains a height of 120 mm. The lamella
is pretty uniformly 6 mm. thick and rounded at the margin.”’

The specimens before me, with the exception of that labelled
Kalykenteron silex (type), range in form from conical cup-
shaped to shallow saucer-shaped, and are attached by a nar-
row base not prolonged into a stalk. The largest example is
the type-specimen (Plate xxiii., fig. 1) which measures 225 mm.
in height, and has the cup wall 6 to 10 mm. in thickness. It
is now much compressed, but this is probably due to artificial
influences ; in the others, the cup-margin is circular. The type
specimen agrees with one other, in having the outer surface

SPONGES._HALLMANN. 173
covered with numerous prominences of somewhat irregular
shape, but of fairly uniform size, whilst the inner surface ‘s
uneven, though devoid of any pronounced inequalities. In the
remaining specimens the inner surface is quite free from ir-
regularities of any kind, whilst the outer surface is merely
lumpy or provided with rounded tubercular elevations of larger
size and relatively lesser number than in the type. Finally in
the type specimen (sic) of KX. silex, both surfaces are plain.
This last-mentioned is merely a small piece of the original
including portion of the margin,
which is sinuous; it was evidently
taken from a ‘‘meandriform lamella”’
about 6 mm. thick. The ‘‘minute
circular oscula’’ confined to the inner
surface, which Lendenfeld mentions
for kX. elegans, are not discernible in
the present condition of the speci-
mens. ‘The consistency is very hard
and firm, and the texture coarse and
fibrous. The statement of White-
legge that the sponge (as represented
in a macerated specimen) resembles
a ‘‘washed-out Chondropsis’’ 1s
meaningless. Lendenfeld’s descrip-
tion of the main skeleton is fairly
correct, though slight amendments

are necessary... He says:—‘‘The
skeleton consists of a dense network
of exceedingly thick fibres. The

main fibres, which extend longi-
tudinally from the base of the sponge
to the margin of the cup are .2 mm.
thick. The connecting transverse
fibres have an average diameter of | Fig. 35—&. elegans. a
.o7 mm. ‘The meshes of the network Oxea (showing various
are .48 mm. wide. The fibres consist Stages in their passage into
2 eis (3 Pic strongyla). b Acantho-
of dense masses of oxea which are all styli.
parallel and disposed longitudin-
ally.’’ His description of the skeleton in K. stlex is very
slight, and moreover (if the ostensible type-specimen is, as all
the evidence indicates, genuine) inaccurate. It is as follows :—
‘‘The skeleton consists of spicule-bundles .2 mm. thick, com-
posed of large and stout styli. There is hardly any spongin
discernible. The fibres are echinated by spined styli .og mm.
long and .o08 thick.’’ The use of the word ‘“‘styli’’ in the
latter connection is evidently an error, since Lendenfeld de-
fines the genus Kalykenteron as being distinguished in the

174 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

possession of spined strongyla. It is therefore only necessary
to assume that the same word in its first occurrence is mis-
written for ‘‘oxea,’’ and the description throughout becomes
perfectly congruous. In correction of the quoted description
of the main skeleton, it is necessary to mention that the main
fibres do not, strictly speaking, extend from the base to the
margin of the cup; but as they ascend, trend towards and
terminate at the lateral surfaces, whilst new directive fibres
branching off from these, continually arise to take their place.
In specimens in which the surface is even, the skeleton reticu-
lation is very regularly subrectangular, even though the con-
necting fibres often form interreticula of small extent between
the main ones. With increase of surface irregularity however,
the reticulation tends to become contused. The measurements
which are given for the fibres and mesh, so long as they are
regarded as conveying an approximate idea, may be allowed
to stand. It is impossible with no better material than the
present, to speak with certainty of the dermal skeleton, though
the indications render it fairly safe to say that anything of a
special nature is absent. ‘The errors of previous descriptions
in regard to the dimensions of the spicules are partly due to
the fact of their great variability in size. The frequency of
occurrence of a spicule of given size decreases rapidly as its
length recedes from the average, so that one can never make
quite sure of the maximum attainable size. This is more
particularly true of the principal spicules. Whenever, in any
species such great variability in the size of spicules is found in
a single given specimen, it is, generally speaking, fairly safe
to assume that considerable variations in their maximum size
are likely to occur in different specimens. I have made such
an assumption in the present instance. The largest spicules.
were found in the type specimens of Kk. elegans and Thalas-
sodendron typica, Whitelegge, in both of which the oxea vary
in length from 150 to 620 # and may attain a diameter of
18 pw. In the type-specimen of Kk. stlex, which departs most
widely from these in regard to the size of the spicules, the
length of the oxea varies from 130 to 410 pt, whilst the maxi-
mum diameter is only 13 w. Among the slenderest spicules a
small proportion of styli are found; but as these are of equal
length with the slender oxea and are frequently curved in the
same way, it is difficult to say whether they are to be re-
garded as abnormalities or as representing the auxiliary
spicules of other species. It is perhaps significant, however,
that they do not attain to more than 5 } in diameter, and
that what appear to be transitional forms between them and
the oxea are very rare. Their maximum length, which varies

different specimens concomitantly with that of the other

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 7
spicules, is about two-thirds to three-fourths of the length of
the principal spicules.

This species will probably prove to be identical with E.
bilamellatum, Lamarck.

Locs.—Lendenfeld records the species from Western Aus-
tralia, and the type- specimen is labelled to that effect. All the
remaining specimens, however, are from the eastern coast,
Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.) ; Coast of Queensland, seven
miles south-south-east of Double Island Point, 32-33 fms.
(‘‘Endeavour.’’)

GENUS RHAPHIDOPHLUS, Ehlers.

1870. Rhaphidophlus, Ehlers, ‘‘Die Esper’schen Spongien’’
(Erlangen), 1870, pp. 19, 31.

1870. Tenacia, O. Schmidt, ‘‘Grundzige einer Spongien-
Fauna des Atlantischen Gebietes,’’ 1870, p. 56.

1875. Echinonema, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvi.,
1875, Ps 195:

1888. Clathriopsamma (pars), Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
AMUSE MUST SSS. Pp. 227.

As in Clathria, the main skeleton is a reticulation of
well-developed horny fibres cored by (principal) styli and
echinated by (ty pically spined) accessories ; and the micro-
scleres are palmate isochele and toxa. The distinctive
feature is the presence of a dermal skeleton of vertically
arranged styli, which are derivatives of, and are typically
shorter than, the auxiliary styli. The chele are of one
or two kinds, and the toxa, which are sometimes of great
length, may lose their distinctive character and may either
assume the form of indefinitely-shaped trichitoidal spicules
or become indistinguishable from ordinary oxea.

The abandonment of the genus Rhaphidophlus has been
recommended on the ground that the single feature distinguish-
ing it from Clathria shows such varying degrees of develop-
ment in different species that no hard and fast line can be
drawn between the two genera. It should, however, be
pointed out that, whereas in some species of the Rhapht-
dophlus-Clathria group the dermal skeleton is composed of

1 Whitelegge mentions the occurrence in this species of “straight
smooth styli, size .8 to 1 by .0015 mm.” As I have failed to find any such,
I am of the opinion that the spicules observed by Whitelegge were
intrusive.

2 Since writing the above I have seen Hentschel’s description of
E. bilamellatum (Fauna Stidwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., 1911, p. 385), and
have now no reason to doubt that LE. elegans is identical with that
species.

176 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESUL'TS.

undifferentiated auxiliary spicules yet in many of the species
which have been assigned to Rhaphidophlus (including among
them—TI have reason to believe—the type-species) the dermal
spicules are of a special kind. It would seem therefore that the
basis for a distinction between the two genera is to be sought
for, not to any extent in the degree of development of the
dermal skeleton, but rather——in what is essentially of greater
systematic importance— in the nature of the spicules compos-
ing it. It is quite probable that this distinction also will be
found to break down; but in the absence of any well estab-
lished evidence in proof of this, it seems to me not improper
to still employ, tentatively, the name Rhaphidophlus for such
species as those herein described, viz., R. typicus, R. pauci-
spinus, and R. reticulatus.

It cannot be regarded as other than a fact of considerable
significance that in R. typicus and in R. paucispinus the con-
stitution of the dermal skeleton is precisely the same; yet the
difference in the characters of their microscleres show the two
species, considered as members of a single genus, to be rather
widely separated. ‘Thus, although in I. typicus the chele
have become differentiated into two groups and the individual
toxa replaced by toxodragmata, whilst in R. paucispinus
neither of these changes has occurred; vet in both species we
find that the dermal skeleton consists of reticulating lines of
upright shorter styli underlain by horizontally disposed longer
styli. This type of dermal skeleton would therefore appear to
be phylogenetically one of long standing, and on that account
to confer on these and related species! no slight claim to con-
generic distinction. On the other hand, since the vertically
disposed or special dermal styli as they may be termed, are
(as is evident from a study of the two species referred to)
nothing more than a section of the auxiliary spicules which
have become slightly modified in correlation with their fulfil-
ment of a special function, it follows that species in which the
transitional types of dermal skeleton have persisted, may
reasonably be expected to occur. This consideration points to
a possible difficulty in the way of satisfactorily defining and so
justifying the maintenance of Rhaphidophlus, but it does not,
in itself, provide a sufficient reason why the genus should be
rejected.

Among the species, which must be taken into account In
devising a suitable definition for the genus, ts the interesting

1 By “related species’’ I do not imply merely those which possess a
similar type of dermal skeleton, but would also include any which might
afford proof of their derivation therefrom, even though their special
dermal styli had become secondarily non-existent.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 7
Clathriopsamma reticulata, Lendenfeld.!| The character of its
microscleres leaves scarcely any room to doubt that this species
is lineally related to R. typicus; and the disposition of its
dermal spicules accordingly indicates that the reticulate ar-
rangement of the latter as described for R. typicus and R.
paucispinus is not to be regarded as an essential generic
feature. Of the species whose descriptions indicate that they
belong to Rhaphidophlus rather than to Clathria, 1 have been
able to obtain information of the following in addition to those
herein described :—R. cratitius, Esper, R. filifer, Ridley and
Dendy, R. spinifer, Lindgren, R. seriatus, Thiele, R. topsenti,
Thiele, R. erectus, Thiele, R. cervicornis, Thiele, R. coral-
liophilus, Thiele, Tenacia clathrata, O. Schmidt, Clathria
jugosa, Wilson, Clathria acanthodes, Hentschel, and possibly
also C. (Rhaphidophlus) Spiculosau, Dendy.2 In the des-
cription of Clathria acanthodes the interstitial auxiliary
spicules have probably been confused with the principal
spicules owing to their close resemblance to them. A number
of these species are scarcely to be regarded as more than
varieties. The peculiar Rhaphidophlus bispinosus, White-
legge,’ is probably a Clathria of the C. caelata-C. clathrata
series ; unfortunately the type-specimen, which was very small,
appears to have been lost.

1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227. This species is
represented in the Australian Museum Collection by a number of speci-
mens, one of which, labelled as the type, is poorly preserved in alcohol.
The specimens appear to be incomplete, though they are sufficient to
show that the sponge is of ramose habit, but that frequent anastomosis
of the branches (which may attain a diameter of 10 mm. or more) often
results in the formation of a “reticulate mass.”” The main skeleton is a
loose irregular reticulation of mostly longitudinal fibres which are pro-
fusely strewn, rather than cored, with spicules, and for the most part
also with foreign bodies, and are echinated by rather abundant acan-
thostyles. Spicules occur in the ground substance in fair abundance;
they comprise auxiliary subtylostyli, extremely long slender oxea (toxa)
often occurring in loose dragmata, and numerous palmate isochele of
two sizes, the smaller of which are chiefly contort. There is a well-
developed loosely attached dermal membrane; but, unfortunately, even
in the spirit specimen, only the merest damaged tatters of it remain,
so that it is impossible to speak with certainty concerning the arrange-
ment of the dermal skeleton. The special dermal spicules, so far as can
be judged, stand more or less vertically and appear to be gathered into
tufts and ill-defined tracts. The principal styli are characterised by a
basal tylosis which has a spinose or rugged surface, and is separated off
from the rest of the spicule by a slight constriction; they are straight
conical spicules varying in length from about 150 to 320 y, and attaining
a diameter of 12 p. The auxiliary styli (and subtylostyli) are straight
spicules nearly always provided with a distinct spination on the extreme
basal end; those which occur interstitially reach a maximum size of
300-320 x 5-5.5 p, whilst those which constitute the special dermal spicules
rarely if ever (apparently) exceed a size of 250 x 4 y. The accessory
acanthostyles are conical spicules with fairly large recurved spines scat-
tered over their whole length; size 60-90 x 8 py. The larger isochelz are
12 to 17.5 w in length and are rarely contort, the smaller are 6 to
9.5 p long and as a rule contort. The toxa are long and slender, straight
or curved spicules without any trace of the mid-flexure so characteristic
of toxa, and consequently resemble oxea; they occur singly and in
dragmata; the very largest of them are at least 700 x 3 pn in size.

2 Dendy—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 86, Pl. iv., fig. 4.
3 Whitelezge—Mem. Austr. Mus., ive, 10, 19075, pe 503:

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

RHAPHIDOPHLUS PAUCISPINUS, Lendenfeld.

(a) TypicaL Form.

(Plate xxv., fig. 1; Plate scans, fie. 1; and figs: 30.362.)

1888.

1gol.

1907.

Thalassodendron paucispina, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus.
Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 22

Vhalassodendron rubens, var. dura (pars), Lendenfeld,
EOC. Ci. p. 22

Thalassodendron rubens, var. lamella (pars), Lenden-
feld; Loc. cit., px 224s pleavie

Thalassodendron rubens (pars), Whitelegge, Rec.
Aurstr: Mus.; ivi 2a reom. ip.nS7:

(I. rubens, var. dura; T. rubens, var. lamellosa; T.
paucispina), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 87.
(b) Var. MuLiiora, Whitelegge.
(Plate sacv hie; 2-)
Clathria multipora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem.
O, 1907, Pp: 496, plexly., fis. 23.

pais

General Diagnosis ee variable in habit, uni-
flabellar, multiflabellar or ramose; usually attached by a
more or less extended disc-like foot, with or without the
intervention of a stalk. In all cases the form assumed is
the outcome of a more or less distinctly expressed ten-
dency to the restriction of growth to one plane. No oscula.
Dermal membrane strongly developed, appearing in the
dry sponge as a white pellicle or incrustation. The sur-
face exposed by the removal of the dermal skin is closely
dotted with pinhole-like punctures. The main skele-
ton is a fairly regular, small-meshed reticulation of stout
fibres; the main fibres contain a semi-diffuse core, the
connecting fibres are short and invariably enclose one or

few spicules. The dermal skeleton is a well-defined
reticulation of lines of crowded styli of two sizes, the
smaller standing vertically, the larger lying horizontally
beneath these and supporting them. Megascleres :—(i)
Stouter, usually slightly curved (principal) styli, chiefly
confined to the fibres, varying in maximum size in the
different forms from 260 x g to 350 x 16 yp; (ii.) conical
tapering acanthostyli, most densely spined on the basal
end, occurring sparsely as echinating spicules and scat-
tered in the ground-substance; length go-100 ; (iii.)
slenderer, usually straight (auxiliary) styli (or subtylo-
styli) of the same length as, or slightly shorter than the
principal, occurring horizontally in the dermal membrane

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 179
and scattered in the ground-substance: (tv.) shorter sub-
tylostyli (or styli) of scarcely one-half the length of the
preceding, almost entirely restricted to the dermal layer.
A larger or smaller proportion of the megascleres (i.),
(1it.) and (iv.), are provided with a minute basal spina-
tion; this spination is the normal condition of dermal
styli and is of least frequent occurrence amongst the
principal styli. Microscleres :-=(i.) Palmate isochele ofa
single kind varying in maximum length in the different
forms of the sponge from 20 to 25 #; (ii.) angulately
curved toxa 60 to 80 x in length, and 2 to ee Ib an
diameter.

Introductory Remarks.—As the result of an examination of
the figured specimen of Thalassodendron rubens var. lamella,
and of undoubted specimens of T. rubens var. dura (=Clathria
rubens), I find that Lendenfeld has confused the descriptions
of these two sponges. The descriptions of their external
‘characters are proper, but those of their skeletal characters
should be interchanged. To further add to the confusion,
Whitelegge, overlooking the essential points of difference
between the two, united them, together with T. brevispina, as
a single species, Clathria rubens; of the five specimens whose
spicular characters he has separately described—though not
quite accurately—the second (labelled ‘‘Thalassodendron
vubens var. dura, No. 343’), as well as the third and fifth,
belong to the present species (vide Whitelegge, Loc. cit.,
pp. 86, 87).

Description.—
(a) Typical variety.

The sponge is frequently—except for the presence of mar-
ginal digitations—perfectly lamelliform. More usually, how-
ever, growth proceeds by the rapidly-repeated multiplication—
always chiefly or entirely in one plane—of ascendant, cylindri-
cal or slightly compressed, anastomosing branches, and results
in the formation of a reticulated or fenestrated flabelliform
expansion. From this, a more or less continuous lamella may
in some cases be secondarily produced, through the gradual
obliteration of the interspaces by vertical ingrowth. It is
either owing to this latter mode of origin or because an actual
separation into branches is not quite fully accomplished, that
the surface in lamelliform examples is often, as Lendenfeld
states, “‘slightly grooved.’’ In some instances the sponge
shows a marked disposition towards a freely branching habit,
but in no observed case is there, as is usual in the variety
multiporus, an entire absence of anastomosis or of confluence
of branches. The specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, figured

1So “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

by Lendenteld, will serve as an example of the sponge in its
more (secondarily attained) lamelliform condition; whilst the
one shown herein (Plate xxv., fig. 1) represents a condition in-
termediate between the preceding and that which is exhibited
by the most ramose examples of the variety. The former speci--
men, it should be mentioned, is somewhat abnormal on
account of its rugged surface, and the number of digitiform

ee
,
==

Cc o)
Fig 36—Rhaphidophlus paucispinus. a Principal styli. b, b’

Auxiliary styli. c Special dermal styli. c’ Styli intermediate
between the auxiliary and dermal.

processes which arise from both its sides. ‘Though some of
these processes are probably of adventitious origin, others
appear to be branches which have deviated from the plane
of growth and so become excluded from participation in the
formation of the main body. The maximum of sub-division
into separate parts amongst the present specimens is shown
by the specimen figured in Plate xxvi. ; in this case the primary
lamella has broken up into a number of sub-lamella, which
come to lie in overlapping planes. The sponge, even in those
rare cases in which a stalk is formed, is usually attached by a
broad, often spreading disk, from which additional upgrowths

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 18t

may arise. These latter are, in all the observed instances,
simply digitiform, and they quite frequently become united
above with the main body. The consistency in alcohol is firm
and tough, and in the dry state rather hard and stiff. In some
specimens preserved in alcohol, the colour throughout is
purplish red; in others the dermal membrane is milky white,
the internal parts light brownish yellow. In dry specimens,
as far as known, the colour, except of the dermal incrustation,
varies from straw yellow or rusty brown; the darker hue be--
longs to those in which probably the life-colour was purplish,
although the type-specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, con-
trary to the implication of the specific name, shows no trace
either of red or brown. The sponge grows to a considerable
size. The largest specimen measures 265 mm. in height and
380 p in breadth. The thick-
ness of the lamella, and of
branches perpendicular to the
plane of growth, varies in
different specimens or in differ-
ent parts of a single specimen
from 5 to to mm.

The main skeleton is a com-
pact reticulation of strongly
developed horny fibre which,
even in the distal portions of
the sponge, frequently attains
a thickness of 160-200 pp. The
pattern of the reticulation is
subject to a _ considerable
amount of variatisa, and the
same is true with regard to the development of the spi-
cular core and to the size of the smooth megascleres.
As a matter of fact, the type-specimen of T. rubens var.
lamella departs to such an extent, in all three respects,
from the normal, that some hesitation was at first felt in identi-
fying it with the typical form. As a rule, the reticulation is
distinguished by a marked regularity, so that, in section, to
the naked eye, it appears quite rectangular. Under the micro-
scope, however, owing to the comparatively small size of the
mesh in relation to the thickness of the fibres, the apertures of
the reticulation are slightly rounded to sub-circular. In
vertical transverse section of a lamella or median longitudinal
section of a branch, the main fibres gradually trend outwards
to the surface on either side of the middle line in a pinnate
manner, dichotomosing repeatedly. The transverse fibres
connecting these are often further united by secondary connec-
tives parallel to the main fibres. Towards the surface these
secondary connecting fibres frequently become continuous and’

Fig. 36a. &. pau ispinus.. a
Acanthostyli. b Chela. c
Toxa.

182 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

thus give rise to supplementary main fibres. The main fibres
are occupied by a stout core of loosely packed spicules, which
usually do not lie parallel to the axis of the fibre, but are in-
clined outwards from it at a small angle. As the extremity of
the fibre is approached the spicules become more plumose in
the arrangement, and more and more free from enveloping
spongin and finally form a sheaf supporting, and to some
extent piercing, the dermal membrane. ‘The connecting fibres
are never aspiculous, though they often contain but a single
spicule. Acanthostyles occur in relatively small number
scattered within the fibres, through the intermediate tissues,
and as widely spaced echinating spicules. Smooth megas-
cleres scattered through the ground substance are moderately
abundant. This description of the main skeleton, as already
pointed out, has reference to the condition which is most
typical. In the type-specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, on
the other hand, there is an absence of any marked regularity
in the arrangement of the fibre-reticulation, the fibres are only
sparsely cored, and the smooth styli of the sponge interior
are on the whole notably smaller than in most other examples.
Still, the probability is that these differences are nothing more
than individual variations, and for the following reasons :—
(i.) The sponges are apparently identical in all other essential
respects. (ii.) The pattern of the main skeleton reticulation
and the degree of development of the spicule-core of the fibres
are sufficiently variable in all cases to render them untrust-
worthy as a basis for separation. (ili.) The size of the smooth
stvli always varies considerably in any given specimen, and the
number of those which attain to the maximum size is also
variable and as a rule proportionately small. (iv.) The same
cause which accounts for the reduction in the size of the spi-
cules might very well be responsible also for their diminution
in number.

The accounts which have hitherto been given of the spicules
are most incomplete, and in regard to their measurements
entirely misleading. Lendenfeld mentions, in addition to acan-
thostyles, styli of one kind only, whilst Whitelegge recognises
two. There are, however, three kinds which, though connected
by intermediate forms, are clearly distinguishable by dif-
ferences of shape or of situation. _ Firstly, there are the
principal styli, which are predominatingly the spicules of the
fibre core, and occur only in relatively small number in the
eround substance; secondly, there are the auxiliary styli,
which constitute the horizontal spicules of the dermal] skeleton,
which are, further, the most abundant megascleres of the
ground tissues, and which, to a small though rarely appre-

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 183

ciable extent, may also invade the fibres; and, thirdly, there
are the special dermal styli (much smaller in size than either of
the preceding), which are arranged at the surface, but which,
like the others, are also to be found in the ground tissues. In
the dermal skeleton the auxiliary styli (proper) are disposed
horizontally in broad lines (in which they lie roughly parallel)
forming a reticulation, the mesh of which averages about
160 yt in diameter. The special dermal styli stand perpendicu-
larly upon the sides of this meshwork, echinating them, as it
were. The special dermal styli usually exhibit a small area
of spination on the basal extremity; a similar, though more
minute, spination is also of occasional to frequent occurrence
on the auxiliary spicules; but it is always of more or less rare
occurrence in the case of the principal styli. The drawings in
the text-figure have been arranged so as to show the very
perfect gradation of one spicule form into another.

Megascleres.—

(i.} The principal styli are usually slightly curved. Their
maximum size varies in different specimens from 280
xX 10.5 to 300 x 11 p#. (In the divergent specimen of
T. rubens var. lamella, spicules larger than 220 x 8p
are exceedingly rare. A single spicule BESO 1055 i
was observed, and several ‘others of intermediate
length, in some of which the diameter exceeded 9 yp.)

(11.) The acanthostyles are rather minutely spined; the
spines are recurved and either scattered closely over
the whole length of the spicule or are more or less
reduced in number on the region extending from the
neighbourhood of the very densely spined head
towards the middle of their length. They are conical
tapering spicules which rarely exceed a size of 95 x
7 #, though individuals up to 105 x 7.5 # have been
observed.

(iii.) The auxiliary styli (proper) are straight. Those in
those in the ground substance vary greatly in dia-
meter, owing to the admixture of immature indivi-
duals. The latter are frequently tylostyli, but, as their
development proceeds, their basal enlargement is
gradually effaced, though traces of it are often re-
tained by full-grown spicules. Those of the dermal
skeleton are very uniform in stoutness, and being
unmixed with principal styli allow their size, as dis-
tinguished from that of the latter, to be readily
determined. They may attain to the length of the
principal styli, but are usually slightly shorter.
Maximum size, 270-295 x 8 4. (In the abnormal
specimen they attain to 280 x 7.5 jt.)

184 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(iv.) The special dermal styli are connected by a perfect
gradation of forms with the auxiliary styli. Those
which stand perpendicularly to the surface are rarely,
if ever, more than 150 x 5 in size. The majority of
them are provided with a few basal spines which are
relatively larger than those of the auxiliary and prin-

cipal styli. Unlike the corresponding spicules of
R. typicus, the dermal styli are here usually quite
straight.

Microscleres.—

(i) The isochele palmate reach a maximum length vary-
ing in different specimens from 20 to 24 #1, whilst in
any given specimen there may be a difference of as
much as 6 between the longest and the shortest.
The shorter length is usually associated with some
degree of curvature of the shaft. The palms when
viewed from the front are somewhat triangular in

outline, with rounded corners; they are longer than
broad.

(ii.) The toxa are simply angulately curved, and resemble
a bent microxea. Size Schec17.9) up to 75 x 225c
They are relatively few in number, and are sometimes
apparently absent.

Loc.—-Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.; ten specimens).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS PAUCISPINUS, var. MULTIPORUS, JVhitelegge.
(Plate xxveteree.)

This variety differs from the typical form in its elongately
branched habit and the somewhat greater size of its megas-
cleres. All the specimens so far obtained are stipitate. The
branches are given off in one plane, and may or may not
anastomose. The specimen originally figured does not give a
correct idea of the usual form =O; the sponge, owing to the
fact that in it the branches, either through growth in a con-
fined space or as a result of drying are bunched together. A
specimen obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ (Plate xxv., fig. 2) is
peculiar in the wide separation of its branches. Whitelegge’s
statement of the spicule-dimensions stands in need of correc-
tion; their maximum values are as follows :—

Megascleres.—
(i.) Principal styli, 300-360 x 12-16 p.
(ii.) Acanthostyles, 90-105 x 8-9 yp.
(iii.) Auxiliary styli, 300-360 x 8-10 (rarely more than 9) ji.
(i

iv.) Special dermal styli, rarely more than 160 x 64.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 185

Microscleres.—

(i.) Chela, 19-26 y long.

(i1.) Toxa, 60-80 x 2-3 pt.

The megascleres exhibit the basal spination more com-
monly than do those of the typical variety. Practically all the
auxiliary and special dermai styli are thus provided, as well
as a considerable proportion of the principal styli. The

acanthostyles are usually more or less deficient in spines over
part of their proximal moiety.

f!.ocs.—Coast of New South Wales off Botany Bay,
20-26) ims..)( Phetis’’); Shoalhaven) /Bight,.15-45 ) fms:
(‘“Endeavour’’).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS tyPicus, Carter, et VARR.

(Plate xxvii-, Pl> xxviil., figs. 1-4, Pl: xxax., and figs. 38-42.)

(a) Typical Variety.

1875. Echinonema typicum, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(4), xvi., 1875, p. 195.

1681. Echinonema typicum, Carter, Op. cit. (5), vil.
D370:

1896. Clathria typica (pars), Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
Vill. (GsS.), 1890, p. 32:

[1904. Not Clathria typica, Kirkpatrick, Marine Investiga-
tions in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 148. |

Him Getell Gy

(b) Var. PROXIMUS, var. nov.
(c) Var. GEMINUS, var. nov.
(d) Var. BREVISPINUS, Lendenfeld.
1888. Thalassodendron brevispina, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus.
Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 225.
1901. Thalassodendron brevispina, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr.
IMiSte iV, 2, 1901, ps S7.
(e) Var. ANCHORATUS, Carter.
1881. Echinonema anchoratum, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5), Vil-, P. 379:
1885. Echinonema flabelliformis, Carter, Op. cit. (5), xvi.,
VOCs we 352-
Echinonema pectiniformis, Carter, Loc. cit., p. 353-
1886. Phakellia ventilabrum, var. australiensis, Carter, Op.
Gri. (5), XVill., 1886, p. 379
1896. Clathria typica (pars), Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
Alle «(RIS ),° Po. 32
[1888. Not Echinonema anchoratum, Lendenfeld, Austr.
Mus. Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 219. |

186

1901. Clathria typica, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus., tv.

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
(f) Var. OBESUS, nom. nov.

» 2>

LGOL, Pp: SO; p.sUL7.
(g) Var. STELLIFER, var. nov.

(h) Var. Favosus, Whitelegge.

1907. Clathria favosa, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv.,

10, 1907, p. 498.

General Diagnosis.—S ponge, in the different varieties,
ramose, lamelliform or sub-massive. Oscula absent?
Dermal membrane strongly developed, appearing in the
dry sponge as a whitish pellicle or incrustation. Texture,
as revealed by the removal of the dermal covering,
rather loose and porous. The moderately stout fibre
forms a rather wide-meshed reticulation. The main fibres
contain a dense spicular core, the connecting fibres, with
rare exception, are devoid of axial spicules. Smooth styli
are extremely abundant in the ground tissues. | Acan-
thostyles occur not only as more or less deeply imbedded
echinating spicules, but also scattered within and between
the fibres. They are more abundant on the outer ex-
tremeties of the fibres than elsewhere. The dermal skele-
ton is precisely of the same type as in the preceding
species. Megascleres:—In addition to acanthostyles
there are three kinds of stylote spicules, principal, aux-
iliary, and special dermal, occurring in the same relations
as in the preceding species. A certain proportion of the
last-mentioned exhibit a minute basal spination. (t.) The
principal styli ave the stoutest spicules; they are, for the
most part, slightly curved; they vary in maximum size in
the different known varieties from about 200 x 6 yw to
about 300 x 13 pt. (ii.) The acanthostyles are distin-
guished by the absence or marked reduction of spines over
a considerable portion of their basal moiety. (iti.) The
auxiliary styli are straight or flexed, and are always
longer and slenderer than the principal. (iv.) The special
dermal styli are usually curved and slightly sub-fusiform;
The greatest curvature is in the basal half of their length;
in size they are rarely above 130-150 x 4-5 yw. Micro-
scleres :—These are of three kinds :—(i.) Larger palmate
isochela, 15-20 # long; (ii.) smaller palmate isochele of
which a certain proportion are contort, 7-11 yt long; (ii1.)
hair-like toxa of indefinite length, frequently passing into
amorphous forms, occurring both singly and in bundles.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 187

Introductory Remarks.—The intimate relationship to one
another ot the sponges here regarded as varieties! of Rhaphi-
dophlus typicus, Carter, is revealed by their possession in com-
mon, of a considerable number of well-defined characteristics,
of which five may be considered as possessing special value.
These are :—(1) The,non-occurrences of coring spicules in the
connecting fibres; (2) the reduction of spination in the sub-
basal region of the acanthostyles ; (3) the presence of two kinds
of chele; (4) the torsion of the smaller chele ;(5) the pecu-
liarities shown by the toxa. This assemblage of characters
distinguishes the sponges of the present series from any hither-
to described,? although it is only in their possession of
contort chele of a special kind that they stand unique. It is
particularly on account of this last-mentioned peculiarity,
therefore, that their association under one specific name seems
advisable. The occurrence of two kinds of chelz is implied in
Wilson’s description’ of Clathria (Tenacia) clathrata, (O.
Schmidt), a species which is evidently very closely related to
the present, since it moreover possesses acanthostyles and toxa
of a similar kind. Clathria jugosa, Wilson, likewise, agrees
in regard to the latter two kinds of spicules. Acanthostyles
in which the spination is reduced over portion of their basal
moiety have also been described for R. ridleyi, Lindgren, and
R. filifer, R. and D., var. spinifera, Lindgren, although in R.
filifer itself the acanthostyles are said to be entirely spined.
The spicules of the type-species of Rhaphidophlus, R. crati-
tius (Esper), described by Ehlers as ‘‘sehr feine haarformige
Kieselfaden welche ungleich lang und mannigfach gekrummt
sind’’ are almost undoubtedly identical in nature with the toxa
of R. typicus, and not sigmata as Ridley and Dendy have
suggested.

Although the present species and R. paucispinus differ
markedly in respect to their microscleres, yet, as regards their
megascleres they show a very close agreement. In R. typicus
we again find principal, auxiliary, and special dermal styli
occurring in the same relationships as described for the other,
whilst the acanthostyles, besides acting as echinating spicules,
are also similarly scattered within the fibres and through the
ground tissues. Further, the special dermal styli and, less
frequently, the auxiliary spicules, likewise exhibit a minute
spination and are similarly connected, the one kind with the
other, by a perfect series of intermediate forms. But whereas

ntschel (Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., Lief. 10, 1911) has
eacentte described, under the name of Clathria typica, at least one other
variety. igs
2 In speaking thus I assume that the descriptions of other species of
Rhaphidophlus are correct in detail.

3 Wilson—Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xx. (1900), 1902, p. 397.

188 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

in R. paucispinus the auxiliary spicules approximate in length
to the principal styli they are here very much longer. The
absolute dimensions of both the principal and auxiliary styli
differ to a notable extent in the different varieties, but it is a
peculiar circumstance, that their variation in the matter of
stoutness proceeds, throughout the series, with a certain
degree of concomitance, the range of variability of the aux-
iliary spicules in this particular being relatively somewhat less
than that of the principal spicules. For example, in the
variety favosus, where the spicules attain their greatest size,
the principal styli are 13 #, the auxiliary 9 to 10 p in diameter,
a difference in stoutness of 3 to 4 separating them; whereas
at the other end of the series in the variety anchoratus the
principal styli are 6, the auxiliary, 5 in diameter, with a
difference of only 1 j between them. ‘The correlation of the
two spicule-forms in this way would seem to imply a kind of
genetic relationship between them—an implication which is
further heightened by the fact that spicules similar to those
within the fibres are also of frequent occurrence scattered
amongst the auxiliary spicules in the ground substance, and
by the fact, moreover, that in R. paucispinus the two spicule-
forms agree in the matter of length. The argument that the
spicules, here termed auxiliary, are derivatives of the principal
spicules, cannot however, be sustained, although instances are
not wanting of sponges in which the latter spicules show a
tendency to resolve into two forms, e.g., Ophlitaspongia
axinelloides, Dendy. Their independence 1s proven in the pre-
sent species not only by their difference in shape, but also by
their different modificational tendencies. Abnormalities of the
principal styli appear to be invariably strongylote, whilst those
of the auxiliary (and special dermal) styli are oxeote. As in R.
paucispinus, so also in this species, it is obvious that the
dermal styli are simply specialised auxiliary spicules.

Echinonema typicum, Carter, has not yet been sufficiently
described to enable one to recognise it with certainty, though
Dendy has pointed out its close agreement with other sponges
of the present series. Concerning those specimens referred
to by Dendy, in which he failed to observe toxa, nothing can
be said with certainty, but in view of the fact that toxa are
abundant in all the varieties here described, it is highly
probable that they represent another species. Echinonema
typicum was recorded by Carter from South and South-West
Australia, and in regard to external form was described as
‘“chrubby, cauliculate, more or less compressed, bunch-like or
clustral, consisting of a great number of digital more or less
branched stalks spreading upwards from a contracted sessile
base; branches cylindrical, round, or slightly compressed,
more or less sub-divided, terminating in obtuse round ends.’’

SPONGES. -HALLMANN. 189

This description was, it seems, based upon a large number of
specimens. Two ramose varieties herein described come from
the same region as the type, viz., one from St. Vincent’s
Gulf, South Australia, the other from Western Australia, but
in both cases the specimens representing them are stipitate ;
moreover, their spicules do not exactly accord with those
mentioned by Carter. Under the circumstances, they have
been recorded as new. Echinonema typicum, Carter, is
urgently in need of re-description. The South African sponge
identified with it by Kirkpatrick is quite a different species
from that to which the present sponges belong, and in certain
features departs widely from typical species of the Clathria-
Rhaphidophlus group. The varieties of Echinonema anchor-
atum described by Lendenfeld appear to be species assignable
to Wilsonella (q.v.).

In order to avoid needless verbal repetition, it is advisable,
before proceeding to the description of the several varieties,
to render a more particular account of those features which
characterise the species as a whole, and are of no diagnostic
value so far as the varieties themselves are concerned. It is
necessary at this point, to mention that all the specimens at my
disposal are in a dry state of preservation, and with the ex-
ception of those of the var. anchoratus, retain only traces of
the dermal layer. Nevertheless, it is doubtful, even if spirit-
specimens had been available, whether any additional criteria
for the discrimination of the varieties would have been forth-
coming, except, perhaps, in three particulars, viz., the width
of the mesh of the dermal reticulation, the deportment of the
main fibres in their approach to the surface, and the maximum
size of the special dermal styli.

The most striking skeletal features are:—(i.) the absence
of spicules from almost all the connecting fibres, and their
abundance in the main fibres, in which they form a compara-
tively stout, rather compact core; and (ii.) the profusion of
scattered spicules in the tissues between the fibres. In a thin
longitudinal section mounted in balsam and viewed with the
naked eye, the loosely branched main fibres, on account of
their contained spicules and greater stoutness, stand out con-
spicuously ; whilst between them is to be seen only a dim
haziness due to the individually imperceptible transverse fibres
and scattered spicules. The appearance thus presented is very
characteristic and enables one to readily recognise mounted
sections of the species without microscopical examination.
Where the main fibres lie close together, they are directly
joined by short transverse fibres and the intervening meshes
are rectangular, but where, owing to their divergence, the main
fibres become widely separated, the connecting fibres may form

190 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

a loose plexus or inter-reticulum between them, and the mesh
is of irregular shape. The principal styli are usually slightly
curved; the auxiliary styli are usually straight ; and the special
dermal styli are slightly subfusiform, usually curved, with the
curvature restricted to, or most pronounced in, their basal half.
The dermal styli are of very nearly the same size in all the
varieties, but, owing to the fact that spicules occur of all sizes.
and shapes intermediate between them and the accessory styli,
it is impossible—at any rate in the present specimens, owing
to the damaged state of the dermal layer—-to determine the
exact upper limits of their size. One can therefore only quote
the size below which they are usually to be found. The micros-
cleres offer no assistance in the discrimination of varieties.
The chele may differ slightly in different varieties, but since
they are also slightly variable in one and the same, the diffi-
culty of fixing upon their distinctive peculiarities is too great
to render them of service. The degree of torsion of the smaller
chele is usually not more than 90°. The toxa appear to be
absolutely identical in form in the different varieties. They are
hair-like spicules usually with a central flexure of fairly definite
form, but otherwise extremely variable in shape. They would
seem to be capable of indefinitely continued growth, and in
some cases, at least, attain a length of more than goop. As
growth proceeds the arms become irregularly flexuous and
twisted in various planes, and in many cases the spicules lose
all semblance to toxa. The colour in the living condition of
all the varieties previously described is some shade of red;
that of the new varieties is unknown. The colour in dry
specimens, is some shade of yellow or light brown.

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. PROXIMUS, var. nov.

(Plate xxviii., figs. 3, 4, and fig. 37.)

Of this variety the museum possesses two specimens. Both
are stipitate, ramose sponges, with short and relatively stout
irregular branches, which divide frequently and often anasto-
mose, and are either restricted entirely to the one plane or
come to lie in overlapping planes. The branches are either
circular in cross section or compressed in the plane of branch-
ing, and measure from 6 to Io mm. in their lesser diameter.
The two specimens are very nearly equal in size; the slightly
larger is 90 mm. in height. The texture is denser than in any
other of the varieties here described. The main fibres are
rarely less than Soy in stoutness and often attain to from
120 torso. Acanthostyles are fairly abundant ; those which
echinate the fibres are often very deeply implanted in the

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. Igl
spongin. The principal and auxiliary styli are usually
characterised by a barely appreciable sub-basal constriction.
The auxiliary styli are occasionally, the special dermal styli
frequently, provided with a minute basal spination. The
acanthostyles are stout, with relatively few large spines, and
without basal enlargement. The maximum dimensions of the
spicules are as follows :—

Megascleres.—

(i.) Principal stvli, 200-230
(rarely 240) x 11-13 p.

(ii.) Acanthostyles, 60-75 x
7-8 jl.

(ui.) Auxiliary styli, 260-280
x 7-9 H.

vais peetal dermal styli, 7+
usually less than 130 (or
perhaps 120) x 4.5 p.

Microscleres.—
(1.) Larger chele, (apparently)
rather rare, 15-19 } long.
(ui.) Smaller, usually contort,
chelzes 7-12) 7 lone. ; ‘
ek vars d ee Fig. 37—R. typicus var.
(i1.) Toxa: observed lengths, proximus. a Basal extremi-

go-260 }. ties of principal styli. b Acan-
thostyli.

G .
~~

b

This variety differs from the
typical form in regard to the acan-

thostyles, which, for the latter, have been described as
“clavate.”

Loc.—Henley Beach, St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia
(Austr. Mus. Coll.).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. GEMINUS, var. nov.
(Plate xxviii., fig. 4, and fig. 38.)

In regard to external form, there is not much to dis-
tinguish this variety from the preceding. The single specimen,
which measures 220 mm. in height, is a luxuriantly branched
stipitate sponge with rarely anastomosing branches, which
divide dichotomously, and extend with more or less overlap-
ping approximately in one plane. A peculiar feature of the
sponge, and one which will probably prove to be characteristic
is the unevenness of the surface of the branches, due to con-
cave depressions and short obliquely longitudinal undulations.
As a consequence the cross-section of a branch varies from

192 “ENDEAVOUR”

point to point in outline and in area.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The thickness of the

branches perpendicularly to the plane of branching varies from
3 to 6 mm.; in the transverse direction they are of variable

)

SEIT

Fig. 38—A. ¢. var. geminus.
a Principal stylus. b Auxiliary
styli. b‘ Basal extremities of
ditto. c Special dermal styli.
d Acanthostyli. e Larger chele.
f Smaller contort chela. g Toxa.

breadth, sometimes appearing to
a slight extent irregularly mon-
iliform, and almost invariably
becoming much expanded prior
to bifurcation. ‘The encrusted
appearance of portions of the
surface of the figured specimen
is due to a stoloniferous Alcyon-
arian.

The fibres are of about equal
stoutness to those of the pre-
ceding variety. Also, the echin-
ating acanthostyles are of ap-
proximately equal abundance,
and are often deeply imbedded in
the spongin. In regard to their
spicular characters, however, the
two varieties are well distin-
guished. In the present variety,
the megascleres are much slen-
derer; the auxiliary spicules are
much longer, and approach more
nearly to the principal styli in
point of stoutness; both aux-
iliary and special dermal spicules
are tylostylote or subtylostylote,
and appear to be entirely devoid
of the characteristic basal spina-
tion of other varieties; and
finally, the acanthostyles are
clavate or subclavate, and have
smaller and more numerous
spines. The greatest dimensions
of the spicules are as follows :—

Megascleres.—

(i.) Principal styli, 220-240
XM 75-0. 2 pi

(ii.) Acanthostyli, 70-80
(rarely 85) x 5-6 pt.

(iii.) Auxiliary tylostyli, 320-
365 x 0.5-7 yu.

(iv.) Dermal tylosty11,
usually less than 150
sg Oe

SPONGES.. HALLMANN. 193

Microscleres.—

eo)

(i.) Larger chele, 15-19 long. Usually their ‘“palms”’
as seen in profile, are parallel to the shaft or slightly

deflected inwards.
(ii.) Contort chelee, 7-10 yp.
(ie) loma: observed
lengths, 45-370 HU.

This variety agrees with the
typical in possessing clavate
acanthostyli, but no mention of
tylostylote smooth spicules in
the latter occurs in Carter’s
description.

Loc.—Western Australia
(Austr. Mus. Coll.).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, war.
BREVISPINUS, Lendenfeld.
(Fig. 38a.)

Whilst the agreement between
this variety and the preceding—
var. geminus—is not so perfect
that one can with certainty
assert their identity, yet it has
been found impossible to estab-
lish any wholly — satisfactory
points of difference. Seeing,
however, that the present sponge
has already been described as a
distinct species and is accord-
ingly already in possession of a
fame, and since, moreover, it is
known only from a_ locality
widely distant from that of the
other, no objection can be raised
if, for the present, and until
more and better material from
various localities is available it
is retained as an independent
variety. The material which I
have at my disposal consists of
one small imperfect specimen,
together with a small piece
derived from a British Museum
example labelled Thalassoden-
dron brevispina. The former

(\

Fig. 38a—f. ¢. var. brevispi
mus. a Principal styli. b Aux-
iliary styli. c Special dermal
styli. d Acanthostyli. e Larger
chela.

is that which formed the

basis of Whitelegge’s short account. The original descrip-
tion speaks of the sponges of this variety as ‘‘large branched

194 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

sponges, with very irregular digitate processes.’’ From the
fragmentary material at my disposal all that I am able to say is
that they are ramose, and, in some cases at least, stipitate ;
with branches which exhibit somewhat the same peculiarity as
shown by the var. geminus, and which attain a thickness of
as much as 15mm. The main fibres are usually between 70
and 150mm. in stoutness, but may attain to 200. The only
tangible differences between this variety and the preceding,
are afforded by the spicules. The auxiliary spicules are only
slightly enlarged basally, and are somewhat shorter; the
special dermal spicules are usually simple styli without tylosis,
and quite commonly exhibit a very minute basal spination ; the
chelz appear not to display the peculiarity mentioned for the
preceding. The maximum size of the spicules is as follows :—

Megascleres.—
(i.) Principal styli, 220-240 x 7-8.5 yt.
(ii.) Acanthostyli, 60-85 x 6-7 4
(iii.) Auxiliary subtylostyli, 280-310 x 6-7 yl.
(

iv.) Special dermal styli, usually less than 130 x 4.5 yt.

Microscleres.—

(i.) Larger chele, 12-16 long.

(ii.) Contort chelz, 7-11 » long.

(iii.) Toxa: observed lengths, 60-230 yt.
Loc.—Port Jackson (Lendenfeld).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. ANCHORATUS, Carter.
(Plate xxix., and fig. 39.)

This variety is represented by three specimens of thin flabel-
liform habit. One is regularly ovate in outline with even or
crenulated margin, and with shallow grooves on both faces,
radiating to the distal border. This specimen exhibits an
exact correspondence in habit to Carter’s Echinonema pectini-
formis. The grooves are such as to suggest that neighbouring
marginal processes, at first distinct, have subsequently become
united by intergrowth, or that superficial demarcation occurs
between processes prior to, or without, their actual separation.
A second specimen (Plate xxix.) is abundantly provided
with cylindrical marginal digitations, and similar processes in
lesser number arise from its faces; it is slightly larger than the
others, measuring 230mm. in height. The third differs from
either of the preceding in the absence of a stalk; otherwise it

SPONGES.—HALLMANN.

a5

more closely resembles the first-mentioned, but is devoid of
surface grooves; it is attached to a large water-worn stone by

an extensive basal disc. The
lamina in all three is from 6 to
8 mm. in thickness. The sponge
is very loose-textured; near the
surface, adjoining main fibres are
often 0.5 to 0.8 mm. apart. The
fibres are comparatively slender—
probably never exceeding 100 jt in
diameter. In the present speci-
mens the dermal membrane is
intact, and shows that the dermal
skeleton is precisely similar in its
formation to that of R. pauci-
spinus. The polygonal meshes of
the reticulation are very uniform
in size and average 120 ji in width.

The following resumé of its
spicular characters (omitting for
the moment the actual dimensions
of the spicules) shows this variety
to be unquestionably distinct from
any of the others. The smooth
megascleres are slenderer than in
all other cases, and are basally
neither expanded nor contracted ;
the principal and auxiliary styli
approximate in stoutness and in
shape and no longer permit of
their ready differentiation; oxeote
modifications of the auxiliary and
dermal styli are of common occur-
rence; and acanthostyles are com-
paratively rare and of small size.
On account of the great difficulty
in distinguishing between the prin-
cipal and auxiliary styli, I am un-
able to give the maximum length
of the former; the difficulty is fur-
ther increased by a certain amount
of variability in respect to the
stoutness of spicules in different
specimens. The dimensions are
as follows :—

:

'

Fig. 39—A. ¢. var. ancho-

/

vatus. a Principal styli, b
Auxiliary styli. b' Oxeote
modification of ditto. c
Special dermal styli. c’

Oxeote modification of ditto.
d Acanthostyli. e Larger
chela. f Smaller contort
chela.

196 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The stoutest styli are 5.5 in diameter in one speci-
men, 7 # in a second, and of intermediate stoutness
in the third.

(.) The longest styli are 290-320 win length; 5 pw in maxi-
mum diameter in the first specimen, 6.5 in the
second.

(ii.) Acanthostyli, 45-56 x 5-6 p.

(iv.) The special dermal styli are usually less than
1gZO)x 440.

Microscleres.—

(i.) Larger chelea, 14-18 long.
(i1.) Contort chele, 8-11 pt.
(iii.) Toxa: observed lengths, 40-415 .

Dendy’s identification of this variety with those quoted as
synonyms is confirmed by an examination which I have made
of pieces of their type-specimens.

Loc.—Port Phillip (Carter; Dendy; Austr. Mus. Coll.).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, vary. OBESUS, nom. nov
(Plate xxviil., fig: 1, and fig. 4o.)

The sponges described by Whitelegge under the name of
Clathria typica agree among themselves and differ from those
of the other varieties by virtue of their low stature, and their
non-branching stoutly proportioned lamellar, or, at times,
submassive habit. They comprise nine specimens, ‘all of which
are in a dry, macerated, and dermally denuded condition. The
specimen of most symmetrical shape has the form of a thick
sessile plate, sub-circular in outline, thinnest along the slightly
and irregularly notched margin, and with both surfaces
rendered very uneven by incipient outgrowths. This specimen,
which is greater in height than any of the others, makes some
approach in habit to the variety anchoratus, though it is well
distinguished from any known example of the latter by virtue
of its much more massive proportions. It measures 150 mm.
in height and breadth, and varies in thickness from 10 to
15mm. near the margin, to 25mm. in the central portion.
Although such simplicity of form is rarely attained, the
dominant growth-tendency of the sponges of this variety is
always in the direction of plate-formation. But almost in-
variably the primary plate undergoes proliferation in various
ways, occasionally by bifurcation, sometimes by means of
additional upgrowths from a slightly expanded base, but most
usually by means of lamellar outgrowths from the side, which

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 197

either remain attached to it along vertical lines, or become,
distally separated from it as growth proceeds. The external
appearance of the sponge is accordingly subject to considerable
variation, but in no case is there positive evidence of a tend-
ency to form linear branches or processes. The degree of
variability of the spicules is such that doubt might reasonably
be held as to whether all these forms really belong to a single
variety ; and consequently, in the absence of sufficient evidence
upon which to base a positive conclusion, but being compelled,
one might say, to take cognisance of them, I adopt the pre-

c

ae.

Fig. 40—R. typicus var. obesus. a Basal ends of auxiliary spicules.
of atypical specimen, a’ Acanthostyles of ditto. b Acanthostyles.
from a co-typical specimen. c Basal ends of accessory spicules of a
non-typical specimen. c! Acanthostyles of ditto. d,e Acanthostyles
from two other non-typical specimens. f Larger chela from a typical
specimen.

caution of specifying which of them are to be regarded as
typical, viz., those which Whitelegge evidently had under
consideration when he wrote,! ‘‘This species has a superficial
resemblance to Clathria australis, Lendenfeld.’’ One of the
characteristics of the sponge to which Whitelegge thus refers
and which is described in the present paper (p. 160) as Crella
incrustans var. arenacea, is the presence on the surface of

1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 80.

198 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

longitudinal grooves; and since grooves of very similar ap-
pearance (though of quite different morphological character)
occur in a number of specimens of the present series, one feels
convinced that it is these latter which Whitelegge would have
selected as typical. These grooves, which are of the same
nature as those occurring in the var. anchoratus, provide an
additional feature by which the present variety, in its strictest
sense, may be identified; they are well pronounced in the
specimen herein figured. Confining our attention to the
specimens which agree in this character, the following diag-
nosis based on the spicules is obtained :—Principal and aux-
iliary spicules approximating in stoutness, the latter subtylote
in the manner shown in the text-figure (fig. a), the former
without any basal peculiarity. Acanthostyles moderately
abundant, seub-clavate (figs. a’, b), with comparatively small
spines ; those which echinate the fibres are usually very deeply
implanted, and increase considerably in abundance towards
the outer end of the main fibres. The dimensions of the spi-
cules are as follows :—

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal ’styli attain, in all the specimen, a maxi-
mum length of 230 to 240 or (very rarely) 250 jt, but
the diameter of the stoutest varies in different speci-
mens from 7 to gH.

(ii.) The greatest length of the acanthostyles lies, in all
the specimens, between 70 and 76 1, but their greatest
diameter varies in different specimens from 5.5 to
Sy. The stoutest were found in the specimen fixed
upon as the type.

(iii.) The auxiliary subtylostyli, in the specimen selected
as the actual type (Z. 936)! and in some others bear-
ing an extremely close external resemblance to it,
never exceed a length of 310 and very rarely reach
beyond 290; in the remaining specimens much
higher values were obtained, viz., 340 to 360 #.

The special dermal styli and the microscleres are, so far as
one can judge, of practically similar dimensions, not only in all
the specimens here in question, but also in those presently to
be considered. ‘The first-mentioned are probably with few ex-
ceptions less than 150 } in length. The larger chele vary
from 12 to 17 yt in length, whilst the largest contort chele
appear never to exceed a length of 12 j!. The toxa are no
different from those of other varieties.

1 In order to mark the actual specimens investigated so that, if need
he, they may be used for future reference, I quote their Register

Numbers.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 199

The remaining specimens of the collection—the non-typical
specimens—fall into three groups. The first group is repre-
sented by a single specimen (Z. 935) which in texture and
appearance is quite unlike the typical specimens, and which,
on that account, might have been expected to yield tangible
points of difference in the spicule characters. Except, how-
ever, that the acanthostyles are more spiny (fig. c’), and that
the tylosis of the auxiliary spicules is more strictly terminal
(fig. c), there is nothing to distinguish its spicules from those
of the type-specimen. These differences are not so great that
they might be considered as due to individual variation.

The second group is represented by the specimen (Z. 939)
which received particular mention at the outset, on account
of its larger size and simpler form. Whilst in this also, the
smooth spicules show a correspondence in size with those of
the type-specimen, the tylosis of the accessory spicules is
much reduced, and, for the majority of them, inappreciable ;
furthermore, the acanthostyles (fig. d) are markedly larger,
often 9# in diameter, and, though usually between 75 and
85 # long, may actually attain to 105 w. This group may, for
the present, be regarded as a sub-variety.

In the third group, of which a specimen (Z. 940) bearing a
close resemblance in texture and even in general appearance to
the large specimen of the second group, may be quoted as an
example—the spicule dimensions again accord with those of
the type, except that the acanthostyles (fig. e) are slightly
stouter, 8 to 9.5} in diameter, and more abundantly spined,
like those of the second group. But in one respect at least,
the members of the present group differ from the others of the
variety—the auxiliary spicules are simply stylote, i.e., entirely
devoid of any trace of basal enlargement ; they ought, accord-
ingly, to be regarded for the present as constituting a second
sub-variety.

Loc.—Port Jackson and neighbourhood (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. STELLIFER, var. nov.
(Plate xxvii., and fig. 41.)

This variety is represented by a single specimen. The
sponge is stipitate, flabelliform, with iobate margin, and with
a couple of digitiform upgrowths flanking the lamina. It
measures 300 mm. in height, 160mm. in breadth, and about
6mm. in diameter. Scattered at intervals over the surface
are radiate groups of short obscure ridges forming ‘‘asterisks”’
a5 to 20mm. in diameter. Towards the distal margin, the

200 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

surface is vertically furrowed, conveying the idea of an incom-
plete separation into lobes and digitations. Where the dermal
incrustation has been abraded the surface is extremely harsh
to the touch, owing to the dense crowding of acanthostyles at

f

a

y

Je
~ 4

INI ER
avy

a

Ae

Fig. 41—AX. typtcus var. stellifer. a Principal styli. b
Auxiliary styli. c Special dermal styli. d Acanthostyli.
e Chela. f Toxa.

the ends of the fibres. The main fibres are 80 to 120 in
diameter. This variety is characterised by the extreme
abundance of its acanthostyles, which are closely arranged on
all the fibres, and, at the superficial extremities of the latter, so

SPONGES.-HALLMANN.

densely packed that the fibre
becomes practically a fused
mass of acanthostyles. The
acanthostyles are stout in pro-
portion to their length and are
furnished with large and
numerous spines. The _ prin-
cipal and auxiliary styli are de-
void of any basal enlargement
or reduction; the latter are oc-
casionally, the dermal styli
usually, basally spined. The
greatest dimensions of the spi-
cules are :—

Megascleres.—

(i.) Principal styli, 240 x
12 pl.

(i1.) Accessory styli, 300-
33° X 9 #-

(iii) Dermal styli, usually
less than 130 x 4.5 p.

(iv.) Acanthostyles, 50-68
# long, and up to 8.5
# in diameter.

Microscleres.—
(i.). Larger chelea, 15-20 }
long.
(ii.) Contort chele, attain-
ing to 11 # in length.
(ii.) Toxa: observed
lengths, 55-260 yu.
Loc.—Bass Strait, East

Coast of Flinders Island.
(‘‘Endeavour.’’)

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, war.
FAvVosuS, Whitelegge.
(Text-fig. 42.)

This variety, which is so far
known only from a few frag-
mentary specimens, is well dis-
tinguished from the others by
(i.) its long slender cylindrical
branches which do not exceed

Fig. 42—R. typicus var. favo-
sus. a Principal styli. b Aux-
iliary styli. c Special dermal
styli. d Acanthostyli. e Chelze.

202 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

7mm. in diameter; (ii.) by the gauziness of its texture; (iii.)}
by the slenderness of its fibres, which do not exceed 80 p in
diameter ; (iv.) by the large size of its megascleres; (v.) by
the “‘manubriation’’ of the basal end of the principal styli; and
(vi.) by the paucity of numbers of its stout acanthostyles
which, when echinating, are only slightly embedded in
spongin. The original description says, ‘‘surface minutely
honeycombed ; the cells are from £-2 mm. in diameter, etc.”’
This statement appears to me entirely misleading, since except
for the gauzy looseness of the texture, there is nothing par-
ticularly of the kind thus suggested. The maximum
dimensions of the spicules, some of which are not quite
correctly stated in the previous account, are as follows :—

Megascleres.—

)

(i.) Principal styli, 300-305 x 13. (Spicules ‘‘15 j#’’ in
diameter have not been observed).

(ii.) Auxiliary styli, often basally spined, 350-370 x 7-
10 pl.

(i1.) Special dermal styli, usually basally spined, and, as
a rule, less than 135 x 5.

(iv.) Acanthostyli, 70-80 x 10}.

Microscleres.—
(i.) Larger chele, 14-18} long, occasionally (though
very rarely) contort.
(ii.) Smaller contort chela, 8-12 yu.
(ii.) Toxa: observed lengths, 70-255 j!.
Locs.—Off Port Jackson, 49-50 fms. (‘‘Thetis’’); Oyster
Bay, Tasmania, 60 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

GENUS THALASSODENDRON, Lendenfeld.

1888. Thalassodendron, Lendenfeld. Descr. Cat. Sponges.
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 222.

The genus Thalassodendron was proposed for ‘‘Desmaci-
donide with a supporting skeleton composed of horny fibres
partly without spicules in the interior and echinated by scarce,
pretty smooth styli.’’ The definition attached no importance
to the nature of the coring spicules and regarded as essential
a feature which we now know to be lacking in systematic
value. As a consequence it happens that the six species
described—T. digitata, T. typica, T. rubens, varr. dura et
lamella, T. paucispina, T. brevispina and T. viminalis—fall
into several different genera. Thiele! has already pointed out
that T. digitata possesses the requisite characters of his genus.

1 Thiele—Kieselschwamme von Ternate, ii., 1903, p. 962.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 203,

Echinochalina, and at the same time has fixed upon 7. typica
as the type of Thalassodendron. Unfortunately no specimens
identifiable with either of these species occur in the present
collection of the Australian Museum, and since the description
of T. typica is insufficient, we are left in doubt as to the precise
connotation of the name Thalassodendron. Whitelegge! has
indeed published a short account of a sponge regarded by him
as the type-specimen of T. typica, but it is so little in agree-
ment with the original description that hesitation might well
have been felt in accepting its implication as a final verdict.
An examination of this specimen has shown—-what is indeed
immediately obvious even from external comparison—that it
is an example of Echinodictyum (Kalykenteron) elegans, Len-
denfeld,? a sponge with which Whitelegge was apparently
not well acquainted. One can therefore only conclude that the
specimen investigated by Whitelegge was mislabelled, as was
also the specimen which he at first mistook} for Thalas-
sodendron viminalis. So far as one can judge from Lenden-
feld’s description of 7. typica, Thalassodendron may for the
present be looked upon as a synonym of Wilsonella (q.v.).

T. viminalis is an Ophlitaspongia.4 With regard to the
remaining species I find, in disagreement with Whitelegge
who regarded them as individual variations of a single species,
that T. brevispina is a variety of Rhaphidophlus typicus,
Carter; that T. rubens var. lamella and T. paucispina are
identical (Rhaphidophlus paucispinus); and that T. rubens
var. dura is a Clathria (C, rubens). Owing to the unsatis-
factory nature of the descriptions of these species, a further
and more extended account of them has been included in the
present paper.

Genus PLectispa, Lendenfeld.

1888. Plectispa, Lendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges Austr.
Mus., 1888, p. 225.

The description which Whitelegge has given of Lendenfeld’s
three species of Plectispa, viz., P. elegans, P. arborea, and
P. macropora are so little in agreement with those of Lenden-
feld as to render inevitable the conclusion that the specimens
invesigated were mislabelled. How completely at variance
are the two accounts of these species, will be evident from a
comparison of the following summaries of them.

1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 86

2 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 216. This species, which
is probably identical with WH. bilamellatwm, Lamk., is described herein,
Dea

3 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 87; amd 5, 1902, p. 214.

4 O. subhispida, Carter, var. viminalis, Lendf. (q.v.)

204 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(a) According to Lendenfeld :—

P. elegans. A reticulate mass of regularly cylindrical
branches on an average 5 mm. thick; spicules,
smooth styli 160 x 6 » and 7o x 5 jt, the latter echin-
ating. (Loc., Port Jackson.)

P. arborea, Dendritically ramifying, with clearly-
defined stem. The styli measure 80 x 4 # and 50
xX 4 p respectively. (Loc., Port Jackson.)

P. macropora. Small and tender, reticulate, honey-
comb-like, incrusting or massive; smooth styli 200
X 4 #; echinating spined styli 70 x 6 pw. (Loc.,
Torres Strait.)

(b) According to Whiteleg ge :—

P. elegans. With erect, rarely coalescent branches,
generally with distinct peduncle; spicules, styli 100
x 6 }t and 80 x 5 w respectively. (Loc., Port Jackson
and neighbourhood. )

P. arborea. A Clathria; reticulately branched in one
plane ; spicules, stvli 180 x 8 », subtylostyli 200 x 2 p,
acanthostyles 85 x 6 #. (Loc., Port Jackson and
neighbourhood. )

P. macropora. Forming low densely-branched clumps,
with abundant anastomoses of branches. Spicules,
smooth styli 100 x 4 jt and 75 x 4 pm respectively.
(Loc., neighbourhood of Port Jackson, common. )

A comparison of the descriptions of P. arborea, Lendf.,
and P. elegans, Whitelegge, points almost incontestably to
the conclusion that they are one and the same. — Clathria
{Plectispa) arborea, Whitelegge, is therefore quite a different
sponge from Lendenfeld’s species and requires a new specific
name, for which I propose multipes. Echinoclathria (Plec-
tispa) macropora, Whitelegge, is, as mentioned, a common
local sponge, and must have been tamiliar to Lendenfeld. It
evidently affords no grounds for its identification with P.
macropora, Lendf., which, moreover, is recorded from a
widely distant locality. Neither does it show sufficient agree-
ment with P. elegans to warrant its identification to that
species. There is no other course open but to regard it as a
new species; it is described in the present paper under the
name of Echinoclathria ramosa. P. arborea, Lendf., is like-
wise a species of Echinoclathria, and there can be little doubt
that P. elegans, Lendf., belongs to the same genus. The
genus Plectispa is accordingly left with a single species, P.
macropora, which may therefore be considered as the type.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 205
According to its description this species possesses the external
structural characteristic of Echinoclathria but differs from
the latter in respect to its echinating spicules, which are
spined, and in respect to its coring spicules, which appear to
be auxiliary. It accordingly possesses the spiculation of Wil-
sonella, of which genus Plectispa may therefore be regarded
as a synonym. Lendenfeld himself,! shortly after his estab-
lishment of this genus, recognised the necessity of restricting
the name to forms with acanthostyles and thereby tacitly
indicated the type-species.

GENUS CLATHRIA, O. Schmidt (emend.).

The main skeleton is a reticulation of well-developed
horny fibres which are cored with smooth or, less fre-
quently, partly spined principal styli, and echinated by
spined or (rarely) smooth accessory styli. Auxiliary
monactinal or (rarely) diactinal megascleres of a single
kind, smooth or terminally spined and typically slenderer
than the principal styli, occur in the ground and dermal
tissues and occasionally also, though rarely in any con-
siderable number, within the fibres themselves; they are
usually most abundant in the superficial tissues where
they may become so closely aggregated as to constitute a
definite dermal skeleton. There are no special dermal
styli. Microscleres, when present, are typically isochele
palmata@ or toxa.

The above emended diagnosis is intended to exclude not
only such species as are referable to the genus Rhaphidophlus,
but also a number of others which might conveniently be
united under Carter’s genus [Vilsonella (vide infra). At the
same time an attempt has also been made to render the
definition more precise in regard to the characters of the spi-
cules. It is, for instance, no longer correct to say that the
coring styli are smooth; in many species they are basally
tipped with spines, whilst in Clathria clathrata, Whitelegge,?
they are provided with moderately large spines over a con-
siderable portion of the basal region and usually, in addition,
with extremely minute spines on the remaining portion of
their length. Neither is it any longer permissible in the face
of such species as C. transiens, sp. nov. to speak of the echin-
ating spicules as if they were invariably spined. If the genus
Wilsonella be accepted in the sense in which I define it, a
number of species which up till the present have been in-
cluded in Clathria will need to be removed from the genus,

1 Lendenfeld—Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1889, p. 99.
2 Vide infra, p. 209.

206 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

and those which remain will be characterised by the posses-
sion of auxiliary megascleres which are almost invariably
stylote. It may be questionable whether the retention within
the genus of species with diactinal auxiliaries is strictly
proper, but so far as I know, there is no urgent reason for
their removal, provided that they satisfy the definition in other
respects. Allowance must be made also for the fact that
many so-called diactinal spicules are only apparently diactinal.

The distribution of the auxiliary megascleres is subject to:
a certain amount of variation. In general, they are scattered
Without apparent order through the soft tissues, increase
in abundance in the more superficial layers, and are some-
times so crowded at the surface—though possibly never with
any distinct regularity of arrangement—-that there results in
consequence a definite dermal skeleton. It must be allowed,
however, that in particular cases, the auxiliary megascleres
may play an appreciable part in the formation of the spicular
axis of the fibres, or may actually, as in C. inanchorata, R.
and D.,? become almost or even quite entirely restricted to an
intra-fibral situation. An instance of such invasion of the
fibres by auxiliary megascleres is probably afforded by the
genus Echinochalina, some species of which, e.g., E. glabra,

1 Hentschel (Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., 1911) has recently
without sufficient justification, placed such a species in the genus
Spanioplon.

2I have examined the specimen recorded by Whitelegge under the
name of Clathria inanchorata, R. and D. (Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907,
p. 495), and although the dimensions of the spicules do not agree with
the “Challenger” description I cannot do otherwise than agree with
Whitelegge in regarding them as genuine examples of the species. Not
only do they agree perfectly with the “Challenger” specimen in external
appearance, but also in regard to the shape of the acanthostyles and
the (smaller) toxa. I believe, therefore, that we have in the case of this:
species an instance of one of the very few inaccuracies to be found in
the descriptions of the “Challenger” Monaxonida. The spicules within
the fibres (the main fibres only) are of two kinds, viz.: (i.) Stouter,
usually curved styli; the stoutest are 24-25 y) in diameter, and their
maximum length varies in the different specimens from 480 to 560 »; and
(ii.) slenderer straight subtylostyli (or tylostyli) probably never of
greater size than 450 x 13 y. These spicules I regard as representing
respectively the principal and auxiliary stylotes of other species. Both
kinds are basally tipped with a very minute spination which is more
conspicuous in the auxiliary spicules. Neither principal nor auxiliary
spicules appear ever to occur scattered between the fibres, though the
former—but rarely or never the latter—occur abundantly as exteriorly
directed echinating spicules, along with acanthostyles, on the super-
ficial transverse fibres. The acanthostyles are extremely variable in size.
The smallest may be less than 60 p long; but it is impossible to attach
any precise upper limit to their length. The greater number by far are
less than 200 yp long, and of the remainder the majority are less than
240 »; but as the length increases the spicule becomes curved and more
and more free from spines and gradually passes into the form of the
principal styli. Thus the echinating spicules show a complete transition
from accessory spined to principal smooth spicules. ; The toxa are of two,
kinds: one, similar in form to that figured in the “Challenger” Report,
ranges in length from less than 20 p to about 120 ) and reaches a
diameter of 4 yp; the other is very long and slender, with straight arms
inclined at a small angle, and reaches a length, in some cases, of 560 1,
with a diameter of about 2 yp. Chele have not been observed. (Vide
remarks on C. caelata.)

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 207

convey irresistibly the impression that they have been evolved
from forms related to existing species of Echinoclathria
through the replacement in the fibres of principal by auxiliary
megascleres.

The principal and accessory styli in Clathria likewise ex-
hibit differences in regard to their mode of distribution. The
principal styli, whilst invariably functioning as coring spicules
in the main fibres and usually also in the transverse, occur
also in many species as interstitial spicules, and in some as
supplementary echinating spicules along with the accessory
spicules. In the latter case it not infrequently happens that
the principal and accessory styli are connected by an unbroken
series of intermediate spicule-forms. The accessory styli,
which with rare exceptions are spined, are not as a rule ex-
clusively restricted to the office of echinating the fibres, but
also occur in limited numbers intrafibrally! and interstitially.
The particular mode of occurrence of the several spicules
is, in all probability, characteristic for any given species
and should accordingly be taken account of in any descrip-
tion which aims at completeness. The microscleres of
Clathria are typically isochelz palmate and toxa, but one or
both forms may be absent. It is a question wheher species in
which the chele are other than of the palmate type should be
allowed in the genus. Whilst there can be little doubt thar
palmate chelz and arcuate chele represent two distinct lines
of development, and are likely to serve as valuable aids for
the separation of genera, the fact that it is not possible in all
cases to say whether a particular chela is more strictly palmate
or more strictly arcuate, renders it inadvisable at present to
depend upon them solely for the generic separation of species ;
although eventually no doubt, other characters not hitherto
employ. ed in classification will be found to provide a means of
deciding in doubtful cases. In connection with the genus
Clathria (minus Wulsonella), however, it is quite possible
that no species with intermediate or ambiguous chele occur,
and accordingly a new genus might well be established for
those species which possess chela arcuate ; meanwhile, such
species must, I suppose, be allowed in the genus. — Kirk-
patrick? has described two species from South Africa, one
of which, C. mollis is scarcely capable of being retained in the
genus, since not only does it possess auxiliary tornota and
isochele arcuate, but is also characterised by the absence o!

1 The occurrence of acanthostyles in considerable numbers in the
fibres is extremely well exemplified in Clathria Hartmeyeri, Hentschel
(1911).

Kirkpatrick—Marine Investigations in South Africa, ii., pp. 248, 249.

208 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULI!s.

principal styli. The other, wrongly identified as Clathria
typica, Carter, is anomalous, if its description be correct, in
possessing sigmata in addition to palmate isochele and toxa.

In none of the species of Clathria which I have examined
have I observed unmistakable oscula.

The following species, of which I have examined the type-
specimens, call for remark :—-

Clathria (?) chartacea, Whitelegge,! is an unusual type of
sponge for which perhaps a new genus must be established.
The skeleton consists of a renieroid reticulation of acantho-
styles traversed by multispicular primary lines of spicules in
the mid-plane of the sponge-lamina, and by paucispicular
secondary lines running off from these to the surface. The
spicules forming these lines are of two kinds, viz., acantho-
styles similar to those of the intervening meshwork, and
smooth styli of a larger size; those of the primary lines are
chiefly of the latter kind, whilst those of the secondary lines
are chiefly of the former. The terminal spicules of the
secondary lines are, however, exclusively of the smooth kind,
and project considerably beyond the surface, rendering it his-
pid. There are no echinating spicules. The meshes of the
renieroid reticulation are triangular or quadrangular with
sides of a spicule’s length usually formed by a single spicule.
All the foregoing spicules are distinctly ensheathed in spongin.
Slender (auxiliary) styli are sparsely scattered through the
tissues, becoming more abundant towards the surface. Micro-
scleres are absent. The species is possibly related to the genus
Suberotelites, from which it appears to differ mainly in pos-
sessing stylote instead of strongyliform accessory spicules.

Clathria pellicula, Whitelegge, 2 which from its description
would appear to be a Microciona, is really a Hymeraphia.
The description states that the skeleton is columnar ‘‘consist-
ing of w hisp-like multispicular fibres, with little or no
spongin,’’ which ‘tare made up of irregularly disposed
smooth styli or subtylostyli and accompanied by spined styl.’
It is further stated that ‘there are but few spicules between
the fibres.’? I have prepared a number of sections from dif-
ferent parts of the type-specimen, but in none can I find
columns of principal styl. Of quite frequent occurrence,
however, are short strands of auxiliary syli running in various

1 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 497.

2 Whitelegge—The Sponges of Funafuti (Austr. Mus. Mem., iii., 5, 1897,
p. 327).

SPONGES._HALLMANN. 209
directions—vertically, obliquely and horizontally—through
the sponge-body, and it is these, I presume, which Whitelegge
refers to as ‘‘columns.’’ The principal spicules (tylostyli) which
are relatively very few in number stand singly perpendicularly
to the base of the sponge with their heads almost in contact
with the substratum; they occur in no other situation. The
accessory styli (acanthostyli), which also are by no means
abundant, are, with the exception of a few scattered individ-
uals, arranged similarly to the principal spicules. The
auxiliary megascleres (tylostyli) are relatively very numerous
and are divisible into two sizes, viz., those of lesser length
forming the dermal tufts, and those of greater length scattered
within the tissues and forming the strands already referred
to. The species accordingly appears to have a closer re-
lationship to Rhaphidophlus than to Clathria. The principal
tylostyli vary in length from 180 to 440%, but only occasion-
ally exceed 360; the stoutest are 8 to gy in diameter. They
are characterised by a basal region of spination which may be
limited to the surface of the tylosis merely, or may extend—
particularly in the case of the shorter spicules—over the
greater portion of the length of the spicule. The largest
accessory acanthostyles are 1207 long and rarely exceed
6 in diameter The auxiliary tylostyli may attain a size of
480 x 4.5 4; the dermal tylostyli are apparently never much in
excess of 2007 in length. The slender isochele palmate vary
in length from 16 to 201; the toxa are not more than
1.5 # in diameter and range in length from about200 to 380 p.

Microciona clathrata, Whitelegge,! though peculiar in some
respects, is distinctly a Clathria. The statement in the original
description that ‘‘the skeleton consists of stout horny fibres
arranged in plumose columns’’ is a remarkable error which
can only be explained by supposing that the description was
based upon a section through the terminal portion of a branch
in which transverse fibres were not conspicuously developed.
The skeleton is an irregular reticulation of stout and densely
horny fibres, which, except in newly-formed branches are so
strongly developed that the interstices of the meshwork may
become reduced almost to the point of obliteration. The
sponge is, consequently, exceptionally hard and tough. In
the interior of the sponge the fibres are plentifully echinated
with large accessory acanthostyles; the superficial fibres are
densely echinated both with accessory acanthosyles and prin-
cipal styli which together hispidate the surface. Amongst

1 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 493. The name Clathria
clathrata is at present also used for the sponge originally described by
O. Schmidt as Tenacia clathrata. but as this may be placed in the genus
Rhaphidophlus, | refrain from changing the name of Whitelegge’s species-

210 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

these superficial echinating spicules, a transition of forms
intermediate between the accessory and principal styli are
met with. In this respect the species resembles C. in-
anchorata, R. and D. The arrangement of the principal
styli in the inner skeleton is to a great extent independent of
that of the fibres. The principal styli are curved spicules of
very variable length ranging from less than 200 to upwards
of 4504 long; it is rarely that they exceed a size of 400
x 25; they are typically provided at the base with larger
spines for about 20 to 4op of their length and beyond that
with very minute sparsely scattered spines. The accessory
acanthostyles, which also are curved, vary in length from
about 100 to 200 7 and the stoutest are about 15 7 in diameter ;
it is impossible, however, to affix any precise upper limit to
their length since they gradually pass into the form of the
principal styli; their basal end is closely covered with clavate
spines whilst the shaft is provided with sharp-pointed recurved
spines. The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostyli which
are basally tipped with a few minute spines. They are plenti-
fully scattered through the tissues and are particularly
abundant in the dermal layer where they lie for the most part
horizontally ; they are 150 to 240 in length and may reach
a diameter of 8 ». Palmate chele, 7 to 10 » long. Slender
tricurvate toxa, 80-150 # long.

Somewhat related to Clathria clathrata, though of quite
different habit, is the sponge which Whitelegge! regarded as
Echinonema anchoratum, var. lamellosa, Lendenfeld, and for
which I now propose the name Clathria spicata. White-
legge’s description is misleading in several respects. |The
species is known from a single “dry specimen of flabelliform
shape. The surface which is bare of any traces of a dermal
investment is ornamented by minute discontinuous longitudi-
nal ridgings with frequent transverse connections; and is
dotted with numerous small rounded holes which probably
represent the openings leading into the incurrent canals. The
skeleton reticulation is very irregular and the connecting
fibres are destitute of a spicular core. The coring spicules,
which include both accessory and auxiliary spicules in addition
to the principal, are for the most part disposed plumosely in
a rather disorderly manner and often project beyond the
spongin-sheath. Fascicles of spicules also occur independently
of the fibres. The accessory acanthostyles echinating the
fibres of the interior may reach a length of 1207 or more, but

1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 82.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 211
are usually less than 1tooj. ‘The superficial fibres are echi-
nated by spicules showing all gradations of form between the
shortest accessory and the longest principal spicules. In this
species therefore, as in the preceding, there is no line of
separation between these two classes of spicules, so that it is
impossible to assign any upper limit to the length of the
former or lower limit to the length of the latter. Both kinds
are typically curved, with the greatest curvature in the basal
moiety. The principal spicules may attain a size of
410 X 124; they are conical tylostyli in which the surface of
the tylosis is rugged or obscurely spined; in the larger in-
dividuals the shaft is, with rare exceptions, free from
inequalities. The auxiliary spicules are subtylostyli usually
basally tipped with a minute spination; they vary in length
from 130 (or less) to about 340 y, and the stoutest are
4.5 in diameter. The isochele are fairly abundant and
reach a length of 13 jt. Very slender toxa, with straight arms
and only a slight median flexure, are rare; they reach a maxi-
mum length of at least 260 7. The slender hair-like spicules
mentioned by Whitelegge are incipient auxiliary spicules. The
‘locality of the specimen, according to its label, is Western
Australia. The Echinonema anchoratum var. lamellosa,
Lendenfeld, which from its description is possibly a species of
Vilsonella, was recorded from Port Chalmers, New Zealand.

Whitelegge has, accordingly, described in all nine new
‘species of Clathria, viz., C. tenuifibra, C. multtpes,} nom.
nov., C. striata, C. calopora, C. arcuophora, C. clathrata (as
Microciona), C. diechinata, nom. nov., C. tenebrata (as
Rhaphidophlus), and C. bispinosa® (as Rhaphidophlus).

1 In the remarks on the genus Plectispa. Lendf., it was pointed out
that the Clithiia (Plectisna) a-orea. Whitelegge, is distinct from Len-
denfeld’s species of that name. Since the specific named arborea is based
on a mistaken identification and is, moreover, quite inappropriate, its
retention is undesirable, and I therefore propose for this sponge the
name tie» in reference to its habit of forming a number of attach-
ment-stalks. A sponge in the British Museum bearing the manuscript
name “ Thalassodendron reticulata, Lendenfeld”’ (a small portion of which
is included in Prof. Dendy’s loan to the Australian Museum), is, as White-
legge has already stated, identical with this species. A fuller descrip-
tion than that which has been given is desirable, but the material in
hand is not sufficiently well-preserved for the purpose. I may merely
mention that Whitelegge has overlooked the presence of very slender
palmate isochele 6-7 p) long; that the principal styli are straight or
slightly curved subfusiform spicules which may attain a size of 192 x
12 n; and that the cylindrical auxiliary subtylostyli vary in length from
170 » or less to 250 1) and may attain a diameter of 4.5 p.

2 A doubt may be said to exist concerning this species, since the tyne-
specimen and slides have apparently been lost. Judging from its descrip-
tion, the svecies is remarkable in that the accessory acanthostyles have
become differentiated into two groups. The probability is, however. that
the slender forms mentioned are only early developmental stages. If this
is so, the species is almost certainly another of the series to which
‘belong ©. inanchorata, C. caelata, C. clathrata, and ©. spicata.

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

to
fa
bo

CLATHRIA C4ELATA, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxiii., fig. 4; and fig. 43.)

Sponge erect, stipitate; with a tendency, more or less
well expressed towards a restriction of growth to one
plane, but otherwise variable in habit. Surface charac-
teristically ornamented by close-set processes with deep
intervening sulci. Dermal membrane exceeding thin, or
apparently absent. Main skeleton a close reticulation of
well-developed horny fibres; the main fibres with longi-
tudinally and divergingly disposed skeletal spicules, the
connecting fibres vacant. The echinating spicules range
in form, gradationally, from small straight (accessory)
acanthostyles to large curved smooth principal styli;
those of intermediate and larger size are mostly to be
found on the outer aspect of the superficial fibres.
Auxiliary spicules in moderate number occur both within
the fibres and scattered between, Megascleres :—(i.)
Smooth principal styli, 140-320 x 10 yi; (it.) entirely
spined acanthostyli, about 110 x 5.5 4; (tit.) auxiliary
subtylostyli, 375 x 5 qt. Miucroscleres:—-Toxa of two
sizes; the shorter, abundant, rarely exceeding go «; the
longer, very rare, attaining to at least 275 yt in length.

This species—represented by six specimens—is an erect
stipitate sponge, somewhat variable in habit, but of very
characteristic external aspect owing to the extreme inequality
of its surface. The inequality, which is such that the surface
might be described as deeply sulcated or sculptured, is due to
the close apposition over its entire extent (including the stalk)
of short erect processes of variable shape but fairly uniform
height. The appearance of the sponge, viewed at a distance,
is suggestive of that of certain corals of the genus Madrepora.

In its simplest form the sponge is probably ramose, with
short repeatedly divided branches disposed in one plane and
more or less inter-united by means of their laterally situated
processes. An approach to a formation of this kind is shown
in some parts of several of the present specimens; but, in
general they are irregularly flabellate and more or less pro-
liferous. The largest specimen is 125 mm. in height (exclusive
of the stalk), roo mm. broad, and 7 to 15 mm. thick.

The texture is fibrous; the consistency tough, compressible,
resilient. The colour (in alcohol) varies from honey-yellow

SPONGES._HALLMANN.

2
Se)

to’ deep brown; the darker colour is due to the presence of
pigmented cells. In some specimens an exceedingly thin
dermal membrane is visible on the less exposed parts.

The main skeleton is an irregular small-meshed reticula-
tion of well-developed pale horny fibres, the stoutest of which

may attain a diameter of 100 jt.
The main fibres are provided
with a somewhat meagre, dis-
crete, semi-plumose — spicular
core which comprises both
principal (stylote) and auxiliary
(subtylostylote) | megascleres ;
the connecting fibres are
destitute of contained spicules,
but, like the main fibres, are
rather scantily echinated by
slender accessory acanthostyles.
The principal styli of the main
fibres are, in general, set more
or less obliquely to the direction
of the fibre, sometimes at such
an angle that they become, in
effect, echinating spicules. On
the outer aspect of the super-
ficial transverse fibres, echinat-
ing principal styli occur in con-
siderable number; in this situa-
tion they stand quite perpen-
dicularly to the fibre. Between
the principal and accessory
spicules, however, it is impos-
sible to draw a hard and fast
line of separation, since—
although the transition between
them is fairly abrupt—the one
form graduates into the other.
The interstitial spicules are
auxiliary subtylostyli and toxa,
together with occasional prin-
cipal and accessory styli; the
toxa are fairly plentiful in the
deeper parts, but become par-

Fig. 43—(Clathria caelata.
Principal style.

a

b Auxiliary

. . . style. c Acanthostyles. d
ticularly abundant in the imme- ace conten:
diate neighbourhood of the sur- j
face. The dermal membrane contains a few horizontally-

disposed auxiliary spicules and numerous scattered toxa.

-Chele are absent.

214 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli are sub-conical and slightly curved
spicules, occasionally exhibiting a faint sub-basal.
constriction, and attaining a maximum size of 320
x 10 #. Although the smallest of them are indis-
tinguishable from the largest accessory styli; the
lower limit of their length may be fixed at about
120 #, since neither do individuals of lesser length
than this exhibit the curvature of form typical of the
principal spicules; nor individuals of greater length,
the minute spination typical of the accessory. ‘Their
only inequality of surface is an obscure ruggedness
which, in the case of the shorter spicules, may affect
the entire surface, but which becomes less and less
distinct and more restricted to the basal region as the
length of the spicule increases, and finally dis-
appears; spicules of greater length than 180 y are,
with rare exceptions, quite smooth.

(ii.) The accessory acanthostyles are straight sub-conical
spicules, frequently with a. slight basal enlargement
(subtylote) and with a minutely spined or, less fre-
quently, merely rugged surface. Their length varies
from about 4o to 120 yt, but seldom exceeds 95 #;
they are rarely more than 5 in diameter.

(iii.) The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostyli (or
tylostyli) varying in length from 190 to 390 }, and in
diameter up to 5 #. They sometimes show an obscure
spination of the extreme basal end.

Microscleres: Toxa of two kinds.—

(i.) Shorter, typically tricurvate forms, with well-arched
median flexure; rarely, angulately bent and with
straight arms. They range from less than 20 } to
upwards of 100 # (rarely more than go }) in length,
and up to 3 in diameter.

(ii.) Extremely rare, long slender forms,! with fairly
straight arms, ranging in length from 150 } or less
to at least 275 yw, and in diameter up to 1.5 #. The
shortest make some approach in form to the first-
mentioned and indicate that the two forms are modi-
fications of a single original form.

Locs.—Tasmania (Austr. Mus. Coll.); forty miles west
from Kingston, South Australia, 30 fms. ; fifteen miles east-
north-east from Cape Barren, Tasmania, 53 fms. (‘‘Endea-
vour’’).

1 Owing to their rarity these toxa were at first overlooked, and have
consequently been omitted from the text-figure. Their presence would
have remained unsuspected had not the existence of similar spicules in
the closely allied C. inanchorta prompted me to undertake a special search

for them.

SPONGES._HALLMANN 215,

In regard to skeletal structure and the incomplete differen-
tiation of principal and accessory spicules, this soe agrees
with C. inanchorata (p. 206), C. clathrata (p. 209), C. spicata
(p. 210), and C. costifera, sp. nov., and is perhaps sufficiently
closely related to the first-mentioned to be regarded as a
variety of it. It is strange that, although four of these species
have been previously described, their peculiarity in spiculation
has hitherto been overlooked. The five species constitute a
well-marked group characterised, as regards skeletal features,
not merely by (i.) the imperfect differentiation of the principal
and accessory megascleres, and (ii.) the participation of the
former in the echination of the fibres—for these features are
found also in otherwise quite different species—but also (iii.)
by the peculiar mode of disposition (obliquity relatively to the
axis of the fibre) of the principal spicules of the main fibres,
more particularly towards their outer extremities, and the con-
sequent ‘‘semi-plumose”’ or ‘‘spicate’’ character of these fibres ;
(iv.) by the absence of axial spicules from the connecting
fibres ; and (v.) by the relatively dense echination of the super-
ficial transverse fibres, chiefly or entirely on their outer aspect.
Another character which appears to be of common occurrence,
is the inclusion of auxiliary megascleres amongst the intra-
fibral spicules; this, however, is not shown by ¢ ’. clathrata.
To the same group, in all probability, Clathria coppingeri,
Ridley,t Rhaphidophlus bispinosus, Whitelegge,? and Ophlit-
aspongia membranacea, Thiele,’ also belong. This group of
species might be called, after one of its species, the spicata-
group—a name which also calls to mind one of its character-
istic features

CLATHRIA COSTIFERA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxxi., fig. 2; and fig. 44.)

Sponge flabellifovm, moderately thin, stipitate, with
radially corrugated surface. The dermal membrane,
owing to the abundance of its contained (auxiliary) spi-
cules, forms a whitish encrustation in the dry state. The
main skeleton is a close reticulation of well-developed
horny fibres. The fibral spicules (principal styli)—which
are absent from the connecting fibres—are arranged in a
disorderly fashion and, particularly in the more super-
ficial parts of the sponge, often project far beyond, or are
situated upon, the fibre, in the manner of echinating spi-
Gules: 1A. eo ee series of spicules of intermediate

1 Ridley—Report Zool. Coll. of the * ‘Alert,’ 1884, p. 445, pl. xl., figs. F, F’;
PG dee seers ol!

2 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iy., 10, 1907, p. 503.

3 Thiele—Fauna Chilensis; Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. vi., Bd. iii, Heft 3, 1905,.
p. 450, figs. 67a-e, 105.

216 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

form connects the accessory with. the principal styli.
Megascleres :—(i.) Smooth principal styli;) maximum
size, 300 x 10 pt; (ii.) acanthostyles, minutely spined,
seldom exceeding 90 x 6 p; (iii.) auxiliary subtylostyli;
maximum size, 380 x 6 44. Microscleres :—Flexuous hair-
like spicules (modified toxa), fairly abundant; maximum
length, at least 250 wp.

Nea

This species is represented in the collection
by a single dry washed-out specimen, of leaf-
like form. The lamina is elliptical in outline,
and measures 300 mm. in breadth, by 200
mm. in height; the stalk is short, stout, and
proximally swollen. Both surfaces of the
lamina are elegantly ridged and furrowed,
over their entire extent, along lines which
radiate curvately from the junction of stalk
and lamina. The grooves are 2 to 5 mm. in
width ; the intervening “‘ridges,’’ which are
Py d much compressed (septiform) and somewhat

¢ jagged, measure 1 to 4 mm. in height. Be-
tween the ridges the lamina 1s comparatively
thin and, in the present condition of the
sponge, perforated by frequent rounded open-
ings up to 2 mm. in diameter. The consis-
tency is firm and tough; the texture fibrous.

See

The main skeleton is a close-meshed net-

work of strongly-developed horny fibres, the

* stoutest of which attain a diameter of about

100 #; the connecting fibres are free from

Fig. 44—C. cost?- contained spicules. Echinating acanthostlyes

fera. a Principal are scarce. In the central region of the
styles. b Auxili-

ary subtylostyle. SPOMge, i.e., in the lamina proper, the reticula-

c Acanthostyles. tion is irregular and confused ; intrafibral

d Trichitoidal mi- spicules are here comparatively few in num-

croscleres (modi- ber, and the distinction between main and

fied toxa). connecting fibres is often obscure. In the

surface ‘‘ridges,’’ on the other hand, the

main fibres run in close and. fairly regular sub- parallelism,

and, owing to their contained spicules, stand out rather

conspic uously in comparison with the short aspiculous

transverse _ fibres. The fibral spicules, though almost
exclusively principal styli, may yet at times include a
considerable proportion of au xiliary tylostyli. Between

the fibres, more particularly in the central region of the
sponge- -lamina, megascleres occur in great profusion ; they
consist chiefly of auxiliary spicules, which are often clustered

SPONGES._HALLMANN. 217:
in short strands. In other respects the main skeleton agrees.
with that of the preceding species, C. celata; that is to. say,
the principal styli of the fibres are arranged more or less semi-
plumosely and frequently assume the attitude of echinating
spicules ; the superficial transverse fibres are closely echinated’
on their outer aspect by both accessory and principal styli;
and, finally, the principal and accéssory megascleres are con-
nected by a series of spicules of intermediate fOGmsr lhe
passage between the two kinds of megascleres is, however,
more abrupt than in C. ce@lata, and transitional forms are
rarely met with except amongst the spicules which echinate
the superficial fibres. In two respects the species differs
markedly from C. c@lata; firstly, in the absence of tricurvate
toxa ; and, secondly, in the presence of a well-developed dermal
skeleton in the form of a thin layer of closely packed hori-
zontally-disposed auxiliary subtylostyli, which in the dry state
forms a whitish incrustation similar in appearance to that
shown by species of Rhaphidophlus.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli are curved or (less frequently)
straight subconical smooth spicules, varying in length
from about 120 to 300 and in diameter up to top;
the stoutest are usually those of intermediate length,
say from 220 to 250. The shortest often exhibit a
slight degree of ruggedness or other surface in-
equality, which rarely extends for more than a short
distance from the basal extremity and is seldom met
with in individuals of greater length than 160p. A
certain proportion show a slight basal knob marked
off by a faint constriction; this is of relatively larger
size in smaller and slenderer individuals, which are
then subtylostyli sometimes scarcely distinguishable
from the shorter auxiliary spicules.

(ii.

——)

The accessory acanthostyles are straight or slightly
curved subconical spicules occasionally with a slight
basal knob. In length, they range from 40 p to 12041
though usually less than 904. _—Individuals above
1007 long are comparatively rare, and are inter-
mediate in form between the accessory spicules proper
and the principal spicules. The accessory spicules
proper are minutely spined over their whole length or,
like those of intermediate form, are merely rugged.

(iii.) The auxiliary subtylostyli (or, less frequently, simple
styli) are straight or curved spicules, varying in length
from less than 160 to 3804 and in diameter up
to 6p.

218

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Microscleres.—

These are of one kind only, viz., long very slender, hair-like
sinuous spicules of indefinite form, which are undoubtedly
modified toxa. They are scattered singly and are moderately
abundant, and may attain a length of (at least) 260 p.

Loc.-—East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait
(‘‘Endeavour’’).

CLATHRIA RUBENS, Lendenfeld.

(Plate xxxii., fig. 1, and fig. 45-)

1888. Thalassodendron rubens, var. dura (pars), Lendenfeld,

Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 223.

Thalassodendron rubens, var. lamella (pars), Lenden-
feld, Loc. cit.

got. Clathria rubens (pars), Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus.,

iVis12, Pp--85, 66, ply mises Tee

(Thalassodendron rubens), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 86.

Sponge profusely ramose, stipitate, branching poly-
tomously with anastomosis. Branches cylindrical except
at nodes. ‘‘Asterisks’’ (of radiately-disposed grooves),
sometimes associated each with a conical process, occur
at intervals over the otherwise even surface. Dermal
membrane very thin, indistinct; containing scattered
horizontally-lying (auxiliary) spicules. Main skeleton an
irregular reticulation of well-developed horny fibres, all
of which contain slender axial spicules (principal styli),
those in the main fibres arranged in a fairly compact thin
core. Principal styli of stouter proportions than those
within the fibres, occur sporadically as echinating spicules
and are scattered interstitially along with a few (auxiliary)
tylostyli. Accessory (echinating and scattered) acantho-
styles are somewhat scarce, and spicules occur (alihough
rather rarely) which are intermediate in form between
them and the principal styli. Megascleres :—(i.) Principal
styli (proper), straight, smooth, subfusiform, rarely 165
x 10 pt; (ii-) accessory acanthostyli (proper), small-
spined, rarely 8o x 6 p; (iii.) auxiliary subtylostyli, 170 x
3-5 #. Microscleres :—(i.) Scarce isochele palmate, 8-
12 p long; (u.) slender toxa of characteristic form, 160 to
260 yw long.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 219

Introductory Remarks.—I have already pointed out (p. 179)
that the two sponges (not three as Ww hitelegge Eraoced)
described by Lendenfeld under the name of Thalassodendron
rubens and distinguished as varieties dura and lamella respec-
tively, belong to ‘different species, and that in their original
descriptions the two were confused. This I have been enabled
to establish owing to the fortunate circumstance that the
actual specimen figured by Lendenfeld under the latter name is
still in existence. This specimen, strangely enough, is labelled,
in Dr. Lendenfeld’s handwriting, ‘‘Thalassodendron rubens,
var. dura;’’ and thus it appears certain that the name dura
was purely a manuscript one used in connection with the latter
variety, and that its application to the former, for which it is
extremely inappropriate, was due to inadvertence. Luckily,
however, there are nomenclatural reasons why this name
should be rejected.

Description.—The sponge is profusely ramose and attains to
a considerable size. Its chief external characteristics lie in the
mode of branching and in the occurrence at irregular intervals
over its surface of stellate groove-groups (‘‘asterisks’’).

The branches, which in their internodal portions are—
roughly speaking—cylindrical (6 to 12 mm. in diameter) or
only slightly compressed, become at intervals much broadened,
forming nodes of more or less triangular shape. The forma-
tion of such a node is almost invariably followed by a division
of the branch into a number (two to five or more) of secondary
branches. The secondary branches arise from the distal side
of the nodal region either on the same level or consecutively in
close succession; the mode of branching might in either case
—though less correctly so in the latter—be described as poly-
tomous. The resultants of any one polytomy, but usually not
of successive polytomies, lie in the same plane. Owing to the
rapid multiplication of branches in this way, the transverse
dimensions of the sponge increase rapidly upwards. The
branches are usually crooked, and this, in conjunction with
their frequent anastomoses tends to bring about the formation
of a tangled and reticulate mass in w hich the mode of branch-
ing may become more or less obscured. _ The ‘‘asterisks’’
—groups of radiately-disposed, shallow, sharply-incised fur-
rows—occur chiefly on the more compressed parts of the
branches; as a rule their centre-points lie on or near the
margins of the branches. Quite commonly the central region

of the area occupied by such a group is raised up into a con-
spicuous conical process, to the apex of which the grooves
ascend. The number of furrows which arrive at the centre of
an asterisk varies from about six to ten; each of these main
furrows usually results from the confluence of a number of

220 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

tributary furrows. Often, a single furrow is continuous be-
tween the centres of two adjoining asterisks. That some
special significance attaches to these furrows is indicated by
the occurrence along them of “‘pores’’ of distinctly larger size
than any to be found elsewhere on the surface. Although

a
a
e
r

Fig. 45— Clathria rubens. a Principal styles.
b Auxiliary styles. c Acanthostyles. d Chela.
e Toxa.

these ‘‘pores’’ are probably exhalant openings, it would
appear (from a single specimen rather imperfectly preserved
in alcohol) that, in the living condition, they are roofed over
by dermal membrane

The largest specimen—that which is figured. herein—
measures 450 mm. in height and 250 x 130 mm. in its greatest
transverse dimensions. ‘The older portions of the sponge are

SPONGES.--HALLMANN Ae
firm and tough, and of compact texture; the younger portions
are fine-textured, and, in the dry sponge, of almost silky soft-
ness. he colour in alcohol is dark brown; in the dry state
it varies from greyish yellow to brown.

As seen under moderately low powers of the microscope,
the main skeleton, except in the vicinity of the surface of the
sponge, bears a striking resemblance to that of a Chalinine
sponge. This is mainly due to the comparatively small size
and only moderate abundance of the spicules; to the aggrega-
tion of the intrafibral spicules into a well-defined axial core;
and to the fewness of the echinating acanthostyles. Generally
speaking, the skeleton reticulation consists chiefly of closely
approximated and frequently inosculating longitudinal main
fibres, which contain a somewhat meagre, fairly compact
spicular core, and are joined at irregular intervals by short
usually unispicular connecting fibres.

In the superficial parts of the sponge-branches, however,
the pattern of the skeleton is of a somewhat different char-
acter. Thus, the “‘excurrent’’ main fibres (i.e., those which run
obliquely outwards to the surface of the branches) become
somewhat widely separated as the surface is approached, and
between them the connecting fibres form an interreticulation
or plexus. Moreover, the spicules of these main fibres become
reduced in number and more dispersed, whilst those of the
connecting fibres increase in number. The distinction between
main and connecting fibres consequently tends to become
obscure, and the general pattern of the skeleton approaches
that which is characteristic rather of Myxilla. It is to be noted
also that the fibral spicules (principal styli) of this portion of
the skeleton are of distinctly stouter proportions than those
which core the main fibres of the interior.

Irrespective of this contrast between its inner and outer por-
tions, the skeleton may yet present quite different appearances
in different parts of the sponge, owing to disparity in the stout-
ness of fibres. Thus, in the denser parts-——especially in the
internodal regions of the branches—the fibres are composed
chiefly of spongin and may attain a diameter of 80 jz; whilst
in the younger portions of the sponge—especially in the nodal
regions of the branches—spongin is much reduced in amount
—often to such an extent that it forms but a scarcely percep-
tible sheath enclosing the spicules—and even the stoutest
fibres may be less than 20 y in diameter. There is in this
connection a further difference also, due to the fact that those
fibres which are deficient in spongin likewise show a reduction
in the number of their axial spicules. In regions of greater
density, accordingly, the inner or deeper skeleton is a close

222 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

reticulation of fairly stout fibres with well-marked differences
in spiculation between the main and connecting fibres;
whereas, in regions of least density, it is a very loose reticu-
lation of fine fibres, and the main fibres, in point of stoutness
and spiculation, are but slightly distinguished from the con-
necting.

Echinating acanthostyles are irregular in occurrence, and,
on the whole, comparatively scarce; they are sometimes com-
pletely enclosed within the fibres. Principal and auxiliary
spicules, the former in greater number, are somewhat spar-
ingly scattered between the fibres, and with them occur also a
few acanthostyles. A notable proportion of the ‘‘extrafibral”’
principal styli are disposed perpendicularly to the fibres in
such a way that they appear to echinate the fibres; on careful
examination many of these prove to be ensheathed in an ex-
ceedingly thin layer of spongin continuous with that of the
fibre, but very few indeed are actually imbedded in the fibre.
A further point worthy of notice is the fact that the interstitial
and quasi-echinating principal styli (like those, already men-
tioned, which form the superficial fibres) are, in general, much
stouter than those which core the longitudinal main fibres.

The dermal membrane contains numerous horizontally dis-
posed scattered auxiliary spicules. These are not so abundant
as to give rise to a visible incrustation in the dry state of the
sponge.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli are typically straight subfusiform
spicules, often with a slight waist-like sub-basal con-
striction. They are usually quite smooth, though a
very appreciable proportion, particularly among
those of intermediate and lesser length, carry a few
low spines at or near the basal end. Their maximum
size is 160 x 10 jt. Spicules below a length of 120
are rare and usually bear a greater or less number of
spines scattered over their whole length; amongst
these shortest spicules are some which, in form,
bridge over the gap between the principal and acces-
sory spicules.

(ii.) The accessory acanthostyles are sub-conical spicules,
provided over their whole length with small spines.
They vary in length from 55 to over 100 j4; but in-
dividuals of greater size than 70 x 6 } are rather
rare, and usually show a reduced spination.

(iii.) The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostylh,
sometimes basally tipped with a minute spination ;
size 120-170 X 3.5 H.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 223

Microscleres.—
(i.) Scarce isochele palmate, 8-12 y long.

(1i.) Long slender toxa, tolerably plentiful, of character-
istic though somewhat variable shape, 160-260 jp: in
length and, at most, 1.5 j in diameter.

Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

CLATHRIA PARTITA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxit., fig.) 3)5andi tic. 46; )

Sponge stipitate, with few, broad, much compressed,
free or coalescent branches ae leamoies in one plane.
Branches transversely furrowed. The dry sponge is
covered with a whitish incrustation of dermal spicules,
beneath which the surface is dotted with pinhole-like
“pores.” Main skeleton a very irregular reticulation of
horny fibres with loosely (and, in the connecting fibres,
usually uni- or bi-serially) arranged spicules. Inwardly
the fibres are fairly stout, but superficially they become
slender and paucispicular, and form a web-like meshwork
in which main and connecting fibres are not distinguish-
able. Echinating spicules scarce, comprising both acces-
sory and principal styli, as well as occasional intermediate
forms. Megascleres: (i) Principal styli, smooth, slightly
curved, 240 x 9 pt; (ii.) acanthostyles, seldom more than
8&5 x 6 p; (iii.) auxiliary styli, smooth, straight, 350 x
4-5 #. Microscleres: Hair-like toxa about 200 yp long.

The single specimen is a tall flabellate sponge with an
elongated cylindrical stalk and a small number of dichotomous
much compressed, strap-shaped branches; in shape it bears
some resemblance to a deeply incised palmatipartite leaf. The
branches usually increase slightly in breadth upwards, thus
becoming spathulate; lateral union between them sometimes
occurs, and it is possible that in some instances the separated
branches may be represented or replaced by a continuous
lamina. The specimen measures 400 mm. in total height; the
thickness of the branches at right angles to the plane of
branching is about 6mm. ‘The surface is ornamented with
shallow furrows and narrow intervening ridges, running, as a
rule, transversely to the margins of the branches. They are
never a very conspicuous feature and are sometimes obscure.
They are most clearly defined towards the lateral borders of

12 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ec

the branches, over the edges of which they pass from one sur--

face to the other; traces of them are also to be seen upon the

stalk. There is nothing to indicate that the furrows have any
special morphological value.

The specimen, which is a dry one, bears
the remains of a whitish spicular encrus-
tation. The exposed surface is irregu-
larly, though fairly closely, dotted with
roundish pinhole-like (subdermal) “‘pores.’’
The consistency is firm and tough; the
texture, very finely fibrous at the surface,
a more coarsely so within; the oleae
brownish yellow.

In its general pattern the skeleton some-

> what resembles that of C. rubens, inas-
much as in its superficial parts the fibres

are uniformly very slender, with pauci- or,

more frequently, uni-serially arranged spi-

cules, and form a reticulation in which the

main and connecting fibres lose their dis-
tinctiveness, whilst in its more central

parts the fibres attain to relatively stout
proportions, reaching a diameter of 80 to

120 p. The two species also agree in the
comparative scarcity of their acantho-

styles, in the circumstance that these spi-

| cules are often entirely enclosed within the
fibre-spongin, and in the presence of echin-

ee Paatipal anne principal styli and of occasional
style. b Auxiliary SPicules intermediate in form between
style. c Acantho- them and the accessory styli. The present
style. d Toxon. species, is, however, w ell distinguished in
this respect that the intrafibral spicules,

which include an appreciable number of auxiliary, as well
as occasional accessory, megascleres, are not collected
into an axial strand, but have a loose disorderly arrange-
ment; and, further, the principal styli, which are much
larger than in C. rubens, show no difference in stoutness
between those of the main longitudinal fibres and those
which occur extra-fibrally and in the superficial fibres. Except
in the main longitudinal fibres, cross sections of which would
usually intersect three or four spicules, the coring spicules are
most frequently uniserially arranged. Owing to the way in
which the connecting fibres inter-reticulate between the main
fibres, the skeleton is of a most irregular pattern—particularly
in its superficial parts, where the fibres form a web-like mesh-
work in which as a rule main fibres are not recognisable, and
in which the sides of the meshes are usually of but a spicule’s

Fig. 46—C. par-

SPONGES.- HALLMANN. 22

wn

length. Echinating principal styli are of fairly common oc-
currence, and are frequently, as also are occasionally the
echinating acanthostyles, surrounded over a greater or less
portion of their length by a sheath of spongin. Scattered
auxiliary spicules are moderately abundant, other interstitial
megascleres comparatively scarce.

A peculiar feature of the skeleton is the occasional occur-
rence of short slender fibres, attached at one extremity only.
These ‘‘semi-detached’’ or ‘“‘floating’’ fibres, which appear to
be most frequent in the superficial portion of the skeleton,
rarely contain more than two or three (almost invariably uni-
serially arranged) spicules and are often reduced to a single
spongin-ensheathed spicule. There is accordingly in this

species a transition from echinating spicules to ‘“‘echinating’’
fibres.

The dermal skeleton is a layer of crowded auxiliary spicules
arranged without order; in the dry condition it forms a
whitish encrustation.

Megascleres.—

(i.) Smooth, usually more or less curved, subconical
principal styli ranging from about 100 to 280 1,
though seldom exceeding 230, in length; those of
intermediate length are the stoutest, attaining to 9
in diameter.

(ii.) Straight subconical acanthostyli, with very small
spines, or with merely rugged surface, ranging in
length from about 50 to 100 #, though rarely exceed-
ing a size of 80 x 6y. Spicules of length in the
neighbourhood of 100 graduate in form between
principal and accessory styl.

(iii.) Straight or sometimes slightly curved auxiliary sub-
tylostyli or styli ranging in length from probably less
than 180} to 350, with a maximum diameter of
4.5 pl. The shorter are usually indistinguishable
from the slenderer principal styli, and so it is impos-
sible to determine the lower limit of their length.

-Microscleres.—
Slender hair-like toxa, of which the longest observed was
210 p in length. They appear to be moderately
abundant, but, owing to their tenuity, are visible i
situ only with great difficulty. Their normal shape
is that shown in the text figure, but departures from
this, due to flexion and torsion of the arms, are

frequent.

226 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

No chele have been observed, but specimens from which the
sarcode has not been removed are needed in order to enable one
to say positively that they are absent.

Loc.-—Southern coast of Australia (‘‘Endeavour’’).

It is necessary to point out that, in this species, the occur-
rence of spicules intermediate in form between the principal
and accessory spicules, is extremely rare—so rare, indeed,
that in some sections I have failed to observe them. ‘The fact
of their presence, however, in this species and in C. rubens,
is important, since it not only shows that these spicules are
not peculiar to the species of the C. spicata group (vide
p- 214), but also suggests that their occurrence may be more
widespread than previous descriptions of Clathria species
would lead one to suppose.

CLATHRIA TRANSIENS, sp. nov.
(Platel Xxxlil:, figs. 1,) 20 65 Rlates xxxiv.. dig.) (2 caeaue
figs. 47-48a).

Sponge stipitate, ramose or sub-lobate; branches free
or inter-uniting, often more or less restricted to one
plane, distinguishable into several orders. Surface
warty. Dermal membrane exceedingly thin or apparently
absent. Surface with closely scattered small sub-dermal
pores. Main skeleton a regular sub-rectangular reticula-
tion of moderately stout fibres. Main fibres ° with a dis-
crete, somewhat “paucis picular slightly plumose core of
relatively large (principal) styli which at the extremity of
the fibre form a spongin-free tuft; transverse fibres of a
spicule’s length, usually with one or two axial spicules
Echinating accessory styli, fairly abundant. Megascleres.
—(i.) Smooth, curved, sub-conical principal styli; maxi-
mum size variable, say at least 300 x 11 py; (it.) straight
conical styli with smooth or (more usually) slightly
roughened surface, in size rarely more than 80-go
4-5 #3 (iii.) smooth, typically straight, auxiliary tylostyli;
maximum size varying from about 260 x 3 to 360 x 6 pL.
Microscleres :—(i.) Palmate isochele, sometimes rare or
absent, 14-26 » long; (ti.) geniculate toxa with straight
or recurved arms, varying in maximum length from about
130 to 170 pt, and in maximum diameter from 1 to 3 }.

Introductory Remarks.—The four specimens which I assign
to this species differ considerably in general habit of growth
and also in the sizes of their spicules; but in regard to the
conformation of the skeleton and the forms of their spicules,
they are practically identical. Consequently, whilst there can

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 227

be no question of the admissibility of their inclusion in one
species, one finds it impossible, with so few specimens, to form
any opinion as to whether they ought to be considered as
mere ““metamps,’’ or as representing two or three independent
varieties. For convenience of description I divide them into
four forms, distinguished as (a), (b), (c) and (d) respectively ;
the first of these is chosen to represent the typical form. A
general description will first be given embracing the features
common to all, and then each will be described separately with
regard to the points in which it differs from the others.

General Description.—The sponge is stipitate and more or
less ramose, with branches which, in general, are distinguished
into several successive orders of rapidly decreasing length; in
some Case€s, Owing to an excessive abbreviation of the branches
the habit might be described as sub-lobate. Anastomosis of
some of the branches usually occurs. There is, as a rule, a
more or less well-expressed tendency on the part of the deriva-
tive branches of one and the same branch to confine their
outgrowth to a single plane, and this tendency may sometimes
affect the entire sponge in a uniform way so that a flabellate
arrangement of the branches results. The most characteristic
external feature, and one which appears to be constant in oc-
currence, though variable in degree, is a nodular or warty
appearance of the surface, due to the presence everywhere of
short, rounded or slightly compressed outgrowths or processes.
In appearance and character these processes usually bear a
close resemblance to rudimentary branches; and, indeed, it is
often difficult to distinguish between what on the one hand
should be regarded as incipient branches, and on the other, as
processes of larger size than usual. They are thus apparently
quite of the nature of abortive branches. In some cases they
are so closely crowded that the intervals between them are
reduced to narrow sulci; in others, they are sometimes widely
separated. Occasionally they take the form of short’ ridges.

The dermal membrane is, at the best, only faintly developed,
and is usually indistinct. In the latter case the surface exhibits
a minute hispidity, due to the projecting terminal spicules of
the main fibres. This hispidity is most pronounced in the
typical specimen, in which the spicules are of greatest size.
There seems to be an inverse relationship between the degree
of hispidity of the surface and the degree of development of
the dermal membrane.

The surface is closely though somewhat irregularly dotted
with small sub-dermal pores of slightly variable size which
are the more clearly distinguishable the less evident is the
dermal membrane. These pores appear frequently to be of
larger size when situated in the sulcar parts of the surface.

228 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

There are apparently no oscula. The consistency in alcohol
is firm and fairly tough; specimens which have been dried
after initial preservation in alcohol are rather brittle for a
species of Clathria.

The skeleton is a fairly regular sub-rectangular reticulation
consisting of (i.) semi- -plumose main fibres which run longi-
tudinally with gradually increasing trend outwards from the
axis of the branch to the surface, where they terminate in a
tuft of spongin-free spicules; and (ii.) simple connecting fibres
of a spicule’s length which cross these at right angles and con-
tain, each of them, one or (less frequently) several axial
spicules. The pattern of the skeleton might therefore be des-
cribed as scalariform. On the whole, the fibres are not rich in
spongin, and the chief part in the composition of the skeleton
is played by the spicules. The directive spicules of the main
fibres, i.e., the principal styli, which are very loosely associated
and generally number less than five in a cross-section of the
fibre, are for the most part disposed obliquely with regard to
the axis of the fibre; and consequently their distal or pointed
extremities frequently project beyond the spongin. ‘Towards
the outer extremity of the fibres, the obliquity of the spicules
increases and the amount of spongin in the fibre diminishes ;
in this portion of their length the fibres present an appearance
which recalls that which is characteristic of the C. spicata
group of species (vide p. 214). Accessory styli are rather
plentiful, and occur only as echinating spicules. Auxiliary
tylostyli are scattered between the Fass. increasing in num-
bers in the vicinity of the surface; their mode of arrangement
in the dermal layer is similar to that described for C. arcuo-
phora. Principal styli also occur interstitially in noteworthy
number ; these lie in close proximity to, and parallel with, the
fibres, and frequently point in the direction opposite to that of
the spicules within the fibres.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli are curved sub-conical smooth
spicules which not only vary greatly in maximum size
in the different forms of the species, but also exhibit
a considerable range in size in any given specimen.
The smallest are never much larger than the longest
accessory spicules, and in one of the forms of the
species there appears to be an unbroken continuity
in regard both to size and form between the megas-
cleres of the two kinds. The largest spicules are
invariably to be found amongst those which form the
surface-tufts; but their maximum size, owing to oe
relative fewness of the spicules which appro oach it,

SPONGES.--HALLMANN 229

not readily determinable. For example, in a pre-
liminary examination of a slide preparation of the
spicules of the typical form, the largest spicule ob-
served was 360, long, though subsequently others
up to 4307 in length were met with; whereas
measurements of the spicules in situ in the surface-
tufts revealed individuals some of which attained to
480 }!.

(ii.) The accessory spicules are characterised by the fact
that they seldom exhibit more than a slight rough-
ness of the surface and are frequently quite smooth.
They are straight sub-conical styli often with a slight
basal knob and a slight sub-basal constriction.

(iii.) The auxiliary spicules are typically straight smooth
tylostyli varying in size in the different forms of the
species.

Microscleres.—

The general information concerning the microscleres is
given in the diagnosis.

Of the species of Clathria described in the present paper,
C. transiens approaches most nearly to C. arcuophora in the
conformation of its skeleton. It differs, however, from the
latter species in this respect, that the main fibres are not
distinguishable into an axial series of longitudinal fibres, and
a series of secondary fibres running off from these to the
lateral surfaces.

Description of the Several Forms.—

(1). Form (a); typical form (Pl xxx tie. teeand sigs:
48, 48a).

In the single specimen the main branches are very short and
much compressed, whilst the secondary branches are reduced
to mere lobes. The surface processes are small, often indis-
tinct, and are sometimes elongated into short narrow ridges.
Branching is not confined to one plane, although the second-
ary branches are for the most part marginally situated on
the primaries. The habit of the sponge is lobate rather than
ramose. It measures 75 mm. in height.

The surface is densely, though minutely, hispid with the
projecting points of the principal styli which terminate the
fibres. There is no semblance of a dermal membrane. The
colour in alcohol is pale yellowish grey.

Megascleres.—
(i.) The principal styli vary in length from (apparently
not less than) 130 to 480 jy; their maximum dia-
meter rarely exceeds 17}, but may attain to 20}.

230 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(ii.) The accessory styli are rarely quite smooth, and often
show distinct though very minute spines. They
range in length from 60 yp to very rarely more than
85, and in diameter up to about 6j; occasional

individuals up to 98 yt in length
have been observed.

(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in
length from about 130 to
365 #, and in diameter up to
6 yw. They are comparatively
few in number.

Microscleres.—
(i.) Chelee, tolerably plentiful, 16 to
20 p long.

(it.) Toxa, moderately abundant,
varying in length from to to
150 , and in diameter up to
24
3H
Loc.—North coast of. Tasmania, off
Devonport (‘‘Endeavour’’).

a b |
coe) oes

y a
c Cc
Fig. 47—C. transiens
(typical form). a Prin- Fig. 47a—Clathria transiens
cipal styles. b Aux- (typical form). a Accessory styles.

iliary style. b Chela. c Toxa.

SPONGES.-HALLMANN. 22}

(2)5 Horna (b)):( Pi: xxxin.,; igs 2."andhies. \4q, 49a):

The branches are sub-cylindrical or but slightly compressed,
5 to 7 mm. in diameter, and lie in a single plane. The main
branches divide dichotomously and occasionally anatomose ;
the secondary branches often extend across the interval be-
tween adjoining main branches and effect a connection between
them. The sponge is accordingly flabellate, and consists of a
reticulation of branches; it measures 120 mm. in height and.
130 mm. in breadth. Wart-like prominences of irregular size
and shape are scattered over the surface. As in the typical
form, there is no appearance of a dermal
membrane, and the colour in alcohol is
pale yellowish grey; owing to the smaller
size of the principal styli, however, the

surface is much less distinctly hispid.

b
|

Fig. 48—C. tran-

siens (form 6). a Fig. 48a—Clathria transiens
Principal styles. b (form 6). a Accessory styles.
Auxiliary tylostyle. b Chelzesice jiexar
Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli vary in length from 110 to 4304,
but very seldom exceed 320; their maximum dia-
meter is 13}.

a2 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(i1.) The accessory styli are commonly quite smooth, and
are never distinctly spined. They range in length
from 55 7 to very rarely more than 80 p, and in dia-
meter up to 5}; occasional individuals up to 95 y in
length have been observed.

(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in length from less than
120 to 355 #, but only in extremely rare cases
exceed 300 jt; maximum diameter, 4.5 j.

Microscleres.—
(i.) Chela, somewhat scarce, 14 to 204 long.

(u.) Toxa, fairly plentiful, 12 to 132 in length, and
rarely slightly more than 2p in diameter.

Loc.—Coast of South Australia, forty miles west of
Kingston, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

(a) orm ((c)> “(Pls xa ete eg)),

The specimen is a broken one; the largest piece of it—the
subject of the figure—measures 210 mm. in length. The
primary branches, which appear to have been confined more or
less to one plane, are slightly compressed, and measure
about 15 mm. broad by 10 mm. thick. The secondary branches
usually arise along the lateral borders of the primaries.

The characteristic surface elevations are closely approxi-
mated ; in the sulci between them are the traces of an extremely
thin dermal membrane. The colour in alcohol is light greyish
brown.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli range in length from 120 to 365 4;
the stoutest are 16} in diameter.

(ii.) The accessory styli are commonly quite smooth and
are never distinctly spined. They vary in length
from 50 to 85, and up to 5 » in diameter.

(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in length from less than
110 pz to rarely more than 280 1; the largest observed
measured 320 x 4.5. They occur in considerable
abundance.

Microscleres.—

(i.) Chel, rather scarce, 16 to 19 » long.

(ii.) Toxa’ abundant, 25 to 172 in length, and up to
2 4 in diameter.

Loc.—Coast of South Australia, forty miles west of King-
ston, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

SPONGES.—HALLMANN.

to
Oo
2

(4) 3Borm (a). (Pl. xxxiv.; fig. 2).

The specimen now to be described is perhaps sufficiently
distinguished in several respects from the three preceding to
permit of its being regarded as representing a variety of the
species, or even (if its differences be constant), as representing
an independent species. Its chief distinctive characters are:
(i.) The absence of chele ; (il.) a minute wartiness of the basal
ends of the auxiliary tylostyli; and (iii. ?) a restricted range of
length of the toxa.

The specimen, from which the stalk (save for a small por-
tion) is missing, measures 90 mm. in height. The branches
are, for the most part, irregularly cylindrical, and average
7 mm. in diameter. The primary branches, as in the specimen
of form (c), exhibit a kind of bilaterality expressing itself in a
tendency towards a distichous arrangement upon them of the
short secondary branches. ‘The characteristic surface-eleva-
tions sometimes assume the form of short ridges, but usually
they are rounded and somewhat wart-like. There is a distinct
but very thin dermal membrane. The colour (in alcohol) 1s
purplish pink; this colour, however, is confined to a thin
superficial layer of the sponge, the inner parts being yellowish
grey. In life, the specimen was brick-red.t

Megascleres.—

(i.) The principal styli vary in length from 100 to 340 #,
and in diameter up to 11 yw. The smallest approxi-
mate extremely closely in size and shape to the acces-
sory styli. A fair proportion of them are slightly
expanded at the base to form a faint knob.

(ii.) The accessory spicules vary in form from simple styl
to tylostyli. Under ordinary powers of the micro-
scope they appear quite smooth; but under higher
powers a barely perceptible roughening of portions
of the surface, more especially towards the basal ex-
tremity, is occasionally to be observed. Their length
varies from (rarely so small as) 45 @ to somewhat
over 90 pt, but seldom exceeds 80 1; the stoutest may
attain to 4}, though a very considerable proportion
of them are less than 2 p in diameter.

(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli, though normally straight,
are very often more or less curved. A peculiarity
which appears to be characteristic occurs in connec-

1 The specimen is one of a large number of sponges collected in Port
Phillip and presented, together with a list of their colours in life, by the
late J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A.

234 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

tion with the basal extremity, which in a large pro-
portion of cases displays either a rugged surface or
some kind or other of tubercular deformity. They
vary in length from less than 120 up to 1801; and in
diameter up to (rarely) 3 .

Microscleres.—

Chelze appear to be absent. Toxa, agreeing in shape with
those of the preceding forms, but very slender (never quite
attaining a diameter of 1 yt), are very scarce. The longest ob-
served was 180 in length; the shortest (apparently) are
between 50 and 60 long, and are of extreme tenuity.

Loc.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

CLATHRIA ARCUOPHORA, Whitelegge.
(Text figs. 49, 49a).

1907. pi ee arcuophora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem.
, Pts 10, 1907,4p: 500; ol. xiv., fig. 20.

Sponge flabelliform, thin, stipitate. Surface very
closely dotted with minute pinhole-like (sub-dermal?)
pores. Skeleton arrangement semi-axinelloid. In the
middle region of the sponge-lamina (occupying about
one-fourth to one-third its thickness) is an irregular reti-
culation of fairly stout spongin fibres, with a discrete
spicular core; and from this mid-region, on either side,
stout strands of loosely and somewhat plumo sely arranged
spicules, held together by a relatively small or even in-
appreciable amount of spongin, run perpendicularly out-
wards to the surface ina regularly pinnate fashion. These
“‘secondary’’ fibres are joined at short intervals by con-
nectives of a spicule’s length, each consisting of one to
several spicules. Echinating acanthostyli moderately
abundant. Megascleres.—(i.) Smooth, curved, sub-
conical principal styli, varying in size from 100 % 12
to 620 x 25 pw; (ii.) straight, sub-conical acanthostyles
with small spines or merely rugged surface, 60-100 x 8 yw;
(iii.) straight auxiliary sub-tylostyli, often with minute
basal spines, 120 to 360 yp in length, and up to 6.5 yin
diameter. Microscleres.—(i.) Isochele palmate 20-22
long; (ii.) tricurvate bow-shaped toxa, 10 to 135 qj in
length, and up to 4 » in diameter.

Five specimens of this species were obtained, which agree
in all respects with the original, except that ‘the lamina,

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 235
although sometimes slightly subdivided, shows no appearance
of having resulted from a coalescence of branches. In some
cases, however, a few rope-like thickenings of the lamina,
radiating from its junction with the stalk, and calling to mind
the main ribs of a palmate foliage leaf, can be traced for a
short distance. Scattered over the surface at irregular in-
tervals are (sometimes but faintly perceptible) groups of
radiately-arranged short ridges, somewhat resembling the
‘‘asterisks’’ of Rhaphidophlus typicus var. stellifer, but of
smaller size; these do not appear to
have any special morphological signi-
ficance. The largest specimen measures
400 mm. in height, 230 mm. in breadth, (
and 3 to 5 mm. in thickness.
The original description stands in | |
need of correction in regard to the |
occurrence of oscula, the dimensions of
the spicules and the mode of arrange- |
ment of the auxiliary megascleres at the
‘surface.
The surface of the (dry) sponge is
everywhere closely dotted with roundish
pinhole-like ‘‘pores,’’ which are rarely
more (and usually much less) than .5
mm. in diameter, and stand, on the
average, somewhat less than 1 mm.
apart. In the type specimen, but not in |
the present ones, there are in addition a a
to these pores a number of larger open-
ings up to 2 mm. in diameter; the
latter, however, are due merely to the
incomplete coalescence of perhaps |
originally separated parts. Both kinds
of openings appear to have been re-
garded by Whitelegge as. oscula; but
the latter, as I have just indicated, are
purely adv entitious, whilst the former
are probably of the nature of ‘‘sub-
dermal pores.’’
The corrected measurements of the
spicules are as given in the above
diagnosis. It is perhaps scarcely
correct to say that the toxa are of two
kinds, since there is no difference in
shape between the largest and the
smallest; nevertheless individuals of Fig. 49—C. arcuo-
length between 4o » and 60 wp are BEE seein reel
2 _ styles. b Auxiliary
rare. The statement that the auxiliary subtylostyle.

236 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spicules occur in the dermal layer as ‘‘radiating tufts’’
is misleading, since it would imply some degree of regu-
larity in their arrangement and might suggest that the
‘‘tufts’’? are disposed vertically. As a matter. of. fact these
spicules lie more or less horizontally, and although penicillate
groups and parallel bundles occur, they are, on the whole,
scattered without order. Chela and toxa are plentifully dis-
tributed throughout the sponge; but in the dermal layer, in
which the chele are particularly abundant, toxa are rare or
absent. An interesting point in connection with the megas-
cleres is the extreme variability of size, not only of the
principal, but also of the auxiliary, spicules; although the
former may attain to a length of over 600}, individuals ex-
ceeding 400 4 are comparatively rare.

a

Fig. 49a—Clathria arcuophora. a Toxa. b Chela.
c Acanthostyles. d Basal ends of auxiliary tylo-
styles.

This species is distinguished from all the preceding species
herein described on account of the very conspicuous part which
the megascleres play, in comparison with the spongin, in the
composition of the skeleton.

Locs.—-Coast of New South Wales; Shoalhaven Bight,
rs-a5 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’); off Barranjoey, 25-28 fms- ,
(“Thetis’*)-

ag EE
SPONGES._HALLMANN, 237

C. avcuophora is of interest on account of the light which it
throws on the relationship of C. frondosa, Lendenfeld.t In the
latter, the principal spicules are styli, strongyla and oxea; the
accessory spicules are sub-tylotiform; and microscleres are
absent. Accordingly it might seem doubtful whether the
species should not be placed in Echinodictyum rather than in
Clathria. However, in almost all other respects, including the
pinhole-like punctation of the surface, its agreement with C.
arcuophora is so striking, and its lack of resemblance to
typical species of Echinodictyum so marked, as not only to
put beyond question the propriety of its inclusion in Clathria,
but also to preclude any likelihood that it forms a connecting
link between the two genera.

In C. frondosa the more sponginous fibres which ramify in
the axial plane of the sponge, are much less strongly developed
than in C. arcuophora, and the lateral or ‘‘secondary’’ main
fibres run, not perpendicularly as in the latter, but
obliquely (i.e., upwards and outwards) to the surface. Indeed,
in the arrangement of its skeleton, as well as in the form of
its principal spicules, C. frondosa approaches so closely to
species like Axinella symbiotica, Whitelegge, and Phakellia
flabellata, Carter, that, if it were not for its possession of
spined accessory spicules, probably no one would hesitate in
regarding it as congeneric with these species; even as it is I
think that the relationship between them is by no means
remote.

GENUS WILSONELLA, Carter.
1885. Wilsonella, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi.,
1885, p. 366. .
1888. Clathriopsamma (pars), Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227.
The main skeleton is a reticulation (in which connect-
ing fibres may be relatively few) of well-developed horny
fibres echinated by acanthostyles. Dermal skeleton

1 Antherochalina frondosa, Lendenfeld, ‘“‘Die Chalineen des australis-
chen Gebietes,” Zool. Jahrb., 1886-1887, p. 765, pl. xxii., fig. 43; and
Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 90; Clathria frondosa, Whitelegge,
Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., No. 7, 1902, p. 288 ;

The fact that the Australian Museum specimen labelled (by Lenden.
feld) Antherochalina frondosa is specifically identical with the British
Museum (type?) specimen similarly labelled, together with the fact that
the former bears a scarcely less than perfect resemblance to the original
figured specimen, fixes the identity of this species beyond the possibility
of question, and shows the original description to be most unsatisfactory.
A re-description of the species of Antherochalina, and indeed of all the
species described in ‘‘Die Chalineen des Australischen Gebietes’’—the
types of which are in the British Museum—is urgently needed. W hite-
legge’s description of the spicules is in some respects misleading, and
he has overlooked the presence of scarce slender styli (about 120 to 180 n
in length and up to 4 7, in diameter) which, no doubt, represent auxiliary
megascleres. The principal megascleres—styli, strongyla and oxea—are
not, as he indicates, separable into three forms. They are curved or less
frequently uni-angulate or bi-angulate spicules varying in length from
220 to 340 7, and in diameter up to 24 j1. The oxea and strongyla (or
rather, substrongyla) are usually asymmetrical with regard to opposite
extremities.

238 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Various. The megascleres are of two kinds only; in
addition to acanthostyles there are smooth or terminally
spined, typically slender, monactinal, or oxeote or tornote
qnasi-diactinal, spicules which occur interstitially and
dermally and usually also within the fibres as coring
spicules. The microscleres (if present) are isochele and
(ov) toxa or sigmata.

I propose to revive the generic name Wilsonella, and to
include thereunder, provisionally, a somewhat heterogeneous
assemblage of species which hitherto have been wrongly as-
signed to Clathria. The single characteristic common to all
of these, which distinguishes them from species proper to the
latter genus, is a deficiency in spiculation due to the absence
of those megascleres apparently, which, in the case of normal
Myxillinze, are termed the principal.

The proposal is the outcome of an attempt to secure the
removal from Clathria of certain species (e.g., Wilsonella
curvichela, sp. nov.) which are peculiar not only in the lack of
principal megascleres but also in the possession of arcuate
chele. Palmate isochele, varying but slightly in form, are
so characteristic of Clathria and related genera, that the oc-
currence in the species referred to, of strictly arcuate chele,
is in itself satisfactory proof of their rather wide separation
phylogenetically from typical members of the genus. Of the
propriety of the removal of such species, therefore, there can
be no question; but, unfortunately, owing to the existence of
species devoid of microscleres and of species in which the
chele are of apparently intermediate or ambiguous form, this
difference in the character of the chele proves to be lacking
in practical value for the purpose of generic definition. Con-
sequently, so long as generic distinctions continue to be based
solely upon skeletal and spicular characters, the separation
from Clathria of W. curvichela and its allies can be effected
only by taking advantage of their peculiarity in the first-
mentioned respect—a peculiarity, however, which is also ex-
hibited by a number of unrelated species, including amongst
them several with palmate isochele; and the question thus
arises as to which alternative has most to recommend it, (i.)
the association together in a single genus apart from Clathria
of all the species distinguished by the absence of spicules
identifiable with principal megascleres, or (ii.) the continued
retention of all such species within the genus Clathria. So far
as I have been able to obtain information of species thus dis-
tinguished, it seems to me, inasmuch as each of them differs
also in other important respects from typical] species of
Clathria, that the former course (until a more extended know-
ledge points the way to a better scheme for their disposal) is
to be preferred; hence the proposal to unite them under

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN

Carter’s genus /Vilsonella, of which they include the type-
species, IV. australiensis.

The following is a list, together with a resumé of the chief
characters, of the hitherto “described species known to me
which the genus Wilsonella (as defined) will include. Of these,
W ilsonella australiensis, Clathriopsamma lobosa, Clathria

pyramida, C. alata and C. dura are species with which I have
a direct acquaintance.

Walsonella australiensis Carter,! as identified by Dendy and
by Whitelegge, is a massive or sub-massive sponge, with or
without lobations, often becoming somewhat compressed and
flabelliform in outline. The oscula are sometimes as much as
5 mm. in diameter. The skeleton is reticulate; the fibres are
charged with abundant foreign particles. The non-accessory
megascleres are short slender styli, with a small area of spina-
tion at either extremity,? and measuring 120-160 p in length;
and 4.5 # (though in some specimens much less) in maximum
diameter. They occur sparsely and sporadically in the fibres,
more plentifully in the ground substance, but are not so
numerous in either situation as the (accessory) acanthostyles.
The microscleres are rather abundant slender isochele
palmate 12 to 16 long, and comparatively rare slender tri-
curvate toxa about 50 to 80 ye long, which often (at any rate
in Port Phillip specimens) occur in small clusters.

Clathriopsamma lobosa, Lendenfeld’ is a synonym of the
preceding.

Clathria decumbens, Ridley.4 According to description, the
sponge is massive and sessile, with scattered oscula 1 to 4 mm.
in diameter. The coring spicules are slightly fusiform basally
spined styli, 150 to 175 x 5.5} in size; the largest acantho-
styles measure 90 x 8p. The chele are of two kinds, a
larger and a smaller, both palmate, but the latter with a more
curved shaft; lengths 21-32, and 11 #, respectively.

Clathria australis, Lendenfeld,5 is, according to its descrip-
tion, a Wilsonella. The sponge is flabelliform with a thick
lamella. The skeleton is a network in which only the main

1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885), p. 366; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 33; Whitelesse— “Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2,
1901) ws 64s ple x1., fie. 12.

2 The spicule is exactly similar to those of Clathria «australiensis var.
spinulata, Hentschel (Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, iii., 1911, p. 375,
fig. 47a,

3 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227.

4 Ridley—Rep. Zool. Coll. “Alert.” 1884p. 612) pl. lia) fie. Ky ple liw.;
WERE TEs (3% 6
5 Lendenfeld—Loc. cit., p. 222. See also p. 161 of the present Report.

240 ) “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

fibres are cored. The coring spicules are styli measuring
150 x 641. (Microscleres are not mentioned; nor is there any
reference to oscula).

Clathria macropora, Lendenfeld,! judging from its descrip--
tion, is very probably a Wilsonella. The sponge is ‘‘irregular,
massive, lobose. The oscula are very conspicuous, and scat-
tered over the whole of the surface; they are on an average
5 mm. wide and fairly abundant. The skeleton consists of a
network of mostly longitudinally disposed fibres .13 mm.
thick, which contain an axial bundle .o7 mm. thick of slender
oxea and styli, the former being more numerous. ‘These spi-
cules are .14 mm. long and .4 mm. thick.’’ (The ‘‘oxea and
styli’’ are very probably different forms of one and the same
spicule. Microscleres are not mentioned).

Clathria pyramida, Lendenfeld.1| The Australian Museum
specimen labelled as the type of this species is of massive
form, and has a slightly lumpy surface which is here and there
raised up into large mammiform or conical prominences.
Oscula are not apparent. The skeleton is composed of coarse
fibres (sometimes exceeding 300 } in thickness), with a
stout spicular core (up to 160} in diameter), and a_ thick
spongin sheath which appears coarsely stratified and some-
times has a rugged surface. Connecting fibres, which are
usually short and stout, and without axial spicules, are of
comparatively rare occurrence; so that the skeleton is much
more of the dendritic type characteristic of Crella than of the
reticulate type of Clathria. Acanthostyles occur fairly
abundantly as echinating spicules, whilst both kinds of megas-
clere are plentifully scattered through the ground tissues. The
smooth styli are straight, slightly fusiform, spicules varying 1n
length from 190 to 240} and sometimes attaining a diameter
of 7. The acanthostyles are provided with relatively few,
fairly large spines; they vary in length from 80 to 140 4, whilst
the stoutest are g}! in diameter. The microscleres are stout
isochelee palmate? in which the shaft is provided with a wing-
like expansion along each side. The species might therefore
be considered to include Clathria alata, Dendy (vide infra), as
a variety. The chela are moderately abundant and vary in
length from 20 to 25 }!.

(The ‘‘Endeavour’’ obtained at a depth of 33-40 fathoms,,
off the north coast of New South Wales, two specimens of a

1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 221. See also p. 165 of
the present Report.

2 The chelze are identical in form with those figured by Hentschel
(loc. cit., p. 376) for the West Australian sponge described by him under
the name of Clathria alata, Dendy. Hentschel himself draws attention
to the probability of an identity between C. pyramida and C. alata.
The West Australian sponge should, I think, receive a varietal name,
since the smooth megascleres are tylostylote in their young stages.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 241
digitate sponge,! somewhat resembling Spirastrella alcyoni-
oides in habit of growth, which agrees exactly with C. pyra-
mida in the form of its spicules. The spicules are, however,
slightly larger than in the typical form; the smooth styli reach
a size of 260 x 8}, the acanthostylies a size of 160 x 12 p, and
the chela a length of 28. ‘he fibres also are slenderer and
much less richly provided with spongin.)

Clathria alata, Dendy.2 From an examination of a slide
presented to the Australian Museum by Prof. Dendy, I find
that this species differs from the C. pyramida in the following
respects. Fibres are more abundantly developed and much less
rich in spongin; the coring spicules are much less closely
packed, giving somewhat of a ‘‘whisp-like’’ appearance to the
fibres; and connecting fibres are relatively fewer in number
and much less distinct, so that it requires close inspection to
detect that the arrangement of the fibres is not exclusively
dendritic. The smooth styli reach a size of about 230 x 4p
and are usually provided at the basal end with a faint
elongated tylosis. The acanthostyles vary in length from
about 60 to 140 and rarely attain a diameter of 8p. Chele
are extremely abundant; they differ slightly from those of
C. pyramida in this respect that the distal ends or ‘‘lobes’’ of
their alae, as seen in profile, project beyond the posterior
border of the shaft; they are also shorter and less robust,
never exceeding 22 y in length.

Clathria elegantula, Ridley and Dendy. Skeleton ‘‘a well-
defined reticulation of horny fibre,’’ of which the main fibres
alone are cored’ by sybtylostylote spicules, 200 x 3 in size.
The microscleres are ‘‘palmate isochele of rather unusual
form, with very slender shaft, rather strongly curved and mak-
ing an unusually wide angle with the front palm;’’ they are
about 20» long.

Clathria piniformis, Carter. According to description the
sponge is erect, lobo-digitate or flabellate, with corrugated
surface. Oscula (?). Oxeote modifications of both the smooth
coring styli and the echinating acanthostyles occur; the
smooth styli attain a size of 200 x 3. Microscleres are said
to be absent, but the presence of chele has probably been
overlooked.

1 The specimens, which are preserved in a dry state, were inadvertently
overlooked in selecting the sponges intended for description, and their
discovery came too late to permit of their being figured and described
in detail.

2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., villi. (ns.), 1896, p. 34.

3 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc.

Vict.. 1896, p. 34.

242 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Clathria indica, Dendy.1 Except in habit of growth this.
species appears to bear a certain amount of resemblance to the
last-mentioned. The spicules are ‘‘smooth slender styli (verg-
ing upon the tylostylote form) or unequal-ended oxea,’’ which.
measure about 140 x 3, and “‘small straight entirely spined
styli, gradually and sharply pointed at the apex and frequently
narrowing somewhat at the base.’’ There are no microscleres.

Clathria dura, Whitelegge.2 Sponge ramose; branches
compressed, ramifying and usually reticulating in one plane.
Oscula marginal. The skeleton is a reticulation of stout,
rather densely echinated pale horny fibres, of which both the
main and connecting contain a compact spicular core. There
is a dermal skeleton of scattered acanthostyles. The coring
spicules are slightly curved, fusiform styli, with a tendency
to pass into forms resembling tornotoxea, varying in length
from 75 to 100, and not more than 4.5 in diameter. The
acanthostyles are often strongyliform and attain a size of
65 x 8p, but rarely exceed 6 in diameter. The microscleres
are slender isochelz arcuate 16-19 p long.

Clathria myxilloides, Dendy.§ According to description
this sponge is massive, depressed, cake-like. Oscula (?).
The skeleton is a very loose and irregular reticulation of stout,
mostly longitudinal, whisp-like fibres. Smooth styl, 300 x
4.2; acanthostyles 130 x 5; microscleres, arcuate isochele
25 # long.

Clathria imperfecta, Dendy. Sponge compressed, cake-
like, crumbling. Oscula (?). Skeleton resembling that of the
preceding species. Smooth styli 200 x 6.2; acanthostyles
100 x 57. No microscleres.

Thalassodendron typica, Lendenfeld (vide p. 203). A sub-
caliculate or flabelliform sponge, with longitudinally ridged
surface. According to description, the skeleton is reticulate,
with aspiculous connecting fibres and stout main fibres filled
with straight styli 200 x 5 in size. The echinating styli are
scarce, smooth or slightly spined and attain a size of 70 x 8.
Microscleres are not mentioned.

Plectispa macropora, Lendenfeld (vide p. 205). Small mas-.
sive or incrusting honeycomb-like sponges with a reticulate

1 Dendy—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 84, pl. iv., fig. 10.

2 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., p. 83; pl. xl., fig. 11. Hentschel has
recently described a West Australian sponge under the name of Clathria
dura, Whitelegge, var. mollis, which possesses isochele palmate and
toxa, as well as principal styli. The sponge, which is therefore dis-
tinct from the present species, will probably require a new specific name,
since the name Clathria mollis has already been used by Kirkpatrick for
a South African sponge.

3 Dendy—Proec. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1896, p. 35.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 243
skeleton of slender fibres cored by straight or curved styli
200 X 4}! in size, and pretty abundantly echinated by slightly
spined styli 70 x 6 in size. Microscleres are not mentioned.

Clathria mollis,t Kirkpatrick. A sub-caliculate sponge of
soft consistency, with scattered oscula. Skeleton a reticula-
tion of thick soft fibres echinated and sometimes cored by
acanthostyles, 130 x 11 # in maximum size. Foreign bodies
present in the fibres and ground substance. | Asymmetrical
amphitornota, 165 x 5.5 #4, occur in the dermal layer. Micro-
scleres: tridentate isochelz, sigmata, and [ ?] toxa.

The last-mentioned species differs from all the preceding in
the fact that the non-accessory megascleres are diactinal, but
this does not prov ide sufficient reason for excluding it from
the genus, since in a number of the other species a " diactinal
tendency on the part of these spicules is frequently to be
observed.

The sponge described by Carter under the name of Wilson-
ella echinonematissima? might perhaps also,’ for the present,
be included amongst the species of Wilsonella. It is, how-
ever, peculiar in the fact that the acanthostyles are dif-
erentiated into two kinds, a larger and a smaller; the former
attain a size of 145 x 8.3. The sponge is massive, with a
reticulate skeleton of horny fibres which are echinated by the
acanthostyles, and in the deeper parts of the body cored with
smooth sub-basally constricted smooth styli, about 210 x 44
in size, but which towards the surface become almost ex-
clusively occupied by foreign bodies. Oscula (?). The micro-
sclere is ‘‘an equianchorate somewhat bent upon itself, rather
obtuse at the ends, i.e., not navicularly shaped,’’ measuring
25 4 in length.

Also it might be well to include provisionally, as species
dubie, under the genus /Vilsonella, Lendenfeld’s three so-
called varieties of Echinonema anchoratum, Carter. The
type-specimens of these three sponges appear to have been
lost, and since their descriptions are very brief, it is possible
that they may never be re-identified. It is strange that
although Carter clearly indicates in his description of E.
anchorata that the megascleres are styli, Lendenfeld in his
description of the ‘‘varieties’’ states that they are oxea ; but in-
asmuch as the latter has described the non-accessory megas-
cleres of his Echinonema levis and E. rubra as styli, whereas

1 Kirkpatrick—‘‘Marine Investigations in South Africa,” ii., Sponges
iii., p. 249, pl. v., fig. 15, pl. vi., figs. 16a-d.

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1881, p. 366.

244 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

they are actually oxea, it is not beyond possibility that, in the
present instance, he has inadvertently written ‘‘oxea’’ when
‘‘styli’’ was intended. In either case, whether their spicules
be styli or oxea, the three sponges are, according to their des-
criptions, capable of being included in the genus /Vilsonella as
I have defined it.

The species of Wilsonella of which I have a first-hand ac-
quaintance, appear to represent perhaps four or five generic
types, in accordance with the following division G9) W.
australiensis ; (i1.?) IV. conectens, sp. nov. ; (iii.) C. pyramida,
C. alata; (iv.) W. curvichela, sp. nov., W. oxyphila, sp. nov. ;
and (v.?) C. dura. Of these the first-mentioned two species are
distinguished from the rest by the possession of isochelz
palmate of typical form, and of toxa.

In group (itl.) the chele, whilst conforming rather to the
palmate shape, are peculiar in that they have an alate shaft
and undergo in the course of development a considerable
change of form.! To what extent their peculiarity in the
latter respect is.important one cannot say, since so little in-
formation concerning the growth-stages of chele is available ;
but it seems to be the case that in Clathria proper, the youngest
visible forms of the chelze are not materially different (except
in the tenuity of their parts) from those which are fully
developed. It may be that the chelz of this group are
modified arcuate chele; for there is nothing objectionable in
the supposition that arcuate chelae may secondarily come to
resemble palmate chele, and in this connection it may be re-
marked that the immature forms of the chele of C. pyramida
are much like those of the arcuate chele of Lissodendoryx
stipitata, Lundbeck.2 Chele bearing a close resemblance in
both their immature and final stages to those of C. pyramida,
but lacking in any perceptible modification of the shaft, occur
in Amphilectus ceratosus, R. and D.3; so marked, indeed, is
the resemblance between the chelz of these two species, that
the likelihood of its being merely an accidental one is remote.

The species of groups (iv.) and (v.) agree among other
respects in possessing arcuate chele which, moreover, develop
along similar lines. These chelae commence as a slightly
curved rod,4 upon which the rudiments of the ale appear
before there is any sign of the formation of the front palm.

1 Vide Hentschel—Loe. cit., pp. 376, 377, and figs. 48e, f, g.
2 Lundbeck—Porifera, Danish Ingolf Expedition, ii., 1905, pl. xvii., fig. 2e.

3 Ridley and Dendy—‘‘Challenger’’ Monaxonida, 1887, p. 1255 spile. axuxe,
fig. 10a; Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 9, 1906, p. 473.

4 The development of the chele of Ectyodoryx maculatus. Hentschel
(1911), and of the ancore of Iotrochota varidens and 7. oweata, Lund-
beck (1995), commences in a similar manner.

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN 245

‘C. dura differs from the species of group (iv.) in the strong
spiculation of its fibres (both main and connecting) and in its
dermal skeleton of acanthostyles; except that its fibres are
-echinated, it approaches rather closely to Pseudoclathria com-
pressa, Carter.1

WILSONELLA CONECTENS, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxxii., fig. 2, and fig. 50.)

Sponge a_ sessile amorphous reticular mass of
moderately thin mostly erect lamell@. Oscula absent (?).
No distinct dermal membrane. Skeleton an irregular
reticulation of thin fibres with a loose meagre core of
smooth slender styli; in the connecting fibres the spicules
are usually uniserially arranged. Accessory acan-
thostyles rare. Spicules similar to the intrafibral styli,
are scattered interstitially in moderate abundance.
Megascleres :—(i.) Smooth sometimes tornotely-pointed
styli or subtylostyli, up to 240 p in length and at most
4 @ in diameter; (it.) acanthostyles, obscurely spined or
VUSFCO FO! | 4.5" Be. Microscleres :—(i.) Isochele
palmate, 8 yw long; (ii.) rave toxa, of moderate size, with
arms sometimes inclined at right angles.

Two specimens were obtained, both of which are preserved
in a dry state. The sponge is a low-spreading reticulate sub-
cellular mass of irregular rumpled lamellz which as a rule are
disposed more or less vertically. An idea of the general ex-
ternal appearance of the sponge is best obtained from the
figure (Pl. xxxii., fig. 2). The lamella have an uneven surface
and are frequently “irregularly fenestrate; they average 2 to
3 mm. in thickness. The larger specimen measures 120 mm.
in length, 80 mm. in breadth, and 60 mm. in height. The
specimens afford no certain evidence of their mode of attach-
ment; but, judging from adhering fragments, it is highly
probable that they grew upon branching calcareous bryozoans
to which they were attached at many points. The colour in
life was bright orange yellow; it is now light brown. The
texture is finely fibrous and compact. As regards consistency,
the sponge is, in its present state, moderately tough, com-
-pressible and resilient.

Owing to the damaged state of the surface nothing can be
said concerning the arrangement of the spicules in the dermal
laver. The main skeleton is an irregular reticulation of thin
fibres, the stoutest of which rarely exceed 50} in diameter.
Both main and connecting fibres are cored with slender smooth
straight styli, and similar spicules, in considerable number,

1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xviii., 1886, p. 450; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., ix. (n.s.), 1897, p. 259.

246 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

are scattered between them. The spicules of the main fibres,
which are seldom more, and usually much less than ten in

number in a cross section of the fibre, are sometimes collected’
into a slender compact axial strand, and sometimes spread

a

Fig. 50— W. conec-
tens a, b Styli, show-
ing the extremes of
form exhibited by
these spicules. c
Chela. (Toxa not
figured.)

dispersedly ; in the connecting fibres they
are arranged uniserially or, less fre-
quently, pauciserially. Acanthostyles are
of rather rare occurrence; mostly they
echinate the fibres, but a small proportion
occur within the fibres and an occasional
one is met with interstitially. The meshes
of the reticulation are very variable in size
and shape; their angles are usually well
rounded off, and the apertures of the
smallest meshes are consequently oval in
outline. The pattern of the skeleton, as
seen in section, differs to a great extent
according to the direction in which the
section has been cut. The minimum de-
gree of irregularity is shown in sections
cut perpendicularly to the plane of a
lamina and in the direction of growth; in
such sections the repeatedly branching
main fibres run longitudinally in a very
irregular manner and are joined by single
transverse fibres or by interreticulations
(of lesser or greater extent) of connecting
fibres, according as they lie close together
or farther apart. The meshes of the reti-
culation are tympanised by filmy mem-
branes to which the interstitial spicules
appear to be entirely confined. Possibly
these membranes are capable of being per-
ceived only in sections prepared from dry
specimens, such as the present are.

Megascleres.—

(i.) Smooth, normally straight, cylin-
drical styli or less frequently sub-
tylostyli, varying in length from
about 130 to 250 #, and in dia-
meter up to 4 ww. They show a

barely appreciable degree of differentiation into two.
orders: those which exceed 200 » in length are
seldom more than 3 and never more than 3.5 in
diameter, and are usually tornotely pointed ; whilst a
considerable proportion of those below 180 p in length
may attain a diameter of 4 #, and commence to:

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 247

taper to a point at a distance from the distal ex-
tremity of as much as 15. There is, accordingly, a
remote possibility that the spicules belong to two
different categories equivalent to the principal and
auxiliary spicules of normal Myxilline ; but inasmuch
as the two kinds graduate insensibly the one into the
other, and are promiscuously intermingled in the
skeleton, whether within the fibres or scattered inter-
stitially—it is impossible to arrive at any other con-
clusion than that they are but different forms of a
single category.

(ii.) Very minutely spined or rugged acanthostyles, 55,
to 70 1n length and at most 4.5 ¢ in diameter.

Microscleres.—

(i.) Relatively stout isochela palmate 8 long, mod-
erately abundant in the interstitial membranes.

(ii.) Rare toxa;! in the few individuals which have been
observed, the arms are straight, or slightly reflexed
towards their extremities, are inclined at an angle
varying from 20° to as much as 90°, and vary in
length from 4o to 80 p, and in diameter up to 3 w.

Loc.-—East coast of Queensland, nine miles east of Fraser
Island, 24-26 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

In many respects WV’. conectens so closely resembles Clathria
angulifera, Dendy,? that there is high probability of a near
relationship between the two. In the case of the latter it
would seem that the non-accessory megascleres comprise both
principal and auxiliary spicules, for according to description,
they are of two kinds: (a) smooth, straight, gradually sharp-
pointed styli (up to about 180 x 4.2 in size), occurring in the
fibres; and (b) straight styli or subtylostyli (up to about 250
X 3-5 4#), occurring in the dermal tufts. The opinion which I
have expressed that the (non-accessory) megascleres of W.
conectens belong to a single category, is therefore open to
question.

WILSONELLA CURVICHELA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxxiv., fig. 4; and fig. 51.)

Sponge stipitate with erect compressed branches.
Oscula small, marginal. Surface even. Dermal mem-
brane distinct, thin. Main skeleton an irregular reticu-
lation of stout densely echinated fibres; the main fibres

1 Owing to their rarity these spicules were at first overlooked and were
thus omitted from the text-figure.

2 Dendy—Proce. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.). 1896, p. 32.

248 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS.

only, with a thin core of skeletal styli. Interstitial
spicules rare. Megascleres of both kinds (the acantho-
styles in lesser number) occur sparsely in the dermal
membrane, together with scattered chela. Megascleres:
—(i.) Skeletal, smooth substyli, 160 x 4 1; (ii.) accessory
acanthostyli, 96 x 8 pw. Microscleres :—Isochele arcuate
18 to 27 yw long.

The single specimen, preserved in alcohol, consists of a
sub-cylindrical stalk (about 80mm. long by 15 mm. in dia-
meter) from which by two dichotomies there arise four erect
slightly compressed branches. The branches are closely
appressed and coalescent. Distantly separated oscula, seldom
more than 1mm. in diameter, occur in an irregular series
along the edges of the branches. The surface is free from
inequalities.1 There is a very thin but quite distinct dermal
membrane. The texture is dense; the
consistency, firm and fairly tough; the
colour, yellowish-brown. The _ total
height of the specimen is 325 mm.

a} je

The main skeleton is an irregular,
relatively small-meshed reticulation of

rather stout spongin fibres (sometimes
exceeding 200 in diameter) somewhat
densely echinated by short acantho-
styles. In general, the area occupied
: by the fibres themselves is greater than
; that of the intervening spaces. A small

a

proportion of the fibres are provided

with a slender compact spicular core,

but except in this respect there is no

Fig. S1—W. curvi- evident distinction between main and
chela. a Showing — connecting fibres. A notable feature of

basal end f tk : :
styli 4 ae aa the skeleton is the almost entire ab-

tremity of same. b sence, except in close vicinity to the
Acanthostyle. c surface, of interstitial scattered megas-
Chela. cleres. ‘The dermal membrane contains

scattered megascleres of both kinds (the
acanthostyles in lesser number) and fairly numerous chele ;
the last-mentioned, also, are somewhat scarce in the choano-
somal tissues.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The (auxiliary) smooth spicules are sharp-pointed
cylindrical subtylostyli (or less frequently simple
styli) with an elongate tylosis which usually tapers

1 The transverse ridges shown in the figure were produced by an en-
twining sea-weed.

=

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 249.

more or less towards its extremity. Quite com-
monly the basal extremity of the spicule is either
abruptly or acuminately pointed, and the spicule ac-
cordingly sometimes passes into an asymmetrical
oxea. The length varies from 140 to 170» and the
maximum diameter Is 4 }.

(ii.) The (accessory) acanthostyles are sub-conical, with
moderately large, irregularly scattered, recurved
spines. They are rarely less than 60 long and
attain a size of 96 x 8.

Microscleres.—

The chelez (isochelee arcuate) vary from about 18 to 27 in
length; except for a greater curvature of the shaft in the case
of the shorter spicules there is no appreciable difference in
form between the longest and the shortest. In their earliest
stage of development they appear as a slender, slightly curved
rod; the ale are well advanced in development before the
rudiment of the front palm makes its appearance. At a certain
stage of their growth many bear a rather close resemblance to
the longest of the three chele shown in text-figure 52a for
Wilsonella oxyphila.

Loc.—Coast of South Australia; (?) fifteen miles south of
St. Francis Island (‘‘Endeavour.’’)

WILSONELLA OXYPHILA, Sp. nov.
(Plate xxxiv., fig. 3; and figs. 52, 52a.)

Sponge flabellate, simple or proliferous. (?) Oscula
small, marginal. Surface even, or with faint radiating
grooves, or areolately pitted. Dermal membrane dis-
tinct, thin. . Main skeleton an irregular reticulation of
moderately slender, closely echinated fibres, with a
slender core of skeletal spicules. Interstitial spicules
scarce. Megascleres of both kinds (the accessory in
lesser number) are sparsely scattered in the dermal mem-
brane, together with frequent chele. Megascleres :—
(i.) Skeletal smooth substyli, 200 x 3 y; (ii.) accessory
acanthostyli and (occasional) acanthoxea, 80 x 4.5 4.
Microscleres:——Isochele arcuate, approaching the
palmate form, 16 to 26 4 long.

Introductory Remarks.—There are two specimens which I
assign to this species. In their external appearance there is
nothing that would suggest a specific identity, but they agree
so perfectly in their spicular characters that one hesitates to
separate them even as different varieties. Accordingly I have
thought it best, whilst uniting them under a single name, to

250 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

keep their descriptions separate. ‘lhe specimen which, on
account of its better preservation, I select as typical of the
species, is divided longitudinally into two equal portions; one
portion has been retained in spirits, the other was removed
and preserved in a dry state. Asa
result of its drying the latter has
undergone a remarkable amount of
shrinkage, being now scarcely more
than one-half its former size.1 The
second specimen is both macerated
and dry.

Description.—

(a) Typical Specimen. ‘The speci-
men, when complete, had the form of
an oval leaf-shaped plate, with the
narrower end drawn out into a short
stalk, and measured 120 mm. in
height, 90 mm. in greatest breadth
and 8 to ro mm. in thickness. Both
surfaces exhibit a number of obscure,
longitudinal, somewhat radiately
disposed grooves which become more
distinct towards the margin. ‘These
grooves are apparently due to the
presence of canals lying immediately
beneath the thin dermal membrane
which have caused the latter to
undergo a slight collapse. Owing to
the somewhat damaged state of the

Fig. 52—W. oxyphila. surface, it is impossible to speak with
Showing variations of the Certainty regarding oscula; it ap-
opposite extremities of Paves ae ; er!
the smooth megascleres. pears that the canals terminate along

the margin of the plate in small
circular openings.

The main skeleton is a reticulation of slender fibres which
are fairly closely echinated by small acanthostyles. he main
fibres contain a slender compact spicular core; the connecting
fibres interreticulate to a slight extent and are destitute of
axial spicules. Owing to the paleness of the spongin, the
main fibres, by reason of their axial spicules, stand out rather.
conspicuously in comparison with the connecting fibres, so
that at first glance the skeleton might appear to be dendritic;
the false impression is, however, immediately corrected by the
presence of echinating spicules on the connecting fibres. Both

1 The piece was subsequently returned to alcohol and expanded again
:almost to its original size.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 251

kinds of megascleres, in very small number, are scattered
through the ground tissues and dermal membrane. Chelz are
fairly abundant in the dermal membrane, or at least in some
portions of it; but are rare in the interior.

Megascleres.—

(i.) The smooth (auxiliary) spicules show all gradations
in form between elongately-‘‘headed’’ subtylostyli
and asymmetrical oxea;
they are rarely less than
140 #, and usually between

160 and 170 } in length,
whilst their maximum size
is about 200 x 3 HL.
(u.) The spined accessory spi-
cules are styli and oxea of a ;
similar dimensions, the 3
latter occurring in relatively
small number. ‘The spines (

are small, and_ scattered
over the whole length of the
spicule. The maximum size
is So°x 5,7; the length is

rarely less than 50 w and pig. 52a W. oxyphila.
seldom more than 70 yp. a Chelz. b Acanthostyli.
Microscleres.—

Isochele of slightly variable shape, ranging in length from
20 to 26p. Asarule, as seen in profile their form approaches
that of palmate isochele, but the shafe is slightly curved and
makes a rather wide angle with the sront palm; a small pro-
portion bear a close resemblance to arcuate isochele. Their
mode of development, however, indicates that their relation-
ship is rather with the arcuate type of chela. In their earliest
developmental stage they appear as a slender, slightly curved
rod; the rudiments of the ale next make their appearance, ex-
tending along the shaft at either end for about one-third of its
length; and finally the front palm is added. In the case of
quite an appreciable number of the chela—which otherwise
attain to full proportions and indeed are usually somewhat
longer than the average—the palm remains relatively small
and the spicule then often bears a striking resemblance to in-
completely developed chele of Wilsonella curvichela. The
normal form is that of the shortest of the three chelee shown in
the adjoining text figure, though the spicule is usually not so
robust.

252 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Loc.—Near Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 17 fms.
(‘‘Endeavour’’).

(b). W. oxyphila, var.? (Plate xxxiv., fig. 3).

The different appearance presented by the second specimen
is partly due to its intense purplish colour, and perhaps partly
also to its dry macerated condition. The colour difference is
of little consequence since it probably results from the presence
of a symbrotic alga similar to that which affects certain other
Australian species, notably Chalina polychotoma, Carter,
Arenochalina mirabilis (Lendf.), Whitelegge,! and Echino-
clathria ramosa, sp. nov.

In shape (Pl. xxxiv., fig. 3) it is not materially different
from the typical specimen. It consists of a stipitate flabelli-
form plate (170 mm. in height and about the same in breadth,
and 6 to 8mm. thick) to which are added, mainly on one side,
a few lamelliform outgrowths, joined to it along vertical lines.

The washed-out condition of the specimen is most unsatis-
factory from many points of view for the purpose of full and
accurate description, but in this case it possesses the ad-
vantage of permitting the rather characteristic gross structure
of the skeleton to be readily perceived. I have not been able
to convince myself that the type specimen, if macerated, would.
show a similar structure. The surface is everywhere irregu-
larly covered with shallow, roughly polygonal or rounded
honeycombceell-like pits on an average 2 mm. in diameter, and
more or less distinctly arranged in longitudinal series running
from the base to the margin of the plate. Where the sponge
is thin, the ‘‘cells’? may completely perforate it; when the

1 From an examination of a section which I have prepared of a frag-
ment of a British Museum specimen labelled ‘“ Arenochalina mirabilis.
Lendenfeld, Torres Straits,’”’ and a comparison of its skeletal structure
with that figured by Lendenfeld (Zool. Jahrb., 1887. taf. xxvii., fig. 28).
I feel sure that this specimen is truly representative of Lendenfeld’s
species. I find, also, that Whitelegge’s <Arenochalina mirabilis, from Port
Jackson, is closely allied to, if not identical with, the same species.
Lendenfeld’s description is accordingly wrong in stating that the megas-
cleres are oxea; they are slightly fusiform subtylostyli with relatively
large axial canal. Whether the typical A. mirabilis possesses chelz or
not I am unable to say, since, in the fragment referred to, owing to its
washed-out condition, interstitial spicules are entirely absent. However,
in the Port Jackson sponge there occur scattered anisochelze palmate of
simple form, and, since the close relationship of this sponge to Lenden-
feld’s is beyond doubt, one can therefore say that the genus Arenochalina
possesses the spiculation of Mycale, and that it will probably form one of
the sub-genera into which the latter genus will no doubt ultimately
be subdivided. The external resemblance of Arenochalina mirabilis to
Spongelia elegans (c.f., Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., pl. x., fig. 7, and
Lendenfeld—Monogr. Horny Sponges, pl. xxxix., fig. 2) is so striking that
it almost casts doubt on Lendenfeld’s record of the occurrence of the
latter species in the same area as the former, viz., at Broken Bay, New.
South Wales.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 253
sponge is held up before the light, the partition between the
rows of ‘‘cells’’ appear as ribs traversing the sponge longi-
tudinally in a slightly radiating fashion. The consistency is
fairly soft and slightly brittle.

The fibres are so densely surrounded by pigmented matter
that the section required to be decolorised in order to bring
them into view. The colour dissolves out in nitric acid as a
bright carmine which soon disappears, particularly on warm-
ing. The skeleton differs from that of the preceding specimen
in its much greater irregularity, but this is probably more
apparent than real and due to the fact that the connecting
fibres—owing to the dry state of the specimens and the conse-
quent absence of interfibral substance-—are no less conspicuous
than the connecting fibres. In all other respects the two
sponges appear to be identical.

Loc.—Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 30-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

Assuming the descriptions of Clathria elegantula, Ridley
and Dendy, and Clathria piniformis, Carter,! to be correct in
detail, it might be said that W. oxyphila forms a connecting
link between them. The three species agree very closely in
their characters; but oxeote modifications of the megascleres
have not been mentioned for C elegantula, nor have chele
been recorded for C. piniformis. It is, however, quite
possible that the typical specimen of W. oxyphila may
prove to belong to Carter’s species, and the varietal specimen,
to Ridley and Dendy’s.

GENUS OPHLITASPONGIA, Bowerbank.

In view of the existence of such a species as Clathria tran-
siens, sp. nov.—in one of the forms of which, the accessory
styli are smooth—the definition of Ophlitaspongia, as pro-
posed by Dendy,? needs amendment so as to restrict the genus
to species whose echinating and coring spicules (if both be
present) are similar or, at any rate, not definably different.
The amendment will probably necessitate the removal of O.
membranacea, Thiele (vide p. 215), to Clathria; but, so far as
I know, it affects no other species of the genus. The definition
requires also to be modified in such a way as to clearly dis-
tinguish the genus from Echinochalina (q.v.). Ophlitaspongia
has commonly been spoken of as differing from Clathria in the

1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. wh xvi., 1885, p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict. (n.s.), Viii., 1896, p.

2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 36.

254 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

smoothness of its echinating spicules; in its restricted sense,
it will be more correct to say of the genus that it differs from
Clathria in the absence of accessory spicules. The genus is,
however, a very generalised one and such species as might be
included in it are capable of derivation from a number of
different genera.

Owing to such species as Clathria transiens, Echinochalina
intermedia, Whitelegge, O. tenuis, Carter, O. tubulosa, sp. n.,
and O. nidificata, Kirkpatrick,! the task of satisfactorily de-
fining Ophlitaspongia is rendered rather difficult. With the
exception of O. nidificata (for which almost unquestionably a
new genus should be established) the species of which I have
information seem to require some such definition as the follow-
ing: ‘‘External form various, but never regularly honey-
combed. Skeleton a reticulation of usually well-developed
horny fibre which is cored or echinated, or both cored and
echinated by smooth basical! styli (sometimes accompanied by
oxeote modifications). The basical styli, which are typically
of a single kind, may exhibit some degree of differentiation
into two kinds, but there is never any definable difference of
form between those which core and those which echinate, the
fibres. Monactinal auxiliary spicules, occurring’ interstitially
and in the dermal layer, are typically present. Microscleres, if
present, are isochele palmate and (or) toxa.”’

In O. papilla, Bowbk., the type-species, and in O. seriata,
Bowbk., the fibres are said to be provided only with echinating
spicules. In the species described in the present paper the
echinating spicules are relatively few in number and, to
some extent, accidental in the occurrence; they are, in
fact, precisely analagous to the spicules (of common
occurrence in the genus Clathria) which in the case of
C. partita I have referred to as ‘‘quasi-echinating’’ spi-
cules. That such spicules are, in some Cases at least,
to be regarded as, in a sense, accidental, is evident from
the following considerations. (i.) In the species in which
these occur, the (principal) spicules are not confined to the
fibres only, but also occur in the ground substance; it is quite
to be expected, therefore, that some proportion of them
should be found to occupy an intermediate situation, i.e.,
partly within, and partly projecting from the fibre. (ii.) The
formation of spicules at the growing-point of the fibre pre-
cedes their envelopment by spongin, and since these terminal
spicules are often spread penicillately, it follows that outlying

1 Kirkpatrick—Nat. Antarctic Exped., iv., 1908, Tetraxonida, p. 25.
2 Vide pp. 137, 138.

BPONGES.—HALLMANN. 255
individuals may sometimes be left only partially included
within the completed fibre. (iii.) Owing to the continued
growth in stoutness of a fibre, spicules originally lying ex-
ternally, but in close proximity ‘to it, might secondarily come
‘to be surrounded at their basal extremity by the fibre-spongin.
(iv.) In the superficial regions of the sponge, spicules which
appear as if echinating, are often nothing more than the
axial spicules of incipient connecting fibres; this occurs most
frequently when the connecting fibres are unispicular. (v-)i Lt
sometimes happens that the development of a connecting fibre
—say, an unispicular fibre—-proves abortive, the fibre then
appearing as a process from its supporting main fibre; in such
a case, if the process were very short, its axial spicule would
appear to echinate the main fibre.

In the species of Ophlitaspongia described herein, the echi-
mating spicules appear to arise in one or other of the ways
indicated.

Dendy! has remarked that his Siphonochalina bispiculata
resembles an Ophlitaspongia save in the fact that the spicules
are oxea; perhaps this species should be placed in the genus
Diplodemia, Bowerbank.

OPHLITASPONGIA CONFRAGOSA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxv., fig. 2, and fig. 53.)

Sponge small, delicate; of indeterminate habit;
probably consisting, in most cases, of compressed, up-
growths arising from a thin encrusting base. Oscula
indistinguishable, perhaps absent. Skeleton an irregular
sub-renieroid reticulation of thin pauci- or uni-spicular
spongin-fibres, with meshes the sides of which are
usually of not more than a_ spicule’s length. Ouasi-
echinating spicules are of occasional occurrence. Aux-
iliary spicules are scattered interstitially—in some parts,
sparsely; in others, in dense profusion. Megascleres :—
(i.) Straight or (seldom) slightly curved principal styl,
cylindrical throughout the greater portion of their length,
slightly inflated at the base and gradually tapering to a
point, attaining a size of 190 x 12 HM; (ii.) auxiliary sub-
tylostyli with a maximum size of 300 X 5.5 H. Micro-
scleres :—(i.) Palmate isochele to y long; (ii.) bow-
shaped toxa, 80 x 3 4 in maximum size.

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vii. (n.s.), 1895, p. 246.

256 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The single specimen, preserved in a dry state, is a small!
sponge of indefinite shape growing dispersedly over the fronds
of a foliaceous calcareous Bryozoan. It consists in part of a

thin spreading layer closely in-
vesting the surface of the fronds,.
and in part of irregular com-
pressed outgrowths arising
along their margins. The
lamellar portions of the sponge
(which constitute by far the
greater portion of its bulk) have
an uneven, irregularly undulat-
ing surface, and, owing to vary-

ing rates of growth at different

points, an irregularly lobed and

broken margin; they vary from

b # 1 to 3 mm. in thickness, are
indefinite in width, and attain, in

the present instance, a maxi-

a mum height of 50 mm. Owing

to incomplete coalescence be-

tween the marginal lobes as

growth proceeds, the lamella

are frequently fenestrate. There

are no certain indications of

oscula. The surface is minutely

(

porous. The colour is yellowish-
grey; the consistency firm, com-
pressible, slightly brittle; the
texture, finely fibrous.

The main skeleton is a web-
like sub-renieroid irregular re-
ticulation of pale slender horny
fibres with pauciserially or uni-
serially arranged axial spicules.
(principal styli). The precise
formation of the skeleton is diffi-
cult of determination ; apparently
there is a primary reticulation
of stouter fibres, the meshes

Fig. 53-—O. contragosa. a of which are occupied by a
Principal Styles. b Auxillary secondary interreticulum of
style. c Chela, d Toxa.- Pi :

: mostly unispicular connecting

fibres. The outlines of the
stouter fibres are vague, and the arrangement of their spicules.
is disorderly; they seldom exceed 4oy in diameter. The

(usually single) spicules forming the sides of the angular
meshes of the interreticulum are . probably always surrounded

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 257

‘by a layer of spongin; but this is often so thin as to be indis-
cernible, and in such cases the spicules sometimes appear as if
echinating. Quasi-echinating spicules are also of common
occurrence on the more superficial fibres; these, in some if
not all cases, mark the starting-points of new fibres. Scattered
(auxiliary) subtylostyli occur interstitially, in some parts
sparsely, in other parts in great abundance.

Megascleres.—

(i.) Principal styli straight, usually slightly expanded at
the base, very nearly cylindrical throughout about
three-fourths of their length and tapering thence to a
sharp point, ranging in length from about 130 to
190 #, and with a maximum diameter of 12 }.

(ii.) Straight auxiliary subtylostyli or styli, 130 to 300 4
in length and 6 » in maximum diameter.

Microscleres.—
(i.) Isochele palmate, fairly plentiful, 10 long.

(ii.) Toxa, comparatively scarce, in shape somewhat re-
sembling the conventional bow of archery; length,
25 to 80p; diameter of the stoutest, 3 #.

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Shoalhaven Bight,
15-45 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

OPHLITASPONGIA SUBHISPIDA, Carter.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1; and fig. 54.)

1885. Echinoclathria subhispida, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Rlaisen(s); xvi., 1885, p. 350:

Echinoclathria gracilis, Carter, Loc. cit., p. 356.

1896. Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Michy (m-S.)s Vill., \r8oQ6)"p:) 36. .

Sponge stipitate, with slender usually somewhat flattened
branches which multiply dichotomously or (occasionally)
polytomously, and extend, with or without anastomosis.
in the same or in overlapping planes. Dermal membrane
absent, or, at any vate, indistinct. Oscula not visible.
Skeleton a regular scalariform reticulation of strongly
developed horny fibres; the main fibres contain a discrete
paucispicular core, the transverse fibres are without con-
tained spicules. Principal styli are tolerably abundant
in the ground substances and common as echinating

258

Principal styli. b Auxiliary
tylostylus. c Toxa.

“ENDEAVOUR” SOIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spicules. Scarce auxiliary spicules are scattered inter-
stitially. Megascleres :—(i.) Principal styli, usually more
or less curved, sub-fusiform, with a slight sub-basal
waist, varying in length from about 50 (seldom less than
80) to 155 #, and in diameter up to 5.5 u; (i.) auxiliary
tylostyli, straight or in variable manner curved, 100 (or
less) to 250 yw in length, and rarely as muchas 1.5 » in
diameter. Microscleres :—Toxa, by no means scarce, 30
to 80 win length and never more than 1 in diameter.

The external form of this
species has already been sufh-
ciently well described, but no:
adequate account of the skeleton.
has so far been rendered; also,
the information concerning the
spicules is incomplete, and, to
some extent, misleading. The
specimen herein figured measures
100 mm. in height. The skeleton
is a very regular reticulation of
densely horny fibres, which are of

a b a pale brownish tint and (except in
proximity to the sponge-surface)
rarely less than 70 or more than
100 pt in diameter ; the main fibres
contain a meagre wispy core of
slender styli, the connecting fibres.
are vacant. As seen in median:
longitudinal section of a branch,
the main fibres run longitudinally
(in subparallelism, and from 80 to
120 # apart) with a slight outward
trend which gradually increases
to a curvature as the exterior Is.
approached, and arrive at the
surface at an inclination to it
varying (in different parts of the
sponge) from about 45° to nearly
go°; they are joined at irregular
intervals, ina scalariform fashion,
by the short, stout transverse
fibres. hes. meshes! of) the
reticulation have their angles

Fig. 54—O. subhispida. a

rounded off, and are usually elongated in the longitudinal
direction; they vary in shape from circular to oblong.

Ow

ing to the absence of a dermal membrane, the free ex-

tremities of the main fibres give to the surface an appearance
of hispidity.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 259

Styli similar to those which core the fibres, , principal
styli, occur in moderate number, both as Se Gas and as
interstitial spicules; when interstitial, they are for the most
part disposed parallely to the main fibres. Scattered between
the fibres also, are a small number of very slender (auxiliary)
tylostyli. The echinating spicules appear to be most abundant
on the superficial fibres ; “but the majority of those which occur
in that situation are partly or completely invested by a sheath
of spongin and are evidently nothing more than the rudiments
of developing new fibres. According to Carter’s description
the echinating spicules are of a different kind to those which
core the fbres—but this is not so; for although the former are
perhaps, on the average, of smaller size than the latter, jet
between the two there is absolutely no difference of shape.
Accordingly, it would be incorrect to suppose that O. sub-
hispida bears any close relationship to such a sponge as
Clathria transita, form (d), (p. 233), in which the echinating
styli, although quite smooth, are quite distinct from the
principal spicules.

Loc.—Port Philip, Victoria (Carter; Dendy; Austr. Mus.
Coll.).

OPHLITASPONGIA SUBHISPIDA, Carter, VAR. VIMINALIS,
Lendenfeld.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1, and fig. 55.)

1888. Thalassodendron viminalis, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 225.

1902. Thalassodendron viminalis, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr.
Mise siv.3) 53) 1902;,\p- 214:

[1901. Not Thalassodendron viminalis, Whitelegge, Op. ‘cit.,
Ves aTOOL. |p.) S7. ||

My acquaintance with this sponge is limited to a single dry
specimen (the one described by Whitelegge, and herein figured)
which in outward form approaches, and in internal characters
—except in regard to the size and, to some extent, to the
shape of its spicules—exactly resembles O. subhispida.
Indeed, the differences between the two are not so great that
they might not be due to individual variation; but in order to
establish this point further material is required.

The description which I have given of the skeleton pattern
of O. subhispida is here again applicable without qualification.
and as regards the external features, Whitelegge’s account
will suffice. The latter author’s description of the skeleton is
slightly misleading in one respect, inasmuch as it conveys the

260 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

impression that the fibres ‘‘which curve gracefully outwards
and terminate at the surface’’ are branches arising from the
stouter main fibres of the ‘‘axial plexus’’ (as for example in
Clathria arcuophora), whereas, as a matter of fact, they
appear rather to be direct
‘ continuations of those
fibres. The description
also errs in attempting to
fix precise limits to the
diameters of the axial,
superficial and transverse
fibres.

The principal styli vary
in length from about 75 to
220 p, and in diameter up
to 8 or (very rarely) 9 p;
generally speaking, they
agree in form with those
of O. subhispida but are
somewhat peculiar in the
fact that a considerable
proportion (usually of the
stouter individuals) are
wanting in the slight basal
swelling or knob charac-
teristic of the latter, and
thus have the basal ex-
tremity shaped somewhat
like the handle of an oar.
However, I find that this
peculiarity is also occa-
sionally exhibited, though
Fig. 55—Ophlitaspongia subhispida, in a less marked degree,

var. viminalis. a Principal styli by the spicules of O. sub-

(selected) showing in varying degree )*.,-. :
the basal peculiarity. b Auxiliary hispida, and is therefore of

tylostyli. doubtful value as a dis-
tinctive character of the
variety.

The auxiliary spicules are slender, usually curved or flexuous
tylostyli which seldom exceed 200} in length, and appear to
be never more than 1p in diameter; the longest observed
measured 240#. In O. subhispida also, it should be noted,
the auxiliaries are sometimes flexuous.

The toxa are similar in form to, and (except for a slighter
stoutness) of the same dimensions, as those of O. subhispida.

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Illawarra (Austr. Mus.
Coll.).

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 261

OPHLITASPONGIA TENUIS, Carter.

(Plate xxxv., fig. 1, and fig; 56.)

1885. Echinoclathria tenuis, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.(s),
MVieDOOSs D. 35 5.

1886. Phakellia papyracea, Carter, Op. cit. (5), xviii., 1886,
Pe 3/9:

1896. Ophlitaspongia tenuis, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
Vili. (n.s.), 1896, p. 37:

[Not Clathria tenuis, Hentschel, Fauna _ Siidwest-
Australiens, Tetraxonida, ii., 1911, p. 377. |

[1887.(?) Antherochalina tenuispina, Lendenfeld, Zool.
Jahrb. 1887, p. 789. |

Sponge flabelliform, thin, stipitate. Surface even.
Oscula apparently absent. No dermal membrane.
Skeleton: In young parts of the sponge, spongin being
yet but scantily developed, the skeleton appears as a
more or less ‘‘venieroid’’ reticulation which, in the mid-
region of the lamina, is irregularly isodictyal, but which,
in vicinity to the surface (owing to the presence there
of outwardly-running paucispicular fibres), becomes
generally rectangular; usually, also, longitudinally dis-
posed sheaves of spicules, lying in the mid-region, pro-
duce an appearance of axial condensation. Later, there
is developed in the mid-region a dense plexus of stout
horny fibres which to some extent obscure, and perhaps
in part ensheath, the spicules of the ‘‘isodictyal’’ mesh-
work; with increase of age, also, the lamina thickens,
the excurrent fibres are correspondingly prolonged, and
the rectangularly-meshed outer layer is consequently of
greater width. Auxiliary tylostyli are scattered inter-
stitially in variable number, generally singly, but also in
bundles. Quasi-echinating (principal) styli are, as a rule,
moderately scarce. Megascleres:—(i.) Curved tapering
principal styli, typically more or less fusiform and basally
manubriate or sub-basally constricted, showing signs of
a slight differentiation into two kinds, ranging in length
from about 75 to upwards of 240 pw, and varying in maxi-
mum diameter in different specimens from 8 to 12 yp;
(ii.) auxiliary tylostyli, straight or flexuous, with a length
of from 160 to upwards of 250 pw, and a maximum
diameter of 3.5 #. Microscleres absent.

262 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

This species is represented in the Australian Museum col-
lection by eight specimens, the largest of which measures

te eee

Fig. 56—O. tenuis.
a Principal styli. b
Auxiliary tylostylus.
(From a Port Phillip
specimen.)

250 mm. in height by about the same in
breadth, and varies in thickness from 2
mm. at the margin, where it is thinnest,
to a maximum of 5.5 mm. Smaller
specimens are proportionately thinner.
The lamina is, frequently, irregularly
subdivided in a partite manner, and its
margin is sometimes lobate. In most
specimens, more or less distinct external
indications of intermittent growth are
noticeable; Carter no doubt refers to
these when he describes the surface (of
Phakellia papyracea) as ‘‘concentrically
lineated.”’

The skeleton is condensed along
radiating branched lines, and_ also,
owing to continued development of
spongin, greatly increases in density
with increase of age; accordingly, sec-
tions taken from different portions of
the same specimen may differ consider-
ably in the pattern which they reveal.
In consequence of the linear condensa-
tions of the skeleton, the marginal re-
gion of the sponge lamina, if sufficiently
thin to be at all. translucent, usually
shows to the naked eye an appearance
of subparallel venation—-the ‘‘veins’’
being, on an average, rather less than
I mm. apart. These veins are found to
be due to the presence of abundant
longitudinally disposed spicules, mostly
arranged in bundles.

In the youngest, or marginal portions
of the sponge, before any readily notice-
able amount of spongin is developed,
the skeleton (except in proximity to the
surface) is an irregular ‘‘renieroid’’
reticulation with triangular to polygonal
meshes, the sides of which are formed,
as a rule, each of a single spicule
enveloped in a minimum amount of
spongin. Towards the surface, how-

ever, excurrent pauciserial spongin-ensheathed lines of
somewhat plumosely arranged spicules (secondary fibres)

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 263

make their appearance, which become more distinct ‘as
the surface is approached and terminate each in a few pro-
jecting spicules. In longitudinal section, perpendicular to the
sponge lamina, these fibres are seen to be arranged pinnately
with regard to the mid-line of the section; and since they usu-
ally lie closely, and are then connected by short (mostly
unispicular) transverse fibres, the skeleton in its superficial
portions becomes for the most part rectangular in mesh. Thus,
the pattern of the skeleton changes in passing outwards from
the mid-plane to the surface, from more or less irregularly
““isodictyal’’ to more or less ‘‘scalariform.’’ The isodictyal
pattern of the mid-region is, however, in most sections, to
some extent obscured or interrupted by the dense spicular ag-
gregations constituting the ‘‘veins’’ above referred to.

In older portions of the sponge, the skeleton presents a quité
different aspect, owing mainly to the presence, in the mid-
region of the lamina, of a dense plexus of stout horny fibres.
These appear to be quite analogous to the primary fibres of
such species as Clathria arcuophora and C. frondosa, and ac-
cordingly might be so designated, although they are subse-
quent in order of formation to those which have been termed
‘““secondary’’ or excurrent fibres. In contrast with the latter
fibres, which are pale-coloured, the primary fibres are of a
deep yellowish tint and are generally aspiculous: as the latter
fact indicates, they arise, for the greater part at least, inde-
pendently of the ‘“‘isodictyal’’ spicular meshwork occupying
the same region. Apparently, they are earliest developed in
connection with the radial venations above referred to—the
intermediate belts remaining for some time unaffected; ulti-
mately, however, the plexus which they form extends in the
mesial plane continuously. In sections from the marginal
region, it is seldom that primary fibres are sufficiently
developed to be distinguished; but such sections often show,
in the place of these, a yellowish colouration suggestive of
diffused spongin.

The different appearance of the skeleton (as seen in longi-
tudinal section perpendicular to the lamina) in the older
portions of the sponge, is due also to the increased width (con-
sequent upon the growth in thickness of the lamina, and in
length of. the secondary fibres) of the rectangularly-meshed
superficial layer extending between the mesial or ‘‘plexal’’
region and the surface ; and, furthermore, the secondary fibres
and their connectives are here provided with a well-developed
sheath of spongin. In the older parts of the sponge, therefore,
there is nothing in the character of the skeleton to warrant the
statement (which Dendy has made) that ‘‘The species is in-
teresting because it shows a structure intermediate betweer

264 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the Ectyonine and the Axinellide, so that it might, with
almost equal justice, be placed in either group.”’

The principal megascleres are slightly differentiated (but are
not separable) into two kinds as regards size, though not to
any appreciable extent as regards shape. The larger—which
are the less numerous—occur chiefly as coring spicules in the
excurrent or secondary fibres and as longitudinally directed
interstitial spicules in the mesial region of the sponge. Quasi-
echinating spicules are most commonly met with in connection
with the secondary fibres and their connectives; the frequency
of their occurrence varies greatly in different specimens, and in
some they are comparatively rare. The auxiliary megascleres
(tylostyli) also vary in abundance, though they are never by
any means scarce: they are, for the most part, scattered singly
and lie parallel to the fibres; but parallel bundles—chiefly con-
fined to the mid-region of the lamina and _ longitudinally
disposed—also occur.

The spicule characters are as follows :—

(i.) The principal megascleres are straight to curved, grad-
ually tapering; styli, of very variable length in any given
specimen, and in different specimens differing to some extent
in regard to their precise form and maximum size. In the
specimen from which the spicules shown in the text figure
were drawn, and in a mounted slide prepared from a piece of a
British Museum specimen labelled Echinoclathria tenuis, they
almost invariably exhibit a handle-like basal part (suggestive
of the handle of an oar), about 10 to 20 p# in length, which may
or may not expand slightly at the end of the spicule to form a
faint basal knob. In some specimens obtained by the *‘En-
deavour,’’ on the other hand, the spicules approach very
closely in form those of O. inornata, sp. nov. (text-fig. 57),
and only a small proportion of them are marked by a ‘‘handle”’
which, even so, is usually not well defined. In the first-
mentioned specimen, in which these spicules are of slenderer
proportions than in any of the others, they range from about
70 to 280 (but are very seldom more than 240) p in length, and
are at most 8 in diameter; whilst in the last-mentioned speci-
mens, in which their size is greatest, they range in length from
8o to 310 and attain a maximum diameter of 12. The
largest spicules are mostly to be found amongst those which
project at the surface. Oxeote modifications, which appear
to be always of lesser than the medium length, are of oc-
casional occurrence. Usually, amongst the shorter spicules
(of length below, say, 130 71) there are some with a few (seldom
more than one or two) spine-like prominences ; these (vestigi-
ally spined?) spicules appear to occur most frequently in

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 265

stouter-spiculed specimens, but in any case they are scarce
and in the first-mentioned two specimens have not been
observed.

(ii.) The auxiliary tylostyli are normally straight, but in
some specimens a considerable proportion, perhaps even a
majority, are variously flexed. They range in length from less
than 160 to (usually) slightly more than 300; their greatest
observed length in any specimen was 350 /}.

I have quoted Antherochalina tenuispina, Lendenfeld, as a
probable synonym of O. tenuis on the evidence of a small
piece of a British Museum specimen labelled with the name
and locality (viz., Western Port, Victoria) of Lendenfeld’s
species. As the fragment conforms in external features with
Lendenfeld’s description, I have but little doubt that the name
attached to it is the correct one, and would say, therefore, that
in respect of its spicular characters A. tenuispina has been
wrongly described.

In some features of the skeleton QO. tenuis resembles
Clathria (?) chartacea, Whitelegge (vide p. 208)—a species
from which, externally, it appears to be indistinguishable.

Locs.—Port Philip, 18-20 fms. (Carter; Dendy; Austr.
Mus. Coll.); forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia,
30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

OPHLITASPONGIA INORNATA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 2, and fig. 57-)

Sponge stipitate, ramose; branches short and crooked,
mostly confined to one plane, sometimes anastomosing.
No apparent dermal membrane. Oscula doubtfully
present. Skeleton: In the older parts of the sponge, the
axial region of the branches is occupied by a dense plexus
of stout, generally aspiculous, horny fibres, by a pro-
fusion of longitudinally-disposed extrafibral spicules
(principal styli) arranged in loose bundles and strands,
and by single spicules which, though generally scattered
without order, appear in places as if arranged reticulately.
From the axial region there run outwards and upwards
to the surface, fibres with divergingly disposed and fre-
quently echinating spicules which, at the extremity of the
fibre, form a projecting tuft; these fibres are joined by
transverse and interreticulating paucispicular connecting
fibres forming with them rectangular and polygonal

266 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

meshes with sides of a spicule’s length. All the spicules
afore-mentioned are principal styli; auxiliary tylostyli are
scattered in moderate number in the ground substance of
the interior, but become rather abundant in parts of the
outermost layer. In the youngest portions of the sponge
the skeleton differs from this mainly in absence of an
axial fibre-plexus. Megascleres:—(i.) Principal styli
curved, subconical to slightly fusiform, usually with a
slight sub-basal waist and slight basal knob, ranging in
length from 75 to 220 #1, and in diameter up to 12 p; (ii.)
straight auxiliary tylostyli, 140 to 240 4 in length, 2.5 u
in maximum diameter. Microscleres absent.

The single (spirit-preserved) specimen, the form of which
is sufficiently indicated by the figure (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 2),
measures 90 mm. in height, inclusive of the stalk. The colour
is yellowish-grey ; the consistency moderately firm and tough.
Scattered over the surface at fairly close though irregular
intervals, are minute rounded openings mostly less than 4 mm.
in diameter. These are scarcely discernible on some parts of
the surface, very noticeable on others, being most pronounced
where apparently maceration has occurred; it is therefore
probable that they are subdermal. No dermal membrane,
however, is observable ; this may be due to imperfect preserva-
tion, yet the membrane, if originally present, must have been
very thin. ‘lowards the upper extremity of the branches a few
larger openings (up to 1 mm. in diameter) occur, which are
possibly oscula.

The appearance of the skeleton undergoes a marked change
with increase of age owing to the formation in the axial region
of the branches of a dense plexus of horny fibres. In this
respect the species is quite analogous to O. tenuis, to which
very probably it is related. The character of the skeleton in
the older portions of the sponge is so similar in the two
species, that what has been said in regard thereto in the case
of O. tenuis is also applicable in the present instance, except-
ing that here the extrafibral spicules of the axial region are
more abundant, the reticulation formed by the secondary and
their connecting fibres is less regular, the coring spicules of the
fibres are arranged in an axinelloid manner, echinating spi-
cules are plentiful, and auxiliary megascleres are rather
scarce. The formation of the axial plexus, however, appears
to be much longer delayed in the present species, being clearly
marked only in the stalk and the basal portions of the
branches.

In the upper region of the branches, for a considerable por-
tion of their length, the skeleton is composed chiefly of

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 267

abundant longitudinally-directed (principal) spicules for the

most part arranged in close multispicular fibre-like strands, the

appearance and disposition of which is such that, at first sight,

they might be mistaken for main skeletal fibres, their resem-

blance to the latter being

heightened by the fact that

the spicules composing them

are held together by some

amount of yellowish spon-

ginous material. In addition +

to these spicular strands,

however, though more or

less concealed by them ex-

cept towards the surface,

there is a_ reticulation of

longitudinal (main) and

transverse (connecting) slen-

der horny fibres with pauci-

serially-arranged coring,

and frequent echinating,

spicules; the transverse Bi & a b

fibres are usually of not

more than a spicule’s length.

Owing to the partial con-

cealment of the primary

fibres proper, by the dense

array of longitudinal spi-

cules, it is with the strands

which these spicules form,

rather than with the main

fibres, that the transverse

fibres appear to reticulate.

Finally, there are many

irregularly scattered princi- aes

pal and auxiliary spicules, Fig. 57—O. tnornata. a Princi-

the former in greater abun- pal styli. b Auxiliary tylostylus.

dance. The general appear-

ance of the skeleton in this

region of the sponge, as seen in longitudinal section, is not

unlike that of O. tenuis as seen in a marginal section parallel

to the plane of the sponge lamina—the multispicular strands in

the present case taking the place of the less closely arranged

‘‘linear condensations”’ or ‘‘venations’’ of the latter species.
The auxiliary spicules increase in number in the superficial

layer, and in some parts of it are very abundant; they lie

generally parallel to the surface. Projecting beyond the sur-

face at the extremities of the main fibres are tufts of diver-

gently-arranged principal spicules—the terminal spicules of

268

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the fibres; the number of spicules composing such a tuft is,
however, frequently greater than that in a cross-section of the
fibre. :

The form and size of the spicules have been given in the
diagnosis.

Loc.—Coast of South Australia, fifteen miles south of St.
Francis Island, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

OPHLITASPONGIA AXINELLOIDES (?), Dendy.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 3, and fig. 58.)

1896. Ophlitaspongia axinelloides, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Viet, vill. (n-s:), 1896, p: 39:

Sponge erect, lobose, stipitate; the lobes compressed.
Oscula covered by a membrane. Surface even, with a
minutely reticulate appearance. Main skeleton composed
of moderately stout horny fibres forming an irregular to
subrectangular reticulation with meskes of greatly vary-
ing size, except superficially, where they are uniformly
smaller. Main fibres provided with a meagre core of
loosely arranged (principal) spicules, some of which are
disposed echinatingly; connecting fibres generally with
one or a few spicules uniserially arranged. Superficial
skeleton consisting of closely arranged, outwardly pro-
jecting tufts of principal spicules. Auxiliary spicules
(styli) ave scattered interstitially in moderate numbers,
together with less numerous principal spicules, and are
rather abundant in the oscular membranes where they
are arranged radiately.. Megascleres :—(i.) The principal
spicules are normally styli, straight, subconical to
slightly fusiform, but an appreciable proportion (say 1
in 20) are secondarily diactinal (oxea) ; their length ranges
from about 80 to 135 #, whilst their maximum diameter
(which is rarely attained by individuals longer than 120 }!)
is 11 yt; (ii.) auxiliary styli, straight, cylindrical, rapidly
tapering to a sharp point, 115 to 200 jt in length, and
with a maximum diameter of 5 }-

A single specimen, in the collection of the Australian
Museum, agrees so well, on the whole, with O. axinelloides,
as to render it highly probable that its points of difference
from the specimen described by Dendy are purely individual ;
accordingly I have refrained from bestowing upon it a
distinctive name. The specimen (PI. xxxvi., fig. 3), which
measures 115mm. in height, is incomplete, representing ap-
parently about one-half of the original, and consists of a single

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 269

much compressed lobe, together with the longitudinally bi-
sected stalk.

It differs from O. axinelloides as described, chiefly in regard

to the situation of the
oscula, in the larger size,
and lesser abundance in
the fibres, of the principal
spicules, and in the much
greater development of the
superficial (“‘dermal’’)
skeleton.

On casual inspection,
oscula appear to be ab-
sent; but along the mar-
gin and one side of the
lobe are to be noticed, here
and there, light-coloured
rounded spots, 1.5 mm. or
less in diameter, which
prove to be _ concealed
oscula-like openings
covered only by a thin
membranous diaphragm
continuous with the (else-
where very thin and
scarcely discernible) der-
mal membrane.

The ‘“‘oscular mem-
branes’’ contain numerous
radially disposed horizon- Bais
tally-lying auxiliary styli, | Fig-58—O.a+inelloides a Princt-
S ichineacrncent ark com) 12> Styl. 70s Oxeote TEC eae of
other parts of the dermal same. Auxiliary stylus (unlettered).

layer. A dermal skeleton

PLOpew ican, therefore,

hardly «be: ‘said, to be

present. There is, however, a superficial skeleton of a special
kind, formed of closely situated tufts of principal spicules ;
these tufts, to the presence of which is due a minutely reticulate
appearance of the surface, are borne upon extremely short
fibres, or rather processes, which arise from the superficial]
transverse fibres.

In the description of O. axinelloides the fibres are said to be
about 704! thick and to be pretty abundantly cored by styli
about 100 x 8} in size. In the present specimen, the fibres
may attain a diameter of 100 #, and are sparsely cored—the

270 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

spicules being seldom more than, or even as many as, three
in a cross-section of the fibre; moreover, the spicules (i.e., the
principal spicules) are, as already indicated in the diagnosis,
of notably larger size. Similar spicules in moderate number
also occur interstitially ; and scattered plentifully among them,
as in O. axinelloides, are longer and slenderer (auxiliary) styli
of variable size. The range in size of the auxiliary styli can be
determined with certainty only by measurement of those which
lie in the ‘‘oscula membranes’’ (from which principal spicules
are always absent), since the shorter individuals are scarcely,
it at all, distinguishable from the slenderer principal styli.

Loc.—-Port Phillip (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

OPHLITASPONGIA CHALINOIDES, Carter.
(Fig. 59-)
1885. Axinella chalinoides, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),
SGVI24, 1685. ps 459:
1886. Axinella chalinoides, var. cribrosa, Carter, Op. cit., (5),
Xvill., 1886, p. 358.

Sponge stipitate, ramose; branches usually somewhat
compressed, about 9g mm. in lesser diameter, multiplying
dichotomously or sometimes polytomously, and occa-
sionally uniting by anastomosis. Oscula, chiefly in two
rows on opposite sides of the branches, usually more or
less concealed by an extension across them of the thin
dermal membrane. Skeleton composed of well-developed
horny fibres (60 p in diameter), forming a_small-
meshed irregular to subrectangular reticulation. Main
fibres provided with a meagre core of loosely and some-
what plumosely arranged small (principal) styli; connect-
ing fibres with one or a few spicules uniserially arranged.
The terminal spicules of the main fibres project slightly
beyond the extremity of the fibre, but there is no special
development of superficial tufts of spicules as in O.
axinelloides. Quasi-echinating spicules somewhat scarce.
Auxiliary spicules (styli) are scattered interstitially in
considerable number, accompanied by a few principal
styli; they become more abundant close beneath the
surface (here lying parallel with the main fibres), and in
the dermal membrane, where they lie horizontally.
Megascleres :—(i) Principal styli (rarely oxea) straight,
cylindrical throughout the greater part of their length,
and gradually tapering to a sharp point, 75 to 110 pw in
length, and, in different specimens, from 3 to 5.5 # in
maximum diameter ; (ti.) auxiliary styli straight or flexed,
cylindrical to within a short distance of the pointed end,
120 to 195 # long, and up to 2.5 4 in diameter.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 271

This species has been written by Dendy! as a possible
synonym of O. subhispida—though there is little in the des-
criptions of the two that would suggest
an identity. However, in the Austra-
lian Museum collection of Port Phillip
sponges there are five specimens, in
external appearance much _ resembling
a Chalina, which—if allowance be made
for certain differences attributable to
differences in condition of preservation
—agree so well with the description of
Axinella chalinoides, var. cribrosa, that
I feel no hesitation in identifying them
as such. These also agree equally well
with the typical A. chalinoides, save
that, concerning the latter, auxiliary
megascleres have not been mentioned ; b
but these spicules might easily be over-
looked, and I therefore regard it as
extremely probable that A. chalinoides
and its so-called variety are the same.

~~

One of the five specimens, which is
dry and dermally denuded, has com-
pressed dichotomous’ branches and
many marginally-situated shallow
crateriform oscula, each of which forms
the common orifice of several (usually
three or four) excurrent canals opening
into its base. In the remaining speci- _ Fig. 59—O. chal-
mens. preserved, in alcohol, the inoides. a Princi-
branches are either cylindrical or com- peo ey | beau

: S 5 iliary stylus.

pressed and, owing to rapidly repeated
dichotomy, sometimes appear to divide
polytomously; and the oscula_ which
are not entirely confined to opposite sides of the branches,
are more or less concealed from view by a covering membrane.
or diaphragm, continuous with the thin though well-defined
dermal membrane. The oscula diaphragms may be (ap-
parently) entire, or may have a small central circular aperture ;
sometimes, owing probably to collapse, they are depressed
below the general surface, and are then in a few cases radially
wrinkled. Immediately beneath the thin transparent dermal
membrane are numerous subdermal spaces or lacunz, which
can be seen to lead by rather large circular pores into the in-
current canals. To these lacune and pores is due, probably, a

”

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 36.

B72 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

certain uneven and pitted condition of the surface in the dry
specimen mentioned above; but when, as in the other speci-
mens, the dermal membrane is intact, the surface is generally
free from inequalities.

With regard to the oscula in the specimens examined by
him, Carter says concerning A. chalinoides, that they are
‘‘often accompanied by a stelliform radiation,’’ due to ‘“‘col-
lapse of the dermal sarcode over subjacent excretory canals”’
immediately surrounding them; and concerning A. chalinoides,
var. cribrosa, that they are ‘‘deeply sunk into the tissue and
rendered stelliform by grooves radiating from them to the
surface.’’ Although in the case of the present specimens no
such appearance is exhibited, the facts concerning them to
which I have referred, render it conceivable that fhe is due
merely to difference in condition of preservation.

The arrangement of the fibres is very similar to that of O.
axinelloides, but the meshes are of more uniform size. Oxeote
modifications of the principal megascleres have been observed,
but they are rare. The slenderer principal megascleres are
scarcely or not at all distinguishable from the shorter auxiliary
megascleres.

Loc.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Carter; Austr. Mus. Coll.).

OPHLITASPONGIA TUBULOSA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxkv=; hese and fig. 60:)

Sponge with the habit and texture of Siphonochalina ;
sessile, with short erect tubes arranged in panpipe-like
series. Surface even. Skeleton a tolerably regular reti-
culation of slender, though tough and dense, horny
fibres; the main fibres only, are very sparsely cored with
straight stylote and (very rare) oxeote spicules, cylin-
drical to within a short distance of the pointed extremity,
and attaining to a maximum size of 120 x 4 w. Quasi-
echinating spicules of like kind are of occasional occur-
rence. Scattered interstitially, though chiefly or entirely
confined to membranes stretched between the fibres, are
(relatively) moderately abundant megascleres of perhaps
two kinds, viz.: (i.) Straight styli (and rare oxea) of
similar shape to those of the fibres, but usually much
longer, and somewhat slenderer, with a maximum size of
220 x 3.5 Ms and (ii.) very slender flexuous styli and oxea
attaining a maximum length of about 260 j1. Micrgscleres
absent.

SPONGES.--HALLMANN. 273
This species is represented by two dry and washed-out speci-

mens. The sponge, which is attached by an encrusting basal

disc, consists of a clustered mass of short erect tubes which

multiply both by branching and by the upgrowth of new ones

from the base. Branching takes place, typically, in such a

way as to give rise to an arrangement of the tubes side by side

in single, longer or shorter, series. The component tubes of

each such series may fuse with each other laterally so as to

form a plate with the tube-orifices in a single row along its

upper margin, or they are more or less free from one another

except at their bases. Anastomosis occurs freely wherever

tubes of the same or different series come

into contact. The two specimens are ap-

proximately equal in size: the slightly

larger is 75 mm. high and too mm. by 65

mm. broad. The free terminal portions of

the tubes in no case exceed 20 mm. in

length, and are 6 to 10 mm. in external,

and 3 to 5 mm. in internal, diameter. The

pseudoscula are of the same diameter as

the tubes internally. The texture, as
shown by washed-out specimens, is
similar to that of a Chalinine sponge. As b

regards consistency, the sponge is com-
pressible and elastic, and fairly tough.
The colour varies, even in different por-
tions of the same specimen, from brownish-
yellow to dark-brown.

The skeleton is a wide-meshed reticula-
tion of densely horny fibres of a deep
brownish-yellow colour, of which only the
main fibres contain a slender core of pauci-
serially (or sometimes even uniserially)
arranged small spicules. The main fibres Fig. 60—O. tubu-
may (rarely) attain to 80 w in stoutness, ps9” 4 Principal
but are usually less than 60 7; the dia- styli—the shorter,
meter of the connecting fibres varies from intrafibral; the
10 to about 40 yw. The former are dis- HOstso interstitial.
tinguishable into two categories which cs aaa: sty:
might be termed, respectively, primary ;
and secondary (or excurrent) main fibres, viz.: (i.) those
which ramify over the inner surface of the pseudoscular tubes
and form, with the aid of connecting fibres, a strong, irregu-
larly-meshed, supporting reticulation; and (ii.) those which,
arising as branches from the preceding, traverse the tube-wall
obliquely upwards and outwards to the exterior surface. The
last-mentioned, or secondary main fibres, rarely branch; but,

274 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

towards the outer surface, they are supplemented by the inter-
polation of others which arise from their connecting fibres.
Their connecting fibres either may be simple, forming direct
transverse connections between them—in which case the re-
ticulation is more or less rectangular—or, less frequently, may
branch and interunite, thus forming betw een them an interre-
ticulation, and rendering the pattern of the skeleton irregular.
The fibres are here and there, at very wide intervals, echinated
by spicules (similar to those within the fibres) which, as a rule,
project but slightly beyond the spongin. ‘lhe meshes of the
reticulation are tympanized by very thin membranes (visible,
perhaps, only in washed-out specimens) in which moderately
abundant slender spicules lie scattered.

There is no indication, in the present condition of the speci-
mens, of a dermal membrane or of a dermal skeleton. The
main fibres terminate abruptly at the surface with their end-
spicules projecting slightly beyond the spongin.

Spicules.—Microscleres are absent ; the megascleres are, for
the purpose of description, separable into three groups :—
(i.) The, spicules of the fibres, straight styli, cylindrical
to within a short distance of their pointed extremity,
ranging in length from 80 to about 120}, and rarely
slightly more than 4 in diameter; occasionally an

oxea is found amongst them.

Straight or but slightly flexed interstitial spicules,
identical in form with the preceding, but mostly much
longer, attaining to a length of 220, and not more
than 3.5 j4in diameter. Oxeote modifications of these
occur more frequently than amongst the fibral spi-
cules but are nevertheless comparatively rare.

(ii.

—”

(iii.) Variously curved and flexuous, very slender, intersti-
tial spicules, about equal in abundance to those of
the second group, frequently exhibiting oxeote modi-
fications, seldom exceeding 1.5 j/ in diameter, and of
very variable length; the longest observed measured
264 WU.

The identity in form of the spicules of the first two groups
and the complete transition between them in the matter of size,
permit of no other conclusion than that they are but partially
differentiated derivatives of an originally single spicule-form.
I regard them as homologous with the principal megascleres
of other species. Whether the spicules of the third group are
merely variants of the same, or whether they are represent-
ative of auxiliary megascleres, I am unable to decide.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 275

O. tubulosa, regarded as a species of Ophlitaspongia, seems
to me rather divergent. In a number of respects it bears
analogies with Siphonochalina bispiculata, Dendy,1 and is
possibly related thereto.

Loc.—South-east coast of Australia (‘‘Endeavour’’).

Genus Ecurnociaturia, Carter.

External form various; sponge made up of a honey-
comb-like mass of anastomosing flattened trabecule.
Skeleton—except, perhaps, when foreign particules are
included in excessive abundance—a reticulation of fibres
usually well provided with spongin. Megascleres of two
kinds, distinguishable into principal and auxiliary ; the
former are smooth styli, typically occurring in association
with the fibres as coring or echinating spicules ; the latter,
which vary in form from tylotornota to amphistrongyla,
occur interstitially. Microscleres may be present in the
form of palmate isochele.

The above, which is an adaptation of the original diagnosis
proposed by Ridley and Dendy, is designed so as to secure on
the one hand the exclusion from the genus of such species as
E. glabra, R. and D., and on the other the admission into it
of the species of Lendenfeld’s genus Aulena.2 The modifica-
tion of the definition in these respects introduces no innova-
tion, for Thiele’ has already expressed the probably correct
opinion (vide p. 288) that E. glabra belongs to his genus
Echinochalina, and Dendy,‘ by his inclusion in Echinoclathria
of a species of Aulena has tacitly rejected the latter genus.

Speaking of Echinoclathria and Aulena in the sense in
which they would be understood if maintained as separate
genera, it may be said that although each of the species of
Aulena departs in several noteworthy respects from those of
Echinoclathria, yet they possess in common no single charac-
ter of recognised systematic value by which they may be
distinguished from the latter, unless it be their habit of includ-
ing foreign particles in the skeleton. In other words, the
separation of the two genera depends ultimately upon the
presence or absence of extraneous skeletal elements. Similarly,

1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vii. (n.s), 1895, p. 246.

2 Lendenfeld—Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1888, p. 91.

3 Thiele—Kieselschwamme von Ternate, ii., 1903, p. 962.

4 Dendy— Echinoclathria arenifera, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1896, p. 40.

276 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Echinoclathria is ultimately separable from Ophlitaspongia
only by virtue of its characteristic honeycomb-like structure ;
for although the auxiliary spicules of the former are typically
quasi-diactinal, yet in E. carteri, as in the species of Ophlita-
spongia, they are stylote. This structural peculiarity of
Echinoclathria (and of Aulena) is, however, theoretically of
questionable generic value, inasmuch as it is probably nothing
more than the extreme specialisation of a not uncommon mode
of growth, and is, in fact, actually attained in other genera
in the case of Plectispa macropora and certain species of
Echinochalina. Consequently, whether the proposal might be
to merge Echinoclathria and Aulena in Ophlitaspongia or to
keep all three genera distinct, no serious objection could in
either case be raised, but the more reasonable course seems
to be to regard the series of forms which they embrace as con-
stituting two genera, with the line of division falling between
Ophlitaspongia and Echinoclathria rather than between Echi-
noclathria and Aulena.

I might here remark that the peculiar genus Allantophora,
Whitelegge,! which its author regarded as intermediate be-
tween Ophlitaspongia and Echinoclathria, offers no justifica-
tion for its retention amongst the Myxillinze, and perhaps had
better be placed, provisionally, with the Mycalinz. In its
microscleric characters, the genus—which is represented by
but a single species—stands unique; but of known forms it
perhaps most nearly approaches the equally peculiar Crambe
crambe, O. Schmidt.2 Apart from a certain amount of
similarity in the formation of their fibres, an argument in
favour of a relationship between the two lies in the possibility
of an homology between the desmoids of Crambe and the
microstrongyles of Allantophora. I cannot agree with White-
legge that in A. plicata, the so-called echinating spicules are in
any way different from those of the fibre-axis.

ECHINOCLATHRIA FAvuS (Carter), Ridley and Dendy.
(Fig. 61.)

1885. Echinoclathria favus, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),
Xvi., 1885, p. 292.

1887. Echinoclathria favus, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger”’
Monaxonida, 1887, p. 160, pl. xxxi., figs. 4, 5, 5a-

1 Whitelegge—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1907, p. 505.
2 Thiele—Arch. f. Naturg., 1899, p. 87.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 277

Sponge massive or branched, commonly growing upon
the shell of a Pecten. The superficial lamelle present
their edges to the exterior, forming cells of irregular,
often elongate and meandrine, shape; these cells vary in
width, in any given specimen, from about 2 to 6 mm.
The main fibres are sparsely cored; the connecting fibres

are usually aspiculous. Echinating spicules are not

wholly confined, as is usually the case
in other species, to the external aspect
of the superficial connecting fibres.
Auxiliary spicules moderately abun-
dant. Megascleres:—({i.) Principal
styli straight, fusiform, with greatest
diameter about the middle of their
length—size, 75-105 x 5 p; (ii.) aux-
iliary strongyla ranging in length
from (rarely less than) 135 to 170 p,
and seldom as much as 1.5 jt in dia-
meter. Muicroscleres:—Isocheleé pal-
mate, scarce, of extreme tenuity, & to
12.5 jt long.

Four specimens of this species were
obtained, all of which encrust the shells of
living Pectens. They very closely re-
semble in external appearance the speci-
men shown in Pl. xxxi., fig. 4, of the
‘““Challenger’’ Report. There is nothing
of importance that I can add to Ridley
and Dendy’s description except that I
have found the auxiliary spicules to be
invariably strongyla.

Locs.—Bass Strait, off Moncceur Is-
land, 38 fm. (‘‘Challenger’’); off Devon-
port, Tasmania (‘‘Endeavour’’).

ECHINOCLATHRIA RAMOSA, Sp.

Fig. 61—Z. favus.
a Principai style.
b Auxiliary stron-
gyle. (Chela not
figured.)

nov.

(Plate'xxx.; fig. 3, and fig.-62-)

1901. Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr.

Miss 1V-5, 2; 1901; pp: 89;, 117.

[Not Plectispa macropora, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus.

Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 226. |

[Not Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Austr.

Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 504. |

Shrubby substipitate sponges, with short cylindrical or
but slightly compressed branches (averaging about 10
mm. in diameter) which multiply dichotomously and

“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

to
>|
CO

usually anastomose freely. The superficial lamella
present their edges to the exterior. The superficial ‘‘cell-
apertures’’ are polygonal or slightly rounded, averaging
about 2 mm. in diameter. Main fibres with a pauci-
spicular core; connecting fibres usually vacant. Echin-
ating spicules (apparently) confined to the superficial
fibres. Auxiliary megascleres rather scarce. Mega-
scleres :—(i.) Principal styli, straight, with a sub-basal
waist or constriction, usually slightly ESO CE, varying
in size in different specimens from 70-95 x 5 4 to go-120
x 8 p; (ii.) auxiliary strongyla, with a maximum length of
between 140 and 160 jt, and a maximum diameter of
between 1.2 and 2 jt. Microscleres :—Isochele palmite,
rare (or absent ?).

Reasons for regarding this species as distinct from Len-
denfeld’s Plectispa macropora are indicated in the remarks on
the genus Plectispa.

It is a low, generally profusely branched and shrubby sponge
with a much abbreviated stalk, the base of which often is
extended into a disc-like foot; the first-formed branches some-
times take origin from the disc, and the sponge may then ap-
pear as if provided with several stalks. The basal portion
of the sponge, just as are the branches, is formed of reticulat-
ing lamella. Branching takes place by dichotomy which, as a
rule, is rapidly repeated. The sponge, as ¢ rowth proceeds,
typically assumes the form of a hemispherical cluster of short
freely anastomosing branches; occasionally, owing to a re-
duction of the tendency tow ards rapid branching, the branches
become more elongated, anastomosis is less frequent and the
sponge assumes a more erect and arborescent habit. The
largest of a considerable number of specimens measures 150
mm. in height and 200 x 130mm. in transverse dimensions.
The longest unbranched grancnee met with in any specimen,
measured 75 mm. in length. (The species recorded as E.
macropora by Whitelegge in his report on the ‘‘Thetis’’
sponges, in which the branches sometimes attain a length of
over 300 mm., and the sponge a height of 500 mm., is E.
carteri, R. and D.)

The superficial lamella do not, as a rule, stand quite per-
pendicularly to the general surface, but are directed somewhat
obliquely forwards, i.e., in the direction of growth of the
branches; their outer edges are usually somewhat jagged.
The superficial ‘‘cell apertures’” are normally hexagonal, but
in some specimens, particularly when the branches are com-
pressed, they show a tendency to become elongated in the
direction of the branch-axis; they average slightly less than
2 mm., and rarely exceed 2.5 mm., in diameter.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 279
Judging from the rather abundant material at my disposal,
it would seem that decrease in the frequency of branching and
anastomosis, increase in the length of branches and the as-
sumption of a more erect habit, the tendency of branches to
become compressed, of cell-apertures to become elongated,
and of the external edges of the superficial lamellae to become
jagged—-are concomitant variations.

The sponge is of fibrous texture, and, in the dry state,
tough and resilient. Some specimens are of an intense purplish
colour owing to the presence of a sym-
biotic alga; otherwise the colour of the
dry sponge varies between yellowish-
grey and pale brown.

The skeleton is a compact reticulation
of slender horny fibres readily distin-
guishable into main and connecting.
The main fibres, which run (in approxi-
mate parallelism) in the direction of
growth of the lamella, contain a meagre
core of (principal) styli; at the outer a
or growing edge of any lamella, their
terminal spicules form a slightly pro-
jecting tuft. The connecting fibres to
some extent interreticulate irregularly
between the main fibres and are usually
aspiculous. The echinating — styli,
which—contrary to the statement of
Whitelegge—are in no way different
from those within the fibres, appear to
be entirely confined to the outer side of Fig. 62—£. ramosa
the fibres which lie immediately beneath 4 Principal ees p
the lateral surfaces of the lamella. The ™*!laty strongyte-
auxiliary megascleres are strongyla—
not subtylostyli, as previously stated.

In none of the specimens which I have examined have I been
able to detect chelee. Whitelegge, however, has observed Baie
well-preserved specimens’? a few scattered isochele 10} in
length.

A point worthy of special note is the relatively great varia-
bility in the maximum size (95 x 5 to 120 x 8) of the principal
megascleres ; and in reference thereto I might mention that,
between specimens which showed the opposite extremes in this
particular, I have been unable to discern any difference what-
ever in external characters

Hab.—Coast of New South Wales, in shallow water (Austr.
Mus. Coll.).

280 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

ECHINOCLATHRIA ARBOREA, Lendenfeld.
(Plate xxix., fig. 2, and fig.. 63.)
1888. Plectispa arborea, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges Austr.
Mus... 1688, p: 226,
[Not Clathria (Plectispa) arborea, Whitelegge, Rec.
Austr. Mus:, tv., 2, 190%, p. 6a. |
1go1. Echinoclathria elegans, Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. go.
[Not Plectispa elegans, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 226. |
Sponge stipitate, arborescent, branching dichoto-
mously; branches elongated, cylindrical, averaging 7
mm. in diameter, seldom anastomosing. The superficial
cell-apertures are not bounded by lamelle disposed edge-
wise to the surface: normally, they are circular or oval
in outline, and, on the average, are less than 2 mm. in
width and about the same distance apart; but in some
specimens the trabecul@ are rod-shaped, and the structure

is then no longer cellular, but clathrate. Main fibres
with a paucispicular core; connecting fibres either with
uniserially arranged spicules, or vacant. Echinating
spicules most abundant upon, but not restricted to, the
superficial fibres. Auxiliary megascleres variable in

number, sometimes rather scarce. Megascleres (similar
in form to those of E. ramosa) :—(i.) Principal styli vary-
ing in maximum size in different specimens from 100 x
5-5to 120x 7p; (it.) auxiliary strongyles, maximum size,

135 x 1.3 ph. Chele (apparently) absent.
Introductory.—I have already pointed out (p. 204) that the
sponge identified by Whitelegge as Plectispa elegans is cer-
tainly not that species, and have indicated the chief reasons
for regarding it as identical with Lendenfeld’s Plectispa
arborea. ‘These reasons perhaps require to be more explicitly
stated. Concerning Plectispa arborea, Lendf., one can draw
the conclusion from what Lendenfeld has written, that the
species is possessed of a structure in some way analogous to
that which is characteristic of Echinoclathria—and, more par-
ticularly, of such species as E. ramosa: for the sponge is
described as ‘‘dendritically ramifying ;’’ and in the diagnosis of
the genus Plectispa we are told that the sponges belonging
thereto are ‘‘elegantly reticulate.’? The account of its spicu-
lation also, lends support to the opinion that the species
belongs to Echinoclathria. Consequently, considerable im-
portance attaches to the statement that the sponge has—an
unusual feature amongst the species of Echinoclathria—a
‘“clearly-defined stem.’’ As to the precise nature of the reticu-
lar structure of P. arborea, the description omits to inform us:
the omission, however, affords reason for supposing that the
external appearance of the sponge is, at any rate, not altogether

‘

SPONGES._HALLMANN. pee

such as would suggest the term ‘‘honeycomb-like,’’? inasmuch
as Lendenfeld expressly uses this term, apparently in a dis-
tinctive way, in connection with another of his three species of
Plectispa (viz., P. macropora). To sum up, we may say that
the evidence is greatly in favour of the supposition that P.
arborea is a species of Echinoclathria, peculiar in the posses-
sion of a well-defined stem and in the

lack (owing probably to the manner of
arrangement of the trabeculae) of an
external appearance resembling that of
honeycomb. Since it is precisely in

these respects that the specimens of
Whitelegge’s Echinoclathria elegans

are distinguished from the sponges of

the remaining known species of Echino-
‘clathria, it is without hesitation that I

here further describe them, with the a
addition of figures, under the name of

FE. arborea, Lendf.

Description._-_In its skeletal char-
acters generally, including the size and
form of the spicules, this species shows
no points of difference from FE. ramosa.
Like the latter, also, it is invariably of
ramose habit; but the branches are
relatively fewer and longer, and the
sponge, therefore, is arborescent—not
shrub-like. The essential differences Lh eee
between the two species lie in the a ee res

: P a Principal styles. b
character of the stalk and the form and Auxiliary strongyle.
disposition ot the trabecule.

The stalk is peculiar in the fact that it is structurally dif-
ferent from the branches—being almost or, sometimes, even
quite solid; its condition in certain cases, however, indicates
that the non-trabecular structure is secondary. The foot of the
stalk usually spreads out into a disc of attachment: in the
specimen described by Lendenfeld, this would seem to have
been unusually large—‘‘an extensive basal plate, slightly com-
pressed, and about 8mm. thick.’’

The trabecule of the branches are normally more or less
lamellar, but are relatively much stouter than in other species.
Occasionally, in parts of a specimen, or even throughout an
entire specimen, they are cylindrical, rod-shaped; and, ac-
cordingly, in such cases, the structural character typical of
Echinoclathria is widely departed from. When the trabeculze
are lamellar, those which are situate at the surface of the
sponge are not disposed edgewise to the exterior, as in other
species, but are directed tangentially, and form wide

282 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

‘‘borders’’ between perfectly rounded (circular or oval) ‘‘cell-
apertures :’’ the effect is analogous to that which would be
produced in a species (like E. rotunda) with large ‘‘cells”’
separated by vertical lamelle, if the outer edge of the lamella
were to expand into a broad horizontal flange, thus concealing
the lamellae themselves and reducing the size of the * ‘cell-
apertures.”

Of the half-dozen specimens in the Australian Museum, the
largest (shown in Pl. xxix., fig. 2) is that which Whitelegge
(loc. cit.) mistakenly supposed to be the type of Plectispa
elegans; it measures 230mm. in height, and is thus not so
tall as the largest of Lendenfeld’s specimens, which measured
300mm. In the dry state, the sponge varies in colour from
brownish-grey to dark brown, and is of compressible and
elastic consistency ; there is some peculiarity in the texture of
the sponge which produces a “‘soft’’ appearance, sug gesting
that of felts GaN: hitelegge’ s statement that the sponge is

‘rather brittle when dry,’’ is true only of his “‘type’’ specimen,
mentioned above; the brittleness in this case appears to be due
to decay. Both Lendenfeld and Whitelegge have stated that
the echinating styli are shorter than those which core the
fibres; I fail, however, to find any difference between them.
Also I find that the auxiliary megascleres are invariably
strongyla—not subtylostyli, as stated by Whitelegge.

Locs.—The species is known only from two closely situated
localities, Port Jackson and Tuggerah Beach.

ECHINOCLATHRIA ROTUNDA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxx., fig. 1, and fig. 64.)

Sponge oval or pear-shaped, unbranched, symmetrical.
The lamelle throughout are arranged parallely to the
lines of growth of the sponge, and at the surface, accord-
ingly, are disposed edgewise to the exterior; in the inner
region of the sponge they are elongated and so form the
partition-walls of radially disposed tubes. External ‘‘cell-
apertures’? hexagonal or (occasionally) elongate, on the
average about 4 mm. in width. Skeleton consisting of
subparallel multi- or pauci-spicular main fibres joined by
interreticulating uni- and a-spicular connecting fibres.
Echinating styli plentiful, confined to the outer aspect of
the fibres. Scattered auxiliary spicules fairly abundant ;
interstitial principal styli scarce. Megascleres :—(i.)
Principal styli, straight, with slight sub-basal waist when
fully grown, Subfusiform in younger stages, size 80 to 125
Me 5 gbes (ii.) auxiliary amphistrongyla, or occasionally
subtylostrongyla, size 120 to 170 x 2p. Microscleres
Slender isochele palmate, moderately abundant, 9g to
12 p long.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 283

This species is represented by two specimens, the larger of
which is roomm. high, 30mm. in diameter at the base, and
65mm. in diameter near its upper extremity where it is
broadest. The lamelle are thin and somewhat parchment-like,
and, in keeping with the sym-
metrical shape of the sponge,
display a marked uniformity
of arrangement, being so dis-
posed that their planes lie
parallel to imaginary lines
radiating upward with an
outward curvature from the
sponge-base to the _ free
periphery. The superficial
lamellae enclose between them
usually hexagonal ‘“‘cells,’’
averaging 4 mm. in diameter ; poral to 5 b
occasionally, however, owing
to the incompletion (or non-
formation) of intervening
lamella, several adjoining
“cells”? may, so ‘to, speak,
run into one. In the interior
of the sponge the lamellz are c
relatively long and thus give
rise to a tubular structure;
in the outer portions of the

a ies
aoe eee ae nie Fig. 64—Ech tnoclathria rotunda,
: a Principal styles. b Auxiliary
reticulation.? strongyles. c Isochela palmata.
With regard to skeletal
characters, there is nothing of
importance which might be added to what has been mentioned
in the diagnosis, except that the fibres within the lamelle

1 The regularity of the arrangement of the lamelle in this species
enables one to perceive more readily than in the other species herein
described, the mode of growth by which the characteristic Hcihnoclathrian
structure is attained. The formation of new tissue appears to be con-
fined chiefly, if not entirely, to the peripheral region of the sponge, an¢
proceeds in two ways—(i.) by the outward growth, at their outer edge,
of the superficial lamelle; and (ii.) by the formation of new lamelle.
Growth of the first kind increases not only the external dimensions of the
sponge, but also, owing to the convexity of its surface, the size of the
superficial “cell-apertures.”’ Outward growth of the edge of any given
lamella appears to be limited, or, at least, intermittent; and this cessa-
tion of growth of now one, now another. of the superficial lamelle, results
in the confluence of adjoining ‘‘cells,’’ and thus is also, indirectly, a cause
of cell-enlargement. The formation of new lamellze counteracts this in-
crease in size of the ‘cell apertures;’’ each lamella arises, as a tongue-
or strap-shaped process, at or near the outer edge of an older superficial
lamella—particularly one forming the longer side of an elongated cell—
and, growing across the cell aperture, forms at first a narrow septum,
dividing it into two. Thereafter, its further increase of size is effected
by outward growth along its exterior edge, i.e., in a direction at right
angles to its earliest direction of growth.

284 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

appear, not to form a tri-dimensional reticulation, as in the
preceding species, but, in keeping with the thinness of the
lamellz, to reticulate in a single plane.

Loc.—South coast of Australia; exact locality unknown
(‘‘Endeavour’’).

ECHINOCLATHRIA CARTERI, Ridley and Dendy.
(Fig. 65.)

1887. Echinoclathria carteri, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger”’
Monaxonida, 1887, p. 162,° PE xxx), figs. 12, 12a);
Piveorxi hose ey itas

1907. Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus.
Miem:, 1v., 10, 1907,.p.'504:.

[Not Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Rec.
Austr. Mus., iv:, 2, 1901, pp: 89, 117. |

Sponge (unless young) ramose, probably astipitate and
basally encrusting; branches cylindrical, growing to a
considerable length. Lamelle thin; superficial lamellae,
as ua rule, disposed edgewise to the exterior. Superficial
‘‘cell-apertures’’ rounded or polygonal, 2 to 3 mm. in
width. Skeleton a very irregular small-meshed reticula-
tion, apparently in one plane (as in E. rotunda), consist-
ing of pauci- and uni-spicular (or, rarely, aspicular)
spongin- -fibres, together with a few multispicular fibres
poor in spongin. “The outlines of the fibres are indistinct,
owing to interstitial membranes, and the pattern of the
skeleton much obscured by the abundance of irregularly
scattered (principal and auxiliary) spicules. Echinating
styli plentiful, almost entirely restricted to the exterior
aspect of the fibres. Megascleres:—(i.) Principal styli
straight, subconical when fully grown, slightly fusiform
in their early stages, 95 to about 150 pt in ler igth, and at
the most 10 } in diameters (ii.) somewhat tornotely
pointed, cylindrical, auxiliary styli or subtylostyli, rang-
ing in length from (rarely less than) 120 to 160 jt, and in
diameter up to 2.5 ¥. Microscleres :—Isochele palmate,
fairly plentiful, 9 to 15 (usually not more than 13) long.

In the qe tones Museum are some half-dozen specimens of
a sponge which I identify as Echinoclathria carteri. These
agree among themselves, but differ slightly in four respects
from the original specimens as described. In the latter, the
‘‘anastomosing trabeculae usually present a flat surface to-
wards the outside,’ ’ the maximum size of the principal styli is
32 x 97}, the auxiliary spicules are basally subtylote and the
chele attain a length of 154; in the present specimens the
superficial trabecule (although often disposed obliquely to the

SPONGES._HALLMANN. 285

surface) present their edges to the exterior, the principal styli
(although in some instances rarely exceeding 1307 in length)
are in no case less than 145 x 9 } in

size; only a very small proportion of the

auxiliary styli are basally enlarged, and

the chele are never more than 13 }

long.

These specimens were obtained by the
‘*Thetis’’? Expedition and were recorded
—an inexplicable error—as Echino-
clathria macropora (= E. ramosa, nom.
nov.). They differ externally from
specimens of the latter species in their
relatively few and elongated branches,
which in one case reach a length of 400
mm. Owing to incompleteness, none ;
of them affords any clue as to the mode
of fixation, whether by means of a stalk
or otherwise. A single small specimen
(obtained by the ‘‘ Endeavour’’) encrust-
ing, and growing between, the lower
portions of the branches of a horny
coral, agrees perfectly in skeletal char-
acters with the ‘‘Thetis’’ specimens. It
would appear, therefore, that this
species, like E. favus, is of variable Fig. 65—£. cartert.
habit. a Principal style. b

Auxiliary tornostron-

Locs.—Neighbourhood of Port Jack- gyle. ¢ Isochelapal-
Soma sito psequems.. (‘ Challenger,’ gua
‘‘Thetis’’); Shoalhaven Bight, 15 to
45 fms. ( “Thetis,” “‘Endeavour’’) ; south-east Australia, 120
fms., and Bass Strait, 38 fms. (‘‘Challenger’’).

ECHINOCLATHRIA GIGANTEA, Lendenfeld.

1886. Halme gigantea, varr. macropora, intermedia, et
micropora, Lendenfeld, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, x., 1886, p. 847.

1888. Aulena gigantea, varr. macropora, etc., Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 228.

1889. Aulena gigantea, varr. macropora, etc., Lendenfeld,
Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1889, p. 97, pl.
vill., figs. 3, 4, 7, 8, 18, 19; pl. ix., figs. 2-4.

1901. Aulena gigantea, var. micropora, Whitelegge, Rec.
Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p- 93, and p. 118.

1907. Aulena gigantea, var. micropora, Whitelegge, Mem.
Austr. Mus., iv., 10, 1907, p- 504.

286 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

From examination of numerous specimens of this species,
brought together from many localities, I find that its sub-
division into three varieties, as proposed by Lendenfeld, cannot
be maintained. So far as I am able to judge, the specimens
being without exception preserved in a dry state, Lendenfeld’s
very full account of the external and skeletal structure, is
substantially correct; but it falls short in reference to ‘the
great variability displayed, not only in the size of the meshes
formed by the reticulating lamellae, but also in the degree of
development of the spicules both in point of size and number.
Thus, to take first the case of the spicules:

(i.) The styli vary in maximum size in different specimens
from 70 x 3p to 115 x 7}, their range of length (i.e., the
difference between the longest and shortest) i in any given speci-
men being about two- fifths of the length of the longest. The
greater the size of these spicules, the greater apparently 1s
their relative abundance ; in some specimens in which they are
of least size, their number J is extremely small. In shape they
are normally very similar to the styli of E. (Aulena) crassa,
as depicted by Lendenfeld (op. cit., pl. viii., figs. 20, 21), but
as a rule they are not quite so abruptly pointed as these;
always, however, a certain proportion of them approach more
or less to the conical form represented by Lendenfeld (loc. cit.,
pl. viii., fig. 18) as characteristic for the variety intermedia
(and presumably, therefore, for the species). In none of the
specimens that I have examined have I found a preponderance
of conically-shaped spicules, and I therefore regard Lenden-
feld’s figures as misleading to the extent that they convey the
impression of a difference between E. gigantea and FE. laxa
in the forms of their styli.

(ii.) The auxiliary spicules vary in different specimens from
140 to 195 # In maximum length, and from 2 to 4 in maxi-
mum diameter. In some specimens they are rather rare; in
others comparatively abundant: also, their number relatively
to that of the styli varies greatly. They are, in general,
stoutest in the case of specimens in which they are most
abundant, and vice versa; their stoutness, however, varies, to
some extent at least, independently of their length. A peculiar
point in connection with these spicules is the fact that whereas
in some specimens they are almost exclusively tornostyles, in
others they are almost exclusively amphistrongyles; in this
respect the species resembles Echinochalina anomala, sp. nov.
From Lendenfeld’s description one would suppose the
spicule to be invariably a strongyle; but, as a matter of
fact, specimens with strongyles appear to be the exception.
So far I have met with no specimen in which there was any
approach to equality in number of the two forms of the

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 287

spicule ; but, as in Echinochalina reticulata (text-fig. 66), there
usually occur in any specimen transitional forms between the
tornostyles and strongyles.

In the three varieties (macropora, intermedia and micropora)
distinguished by Lendenfeld, the greatest width of the meshes
enclosed by the reticulating lamella were stated to be 7 mm.,
5 mm. and 3 mm. respectively ; but, as mentioned above, there
is great variability in this respect, and even in single speci-
mens I have found the meshes to vary in width so much as
from 4 to 13 mm.

Lendenfeld has described in his Monograph two other
species of Aulena, A. laxa and A. crassa. The sponges of the
former species, regarded by Lendenfeld as embracing two
varieties—the types of which, I suppose, are in the British
Museum—will possibly prove to be merely growth-forms of
E. gigantea; according to the original descriptions of the
species, auxiliary megascleres are absent, but in two Aus-
tralian Museum specimens which Lendenfeld has identified as
A. laxa, and which presumably are two of those referred to
by him under that name in his Catalogue (1888), I find
scattered auxiliary strongyla.

Aulena crassa, of which I have examined specimens that
come from the type-locality (Port Phillip) and agree very well
with the description, is quite distinct from EF. gigantea and
presumably also from E. arenifera;! its chief distinguishing
features are the concealment from external view of its ‘‘cell-
apertures’’ by a covering membrane, and its brittleness and
friability in the dry state. Its correct name may be accepted
for the present as Echinoclathria crassa, Lendenfeld (non
Carter) ; but the specific name perhaps should be altered, since
the Holopsamma crassa? of Carter, with which Lendenfeld
partly identified the species, is evidently more entitled to be
identified with and to confer its name upon the sponge now
known as Psammopemma crassum.

Locs.—The specimens in the Australian Museum Collection
were collected from various parts of the New South Wales
coast from Jervis Bay on the south to Sandon Bluffs on the
north; a number of specimens were obtained by the ‘‘Endea-
vour’’ at the last-mentioned locality at a depth of 35-40 fms.
Specimens are very commonly found upon the beaches after
storms. Lendenfeld records the species also from Port Phillip,
Victoria, and from Fremantle, Western Australia.

1 Carter—Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 350; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p 40.

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1884, p. 211.

288 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

ECHINOCHALINA, Thiele (emend).
1903. chinochalina, Thiele, Kieselschwamme von Ternate,
ii. 5, 16035 sp: Gar.

Sponge of various habit; in some cases, like Echino-
clathria, consisting of a honeycomb-like reticulation of
thin lamella. Skeleton a reticulation of horny fibres cored
by smooth cylindrical spicules—either monactinal or
quasi-diactinal—and echinated by smooth conoidal styli.
The former spicules represent the auxiliary, the latter the
principal, megascleres of other Myxilline: no other kind
of megasclere is present. Microscleres are typically
absent.

The genus Echinochalina was introduced by Thiele for a
species which he regards as identical with Ophlitaspongia
australiensis, Ridley. In expressing the opinion that the
species should be removed from the genus to which Ridley
assigned it, Thiele says, ‘‘eher scheint sie mir sich an Echino-
dictyum anzuschliessen, da sie wie diese Gattung Ziuge von
gleichendigen Nadeln enhalt, von denen ungleichendige
abstehen ; wahrend aber bei Echinodictyum die gleichendigen
Spicula grosse Amphioxe sind, sind es hier schwache Amphi-
strongyle und die abstehenden Style sind hier glatt, bei Echino-
dictyum stachlig.’’ Topsent is also of the opinion that Echino-
chalina is related to Echinodictyum, for he says,! ‘‘Il ne se
distingue du genre Echinodictyum qu’en ce que les spicules
qui hérissent les fibres sont de styles lisses, les Echinochalina
étant, en somme, aux Echinodictyum ce que les Ophlitaspongia
sont aux Clathria.”’’ Both writers, however, have disregarded
certain very important differences in the spiculation of the two
genera, which render it highly improbable that they are in any
way closely related: as an "example of such a difference it may
be mentioned that, whereas in Echinodictyum there are typi-
caly three kinds of megascleres, there are in Echinochalina
only two.

Besides Echinochalina australiensis, Vhiele includes in his
genus Echinoclathria glabra, Ridley and Dendy, and Thalas-
sodendron digitata, Lendenféld; W hitelegge has since added
a fourth species, Echinochalina retic ulata, and two others are
described in the present paper. Of these E. glabra and E.
reticulata are of special interest, since both in their honeycomb-
like external structure and in the forms of their spicules they
bear so striking a resemblance to species of Echinoclathria
that their close. relationship to the latter seems indisputable.
One can therefore assert with some confidence concerning
these two species that they differ from Echinoclathria only in
the fact that their fibres are cored, not by principal spicules,

ye ae Ca Zool. mnie Notes et Revue, 1904, p. xciii.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 289

but by auxiliary; and as the remaining species are very ana-
logous to E. glabra and E. reticulata in point of spiculation, it
is extremely probable that in their case also, the axial spicules
of the fibres are auxiliary. The supposed resemblance between
Echinochalina and Echinodictyum is therefore a fictitious one,
since in the latter genus it is unquestionably the principal
spicules which core the fibres.

ECHINOCHALINA RETICULATA, Whitelegge.
(Bi sexxs hig.) 25, and fie. /66.)

Sponge of rounded massive form, consisting of a honey-
comb-like reticulation of very thin, almost membranous,
lamelle; the superficial lamella, as a rule, present their
edges to the exterior. Superficial ‘‘cell-apertures’’
averaging about 8 mm. in diameter. Skeleton (of each
lamella) an irregular ‘‘bi-dimensional’”’ reticulation of
main and connecting fibres. Main fibres with a sparse
core of slender cylindrical (auxiliary) megascleres varying
in form from tornotely-pointed subtylostyli to amphistron-
gyla; connecting fibres vacant: all the fibres abundantly
echinated by principal styli, conical in shape except for a
slight sub-basal constriction. Auxiliary megascleres are
abyndantly scattered between the fibres. Megascleres,
sizes of :—(i.) Principal styli, length 120 to 170 », maxi-
mum diameter 1o y; (ti.) auxiliary spicules, length 1So to
230 w, maximum diameter 4 . Microscleres absent.

An examination of the single specimen (the type-specimen,
preserved in a dry state) which I have seen of this species,
provides nothing of importance that might be added to the
original description, except as regards the auxiliary megas-
cleres. These—which are cylindrical, more or less basally
expanded (i.e., subtylote), monactinal spicules—are usually
tornotely pointed ; but in a small proportion of them—between
which and the preceding are many individuals of intermediate
character—the distal extremity is rounded off like the end of
a strongyle. I am unable to support Whitelegge in his
statement that these strongylotely-ended spicules, which he
erroneously terms tylota, occur chiefly in the dermal layer;
rather does it appear to me that they are intermingled with
the others promiscuously.

In agreement with the thin membranous character of the
lamelle, the reticulation of fibres which forms the supporting
skeleton of any given lamella extends only in two dimensions
or, in other words, all the fibres composing it are parallel to
the plane of the lamella.

As the original figure does not convey a sufficiently clear
idea of the appearance of the sponge, a further figure on a

290 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

|.
:
Y
\

Fig. 66—£. reticulata. a
Principal styles. b Auxiliary
spicules. b’ Showing vari-
ations of the distal extremity
of same.

larger scale is included herein; this
will the better enable one to per-
ceive the difference in aspect be-
tween the typical form of the species
and that described hereunder which
for ‘the present 1° regard! casa
variety.

Echinochalina reticulata var. (PI.
KOKI a |)

This variety, represented in the
collection by five specimens of
various irregularly massive form
and comparatively large size—the
largest specimen measuring 150
mm. in height, 230 mm. in length,
and 180 mm. in breadth—is_ of
much more compact structure than
the typical variety, and has spicules
of smaller size; the lamella, also,
appear to be much less regularly
interwoven than in the latter.

The meshes enclosed by the
reticulating lamelle average 4 mm.
in width, which is only about one-
half that of the meshes of the
typical variety. The principal styli
range from 80 to 130 } in length,
and attain to 8 » in diameter; the
auxiliary spicules are 160 to 200 4
in length, and in diameter not more
than 3.5 #.

Locs.—-South-east coast of Australia; east coast of Flinders
Island; off Devonport (‘‘Endeavour’’).

ECHINOCHALINA GLABRA, Ridley and Dendy.

(Fig. 67.)
1887. Echinoclathria glabra, Ridley and Dendy, *‘Challenger’

a)

Monaxonida, 1887). p. 163, )pl> xxix.) ies una

plitecxi.,. figae:

1896. Echinoclathria glabra, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,

vill. (n.s.), 1896,

Pp. 40.

| Not Echinochalina glabra, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus.

Mem: Siv. “pta:

, 1907, p- 504, |

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 291

Sponge of rounded massive form, consisting of a honey-
comb-like reticulation of thin lamelle ; lamell@ interwoven
in a somewhat irregular manner, and at the surface in-
differently disposed. ‘‘Cell-apertures,’’ 3 to 5 mm. in
diameter. Skeleton (of each
lamella) an irregular ‘‘bi-
dimensional’’ reticulation of
main and connecting fibres.

Main fibres with a sparse core
of (auxiliary) subtylostrongyla;
connecting fibres vacant: all
the fibres rather plentifully
echinated by (principal) styli.
Auxiliary megascleres are
rather abundantly scattered be-
tween the fibres. Megascleres:
—(t.) Principal styli, sub-con-
ical, slightly fusiform, gen- a a b
erally with a well-marked sub-
basal constriction, varying in
length from about 7o to 110 jt
or slightly less, and attaining a
maximum diameter of 6 or 7 #3
(i.) auxiliary subtylostrongyla
or (occasionally) amphistron-
gyla varying in maximum
length in different specimens
from 200 to 220 .

Several specimens which I identify
as E. glabra, agree in all essential
respects with Ridley and Dendy’s
description save that the auxiliary
megascleres are not tylota, but sub-
tylostrongyla and simple strongyla,
the number of the latter being re-
latively very small. In this connec-
tion, however, the original descrip-
tion is almost undoubtedly wrong,
since the spicule, as represented in
Ridley and Dendy’s figure, shows
an enlargement only at one extremity, the other being simply
rounded off like that of a strongyle.

Fig. 67—E. glabra. a Prin-
cipal styles. b Auxiliary
tylostrongyle.

In the two specimens which I have examined, and in a
mounted section! presented to the Australian Museum by
Prof. Dendy, the spicules agree in size; the auxiliary vary in

1 This section is not, as Whitelegge (loc. cit.) supposed, a portion of the
type-specimen, but was cut from a specimen obtained in Port Phillip.

292 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

length from 160 to (rarely) 205», and attain a maximum dia-
meter (rarely) of 4, whilst the principal vary in length from
75 to 1104, and reach a diameter of 7 4. In the ‘‘Challenger’’
specimen the maximum dimensions of the spicules were
220 X 3-2 and 110 x 6.3 #4, respectively.

The specimens which Whitelegge, in his report on the
sponges of the ‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition, recorded as FE. glabra,
prove to belong to a new species described below as R.
anomala.

Locs.—Off Moncceur Island, Bass Strait, 38 fms. (‘‘Chal-
lenger’’); Port Phillip (Dendy); forty miles west of Kingston,
South Australia, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’).

ECHINOCHALINA ANOMALA, sp. nov.
(Fig. 68.)

1907. Echinochalina glabra (err., non Ridley and Dendy),
Whitelegge, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 10, 1907, p. 507.

External form massive, rounded. Sponge (in the dry
macerated condition) somewhat of honeycomb-like struc-
ture, being formed of very thin membranous lamelle
which tympanize the (on an average 3 mm. wide) meshes
of an irregular reticulation of stout (wp to 250 yt in dia-
meter) spiculo-spongin fibre; the lamelle are themselves
crossed only by a few (interreticulating) fibres of lesser
stoutness. All the fibres are provided with a stout com-
pact axial strand of (auxiliary) monactinally tapered am-
phistrongyla and (or) tornostyles, and are echinated—
fairly abundantly in the case of the stouter fibres—by sub-
conical (principal) styli, which, as a rule, are disposed
more or less perpendicularly to them. Abundant auxiliary
spicules are scattered interstitially, together with a few
principal spicules. Megascleres, sizes of :—(i.) Principal,
160 to 200 # in length, 9 to 10 ¢ in maximum diameter ;
(ii.) auxiliary, t8o to 240 in length, and about 5 y in
maximum diameter. Microscleres absent.

Having had the opportunity of examining undoubted ex-
amples of Echinochalina glabra, | am able to say that the five
specimens recorded and briefly described as such by White-

SPONGES. _HALLMANN. 293

legge, belong to another and new species, for which, on
account of its structural peculiarity, I propose the name
anomala. The fact that the species was mistaken for E.
glabra, is sufficient indication of its ex-

ternal resemblance to species of Echino-

clathria. Its structure, however, differs

from that of Echinoclathria (and of Echino-

chalina glabra) in two readily noticeable

respects: firstly—along the lines of junc-

tion of the reticulating lamelle there runs

(or, to put it in other words, along each of

their joined edges the lamellz are bounded

by) a very stout strand of spicules thinly

ensheathed by spongin ; and, secondly—the

lamella themselves, which are of membran-

ous thinness, are destitute of any support-

ing reticulation of main and connecting

fibres such as is found in the lamelle of «4

Echinoclathria, but are traversed merely by

a very few irregularly interreticulating

fibres similar, except in point of stoutness,

to those which bound them. Consequently,

in the case of dry macerated (and some-

what damaged) specimens such as_ the

present are, the sponge appears as a loose

irregular reticulation of stout fibres with

meshes (which average about 3 mm. in

width) tympanized by thin membrane. In

their present condition, indeed, the speci-

mens might easily pass for washed-out

examples of some loosely reticulately-

fibred solid (i.e., not trabecular) sponge—

such, for example, as many species of Hig ROS Bening:
Mycale—with extraordinarily _well-de- chalina anomala. a

veloped “‘interstitial membranes.’’ Principal style. b
strongylote aux ili-

: ‘ 5 : ary spicules.
Measurement of the spicules in all five aa

specimens gave approximately identical

values, the auxiliary spicules attaining a

maximum size of 240 x 5 #, and the principal, 200 x 9 yp
(not 160 x 8 w as stated by Whitelegge).

The auxiliary spicules are not quite cylindrical, but gradu-
ally taper from base to apex. At their apical extremity, they

294 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

are either tornotely pointed (tornostyles) or strongylotely
rounded off (amphistrongyles); and, in this connection, it is
rather remarkable that whereas in four of the specimens these
spicules are almost exclusively amphistrongyles, in the fifth
they are almost exclusively tornostyles. The name ‘‘tylota’’
used by Whitelegge in reference to the auxiliary spicules 1s
quite inapplicable, since in no instance do they show any indi-
cation of a terminal enlargement, except occasionally at the
basal extremity; the distal extremity of the tornostyles 1s
variously modified in the same way as in FE. reticulata

(Fig. 66).

All the specimens are attached, as Whitelegge mentions, to
the branches of gorgonaceans, hydrocorallines, or bryozoans,
and also grow over and around these branches so as to en-
close them. ‘The sponge is without definite shape, but always
assumes a more or less rounded contour. The largest speci-
men, which happens to be of compressed form, measures
110mm. in height, 75mm. in breadth, and 25 mm. in thick-
ness.

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, off Wollongong, 55-56
fmsa( hetis” 5):

ECHINOCHALINA INTERMEDIA, Whitelegge.
(Fig. 69).

1901. Thalassodendron viminalis (err., non Lendenfeld, 1888),
Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 87.

1902. Echinoclathria intermedia, Whitelegge, Op. cit., iv., 5,
1902) p.25A.

Sponge sessile, of clathrate structure and erect massive
form; composed of reticulating, erect and_ transverse,
flattened trabecule of various size, 5 to 30 mm. long, 4
to 20 mm. wide, and 2 to 4 mm. thick. Skeleton an
irregular reticulation of fibres which are comparatively
poor in spongin and are mostly provided with a stout,
often fairly dense, multispicular axial strand of (auxiliary)
cylindrical tornostyles and (scarce) amphistrongyles; the
connecting fibres sometimes contain few or no spicules.
The fibres are echinated, at all angles of inclination, by
comparatively few conical smooth (principal) styli, Aux-
iliary spicules are scattered interstitially in moderate
abundance, together with a few principal spicules. Mega-
scleres, sizes pa: ) Princtpal, 80 to 150 p in length,
g # in maximum diameter ; (it.) auxiliary, 140 to 185 pin
length, 4 win maximum diameter. Miucroscleres absent.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 295

The only available example of this
species is that which Whitelegge has
described. It is an incomplete dry
specimen in a very imperfect state of
preservation, and, as such, accords
fairly well with Whitelegge’s descrip-
tion except in regard to spiculation. |
am unable, however, to confirm the
statement that numerous small oscula
are present, and regard the term
‘“honeycomb-like,’’ used to describe the
external structure of the sponge, as

misleading, since it tends to call to mind ¢ :

the cellular structure characteristic of

Echinoclathria. In its present condi-

tion the specimen shows no semblance

of a dermal membrane, nor of any

specialised dermal layer.
The original account of the spicular

characters, which is quite misleading,

must have been based upon some por-

tion of the specimen in which there were Fig. 69 — Echino-

fibres of another sponge. chalina intermedia.

a Principal style. b

The locality of the specimen is un- earl eg torno-

known. :

GENUS CLATHRIODENDRON, Lendenfeld.

1888. Clathriodendron, WLendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 215.

The three species for the reception of which Lendenfeld
founded this genus, led him to propose for it the following
definition :—‘*‘Desmacidonidee with exceedingly large tylo-
stylote megasclera scattered in the ground substance. The
spongin-fibres of the supporting skeleton contain only a few
spicules. Echinating spicules spined styli.’’ In the descrip-
tion of the species we learn further that the arrangement of the
fibres is reticular, and that microscleres are absent. The
character of the spicules suggests that Clathriodendron may
be related to Raspailia, and, indeed, in his recently described
R. paradoxa, a somewhat aberrant species of the latter,
Hentschel! has found reasonable grounds for supposing the
two genera to be identical. It transpires, however, that C.
arbuscula (the first-described of the three species, and, there-
fore, best entitled to rank as the genotype) whilst exhibiting

1 Hentschel—Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Tetraxonida, ii., 1911, p. 383.

206 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

points of resemblance to certain species of Raspailia, possesses
characters sufficiently distinctive to justify the retention of
Clathriodendron as an independent genus. As regards the
two remaining species, I can offer no positive opinion, since in
the existing collection of the Australian Museum no specimen
occurs which satisfies the description of either; but, accepting
Lendenfeld’s statement that C. irregularis is similar, both in
‘skeleton and spiculations,’’ to C. arbuscula, this one of them
we may reckon provisionaily as likewise belonging to Clathrio-
dendron. As for the other, C. nigra,! there is reason to sus-
pect that its description is inaccurate, and that its proper place
is in the genus Raspailia.

I have examined well-preserved spirit-specimens? of C.
arbuscula, and find that the surface of the sponge is perfectly

1 Included amongst the small pieces of British Museum sponges which
Prof. Dendy has placed at the disposal of the Australian Museum, is one
labelled Clathriodendron nigra, Lendenfeld. It is a small portion of a
slender branch, quite black in colour, and in external attributes, accord-
ingly harmonises with the species whose pame it carries; moreover, its
identification as such is understood to be due to Lendenfeld himself. One
is quite at a loss, therefore, on finding that its spicular characters are
not in accordance with requirements, to decide whether the specimen is
wrongly named or the species wrongly described. In the description of
C. nigra, the only spicules mentioned are the tylostyli, “7 mm. long and
.017 mm. thick,” and the “comparatively very scarce” acanthostyli, ‘.1
mm. long and .01 mm. thick, with very small spines.”” In this reputed
example of the species, I note, as regards the spicules, the following
particulars :—The tylostyli attain a maximum size of 2000 x 25 1, and the
acanthostyli, which are fairly abundant and are provided with moderate-
sized spines, have a range in length from 75 to 130 1, with a maximum
stoutness of 12 ji. Large tylostyli project singly beyond the surface of
the sponge and are surrounded ati their point of emergence each by a
divergent tuft of slightly fusiform styli which vary in length from about
300 to 380 7) and attain a maximum stoutness of 9 7; but are seldom of
greater size than 345 x 4.5 yj. Finally, slender ee ie ceie al oxea, 200 to
380 » in length and at most 4.5 7 in diameter, are sparsely scattered in
the ground substance. Owing to the dry, much-shrunken condition of
the fragment, I am unable to determine what was the pattern of the
skelton; but it appears to have been reticular and devoid of any well-
marked ‘axial condensation,’ resembling in these respects that of
Clathriodendron and of Raspailia paradoxa, Hentschel.

2 Although I consider it beyond doubt that these specimens are genuine
examples (if not the actual type-specimens) of C. arbuscula. 1 think it only
right to mention—inasmuch as I have to remark the incorrectness, in
some particulars, of Lendenfeld’s description of the species—that the
documentary proof of their identity is not complete. The specimens are
labelled (in Lendenfeld’s handwriting) only with the manuscript name,

‘Ceraospina arbuscula,’ and a reference number; and I find, on consult-
ing the key-list of Lendenfeld’s manusc ript names (vide W brveleser: Rec.
Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 64), that. for this particular name (and num-
ber), no synonym is given.

I might here mention that the name “ Ceraospina arbuscula’’ also occurs
under number 307 of the key-list, and in this instance is stated to be a
synonym of Echinonema anchoratum var. ramosa, Lendenfeld. This in-
formation, however, is wrong, and has led to an error on the part of
Whitelegge; for the only specimen in the Australian Museum labelled
‘Ceraospina, arbuscula, No. 307’—that which Whitelegge (Rec. Austr.
Mus., iv., ii., 1901, p. 81) has erroneously (and, I must add, not quite
correctly) described under the name of Echinonema anchoratum_ var.
yramosa—proves to be, in point of spiculation, skeleton pattern and sur-
face conulation, the counterpart of Clathriodendron arbuscula. It differs
to some extent from the other specimens of this species, however, in
habit and texture, and so may be another species; but since it is of
small size and is preserved in a dry state, the probability is that these
differences are due merely to differences of age and state of preservation.

SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 2907

glabrous, there being an entire absence of the dermal brushes
of spicules so characteristic of Raspailia, and, indeed, an
absence of any dermally situated spicules whatsoever. The
skeleton is a well-defined, moderately small-meshed, reticula-
tion of horny fibres, and is without any trace of an ‘‘axial
condensation.’’ The main or longitudinal fibres, which lie
rather widely apart, are sparsely cored with long tylostyles,
whilst the connecting fibres are without axial spicules; both
main and connecting fibres are fairly plentifully echinated by
acanthostyles. Tylostyli, exceeding in number those within
the fibres, occur also interstitially, disposed in approximate
parallelism with the main fibres; and further, there are scat-
tered between the fibres, though somewhat rare in their occur-
rence, slender asymmetrical oxea (auxiliary spicules) which lie
either singly or in contiguous parallel pairs. The tylostyli,
which are usually more or less curved, are rarely less than
500 7 long, and may reach a length of 1 mm.; the stoutest of
them have a diameter of 16 to 20 yw. The largest acantho-
styles measure about 110 x 8 y; and the oxea, which are
commonly between 270 and 320 # in length and rarely more
than 4.5 » in diameter, attain a maximum size of 410 x 5.5 H.

In external features the specimens are in close accord with
the original description. Lendenfeld’s statement, however,
that the ‘‘sponge has the shape of a tree,’’ is rather vague,
and perhaps does not convey a correct idea of its habit of
growth. The actual appearance of the sponge is exceedingly
like that of the specimen which Lendenfeld! has figured as
Clathrissa arbuscula, but which, as I have already ventured
to assert, does really represent an example of the present
species.

Having examined a slide of Carter’s Dictyocylindrus cac-
licutis,2 presented to the Australian Museum by Prof. Dendy,
I am in a position to say that this is also a species of Clathrio-
dendron, and that it approaches fairly closely both in the size
and form of its spicules to C. arbuscula, with which it agrees
also in habit of growth and in having a conulose surface. The
maximum dimensions of the spicules prove to be as follows :—
Tylostyli, 975 x 16 #; acanthostyli, 120 x 10 jl; Oxea, 320 x
3 #. The last-mentioned spicules appear to be extremely rare.

1 Lendenfeld—Loe. cit., pl. v., fig. 2.

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy.
Soc. Wict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 48. Vide also, Dendy —Rept. Pearl Oyster
Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, etc., 1905, p. 176.

298 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

I1I.—APPENDIX.

Below is given a list of synonyms, as far as I have been
able to establish them, of the species of Ectyonine described
by Lendenfeld in his ‘‘Catalogue of the Sponges in the Aus-
tralian Museum’’ (pp. 214-227), and of the species wrongly
identified with (some of) these by Whitelegge. The names
are listed in the order in which they appear in the Catalogue,
Lendenfeld’s species being indicated by the letter ‘‘L,’’ White-
legge’s by the letter ‘‘W;’’ along with the synonym of each
is a reference to the page herein on which the species is dealt
with. Species of which I have seen no specimens are marked
by an asterisk.

Myxilla.—
M. jacksoniana, L. Lissodendoryx jacksoniana, L.}

Clathriodendron.—
C. arbuscula, L. Clathriodendron arbuscula, L. (p. 295)-

*C. irregularis, L. ? Clathriodendron irregularis, L. (p. 296).

C. nigra, L. ? Raspailia nigra, L. (p. 296).
Clathrissa.—

C. arbuscula, L. Clathrissa arbuscula, L. (p. 146).

*C. elegans, L. ? Clathrissa elegans, L. (p. 146).

C. pumila, L. Crella incrustans, Carter, var. pumila, L.

(p. 168).

C. pumila, var. rubra, L. C. incrustans, Carter, var.

rubra, L. (p. 170).

Echinonema.—
*E. anchoratum, var. ramosa, L. ? Wilsonella ramosa, L.
(p. 243).
*E. anchoratum, var. ramosa, W. Clathriodendron arbu-

scula, L. (p. 296).
? Wilsonella dura, L., non
Whitlg. (p. 243).

1 An examination of the type-specimen of Myzxilla jacksoniana has
shown that the chele are of the arcuate type, and that the species,
therefore, belongs to Lissodendoryx.

SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 299

FE. anchoratum, var. dura, W. Clathria (?) indurata,
sp. nov.2
*E. anchoratum, var. lamellosa, L. ? Wailsonella lamellosa,

L. (p. 243).

FE. anchoratum, var. lamellosa, W. Clathria spicata, sp.
nov. (p. 210).
E. levis, L. (and W.) Crella incrustans, Carter, var.
levis, L. (p. 164).
E. rubra, L. (and W.) Crella incrustans, Carter, var.
levis, Iu. (p. 164).

Clathria.—
*C. macropora, L. ? Wilsonella macropora, L. (p. 240).

C. macropora, W. Crella incrustans, Carter, var. arenacea,

Carter (p. 161).
C. pyramida, L. Wilsonella pyramida, L. (p. 240).
*C. australis, L. ? Wilsonella australis, L. (p. 239).

C. australis, W. Crella incrustans, Carter, var. arenacea,
Carter (p., 161):

Thalassodendron.—

pi avettata,, lu. ? Echinochalina digitata, L. (p. 288).
*T. typica, L. ? Wilsonella typica, L. (p. 203).
T. typica, W. Echinodictyum elegans, L. (p. 203).
T. rubens, var. dura, L. Clathria rubens, L. (p. 219).

1 For the sponge which Whitelegge (Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 81)
mistook for Lendenfeld’s Echinonema achoratum var. dura, I now pro-
pose the name Clathria indurata. Whitelegge’s description is substan-
tially correct except in regard to the dimensions of the spicules. His
use of the term ‘honeycomb-like,” in reference to the external conforma-
tion of the sponge, however, is inappropriate; and the statement that
“the texture is ... minutely porous throughout” is correct only so far
as it applies to the surface, which is minutely porous over its entire
entent. As a matter of fact, the texture (of dry specimens) is particularly
dense and compact; and the consistency, in consequence, is unusually
firm and hard. The available specimens (three in number) are destitute
of any traces of a specialised dermal skeleton; but the information which
they afford in this particular is unreliable, since their preservation is
imperfect; and it is possible, therefore, that the species may prove to
belong to Rhaphidophlus. Indeed, it is to be noted that in certain of its
spicular characters, more particularly in regard to its auxiliary mega-
secleres, it exhibits points of resemblance to Rhaphidophlus_typicus; but
toxa are absent, and the chele are of only a single kind. Thus, the
auxiliary spicules (subtylostyli) are pretty abundant; they exhibit a very
considerable range in length; the shortest of them—which are very
slender—are curved; and a fair proportion are provided, upon their extreme
basal end, with a minute spination; also, the acanthostyles, the spines of
which are moderately large, show a tendency towards a reduction of their
spination over the sub-basal portion of their length. The principal
spicules are without special features, being more or less curved, subconical
styli. The dimensions of the megascleres, taking into account their range
in length and maximum stoutness, are as follows:—Principal, 120 to 200
x 13 jl; accessory, 55 to 70 x 7.5 71; auxiliary, 95 to 220 x 5.5 y. The greatest
length of the chele is 12 p. The “‘ill-defined and hair-like spicules wmen-
tioned in Whitelegge’s description as being present in small number iu
the ground substance, were no doubt some of the very slenderest of the
auxiliary spicules.

200 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

T. rubens, var. dura, W. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, L.
(p- 179):

T. rubens, var. lamella, L. (and W.) Rhaphidophlus pauci-
spinus, (pp. 179, 219).

T. paucispinus, L. (and W). Rhaphidophlus paucispinus
(p. 179):

T. brevispina, L. (and W.) Rh. typicus, Carter, var. brevi-
spinus, L.-(p: 193)

T. viminalis, L. (and W.) Ophlitaspongia subhispida,
Carter, var. viminalis, L. (p. 259).

Plectis pa.—

*Pselegans,L. ? Echinoclathria elegans, L. (p. 204)
P. elegans, W. ichinoclathria arborea, L. (p. 280)
P. arborea, L. Echinoclathria arborea, L. (p. 280).
P. arborea, W. Clathria multipes, sp. nov. (p. 211).

*P. macropora, L. ? Wilsonella macropora (bis.), L.

(p. 205).
P. macropora, W. Echinoclathria ramosa, sp. nov.
(pi278):

Clathriopsamma.—
Colobosa, Le (and W-) Wilsonella australiensis, Carter,
(p. 239):

C. reticulata, L. Rhaphidophlus reticulatus, L. (p. 177).

eva

Commonwealth of Australia.

Department of Trade and
Customs.

FISHERIES.

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments
carried out by the F.1.S. ‘‘ Endeavour,’ 1909-10
(H. C. Dannevig, Commonwealth Director

of Fisheries).

PART Ill.

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE
HONORABLE FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR

MINISTER FOR TRADE AND CUSTOMS.
»

' Sydney, August 29th, 1912. SUiana) 4

EDWARD LEE & CO., 14 CARRINGTON STREET, SYDNEY.

t S

Report 0}

é n the Asymmetron by J .
Report on Globigerina Ooze by F. Chi

one
Rae
Beit

ites APek a ce

IV. A new species of Asyvmmetron from the Great
Australian Bight, South Australia.

JANET W. RAFF, B:Sc.,
GOVERNMENT RESEARCH SCHOLAR,

Biological Laboratory, Melbourne University.

Plate XXXVII.

A NEW SPECIES OF ASYMMETRON.
].—INTRODUCTION.

The Commonwealth F.I.S. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ whilst conducting
jts operations along the southern coast of Australia, secured
specimens of the well-known Asymmetron bassanum, and also
of another species of the same genus which, on examination,
proves to be a new one. The Department of Trade and Cus-
toms, to whom the material secured by the ‘‘Endeavour”’
belongs placed these specimens in the hands of Professor W.
Baldwin Spencer for identification and description, and at his
request I have undertaken the work.

Asymmetron bassanum is not uncommonly met with at
depths of about twenty fathoms off the Victorian coast in Bass
Strait and in Western Port in four fathoms. Specimens were
secured by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ on the east side of Flinders
Island, to the south of St. Francis Island in the Australian
Bight, and also off Shoalhaven on the New South Wales
coast. It has not hitherto been met with to the west of Bass
Strait.

The new species was dredged at a depth of thirty-five
fathoms on the south side of St. Francis Island in the Aus-
tralian Bight in company with 4. bassanum, from which it,
however, is quite distinct. In the following account a des-
cription is given of its more important features.

1I.._DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.
ASYMMETRON AUSTRALIS, sp. nov.
(Plate XXXvil., figs. 1-7.)

The average length of twelve specimens is} 20° mui; the
average number of myotomes, 55; the average myotome
formulay'33, 9;, 13:

The rostral fin is slightly raised above the dorsal fin, and is
rounded anteriorly. The anterior end of the notochord is
inclined a little upwards in the rostral fin (PI. xxxvil., fie)

There are 25-33 oral cirri bearing sense papillae, arranged
in a single series and united together by a web. They are
disposed at about equal intervals to the right and left of a
median ventral one, as shown in Pl. xxxvii., figs. 3, 4 and 5.
‘The web is continuous all along, and is highest in the mid-
ventral portion, becoming lower anteriorly on each side. In
Pl. xxxvii., fig. 6, there is a small basal portion only, in the
mid line, but this, I think, must be the result either of injury
cor arrest of growth, for new tentacles do not develop in between

304 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
other tentacles. As regards this point, Willey! writes :—‘‘It
is important to note that the buccal skeleton grows at each
end only, and that fresh elements are not formed interstitially.
In the adult the median cirri are smaller than the others; and
one would at first naturally suppose that these were the
youngest, and that this was the point at which fresh cirri
would be formed; as a matter of fact, however, the small size
of the median ventral cirri of the adult is deceptive, for they
are the oldest cirri, and new ones are only added at the free
extremities, right and left, of the buccal skeleton.’’ Therefore
I think the hoods with the tentacles arranged as in PI. xxxvii.,
figs. 6 and 7, are also of the ordinary type, having a median
unpaired tentacle.

The oral sphincter is situated in a line with the pitts of the
sixth myotome, and has about fifteen velar tentacles.

The ventral fin has chambers and fin rays. I have not been
able to determine whether the rays are single or double.

The dorsal fin is about one-thirteenth the vertical height of
the body, and the fin rays stop behind about the 49th myotome.

The right metapleur is continuous behind with the median
ventral fin, the left stops immediately behind the atriopore.
There are two post-atrioporal ceca, the right continuing
much further back than the left and reaching almost to the
anus.

The gonads are arranged in a single series on the right side
and vary in number from 17-22. An important point noted
is the presence of the gastrula stage of the egg. In examining
the specimens I found several of the ova in this stage, but
they are not preserved well enough for a good microscopical
examination.

The above characters would place the species in the same
subdivision of the genus Asymmetron as that in which we pre-
viously placed A. bassanum.?

In length, number of myotomes and myotome formula, and
the number of oral cirri, Asymmetron australis agrees very
closely with Heteropleuron hedleyi, found in Torres Strait,
and described by Professor W. A. Haswell. The rostral fin,
however, differs in being raised above the level of the dorsal
fin and in being more expanded : the dorsal fin rays extend
further bac I, and ventral fin rays are present. In the descrip-
tion of H. hedleyi there is no mention of the post-atrioporal
region of the atrial cavity, nor of the oral hood excepting the
number of oral cirri.

1 Willey—Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., XXxii., 1891, p. 214.

2 Morris & Raff—Notes on the Structure of Asymmetron bassanum—Proc-
Roy. Soc. Vict., xxii. (n.s.), Pt. I., 1909, p. 88

3 Haswell—Recec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1, 1908, p. 33, fig. 1.

ASYMMETRON.—RAFF. 205
ha)

Enumerating the species previously found in the Austral-
asian seas, it will be seen that hitherto only one has been found
along the south coast of Australia, viz., 4. bassanum. The
following is a list of the Australasian species and their distribu-
tion, as set out by Mr. W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc.,1 with the
addition of Professor Haswell’s new species :—

Branchiostoma belcheri, Gray.—

Borneo, Singapore, Torres Strait, Maldive Islands and
Ceylon.
Asymmetron bassanum, Gunther.—
Bass Strait, and as far north as Port Jackson.
A. hectori, Benham.—
East coast of North Island of New Zealand.

A. cultellum, Peters.—
Torres Strait, north-east coast of Australia, Thursday
Island and Ceylon.

A. lucayanum, Andrews.—
Bahamas, Louisiade Archipelago, Maldive Islands,
Zanzibar and Vorres Strait (Haswell).
Heteropleuron hedleyi, Haswell.—
Torres Strait.

As the species described differs entirely from 4. bassanum,
‘the only other species from the southern coast, it may be worth
while to here note the difference in general external appearance
‘between the two (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 2). Roughly speaking, we
can say that in 4. bussanum the widest portion of the body is
at about its middle third, and from here it tapers gradually
towards both ends. In A. australis, however, it appears
widest at about the second quarter from its anterior end, and
tapers gradually from here towards the posterior end and only
very little towards the anterior end. Thus the anterior half of
the animal is much wider than the posterior, whereas in 4.
bassanum the anterior and posterior halves are fairly equal.
This seems to be a most striking difference between the two
species. In addition, the smaller size of this species, and also
the absence of the incomplete ring of pigment always found in
A. bassanum, may be noted as further differences seen easily
with the naked eye.

In comparing the oral hoods of the two species, an im-
portant difference is seen between them. As was noted above,
the most median ventral oral cirrus in 4. australis is unpaired.
In 4. bassanum the arrangement of the mid-ventral portion

1 Tattersall—Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., xvii., p. 293.

306 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

varies very much in the different specimens examined, for here
there may be either a median pair of tentacles or a median
unpaired one. I have to thank Miss Ethel Summons, Mel-
bourne University, for first drawing my attention to the paired
arrangement. In Pl. xxxvi., figs. 8 to 15, I have represented
the bases of the oral cartilages in the mid-ventral portion of
the hood of eight different specimens, and it will be seen by
them that there is a great amount of variation here. Pl.
xxxvil., figs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 show no median unpaired ten-
tacle, but a distinct median pair, while in Pl. xxxvil., figs. 13,
14, 15 there is a median unpaired one. In Pl. xxxvii., fig. 16,
the margin of the oral hood with the cirri cartilages is repre-
sented, and it will be seen that the basal portions of the
cartilages of the median pair are smaller than the others and
are inclined at a different angle to the margin of the hood, and
so are clearly distinguishable. The two ventral cirri repre-
sented in Pl. xxxvii., fig. 12, are not so clearly paired as in
the others.

In referring to the literature on the subject I can find no--
thing very definite. In 1895, Miss J. W. Kirkaldy,! giving
the characteristic features of the Family Branchiostomide,
says :—‘‘A preoral muscular hood is developed in front of the
mouth, provided along its circular margin with numerous
tentacles, supported by a cartilaginoid skeleton; there is one
median unpaired tentacle in the median ventral line, and from.
ten to twenty (according to age and species) on either side.”’

In 1876, Peters? described Epigonichthys cultellum as.
having ten to twelve pairs of oral cirri, and figuring the under
surface of the anterior end draws the cirri showing clearly that
there is no median cirrus, but he does not state definitely the
presence of a median ventral pair. Miss Kirkaldy, however,
in her paper, describes this species as having forty-one to
forty-three oral cirri, thus giving it a median tentacle.

Then, again, Mr. J. D. F. Gilchrist? gives the number of
oral cirri in Branchiostoma capense as thirty-six in all. If,
as is generally taken to be the case, the cirri are paired on the
two sides of the hood (with the exception of the median ven-
tral one), z.e., if the number of cirri is the same on the two
sides, this would not allow of a median cirrus being present
in this species. It is thus evident there.is some uncertainty as.
to the exact arrangement of the cirri and that a structure
previously described as characteristic of the Family Branch-.
iostomidze is actually subject to variation within the limits of
a single species.

J. W. Kirkaldy—Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., xxxvii. (m.s.), 1895, p. 309.

1
2 Peters—Monat. K. Preuss. Akad., 1875.
3 Gilchrist—Marine Investigation in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 111.

V. Report on a sample of G/odigertna Ooze from
fathoms, East of Tasmania.

BY

Bh. CHAPMAN, ACES:

PALMHONTOLOGIST TO THE NATIONAL MUSEUM,
Melbourne.

ee

GLOBIGERINA OOZE.—CHAPMAN. 320G

V.—REPORT ON SAMPLE OF GLOBIGERINA OOZE.

Wate, Taine iuly,, 1909. Rosition, 42:17 WSs. h4o.5h Ee
Depth, 1122 fathoms (bottom sample).

Details.—Globigerina Ooze. Colour, pale green, with a
slight greenish tinge.

CARBONATE OF LIME.

Rete FORAMINIFERA, OTHER ORGANISMS,
| . . . . = . - :

79 | Chiefly Globigerine and Echinoid spines, rare;
| Pulvinuline. The Yextu- | Ostracodes, rare (for
| larids preseut are chiefly | species see list); Alcyon-

hyaline forms. | arian spicules, frequent ;
(For species see list). | Coccoliths, abundant.
|
ee Wee ee ee z
RESIDUE.
PER- R a R rence ao 2 wee
CENTAGE SILICIOUS ORGANISMS. FINE WASHINGS.

21 Sponge - spicules, abun- Fine mineral particles,

dant; Radiolarians, rare ; of a greenish colour.

Arenaceous Foraminifera,
moderately common, as
Haplophragmium, Reo- |
phax, Technitella.

NOTE ON THE SAMPLE.

This is a fairly typical Globigerina ooze, with a large per-
centage of residue insoluble in HCl, owing to the abundance
of silicious sponge-remains. This occurrence of sponge-
spicules would naturally lead one to conclude that some of the
arenaceous foraminifera which form their tests of these
silicious needles would be present, and in this we are not
disappointed. Both Technitella and Marsipella occur here,
and the locality is new for both genera. Technitella legumen
was previously recorded off Sydney and near Kerguelen Island.
T. raphanus is an exceedingly rare form, having been hitherto
obtained from only one locality, viz., off Kandavu, Fiji

310 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Islands. The nearest locality to that from which the present
sounding was taken hitherto recorded for Marsipella cylin-
drica, Curiously enough, is also Kandavu. The family Milio-
lidee is represented by the deep-water variety of Biloculina
depressa and a few minute forms of Miliolina. The family
Textulariida is much in evidence, chiefly represented by
the genera Bulimina and Bolivina. Some starved forms of
Nodosaria and some typical Uvigerine are the only members
of the Lagenide. Globigerina is well represented and com-
petes closely in numbers with Pulvinulina. A few other rota-
line genera beside the last-named are found, some of very
great interest. The foraminiferal fauna of this sample is
fairly rich in species, and contains some apparently new
varieties, and will repay an exhaustive research.

The Ostracoda are not common, but are, nevertheless, of
especial importance. Writhe producta and Cytheropteron
abyssorum are both deep-water forms; the latter being a very
rare species, and recorded by Dr. Brady from one ‘‘Chal-
lenger’’ station only, viz., No. 161, to the west of Tasmania
at 2600 fathoms. Cythere lepralioides is a South Atlantic
form occurring here for the first time.

List OF FORAMINIFERA IN ABOVE SAMPLE, FROM 1122
FATHOMS.

Biloculina depressa, d’Orb., var. murrhyna, Schw.
Miliolina tricarinata, d’Orb., sp.
Sigmoilina schlumbergeri, A. Silv.
Technitella legumen, Norman.
ie raphanus, Brady.
Marsipella cylindrica, Brady.
Rhizammina indivisa, Brady.
Reophax fusiformis, Will., sp.

5% dentaliniformis, Brady.
Haplophragmium canariense, d’Orb., sp.
Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orb.

Bulimina inflata, Seg.

ae aculeata, d’Orb.
Bifarina limbata, Brady, sp.
Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss.

id beyricht, Reuss.

be pygmea, Brady.

3 obsoleta, Eley.

? Pleurostomella alternans, Schw.

Cassidulina murrhyna, Schw., sp.

GLOBIGERINA OOZE.—_CHAPMAN.

Lagena lagenoides, Will., sp.
- levigata, Reuss, sp.
s quadricostulata, Reuss.
Nodosaria aff. proxima, Silv.
. mucronota, Neug. sp.
Uvigerina aculeata, d’Orb.
a pygmea, d’Orb.

is angulosa, Will.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb.
by triloba, Reuss.
yy dubia, Egger.
wi rubra, d’Orb.
ae equilateralis, Brady.
ue inflata, d’Orb.

Orbulina universa, d’Orb.

Pullenia spheroides, d’Orb., sp.
Spheroidina bulloides, d’Orb.
Patellina corrugata, Will.
Truncatulina ungeriana, d’Otrb., sp.

a culter, Parker & Jones.
S lobatula, W. & J., sp.
5) humilis, Brady.

Pulvinulina canariensis, d’Orb., sp.
crassa, d’Orb., sp.

are patagonica, d’Orb., sp.

Ae exigua, Brady.

1
Rotalia soldanii, d’Orb., sp.
Nonionina umbilicatula, Mont., sp.
pompilioides, F. & M., sp.

”

List OF OSTRACODA.

Cythere scabrocuneata, G. S. Brady.
pie lepralioides, G. S. Brady.

Krithe producta, G. S. Brady.

Xestoleberis nana, G. S. Brady.

”

e

truncatulinoides, d’Orb., sp.

3I1

sp. nov., aff. X. setigera, G. S. Brady-
Cytheropteron abyssorum, G. S. Brady.

7 =
a ,
¥ ie Tas :
amy: | a 08 D »
geet ig
v ¢ J + A 4 2 aes
: ah’ : aM ‘ {
, z |
i Wg toa :
$ sia
: sel Xt
-
y ryt » err,
; ~ se , =
‘ or MAST
: ey
i.
%.
a ty a
te oe
i \
: f Pulte \
{iw
= ’ 2 > tle ey
os iat - ‘
+ Ff > ,]
* ' ra

» ¥
”
’
\ ~
%
\ (a
2 , ‘

1 vi Ls by i a ae Bre i |
hey te «,) ea a | rah

i* ae

4
=

mii a act) ACR ve

i"
\\ aba | i Re v2 oe
" Wi : a mi ris
a ‘oun ised

1914.

Commonwealth of Australia.

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND CUSTOMS.

FISHERIES.

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried out
“by ESTs. “Endeavour” 1909-10 under H. C. DaNNEviG,

Commonwealth Director of Fisheries.

PART IV. og a2 3

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE MINISTERS FOR TRADE AND
Customs, Hon. FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR AND

Hon. LITTLETON E. Groom.

SYDNEY, JULY 4th, 1914.

Vale & Pearson, Printers, 2, Castlereagh Street, Sydney.

es

ee
ie

CONTEN

: taal

INDEX.

A
PAGE

ABASABSSIS, sp. 5 ws)
abdominals, Hippocampus 29, 30
abyssorum, CYTHEROPTERON

310, 311
ACANTHIAS megalops aes 9
ACANTHOCHITES crocodilus 92
acanthodes, CLATHRIA eee Meith
acanthopleura, EPITONIUM 93
ACARNUS, sp, 143, 145
tenuis... mee ee 43
tortilis Bee ne 143
ACHELIDERMA, sp. ... 138, 145
ACROPERNA scapha... oe ol
ACTAEON retusus ... ee e}s)
ACTINOBOLUS godeffroyi ... 98
aculeata, BULIMINA son Si)
aculeata, UVIGERINA foo, o BAU
aequilateralis, GLOBIGERINA 311
ABTOBATUS australis se 15
afinis, AUSTROBERYX ee
afinis, BERYX ae 40, 43
afinis, HOPLOPTERYX a aS
affinis, PEMPHERIS ... Roya)
AGELAS, sp. ... 139, 146
agrestis, DRILLIA ... Spee
alata, CLATHRIA ... soa BY
alba, MITROMORPHA eae OA
albida, Myopora ... mew) Oil
albosutura, EUNATICINA ... 94
albovittata, TRIPHORA Pate ° 93
alcyonioides, SPIRASTRELLA
124, 241
ALLANTOPHORA plicata ... 276
SPs ae ... 276
allporti, CALLANTHIAS ... 51
allporti, CALLIOSTOMA ...._—- 92
allporti, MARGINELLA shen ot
alfa, CUSPIDARIA ... See 91
alternans, PLEUROSTOMELLA 310
altilabra, MARGINELLA ... 94
ALVANIA olivacea ... ee On
salebrosa ae ee OS
amabilis, StTYLOTELLOPSIS 151

amabilis, VENERICARDIA ... 91

PAGE
AMBASSIS gymnocephalus ... 58
ramsayi as se, Oe
AMPHIASTRELLA, sp. we, 145
AMPHILECTUS ceratosus ... 244
Gtk Seno 3 143, 144
AMPHITHALAMUS approwi-
mus us ee lOG
bicolor es ee LOG
capricorneus... ... 106
columnius ... = 106
costatus ... 938, 104, 106
dubitabilis ... = 106
flammeus sy ee|OG
flindersii ae re LOG
frauenfeldi ... oa 06
frenchiensis ... eee LOG
incidatus ae son MOT
inclusus ws Boe alOS:
jacksoni 453 105, 107
kershawi ie: ee LO
olivaceus Ae eel O7
pellucidus ... ee Og
petterdi ie 105, 107
pulvillus —... we LO’
pyramidatus... 93, 107
rubicundus ... ato) LlGe/
salebrosus ... SeelOS
scrobiculator... 105, 108
Sj 608 sic sop LO)
subfuscus ... =e LOS
tasmanicus ... LOS
woodsi as Os
anale, SCYLLIUM ... air 3
analis, SSI ee ea 3

anchoratum, KCHINONEMA
152, 185, 189
anchoratum, var. dura,

ECHINONEMA ... 299
anchoratum, var. lamellosa,

EcHINoNEMA 210, 299
anchoratum, var. ramosa,

EcHINONEMA eS,

anchoratus (var.), typicus,
RHAPHIDOPHLUS 185,
194, 196
ANCILLA petterdi ... son 94

314

‘“¢ BNDEAVOUR ”’

PAGE
anemone, CONUS 112
ANEROCHALINA mirabilis ... 252
angasi, GAFRARIUM She 4
angasi, TRIPHORA ... soe BB
angulata, CITHNA ... soo
angulifera, CLATHRIA 24:7
angulosa, UVIGERINA 311
annulata, Lior1a ... sa 92
annulata, Rissoa 106
ANOGRAMMA, sp. ... soo
anomala, ECHINOCHALINA
286, 292
anomalus, APOGONOPS ate 55
AN'THEROCHALINA ftenwis-
pina : So ul
ANTHIAS extensus ... ele 53
plewrotenia ... soo)
pulchellus ... ae 00
As one sate sae 50)
antiaustralis, CHLAMYS 91, 96
antiaustralis, PECTEN eo 196)
antipodum, CLUPEA aS We
APOGONOPS anomalus Soe)
bide Bee Soc soon)
approxima, RIssoa ... 105
approximus, AMPHITHALA-

MUS 105
aquila, MYLIOBATIS naw, wo
aquila, Raga ace tog MS
arachis, CYLICHNA ... aco «OD
arborea, CLATHRIA (PLECTISPA)

204, 280
arborea, HCHINOCLATHRIA
280, 800

arborea, PLECTISPA 208, 280, 300
arboresceus, MyXILLA

arbuscula, CLATHIODENDRON
147, 295, 298

arbuscula, CLATHRISSA 146, 158
297, 298

arbuscula, CRELLA ... loll
Arca pistachia ues bem IL
arctica, SAXICAVA ... Aes 92
arcuata, LEPTOBASIS sou ULB:
arcuophora, CLATHRIA 211, 228
234, 260, 263

arenacea, CRELLA... 157

arenacea (var.), incrustans,
CRELLA 197, 153,
160, 299

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
arenacea, PLUMOHALICHON-

DRIA ae see Ee L6O
arenifera, HCHINOCLATHRIA 287
arenosa, PHOLADOMYA eer oll

arenosum, ECHINODICTYUM
139, 142

ARGENTINA elongata i = 8
ARGYROTHECA, Sp. ... so ORAL
armatus, CHR'TODON pe 54
armatus, ENOPLOSUS Me 54:
armillata, TRIPHORA nae 93
ARTEMISINA, sp. we LA
asperrimus, CHLAMYS “pee okt)
ASYMMETRON wustralis 803
bassanum 308, 304
cultellum 305
hectort 305
lucayanum 305
Sea ante soc ... B04
atelodes, CYNOSCION poe rob!
atelodus, OTOLITHUS una (ots
ATHERINA dannevigi io well
hepsetoides ... wee) WOd
hepsetus, Beh she, tO
microstoma ... bus 32
Same ness nee Soh OY
ATHIAS rasor ake FeaeOS
atkinsoni, CUNA Bead ree)
atkinsoni, CYLICHNA Ba eS
atkinsoni, PYRENE ... Ete 695
atkinsoni, SCHISMOPE soap OZ
atkinsoni, ''URRITELLA ... 93
atun, SCOMBER ers ctsi0)
atun, THYRSITES ... Bar bolts)

AULENA crassa 286, 287
gigantea, var. macro-

pora ee .. 285
lava sare aoa tsi/
sp. hee sc LD
AULOPUS purpurissatus ... 22
AULOSPONGUS sp. 145
australiensis, HCHINOCHALINA
288
australiensis, OPHLITA-
SPONGIA Bee, Aste}
australiensis, WILSONELLA
239, 300
australis, AETOBATUS ope 15
australis, CAPROS ... oe 87
australis, CAPULUS 5 ican LOS
australis, CISTELLA,.. er lA

PAGE

160, 197,
239, 299

australis, CLATHRIA

australis, COCLORHYNCHUS 38
australis, CyTTus 86, 87
australis, GALEUS 9
australis, LEPIDOLEPRUS 38
australis, MACRURUS 38
australis, MUR#/NICHTHYS 20
australis, MYLIOBATIS 15
australis, PATELLA... 109

australis platei, CALLANTHIAS 51
australis, PLUMOHALICHON-

DRIA 160, 165
australis, RAIA 10
australis, RAJA 10

australis, RINGICULA so alate}

australis, SCISSURELLA 92
australis, TRACHICHTHYS ... 40
australis, VENBERICARDIA ... 97
australis, WILSONELLA 299
australis, Zpus 82
austrina, LIMmA 91
AUSTROBERYX affinis 43

gerrardt 41

lineatus 43

Sis atises wei 39
aviaerata, PYRENE ... ae 95
axicostata, MITROMORPHA... 94

AXINELLA chalinoides ape Page)
chalinoides var.

cribrosa 270
sp. 152
symbiotica 237

axinelloides, OPHuITASPoNatA
188, 2 272

B

badia, RIssoa j 107
badia, Rissoa (Scross) 107
balantium, Cio 95
barbata, MopIoLARIA 91
barbatus, PHYSICULUS 38
barbatus, PSBUDOPHYCIS 38
BARLEEIA subfusca... 108

bassanum, ASYMMETRON 308, 3804
bassensis, CLUPEA (Romo-

LOBUS) .. noor 4, «AAS
bassensis, SILLAGO ... 60, 61, 62
bassiana, ONOBA 108
bassi, LIMA ... A ne 91
bathentoma, DAPHNELLA ... 94

INDEX.

oo
PAGE
BATHYARCA perversidens 91
BATZELLA, sp. 143, 144
beachportensis, NUCULA 91
beachportensis, PYRENE 95
beddomei, POLINICHS 94.
beddomei, Rissoa 106
belcheri, BRANCHIOSTOMA 305
Beryx affinis 40, 43
decadactylus... =. 40
gerrardy 40, 41
lineatus 40
SP emacs ane 1
beyrichi, BOLIVINA ... m6. UO
bicolor, AMPHITHALAMUS ... 106
bicolor, Rissoa 106
BiFaRina limbata soa) SIG)
bilamellatum, EcHINODIC-

TYUM 175
bilineata, SERIOLELLA 36
bilineatus, PErPTtONEMUS 36
BILOCULINA depressa 310

bimaculata, VENERICARDIA 91, 98
biplicata, MARGINELLA 94
bispiculata, SIPHONOCHINA

255, 275

bispinosa, CLATHRIA 211
bispinosus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS
177, 215
bivaricata, TYPHIS... 95
bizonarius, CHILODACTYLUS 64
Bouivina beyrichi 310
obsoleta 310
pygmea 310
sp- ; 310
textilar louseas Polo
bostockii, SILLAGO ... 60, 63
bractea, MyrtTma 92, 99
brama, NEPTONEMUS 34
brama, SERIOLELLA 34
BRAMICHTHYS, sp. an 80
woodwardi saatshO) teil
BRANCHIOSTOMA belcheri ... 305
capense ; 806
brazieri, CRYP'TOPORA 95
brazieri, MYRTHA 99
breviceps, Mur#NICHTHYS.. 20

brevispina, THALASSODENDRON
179, 185, 193, 202, 300
brevispinus (var.), typicus,
RHAPHIDOPHLUS
185, 193, 300

316 ‘CRNDEAVOUR”’

PAGE
breviusculus, PSEUDOPHYCIS 38
BuuimM Ina aculeata... 310

inflata ace 310

Gime one 310
bulimoides, Litacrna 95
bullata, Lima 91
bulloides, GLOBIGERINA 311
bulloides, SPHH#ROIDINA 311
burrus, SILLAGO 62

C
cacticutis, DictyYoCYLINDRUS 297
celata, CLATHRIA 1389, 212, 217
CAESIOPERCA extensa oo

lepidoptera 50, 54

SON ae ; 50

sp. : 5 les to)
cespitosa, PLUMOHALICHON-

DRIA 149
CALLANTHIAS allporti ol

platei.. sae 51

plater australis 51
CALLIOsTOMA all porta 92

columnarivenr 92

legrandi 92

meyert 92

retiariwm 5 92
callorynchus, CALLORHYN-

CHUS 16
calopora, CLATHRIA 211
calva, PHENACOLEPAS 93
calua, PYRENE sp 95
calyculata, MyTILICARDIA... 92
calyptra, CAPULUS ... 109
CALYPTRABA calyptraeformis 98

calyptraeformis, CALYPTRAEA 93

calyptra, PATELLA ... 109

CAMPAGES furcifera aoe

jaffaensis 95, 114

Sp. ad é 114
canariense, HAPLOPHRAGMIUM

310

conariensis, PULVINULINA... 311

cana, 'TRIPHORA i 93

CANCELLARIA pergradata ... 94

capense, BRANCHIOSTOMA ... 306

capricorneus, AMPHITHALA-

MUS anc 106

CAPROS australis 87

CAPULUS australis ... 109

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE

CAPULUS calyptra 109

danieli 109

devotus 93

Sp. ie 109

CARANX declivis 79

georgianus 79

platessa : 79
Carpita (ACTINOBOLUS)

godeffroyi ... 98

quoyr... 97

racutt nog Gis)

raowli 98

rosulenta 97

CarpiumM pulchellum 92

carponemus, CHILODACTYLUS 66

carponemus, DACTYLOSPARUS 66
CARPONEMUS, sp. ... 65
carteri, EcarnocLaTania 276
278, 284

CASSIDULINA nuurrhyna 310
cavata, TEREBRATULINA 95
CAVOLINA inflexa 95
trispinosa 95
virgula i 95
CENTRACION philippi 2
CENTRISCOPS humerosus 24
sp. 1
CENTRISCUS humerosus 24
scolopax ; 24
CEPHALOSCYLLIUM isabella 6
laticeps 356 6
sabella 6
CERATOPSIS, sp. 132
ceratosus, AMPHILECTUS 244
CERBARIS, Sp. : sn L4G
CERITHIOPSIS dannevi igi 98, 109
geniculosus 93, 110
cervicornis, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 177
CESTRACION guleatus Boe 3
CH®TODON armatus 54
CHALINA polychotoma 252
CHALININE sp. 221
chalinoides, AXINELLA 270
chalinoides, OPHLITASPONGIA 27
CHANDA gymnocephalus 58
ramsayt : 58
chartacea, CLATHRIA 141,
208, 265

CHEILOBRANCHUS rufus 18
CHEILODACTYLUS gibbosus... 64
sp. 65

PAGE
vittatus 65
CHILOBRANCHUS rufus 18
CHILODACTYLUS bizonarius 64
carponemus ... 66
macropterus ... 66
VIZONAVIUS 64
CHIMERA ogilbyt 15
Ci10Nk despecta 100
gallinula eee LOO)
mesodesma 92, 100
striatissima ... sae 92
CHLAMYS antiaustralis 91, 96
asperrimus 96
radiatus 96
CHLOROPHTHALMUS
nigripinnis 22
CHONDROPSIS, sp. 173
CHROMIiS chronis bia 75
hypsilepis A, 74
immaculatus... 74
CHTHAMALOPTERYX
melbowurnensis be 63
ciliata, SILLAGO 59, 61, 62
cimex, TURBO no) IOS
cinereus, HEPrancuus 2
cinereus, NOTIDANUS 2
cinereus, SQUALUS ... 2
(Crnaua) Rissoa rubic wnda 107
cirratus, PRISTIOPHORUS ... 9
curratus, PRISTIS 8)
CIRSONELLA weldii ... 92
CISTELLA australis ... 114
Sy ea0 114.
CITHNA angulata a 98
CLATHIODENDRON arbuse “alle, 147
clathrata, CLATHRIA 205, 215
clathrata, CLATHRIA
(TmNAcTA) 187
ela tinaen MIcCROCIONA 209
clathrata, THNACTA.. 177
clathratum, Ecuinopicryum 144
CLATHRIA acanthodes 177
alata ... 239
angulifera a5 EMI
arcuophora ... 211, 228
234, 260, 263
australis 160, 197,
239, 299
bispinosa soo ala
celata 212, 217
callata 139

INDEX. 317
PAGE
calopora a poo UI
chartacea 141, 208, 265
clathrata 205, 21
coppingert 215
costifera 215
decumbens 239
diechinata sop
dura... 239, 242
elegantula se) 24
favosa sco, - Liste
frondosa 237, 263
imperfecta... ne. 242
inanchorata ... 206, 215
indica 24.2
indurata se ASE)
jugosa ie LST
macropora 16], 165,
240, 299
mollis 141, 207, 243
multipes 300
multipora 178
mywxilloides sco
partita 223, 254
pellicula 208
piniformis So zal
(PLECTISPA) arborea
204, -280
pyramida 239, 297
(RHAPHIDOPHLUS)
| spiculosa ... Boer ae kit
| rubens 179, 208, 218.
| 224, 299
sp. 186, 188, 145, 175,
205, 288
spicata 210, 215, 226, 299
striata 5 valtal
(TeNaActaA) clathrata 187
tenebrata 211
tenuifibra ... 211
transiens 205, 226, 254
transita ; 259
typica .. 185, 196 208
CLATHRIODENDRON arbuscula
295, 298
irregularis 296, 298
nigra ... 296, 298
Bs 20 145, 295
CLATHRIOPSAMMA lobe 239, 300
reticulata Wtf, B010)
sp. 175, 237

318 “ENDEAVOUR”

PAGE

CLATHRISSA arbuscula 146, 151,
152, 158, 297, 298

elegans ie 146, 298
pumila 146, 168, 298
pumila var. rubra 170, 298

sp. 138, 142, 145, 146,

52, 165

Curio balantium ae ae 95

pyramidata ‘vets a, 95

CLIONA, Sp. ... ee =. 22

CLIONOPSIS platei ... ae 22

Sp. | 5: see cae WY

clopetaria, PLOCAMIA 326, LAS
(CLUPANODON) CLUPEA neopil-

chardus ... ay Wf

CLUPEA antipodum.. - 17

(CLUPANODON) neopil-
chardus... 17
(PoMoLoBus) hassen-
SUS) ase sats ete 16
sajaz ... be ey
sprattus ace Hee 16
coccinea, LOTROCHOTA ce aS
CoccuLina tasmanica aha 98
C@LORHYNCHUS australis ... 38

mortont as ane 38

Gas eae aot i
collare, PARASCYLLIUM i
colonensis, FORCEPIA 142, 143
columnaria, MARGINELLA ... 94,
columnaria, RIssoa =. L0G

columnarium, CALLIOSTOMA 92
columnarius, AMPHITHAL-

AMUS... Pes 106
columnarius, PHILINE =a 95
comma, CUNA es ae 91
commensalis, YOERSIA ... 149
compressa, CONDYLOCARDIA 92
compressa, PEMPHERIS 45, 47
compressa, PSBUDOCLATHRIA 245
concentrica, CUNA ... 5 91
concentrica, CYRILLA aah 91
CONDYLOCARDIA conupressa 92

conectens, WILSONELLA 244, 245
confragosa, OPHLITASPONGIA 255

CONGERMUR/NA habenata 18
CONGROMURAENA longicauda 19
Conarus habenatus Bee 18
conspicillatus, CORYTHROICH-
THYS a er 27

conulosa, LATRUNCULIA 26

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
conulosum, STYLOSTICHON... 148
CONUS anemone a rca lal
convexrus Bee see, 2
superstes Scie 94, 111
converus, CONUS... eae | EZ
coppingeri, CLATHRIA Seo AIMS)
CORALLIOPHILA lischkeana 95
coralliophilus, RHAPHI-
DOPHLUS ... non alfa
CorRBIS percostata ... 92, 99
Site wee ‘ naa)
CoRIARIUS Eonadaatte ita 92
CORNULUM sp. ae a. 145)
corolla, PUNCTURELLA ce OW
corrugata, PATELLINA ole
CORYTHROICHTHYS cons picil-
latus arate Ane 27
intestinalis ... bp, 26
margaritifer eo
phillipi ae eee 20
waitei dies een:
costatus, AMPHITHALAMUS | 93,
104, 106
costifera, CLATHRIA Feito
coxvi, GIBBULA aes a2 LOW
CRAMBE crambe Bee Beee ete:
crassa, AULENA abe Aono PAsiTi
crassa, HCHINOCLATHRIA ... 287
crassa, ECHINOCLATHRIA
(AULENA) v2 286
crassa, HOLOPSAMMA 00 28E
crassa, PULVINULINA 311
CRASSATELLITES probleema 91
producta atte soa wll
crassum, PSAMMOPEMMA ... 287
craticia, POLYMASTIA Sood AS,
cratitius, RHAPHIDOPHLUS
Lie Si
crebristriata, NACELLA Sa 93
CRELLA arbuscula ... coe lon
arenacea a8 157
incrustans 1651, 152, 156

tncrustans Var. arenacea
153, 160, 197, 299
incrustans var. digitata
153, 156, 159
uncrustans var. levis 153,
164, 299
incrustans var. mam-

millata ... ae, 62

PAGE

incruslans var. perra-
mosa 153, 159

uncrustans var. pumila
153, 168, 298

incrustans var. rubra
153, 170, 298
levis ash Ills
pumila var. rubra ... 169
5 sce 138, 146, 152

cribrosa (var.), chalinoides,
AXINELLA... So HO)
crocodilus, ACANTHOCHITES 92
cruciatus, RAJA 14,
cruciatus, UROLOPHUS 14
CRYPTOPORA brazieri 95
cultellum, ASYMMETRON 305
cultellum, EPIGONICHTHYS... 306
culter, TRUNCATULINA 311
cumingti, DIVARICELLA 92
cuningii, MBGASBELLA 95
Cuna atkinsoni 91
comma 91
concentrica 91
delta 91
hamata 91
obliquissima ... 91
curvichela, W1iLSONELLA 238,
247, 251
CUSPIDARIA alta 91
cuvieri, LABRICHTHYS 76
CYAMIOMACTRA mactroides 92
CYAMON, sp.... ™s 145
cyanogenys, LABRICHTHYS... 76
cyanogenys, PSEUDOLABRUS 76
CYCLOPECTEN favus... Oil
cyclostoma, Rissoa..,. 106, 108
CYCLOSTREMA denselamin-

atum 92
homalon 92
jafiaensis 92
CYLICHNA arachis 95
atkinsoni 95
cylindrica, MARCIPELLA 310
Cymatium kampylum 94.
olearium 94
CyYNOSCION atelodus 63
CYPSILURUS speculiger 30
CYRILLA concentrica, 91
CyTHERE lepralioides 311
scabrocuneata 311

INDEX.

319
PAGE

CYTHEROPTERON abyssorwm
310, 311
CyTTUS australis... ...86, 87
nove-zelandie Bog Si)

D

DAcTYLOSPARUS carponemus 66
macropterus ... eo (019)
Sant se soo, {ale
danieli, CAPULUS ... soo. 101)
Danita telebathia... 92, 102
binetne. xe LOS
dannevigi, ATHERINA “a 31

dannevigi, CERITHIOPSIS 93, 109
DAPHNELLA bathentoma ... 94
fenestrata ... sea, ) eke)
legrandi 500 wane (OA

triseriata oat A ia 94
decadactylus, BERYx .- 40
DECAPTERUS, sp. ... soe i)
declivis, CARANX ... bec 2h
declivis, TRACHURUS Ste AD,
decorata, MATHILDA 93, 110
decrosa, PRONUCULA sae 91
decumbens, CLAVYHRIA ... 2389
delecta, RINGICULA... eco ALI?
delicata, VENERICARDIA ... 91
delta, CUNA ... Me ae OL
demissa, PUNCTURELLA 92, 101
DENDORICELLA, sp.... 144, 145
denselaminatum, CycLos-

TREMA See ae 92
denselineata, LIoTIA ep OZ,
denseplicata, DRILLIA jes A

dentaliniformis, REOPHAX... 310
DENTALIUM lubricatum ... 95

thetidis Bf 95, 118
denticulatus, OPTONURUS ... 38
depressa, BILOCULINA S00, GIO)
DESMACIDONIDA, sp. soe AG
DESMACIDON, sp. 148, 144
despecta, CHIONE ... ee LOO
devotus, CAPULUS ... S86 93
DiaLa tumida ake LOT
DicrYOCYLINDRUS cacticutis 297
diechinata, CLATHRIA Reis eal
diemenensis, RISSOA eee LOFT

digitata, ECHINOCHALINA... 299
digitata (var.), incrustans

CRELLA 153, 156, 159

320 ‘ PNDEAVOUR
PAGE
digitata, 'THALASSODENDRON
202, 288, 299
dilecta, DRILLIA ... ... «=. 94
dilecta, VENERICARDIA Se ee
DIPLODEMIA, sp. ... ... 200
disjuncta, TRIPHORA Aes 938
DIVARICELLA cumingii ... 92
diversiancorata, MyYXILLA... 144
dobula, SERIOLELLA By7/
DRAGMATYLE, sp. 138, 145
DRILLIA agrestis... 2 94
denseplicata ... eos
dilecta ane see 94.
dulcis... ABS sone, as
hectorguia... fon AE
hedleyi sek aon
jaffaensis —... sip 3 OA:
lacteola Ae Bets 94
saved... nee aoe 94
tricarinata ... Sa) teh
trophonoides... eos AO Ae
woodsi ; 94
dubia, GLOBIGERINA bea Ol
dabitabilis, A MPHITHALAMUS 106
dubitabilis, RISSOA ... loo
duleis, DRILLIA at ae 9A
dura var. anchoratun,
ECHINONEMA boo 49)
dura, CLATHRIA. ... 239, 242
dura (var.), rubens, 'THALAS-
SODENDRON 7Sce2022
218, 299
dura, WILSONELLA ... soo 2AShs!
E

ECHINOCHALINA anomala
286, 292

australiensis... San Asis)
digitata ane Sag SIS)
glabra sist 206, 292
intermedia 254, 286, 294
reticulata a 287, 289

sp. 142, 146, 206, 253, 288
EGHINOCLATHRIA arborea

280, 800
areniferd — ... zou
(AULENA) crassa .,, 286
carteri 276, 278, 284
crassa ane yes 4 OG,
elegans fon 280, 800

” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
fuvus ... oes 276, 285
gigantea see 285
glabra 275, 288, 290
gracilis cae se WEE
lana ... a Boe 838:
macropora 277, 284

204, 252, 277,
280, 285, 300

YaMLOSE

rotunda oat Bol he)
subhispida ... SEO
tenwis és 261, 264

ECHINODICTYUM arenosum
139, 142

bilamellatum Hae Ld)
clathratum ... saan) Lids
elegans 171, 299
(KALYKENTERON) elegans
203
ridleyi wei 141, 151
SDs aes 145, 237, 288
spongiosum ... 142, 151

ECHINONEMA anchoratum
152, 185, 189
anchoratum var. dura 299
anchoratum var. lanel-

losa ate 210, 299
anchoratium var.
ramosa ... mace Pols!
flabelliformis Pecans ltots)
incrustans ... 154, 155
levis 161, 164, 165, 299
pectiniformis 185, 194
pumila ae seo: alates!
rubra 161, 164, 165, 299
SIF a sone ae span JTS:
typicun oe 185, 188
echinonematissima, WILSON-
ELLA ... : .. «248
EcrorisMA Granwete OO
Ecryoporyx, sp. 136, 188, 145
KicryoOMYXILLA, sp.... 186, 145
Ecryonin&, sp. ne Lee
iCTYONOPSIS, sp. ... seen a6
elegans, CLATHRISSA 146, 298

elegans, HCHINOCLATHRIA
¢ 280, 800
elegans, EcHINODICrYUM 171, 299
elegans, ECHINODICTYUM
(IK ALYKENTERON) 208
elegans, KALYKENTERON ... 171
elegans, PLECTISPA 208, 280, 300

PAGE
elegantula, CLATHRIA aan) A
elevatus, HisttoprTmRuUS .., 67
elevatus, MAGRORHAM-

PHOSUS : 500 23
elevatus, ZANCLISTIUS aye AO
elkingtoni, NATICA ... 94, 110
elongata, ARGENTINA | ae 18
elongata, PEMPHERIS 869 47
elongatus, 'RACHICHTHYS ... 40
HMARGINULA superba ao,
EMMELICHTHYS vitidus ... 66
emphysema, MBLONANCHORA 142
ENOPLOSUS arinatus a Oe
ensicula, POROLEDA at 91
epallava, TRIPHORA 3) eee
ephippium, LABRICHYTHYys ... 76
EPIGONICHTHYS culle!lum... 306
EPIGRUS ischnus ... 93
HPINEPHELUS septemfuscia-

(HOS poe ; 49
Eprronium ac anthoplewr a. 93

valida as ee 93
erectus, LIMopsiIs ... ey Oil
erectus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS ... 177
ericia, VERTICORDIA 91, 96
ESPERIOPSIS, sp. ... bee ralas
EucHEus tasmanicus ea sO2
eucosmos, LIMoOpPsis... ae 91
EvuLimma munita .... soo JLIIKO)

tasmanica ... ee LOS
EUNATICINA albosutura ... 94
exigua, IANTHINA ... Sod Mn wa)
ewigua, PULVINULINA sce, oulil
Exoca@rvus speculiger oe 30
EXONAUTES speculiger se, 30)
extensa, CASIOPERCA OS
extensus, AN'THIAS .., soc 53

FH

faber, Zaus ... : os 82
farnelli, Hisrioprerus noe 72
fasciatus, SOLENOGNATHUS 27, 28
favosa, CLATHRIA ... se iktsto}
favosus var. typicus, Raa-

PHIDOPHLUS 186, 201
favus, CYCLOPECTEN 568 91
favus, ECHINOCLATHRIA 276, 285
fenestrata, DAPHNELLA ... 94
ferrugineum, PARASCYLLIUM 7

filifer, RHApHIDOPHLUS 177, 187

PAGE
filifer var. spinifera, RHA-

PHIDOPHLUS neo. AltS7/
filosa, Rissoa a6 sao ALCO!
jimbriata, PHILOBRYA saa 91
FISSURISEPTA, sp. ... poo KOI
fistulatus, Fusirmr... son BY)
flabellata, PHAKELLIA me oN
flabelliforivis, HOHINONEMA 185
flamia, Rissoa ac a2 06
flammea, RISSOA .., eee LOG
flammea, SABAN@A .. i 106
flammeus, AMPHITHALAMUS. 106
flava, VERMICULARIA sto» 28)
flexuosa, 'THYASIRA... on
flindersi, MARGINELLA ... 94
flindersii, AMPHITHALAMUS 106
flindersti, RIssoina... LOG
FORCEPIA colonensis 142, 143

SION tesa. 143, 145, 150
forsteri, SCOMBRESOX sos, AO)
Jrauenfeldi, AMPHITHALAMUS

106
Frauenfeldi, Rissoa LOG
Jrenchiensis, AMPHITH-

ALAMUS ... LOG
frenchiensis, Rissoa POG
frondosa, CLATHRIA 237, 263
fugitiva, LeprorHyRa 92, 102

Julgurata, MARGINELLA 94, 110
fumarium, PUNCTURELLA

92, 100, 101

furcifera, CAMPAGES soo, lala!
FUSIFER fistulatus ... so SIS)
pis pee eal 4oed As
fusiformis, REROPHAX San WI)
G
gabrieli, MARGINELLA spo EE
GAFRARIUM angasi... sco
galeatus, CESTRACION ac 3
galeatus, GYROPLEURODUS 3
galerita, PUNCTURELLA ... 101
GALEUS australis... oe 9
gallinago, MacroRHAMPHOSUS 23
gallinula, CHIONE ... noo. Lex)
GASTEROSTEUS punctatus ... 36
gatlifi, MANGELIA ... soo SN
GAUDRYINA pupoides 2 Lolo
geminus (var.) typicus, RHA-
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 191

gemmegens, 'TRIPHORA oo, ee)

322 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
geniculosus, CERITHIOPSIS 93, 110
georgianus, CARANX son UY)
gerrardi, AUSTROBERYX ... 41
gerrardi, BERYX ... 40, 41
GERRES melbournensis ae Xo}
gertrudis, RISSOINA aoe 3)
gibbosus, CHEILODACTYLUS 64
GIBBULA cowl vijs Soo Kol

ocellina safe 92,101
tiberiana 5a soo, Kut
(‘I'rocuus) glyptus ... 102

gigantea, ECHINOCLATHRIA —-.280
gigantea var. macropord,

AULENA eon 285
gigantea var. mucropora,

HALME ... ... 285
GILBERTIA seniciicta sae 50
glabra, ECHINOCLATHRIA 206,

275, 288, 290, 292

glauca, PRIONACE 9
glaucus, SQUALUS °... nis g
GLOBIGERINA equilateralis 311
bulloides ‘ai seq oli
dubia... aor aos, toalbl
inflata bas toa GLI
ooze ... Foe v2 309
rubra... ae oO
“tye ae wal 309, 310
Globd sia es aolel:
glomerosa, ONOBA ... 108
gloria-maris, MonocentRIs 44.
GLYCYMERIS pectinoides ... 91
tenwicostatus Soa!
GLYPHISODON, sp. ... 75

glyptus, TRocHUS (GipBuLA) 102
godeffroyi, CARDIVA (ACTINO-

BOLUS)... i 008
GONUSTIUS vittatus aes 65
vizonarius ... es 64
GONIOCIDARIS tubaria sen Jaa)
graciliformis, H1pPpOCAMPUS 29
gracilis, HCHINOCLATHRIA 257
gracilis, SILLAGO... 60, 62
grandis, LOVELLA ... ee 38
granifera, 'TRIPHORA ... 93
granulata, EcroRisMA x, 91
gravida, PLUMOHALICHON-
DRIA ae ae 39
GRAYELLA, sp. ws . 142

guithert, MicRoTYLOVELLA 148

PAGE
qymnocephalus, AMBASSIS... 58
gymnocephalus, CHANDA ... 58
gymnotus, MuRa#NICHTHYS 20
GYROPLEURODUS galeatus ... 3
H
habenata, CONGERMURAZNA 18
habenatus, CONGRUS ee lS}
HALME gigantea var.
macropora He 200
hamata, CUNA aa ate 91
HAMIGERA, sp. - 145
HaAPLOPHRAGMIUM canariense 3810
sp. .. 309
hardwickii, SOLEGNATHUS.. 28
harrissoni, PUNCTURELLA... 101
hectorguia, DRILLIA fee 94
hectori, ASYMMETRON peo hs
hedleyi, DR1ILLIA ... = 94
hedleyi, H&rrgROPLEURON . 3804:
hedleyi, SOLEVELLINA ce
HeLcIontscus illabratus ... 93
HELIASTES hypsilepsis heal whe
immaculatus... ioe. ei
HEMIPLEUROTOMA mayi ... 99
hemipsila, PUNCTURELLA ... 101
HemiscyLuium variolatum if
hepsetoides, ATHERINA Pare 32
hepsetus, ATHERINA eo, KOZ
HEPTANCHUS cinereus aes 2
indicus ae = 2
HEPTRANCHIAS indicus... 2
perlo ... : Bp 2
HETEROCLATHRIA, sp. 141, 145
H&rERODONTUS philippi ... 2
HETEROPLEURON hedleyi ... 304
hilum, MANGILIA ... Lene 94
Hippocampus abdominalis 29,30
graciliformis wou te)
HIPPonyx, sp. neelLOg
HIstTIOPTERUS elevatus ... 67
farnelli ea eae
labiosus Ne me he
recurvirostris ses 71
HISTODERMA, sp. ... w. «145
HistODERMELLA, sp. 142, 143,
145
HOLOPSAMMA crassa cee Sal
Hooves sezlineatus ee) GG
HoLorTHuURIA, sp. ... one, th

homaton, CYCLOSTREMA ... 92

INDEX. 323

PAGE

Hom@opictya, sp.... w 144
Hopuorreryx affinis ee ek)
lewesiensis ... ca 40

Sa 0 ee San ee 40)
HOPLOSTETHUS mediterraneus 40
sp. ante sad Abe 4.0
hulliana, Rissoa 93, 103
humerosus, CENTRISCUS ... 24
humilis, TRUNCATULINA ... 311
HyMENANCORA, sp. IB y/(oellstsy,
145, 14:7

HYMERAPHIA, sp. 1387, 138, 145,
208

HYMERHABDIA, sp. ... we L4G

HyMETROCHOTA, sp. 136, 137, 145
HYPOPLECTRODES senicincta 50
hypsilepis, CHROMIS 73, 74

hypsilepis, H&LIASTES 73
Hypsrpops microlepis eee
Hypsyroers microlepis eto

Sips Nese ice seeaman A)

I

JANTHINA exvigua ... sage)
illabratus, HELCIONISCUS ... 92
inibrex, RISSOA aes LO
IMBRICARIA porphyria spp eA)
immaculatus, CHROMIS ... 74
immaculatus, HELIASTES ... 74
imperfecta, CLATHRIA .. 242
inanchorata, CLATHRIA 206, 215
incerta, LIoTa ae Bie
ucidata, SABAN@A... soo 107

incidatus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107
inclusus, AMPHITHALAMUS 105

incompleta, RISSOA ... te OS
inerustans var. arenacea,
CRELLA 153, 160, 197,

299
incrustans, CRELLA 151, 152, 156
incrustans var. digitata,

CRELLA 158, 156, 159
diicrustauns var. levis,

CRELLA 1538, 164, 299
tnucrustans var. mamnilata,

CREAN soo. 1G
incrustans Var. perraniosa,

CRELLA 153, 159
incrustans, PLUMOHALICHON-

DRIA sig vee LO’

PAGE

incrustans var. pumila,

CRELLA 1538, 168, 298
inerustans var. rubra,
CRELLA 153, 170, 298
indica, CLATHRIA ... 242
indicus, HBPTANCHUS sia 2
indicus, HEPTRANCHIAS... 2
indiscreta, MARGINELLA .., 94
indivisa, RHIZAMMINA 5o5 . GIO)
indurata, CLATHRIA ..- 299
inflata, BULIMINA ... soo | IG)
inflata, GLOBIGERINA 550 Bull
inflata, Limacina ... no | | BB
inflewa, CAVOLINA ... Hs ONE
linfrequens, PARAMYXILLA... 141
inornata, OPHLITASPONGIA
264, 265
insignis, RICHARDSONIA ... 72
integra, TURQUETIA fee 92

intermedia, ECHINOCHALINA
254, 294
intermedia, HCHINOCLATHRIA
286, 294
intermedius, TRACHICHTHYS 40
intestinalis, CORYTHROICH-

THYS ae 56a. 48}
intestinalis, SYNGNATHUS... 26
IOPHON, sp. ... 136, 145
LoTROCHOTA coccinea Sco L418}

_ Sp. 136, 142, 144, 145
irregularis, CLATHRIODEN-

DRON ae 296, 298
isabella, CHPHALOSCYLLIUM 6
isabella, SQUALUS ... ae 6
ischnus, HPIGRUS ... tee OS
ISsosILLAGo maculata ojo. 6030)

punctata sie sno OY)
‘See ies 59, 60
J

jucksoni, AMPHITHALAMUS

105, 107
jacksonvana, LISSODENDORYX 298
jucksoniana, MyYXILLA . 298

jaucksoniensis, MACTRA ona
juffuensis, CAMPAGES 95, 114
jufiaensis, CYCLOSTREMA ... 92
juffuensis, DRILLIA... igo Ok
juffwensis, MAGASELLA -- 114

jafiaensis, PYRENE ... soo ti)

324

°* ENDEAVOUR

PAGE
japonicus, SCOMBER ale OO
jogosa, CLATHRIA 177, 187
joubini, MAGELLANIA 114

K

(KALYKENTERON) ECHINODIC-
TYUM elegans

elegans

silex

sp.
kampylum, Cymatiom
kershawi, AMPHITHALAMUS
kershawi, RissoiNa...
kesteveni, PUNCTURELLA
kingensis, MANGILIA
klunzingeri, PEMPHERIS
KRITHE producta
KRAUSSINA tasmanica

310,

L
labiosa, MAcCULLOCHIA
labiosus, HisTIOPTERUS

LABRICHTHYS cuviert
cyanogenys
ephippium
mortont
psittacula
rubicunda
vestita
LaBRus psittaculus..
(TauToGa) psittac ula
lacteola, DRILLIA
levigata, LAGENA
levis, ECHINONEMA...
LAGENA levigata
lagenoides
quadricostulata
lagenoides, LAGENA..
lamella (var.) rubens, "THALAS-
SODENDRON 178, 218, ¢
lamellosa (var.) anchoratum,

EcHINONEMA 210,
lamellosa (var.) rubens, THA-

LASSODENDRON
lamellosa, WILSONELLA

laticeps, CBPHALOSCYLLIUM
laticeps, SCYLLIUM...
LATRUNCULIA conulosa
lava, AULENA ; Hy
lava, ECHINOCLATHRIA see

203
171
171
17¢
94,
107
107
101
94.
47
311
95

”

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.
| PAGE
| Lena meliacea a ae 91
| legrandi, CALLIOSTOMA ... 92
| legrandi, DAPHNELLA A ods
| legumen, TECHNITELLA 309, 310
| LePmoLerrus australis ... 36

lepidopltera, CHSIOPERCA = 50, 54:
lepralioides, CYTHERE 310, 311
LEPTOBASIS arcuatau 143
ye | see sie 143, 145
LEPTOSIA, sp. 137, 138, 145
LEPTOTHYRA fugitiva 92, 102
rosew ... nae ae
levis, CRELLA a 157
levis, ECHINONEMA... 161, 164,
165, 299

levis (var.) incrustans,

CRELLA 158, 164, 299
lewesiensis, HOPLOPTERYX ... 40
lewini, SPHYRNA ... ae 9
lewini, ZYGHNA a rm 9
lignea, PARACORDYLA i. sz
Lima bassi ee ane 91

bullata 358 ea 91
LIMAGCINA bulimoides aa 95
inglata Bas nas G5
Lima austrina ... Ae 9]
murrayr poe Hos, ill
parvula ae peo wl
LIMopPSIS erectus... ace eal
ewucosimos a sa 91
tenisoni sae re 91
linea, MopioLa as yo
lineatus, AUSTROBERYX ... 43,
lineatus, BBRYX ARG aaa 40
lineatus, PEMPHERIS 4 45
Liora annulata es ane 92
denselineata nae 92
incerta at : 92
lischkeana, CORALLIOPHILA 95
LIsSODENDORYX jacksoniana 298
SVT ace 136, 138, 145
stipitata 244.
liturata, MARGINELLA oe Ao
lobatula, ''RUNCATULINA ... 311
lobosa, CLATHRIOPSAMMA
239, 300
lockyeri, Rissoa 938, 1038
lodder@, MARGINELLA ns 94.
longicauda, CONGROMURMHNA 19
LoveLua grandis... in) 8

lubricatum, DENTALIUM ... 95

PAGE

LUCAPINELLA nigrita

92

lucayanuim, ASYMMETRON... 305
M
Maccuttocuia labiosa 72
sp. ; 72
macleayt, T'RACHICHTHYS 44:
macrolepis, PREMPHERIS 45
macropora, CLATHRIA 161, 165
240, 299
macropora, HCHINOCLATHRIA
277, 284
nuacropora, HCHINOCLATHRIA
(PLECTISPA) 204
macropora (var.) gigantea,
AULENA seo ASS
macropora (var.) gigantea,
HauMeE sca eh)
macropora, PLECTISPA 242, 2'76
277, 281, 300
macropora, WiLSONELLA
299, 300
macropterus, CHILODACTYLUS 66
macropterus, DACTYLOSPARUS 66
macropterus, MURHNICHTHYS 21
MacrRorHAmPHosuselevatus 23
gallinago 23
scolopax 23
Se eee 1
Macrurvs anstralis: 38
Macrra jacksoniensis 92
mactroides, CYAMIOMACTRA 92
maculata, ISOSILLAGO 60
maculata, SILLAGO .. 59, 61
maculatum, SCYLLIUM 3
Macutrocnta labiosa 2
Sp. rte 72
MADREPORA, sp. : 212
MAGASELLA juffuensis 114:
SD -eaee: “ne Sone ete E
MAGELLANIA joubini 114
mammillata (var.) inerustais,
CRELLA pee 162
mammillata, PLUMOHALI-
CHONDRIA ... 155
Manaenia gatlifi 94.
hilun... 94.
kingensis 94:
spica ... nee 94:
maorians, PLEURODON 91, 96

INDEX. 325

PAGE

marguritacea, TRIGONTA 91
margaritifer, CORYTHROICH-

THYS ; 26
MARGINELLA allpor fi 94.

altilabra 94
| biplicata 9A
columnaria 94
Hindersi ae 94.
| fulgurata 94, 110
| gabrieli 94

indiscreta 94.

liturata BTGT

loddere : 94
microscopica... 94.
| multiplicata ... 94:

ovulum 94

pulchella 111

sagittata 111

stanislaus 94

SOUR. oe 94

vercor. 94.

marmorata, Nrosinago 60
MARMORATUS, sp. 6
MARSIPELLA yee 310
sp. : e309
MaArHi.va dec Cee 12 a bn KG)
mayt, HEMIPLEUROTOMA 95
mayt, MYRT BA 99
mayi, ODOSTOMIA 93
mediolevis, TURRITELLA 93
mediterraneus, HopLosTs-

THUS : 40
megalops, ACANTHIUS 9
megdlops, SQUALUS.. 3 9
MEGATEBENNUS Eoventenanns 92
melbournensis, CH'THAMALOP-

TERYX 63
melbowrnensis, GERRES 6:
MELONANCHORA emphysema 142

S07) ct rsels Ace 142, 145

menbranacea, OPHLITAS-

PONGIA ZLonZos
meridionalis, RINGICULA 95, 112
MESAPOS, sp. AG
mesodesma, CHIONR 92, 100
mesodesmu, VENUS ... 100
meyert, CALLLOSTOMA 92
micra, SYRNOLA 93
Microcionagelathrata .. 209

scubidu 142, 150, 151

326 ‘“ BNDEAVOUR

PAGE

MICROCIONA, sp. 138, 145, 208
(Microciona) STYLOTEL-

LOPSIS scabida .... 151
microcionides, PLUMOHALI-
CHONDRIA ... .. «146
microlepis, HypsyPOPS .... 75
microscopica, MARGINELLA 94
microstoma, ATHERINA ..,.— 32

microstoma, THNIOMEMBRAS = 32
MiIcrRorTyLoreLua giintheri 143

Fi 0 ace ae 142, 145
miliacea, LEDA “at ene Ol
MILIOLINA, sp, — spe BH)

tricarinata ... S00 © LG
mirabilis, ANEROCHALINA... 252
Mrrra retrocurvata Rae 95

scalariformis sco

stadialis Bai 95, 112

tasmanica... 9512
Mrirromorpua alba eee oa

axicostata seis 94,

pallidula —... soe

paucilirata ... poe

paula... cee eee 95

solida.. ade aoe 95
Mopi1oLa linen ; An 91
MoptoLarRia bar bara aan 9]
mollis, CLATHRIA 141, 207, 243
MonliueEa oleacea Ee 161

philippensis ... Se
MoNOCENTRIS gloria-maris At
montiformis, SPIRASTELLA 119
mortoni, C@LORHYNCHUS... 38
mortoni, LABRICHTHYS .... 77
moseleyi, SCOLOPES, Se BY
mucronota, NoposaRia aoe lat
miilleri, PEMPHERIS ae 47
multipes, CLATHRIA sco 3010)
multipes, PLECTISPA .. 204
multiplicata, MARGINELLA 94.
multipora, CLATHRIA ee leris
multipora (var.) paucipinus,

RHAPHIDOPHLUS
178, 184

multiradiata, PEMPHERIS
45, 47
multiradiatus, PEMPHERIS 45
munita, HULIMA ... Boo 2K)
MuRANICHTHYS australis... 20
breviceps as ao 40)

gymnotus, ... ca eed

” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
macropterus ... ueoe nell
tasmaniensis... are 19

murrayl, LIMHA ... Sipe wlll
murrhyna, CASSIDULINA ... 310
My.iosatis aquila son 15)
australis ate Sue 15
niewhofi “ae wide 15
niewhofir ae Las 15
Spon ers es ee 15
Myopora albida crete Sot 91
Myrrm@a bractea ... 92, 99
braziert Etat siete; 99
mayt ... aise 99
MyviInicARDIA calyc eas es
MyYXILLA arborescens oe AS
diversiancorata .. 144
jacksoniana ... can ZSt8
pedunculata... ... 144
sp. ... 386, 188. 145.221
mywilloides, CLATHRIA .. 242
N
NACELLA crebristriata oS
nana, XESTOLEBERIS aan role
NARCINE tasmaniensis ae 14
Narica elkingtoni ... 94, 110
sticta... xt vom eon
nebulosa, ZENOPSIS ... an 83
nebulosus, ZEUS ots Ace 83
neopilchardus, CLUPEA

(CLUPANODON) ... 17
NEOSILLAGO marmorata ... 60
NePrONEMUS bilineatus ... 36

brama re a 34
trevale es ae 34
neptuni, PLUMOHALICHON-

DRIA Cae 146
nidificata, OP HLIVASPONGIA 254
niewhofi, MYLIOBATIS EO
nieuhofi, RAIA nae Bon lis}
niewhofiit, MYLIOBATIS ae 15

nigra, CLATHRIODENDRON
296, 298

nigra, RASPATLIA ... soa 2Ae}s!
nigriptunis, CALOROPHTAL-

MUS hs 22
nigrita, LucaPrINnea as 2
nitida, Raga.. wee ae 10
nitida, RINGICULA ... aoe lS
nitidus, EMMELICHTHYS ... 66

INDEX. By ar|
PAGE PAGE
NopDOSsARIA mucronota 311 oscitans, PHILINE ... a LOD,
prowima 311 OSTRACODA, sp. wee sco, BIL
sp. 310 OTOLITHUS atelodus en PuOS
nodosa, VERMICULARIA 93 ovulum, MARGINELLA coe, Od
(Noputus) Rissoa pellucida 107 oxyphila, WILSONELLA = 244, 249
NONIONINA ponupiliordes 311 Pp
umobilicatula... 311
NOTIDANUS cinereus 2 pallidula, Mi1vROMORPHA... 95
NOTOTHENIIDA, sp. 60 palmatus, PHysicuLUS ... 38
nove-zelandie, CYTTUS 85 papilla, OPHLITASPONGIA ... 254
nove-zelandie, ZEUS 85 papillosa, SPIRASTRELLA ... 126
novapostrema, 'TRIPHORA 93 papyracea, PHAKELLIA ... 261
Nucuta beachportensis 91 PARACORDYLA lignea el
obliqua 91 Se, see i 131, 132
nudipinnis, PRISTIOPHORUS 10 paradowa, RASPAILIA bee 200
PARAMYXILLA infrequens ... 14d
O Scene ter .. 145
PARASCYLLIUM collar e “fe a
obesus (var.) typicus, RHA- ferrugineum ... ae 7
PHIDOPHLUS 196 variolatum ... as ai
obliqua, NUCULA 91 PARATRACHICHTHYS Crailli Ad.
obliquissima, CUNA 91 partita, CLATHRIA 223, 254
obsoleta, BOLIVINA ... boo LO) parvula, LImmA... eo
ocellina, GIBBULA ... 92, 101 patagonica, PULVINULINA... 311
ODOSTOMIA mayt 93 PATELLA australis ... pe LO
ogilbyi, CHIMMRA bee | LD calyptra a3 nas LOS
oleacea, MONILEA ... 92,101 PATELLINA corrugata sco Sulu
olearium, CYMATIUM 94: paucilirata, MivROMORPHA 95
olivacea, ALVANIA 107 paucispina, 'lHALASSODEN-
olivaceus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107 DRON Re » 202
ONOBA bassiana 108 paucispinus Var. meulerooré a,
glomerosa 108 RHAPHIDOPHLUS 178, 184
ooze, GLOBIGERINA... 309 paucispinus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS
OPHLITASPONGIA austra- 176, 195, 203, 300
liensis * sco ets} paucispinus, THALASSODEN-
avinelloides 188, 268, 272 DRON ee 178, 3800
chalinoides 270 paula, MIrROMORPHA A eo
confragosa ... 205 Paoren antiaustralis soot » (le
imornata wa 264, 265 Gs ode 208 log
membranacea 215, 2538 pectinata, PHILOBRYA a SO
ndificata ... .. 204 pectiniformis, ECHINONEMA
papilla 254 185, 194
seriata A soe ay! pectinoides, GLYCYMERIS ... 91
SD See 138, 208, 253 pedunculata, MyxILuA ... 144
subhispida 257, 259, 271 pellicula, CLATHRIA 208
subhispida var. vimi- pellucida, Rissoa (Noputus) 107
nalis soa, G00) pellucidus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107
tenwis... ae 254, 261 PEMPHERIS affinis ... we 45
tubulosa ne 254, 272 conupressu 45, 47
OPTONURUS denticulatus 38 elongata tes wee eA,
ORBULINA wniversa... 311 klunzingerv ... ee AT

328 “© ENDEAVOUR ”
PAG
lineatus ae ae 45
macrolepis ... ran ueeo
mriilleri a3 ANE 47
multiradiata 45, 147
multiradiatus a 47
unwini oa ae 48
PENTACEROPSIS recurviros-
tris... ne ae Wa
percostata, CORBIS ... 92, 99
pergradata, CANCELLARIA... 94
perlo, HEPTRANCHIAS “a 2
perlo, SQUALUS a ' 2
perramosa (var.) iner ustans,
GRELDA ~~. 153, 159
perversidens, BAYHYARCA ... 91

petterdi, AMPHITHALAMUS
105, 107

petterdi, ANCILLA ... ede pot
petterdi, Rissoa ... moa) AON:
pfeifferi, 'TRIPHORA,.. BOS
PHAKELLIA flabellata erat
papyracea —... son ADIL
ventilabrum ... oeeloo.
PHENACOLEPAS calva ee 8
PHILINE colunimarius eo OS
oscitans mee bes 95
philippensis, MONILEA se-e
philippi, CENTRACION 2
philippi, HETERODONTUS 2
philippi, SQUALUS ... : 2
phillipi, CORYTHROICHTHYS 26
phillipi, SYNGNATHUS PAO te)
PHILOBRYA fimbriata santo
pectinata side soo!
PHOLADOMYA «arenosa aoe aul
Puysicuuus barbatus bea SS
palmatus —... Ladi OO
Sp. Bec SBE Bia 1
piniformis, CLATHRIA o. 24
PISANIA schoutanica pa tS
pistachia, ARCA a 91
platei var. australis, CALLAN-
THIAS ie osen Ol
platei, CALLANTHIAS ete Ol
platei, CLIONOPSIS ... wen 22
platessa, CARANX ... ion Bo)

Puiecrispa arborea 2038, 280, 300
(PLECTISPA) CLATHRIA
arborea
EcCHINOCLATHRIA
macropora... .- 204

204, 280

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE

Purcrispa elegans 208, 280, 300
macro pora pee 242, 276,

277, 281, 300

nultipes ioe .. 204
Set Dw. a se OS
PLECTROPOMA suswihi es 49
plena, PLOCAMIA ... .. 144
PLEURODON maorianus 91, 96
PLEUROSTOMELLA alternans 310
plewrotenia, ANTHIAS Bey ie)
plicata, ALLANTOPHORA ... 276
plicilaminatus, TROPHON ... 95
PLocaMIA clopetarva se WIAD
plena... Ses wes 144
yale Meee 144, 145, 146
PLOCAMIOPSIS, sp. ... wn 45
PLUMOHALICHONDRIA
arenacea ... aa we LGO
australis Ee 165, 160
cespitosa ee ee LAS)
gravida Baie ep SD
WUCrUstans ... seat lO
manmnillata re lS
microcionides 53 LAG
neplunt i a0 SLAG
spe se 138, 142, 146
PocILuon, sp. see 136, 145
poculoides, SPIRASYELLA ... 122
Poxwrinices beddonei ser GA
polychotonia, CHALINA 252
POLYMASTIA craticia jen TZ
(PomoLoBus) CLUPEA bassensis 16
pompilioides, NONIONINA ... 81]
POROLEDA ensicula... Batre tel
poresa, SERIOLELLA aoe ees
porphyria, IMBRICARIA....— 95
PRIONACE glauca... ae 9
PRIOPIS ransayi... bea, PON
PRISTIOPHORUS cirratus ... 9
nudipinns eas Bes 10
PRISTIS cirratus ... 9
probleemca, CRASSATELLITES- 91
producta, CRASSATELLITES... 91
producta, KRITHE .., 310, 311
PRONUCULA decorosa = 91
PROSOPLISMUS recurvirostris 72
provima, NODOSARIA Mee Sli
prowimus (var.) typicus, RHA-
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 190
PSAMMOPEMMA crassum ... 287
PsrUDOAMBASSIS raimsayi ... 57

INDEX. 329

PAGE

PSEUDOCLATHRIA compressa 245
SID=) eee ect 142, 148, 146
PSEUDOLABRUS cyanogenys 76
psittaculus ... spre aa
vestitus : Bee > HL
PsEUDOPHYCIS barbatus ... 38
breviusculus ... are 38
psittacula, LABRICHTHYS 17
psittacula, LABRUS (‘TAUTOGA) 77
psittaculus, LABRUS aha

psittaculus, PSEUDOLABRUS 77

pulchella, MARGINELLA ... 111
pulchella, Rissoa ... soo LOZ
pulchellum, CARDIUM no te
pulchellus, ANTHIAS sor 150)
pulchra, SCHISMOPE ee oO
PULLENIA spheroides doo Guilt
pulvillus, AMPHITHALAMUS = 107
pulvillus, RissoA ... ° ... 107
PULVINULINA canariensis... 311

crassa ate eS Lal

exigua on sogs alli

patagonica ... sory Hell
GYDo cee au 309, 310
truncatulinoides ... 311

PULVINULINA, sp. ..: sds EXO)
pumila, CLATHRISSA 146, 168,298
pumila, ECHINONEMA LOS
pumila (var.) inerustans,
CRELLA 1538, 168, 298
pumila (var.) rubra, CLATH-
RISSA ss 170, 298
pumila (var.) rubra, CRELLA 169
punctata, ISos1LLAGo chow ke)
punetata, SERIOLELLA 06 eRe:
punctata, SILLAGO ... a 60
punctatus, GASTBROSTEUS... 36
PUNCTURELLA corolla ae LO!
demissa 92, 101
fumariune 92, 100, 101
galerita aoe soo LC
harrissoni ... so alo!
hemipsila ... eeLOL
kesteveni 260 LOL
pupoides, GUADRYINA ea oO
purpurea, Rissoa ... LOS
purpurissatus, AULOPUS ... 22
pygmed, BOLIVINA... Sao oli)
pygmea, UVIGERINA sco ill

pyramida, CLATHRIA 239, 299
pyramida, WILSONELLA .,, 299

PAGE
pyramidata, CLuio ... ee G0)
pyramidatus, AMPHITHALA-

Mus See 93, 107
pyramidatus, SCROBS fos Lz
PYRENE athinsoni ... Rogen kel)

aviaerata ... soo Sk

beachportensis dco, 0)

calva ... a Sy ty toe

jaffaensis ae nen SNE

PYVTHEAS, sp, oe see lay
Q

quadrata, 'TURRITELLA ... 93
quadricostulata, LaaHNna ... 3811

quoyi, CARDITA ute Been ore
R
racutt, CARDITA an axe 98
radiatus, CHLAMYS... bee Matoho)
Rata australis ae: th 10
Rasa aquila... a08 Be) Lb
australis aes aah 10
cruciatus ga ade 14.
nieuhofi by eee 1s)
nitida is Eo 10
waitirt Ae Hee 12
ranosa (var.) anchoratum,
EcHINONEMA «. 298
ranvosa, HCHINOCLATHRIA 204,
252, 277, 280, 285, 300
ramosa, RASPAILIA... w. 144
ramosa, WILSONELLA son ZS)
ransayt, AMBASSIS ... aa8 oT
ramsayt, CHANDA ... BOO 58
ramsayi, PRIOFIS ... Sine Sill
ramsayi, PSEUDOAMBASSIS... 5
raoulit, CARDITA Sue S52 $8
raphanus, 'TECHNITELLA 3809, 310
rasor, AN'THIAS Ba sa 53
rasor, CESIOPERCA ... sce B10)
rasor, SERRANUS... a 53
VASPAILIA Wigrd —... sco ASS)
paradoxa ai ose e200.
ramosa “ee oon ee!
Spee oe 139, 144, 295
tenwis are .. 144
recurvatus, ''ROPHON OD

recurvirostris, HisrioprERus 71
recurvirostris, PHNTACEROPSIS 71
recurvirostris, PRosopLIMUS 72

330 “¢ ENDEAVOUR ”’

PAGE

regina, ''RIPHORA ... oc 93
REopPHAX dentaliniforniis ... 810
fusiformis —... fag 9 al{(0)

Sp. aie ... 3809
retiarium, CALLIOSTOMA ... 2

reticulata, CLATHRIOPSAMMA

177, 300
reticulata, HCHINOCHALINA

287, 289
reticulatus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS

176, 300
retrocurvata, MITRA a 9d
retusus, ACTAEON ... atic 95
RHAPHIDOPHLUS bispinosus

177, 215

cervicornis ... See Littal
(RHAPHIDOPHLUS) CLATHRIA
spiculosa ... noe TY)
RHAPHIDOPHLUS corallio-
philus ate ee Wah
cratitius Wiitie HST

erectus ie span UCAS
flifer sn. sa VFT,5187
filifer, var. spinifera 187
paucisprnus 176, 178, 195,
203, 800
paucispinus, var. nul-

tipora ue ace) efits)
paucispinus, var. mul-

tiporus ... Boe elites)
reticulatus 176, 800
ridleyi a oe Sif
seriatus uae ree ia
Ye oc 145, 175, 205
spinifer eae jon LPT
topsenti Rafe alley
typica ant Son 7408)
typicus eae SOR

184, 185
typicus, var. anchor-

atus 185, 194, 196
typicus, var. brevis-
pinus 185, 198, 300

typicus, var. favosus

186, 201
typicus. Var. geninus

185, 191
typicus, var. obesus

186, 196
typicus, var. proximus

185, 190 |

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE

typicus, var. stellifer
186, 199, 285

RHINA squatina —... a eelO
RHIZAMMINA indivisa se ol
rhomboidea, VERTICORDIA... 97
rhyllensis, RISSOINA Jo eS
RICHARDSONIA insignis .... 72

sp. vee : see 72

ridleyi, EcHiNopIicryuM 141, 161
ridleyi, RHAPHIDOPHLUS ... 187

RINGICULA australis ne. LS
delecta sae Sexe eS
meridionalis ... 95, 112
nitida Sas woo US
semisculpla ... 95, 1138

Rissoa annulata ... oo -aOG
approwima ... soe LOS
badia Ee lO”
beddomei ee ia 06
bicolor sa a 06
(CINGULA) rubicunda 107
columnaria ... Joc BLOG
cyclostoma ... 106, 108
diemenensis ... ee LOW

dubitabilis ... .. LO6
filosa ... ue a lOs

flamia a ae LOG
flammea ase ee lOG
frauenfeldi ... a elOG
frenchiensis ... ... 106
hulliana ae 93, 103
imbrex eae a) OS
incompleta ... A, Lhe
lockyert me 93, 108
(Noputus) pellucida 107
petterdi s: ie LO"
pulchella site ee LOT
pulvillus as ee lOT
purpurea eres v- LOS
(Scross) badia sn, LOM
(Scross) serobiculator 108
sophie ee na elO6
Se oes sa oa LOS
verconiana ... 938, 104
woodsi had 2 LOS
RIssoOINna flindersii ... LOG
gertrudis se Roo
kershawi ah neo, HO
rhyllensis —... ot Ce
tusmanica ... is 898:
tumida GF sc SOM

INDEX.

PAGE
robusta, SILLAGO... sco > (80)
robustus, SOLEGNATHUS... 28
rosea, LEPTOTHYRA... eno,
rosulenta, CARDITA ... oe 97
rosulenta, VENERICARDIA 92, 97
Rorantia soldaniw... seo GUA

rotunda, ECHINOCLATHRIA 282
rubens, CLATHRIA 179, 203, 218,
224, 299

rubens var. dura, 'THALASSO-
DENDRON 178, 202,
218, 299

rubens var. lamella, 'THALAS-
SODENDRON 178, 218, 3800

rubens var. lamellosa, 'THAL-

ASSODENDRON ......__178
rubens, THALASSODENDRON 218
rubicunda, LABRICHTHYS .... 77

rubicunda, Rissoa (CINGULA) 107
rubicundus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107
rubra, HCHINONEMA 161, 164, 299

rubra, GLOBIGBRINA sue Gull
rubra (var.) incrustans,

CRELLA 1538, 170, 298
rubra (var.) pumila, CLA'TH-

RISSA 170, 298
rubra (var.) pumila, CRELLA 169
rufus, CHILOBRANCHUS ... 18

)
SABANZA flammea ... elOG
incidata Aer a L107

sabella, CBPHALOSCY LLIUM 6
sagittata, MARGINELLA ... 111
sajax, CLUPEA ee so eu
salebrosa, ALVANIA.. ... 108
salebrosus, AMPHITHALAMUS 108
sawed, DRILLIA ie eae BOA
SAXICAVA arctica ... ae 92
scabida, MicRocIONA 142, 150
seabida, STYLOTELLOPSIS

(Microciona) ... 151
scabrocuneata, CYTHERE ... 811
sealariformis, Mirra ect 95
scalaripiniis, SCHUBTTA 80, 81
scupha, ARCOPERNA some ull
SCHISMOPE atkinsoni tae Oe

pulehra Sas : 92

schlunibergert, SIGMOILINA 310
schoutanica, PISANIA noo th)

331

PAGE
SCHUETTHA scalaripinnis 80, 81
0s. Set sce (0)
SCISSURELLA cisteailis nor 92
SCOLECENCHELYS, sp, aie enl
scolopaa, CENTRISCUS sae) oA
scolopax, MACRORHAMPHOSUS 28
SCOLOPES moseleyi ... Goo Wey
SDs snenee wee coe UG
SCOMBER atun sts tse SO
juponicus ... a oe OO
SCOMBRESOX forsteri aa oO)
scrobiculator, AMPHI'PHALA-

MUS ... ee LOS OS
scrobiculator, RISsoA (ScRoBS) 108
Scross pyranidatus mee lO
(Scross) Rissoa badia ... 107
(Scross) Rrissoa serobicu-

lator os OS

‘S/O arent: Bee EOD
SCYLIORHINUS analis 3
Sp. 3
vincentr 4
SCYLLIUM anale 3
laticeps 6
maculatum 3
vincent : ts 4.
segmentatus, 'TROPHON ans 95
semicincta, GILBERTIA sey 50
semicincta, HYPOPLECTRODES 50
semiradiatus, CORIARIUS ... 92
semisculpta, RINGICULA 95, 1138
septemfasciatus, HPINEPHELUS 49
seriata, OPHLITASPONGIA ... 254
seriatus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS... 177
SERIOLELLA bilineata Bae 36
brama aoe HAC 34
dobula het Ne Bi
porosa Soe rote ton
punctata an son GE
SPeamee asi sts 1
trevale ue auee ow
SERRANUS rasor.. aan 53
setigera, XUSTOLEBERIS sao oul!
setosa, VERTICORDIA 91, 97
sexlineatus, HoLorEms 32 66
sexlineatus, 'TERAPON 7) 166
SIGMOILINA schlumbergeri... 310
sihama, SILLAGO ... bia 60
silex, KALYKENTERON pace eel Leal
SILLAGO bassensis 60, 61, 62

bostockit a, 60, 63

332 ‘ BNDEAVOUR ”
PAGE
burrus ae seh 62
ciliata 42 59, 61, 62
gracilis sor 60, 62
maculata ay 59, 61
punctata age sm 60,
robusta a Soe 60
sihama eae .. 60
Sp. 7 ase ip ane 59
terre@-regine... saa MOY
SIPHONOCHINA bispiculata 275
smithiana, TURRITELLA ... 93
soldanii, ROTALIA ... eo oe
SOLEGNATHUS fasciatus 27, 28
hardwickit ... Soa)
robustus are Po Ney5)
sptiosissinuus 27, 28
SoLETELLINA hedleyr sae
solida, MIrTROMORPHA peo)
sophie, KIssoa Bs pee OG
SPANIOPLON, sp. ... .. 145
speculiger, CYPSILURUS ... 30
speculiger, Exocarus ae 30
speculiger, EXONAUTES .... 30
spheroides, PULLENIA ren nelle
SPHARORDINA bulloides... 311
SPHYRNA lewini... BS: 9
spica, MANGILIA ... cay wo
spica, TRIPHORA ... eee SB
spictata, CLATHRIA 210, 215, 226,
229
spiculosa, CLATHRIA (RHA-

PHIDOPHLUS) see Lai

spinifera (var.) filifer, RHAPH-
IDOPHLUS ... Sam ilkelf/

spinifer, RHAPHIDOPHLUS... 177
spinosissimus, SOLEGNATHUS 27,

spinosissimus, SOLENOGNA-
THUS deh Ee |

SPIRASTRELLA alcyonioides
124, 241

montiformis ... ag sell,
papillosa ee soe AAG
poculoides... pee Ei ae
Cyne | ace 30 tae
tentorioides ... see,
vagabunda ... sa 122

spongiosum, ECHINODICTYUM
142, 151

sprattus, CLUPEA ... ise 16

squatina, KHINA ... ne LO)

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE

squatina, SQUALUS 53 10
SQUATINA squatina... st 10
SQUALUS cinereus 2
glawcus 3)
isabella 6

perlo 2
philippt 2
megalops = des 9
squatina act Je, ALO

staudialis Mirra 92, 112
stanislaus, MARGINELLA ... 94
stellifer (var.) fypicus, RHAPH-
IDOPHLUS§ 186, 199, 235
sticta, NATICA ae ae 94.
stilla, MARGINELLA... AiNps a ee
STIPHONOCHALINA bispiculata 255
stipitata, LissENDENDORYX 244

striata, CLATHRIA ... yea
striatissuma, CHIONE aes 92
STYLOSTICHON conulosum... 148

Shane ess 138, 141, 145

STYLOTELLOPSIS amabilis ... 151
(Microciona) scabida 151
SIDS 4G ass 14.2, 146, 150
subdiluta, TELLINA... a 92
SUBEROTELITES, sp. 146, 208
subfusca, BARLEEIA 2 SOS
subfuscus, AMPHITHALAMUS ~ 108
subhispida, ECHINOCLATHRIA 257
subhispida, OPHLITASPONGIA
257, 259, 271
subhispida var. viminalis,

OPHLITASPONGIA 3800
superba, EMARGINULA sap
superstes, CONUS... 94ST
susuki, PLECTROPOMA Bak 49
symbiotica, AXINELLA aU
SYNAGROPS, sp. ate ae

SYNGNATHUS iitestinalis ... 26
phillipi ee Pee 58,

SYRINGELLA, sp. ... .. 14d
SYRNOLA micra me a 93
4p
'T ZNIOMEMBRAS microstoma 32

Sp. Siafe eee 32
tasmanica, COCCULINA Eee 938
tasmanica, HULIMA 2 O08
tasmanica, KRAUSSINA ae 95

tasmanica, Mirra 95, 112
tasmanica, RisSOINA J 98

(NDEX, 333

PAGE

tasmanica, TRIPHORA a 93

tasmanicus, AMPHITHALAMUS 108

tasmunicus, HUCHELUS ee 92
tusmaniensis, MURNICH-

ABISONdS) 5c aoe one 19

tasmaniensis, NARCINE sa 14

(Tauroaa) LABRus psittacula 77
THCHNITELLA leguinen 309, 310

raphanus —... 309, 310
Si0sce 2 ee ie ... 809
'TEDANTA, sp. 68 138, 145
telebathia, DANILIA 92, 102
TRELLINA subdiluta ... te 92
Trenacra clathrata ... doce Ay
(Tenacra) CLATHRIA clath-
rata We Pe LS 7,
Soe ere ne pee LS
tenebrata, CLATHRIA eer ols
tenisoni, LIMOPSIS ... ee 9]
tentorioides, SPIRASTELLA... 22
tenwicostatus, GLYCYMERIS Q)
tenwijibra, CLATHRIA Se ali
tenuis, ACARNUS .... 143

tenwis, HCHINOCLATHRIA 261, 264
tenuis, OPHLITASPONGIA 254, 261
tenuispina, ANTHEROCHALINA 26]

tenwis, RASPAILIA ... os 1 aA
TRRAPON sevlineatius is 66
TEREBRATULINA cavatu ... 95
terre-reginw, SILLAGO del 62
TETHYSPIRA, sp. ... seen LAT
textilarioides, BOLIViINA ... 810

'THALASSODENDRON brevispiia
179, 185, 193, 202, 300

digitata 202, 288, 299
paucisprnus 178, 202, 800
rubens “oF 218

rubens var. dura 178, 204,
218, 299
rubens var. lamella 178,
218, 300
rubens var. lamellosa 178

Sears 6G ee 02,
typica 171, 202, 242
viminalis 202,.259, 294,

300

thetidis, DanraLium 95,113
THYASIRA flexwosa ... Sh)
THYRSITES atun ... cs 80
tiberiana, GIBULA ... seo CO
tinei, DANILIA a ee | (0)

PAGE

topsenti, RHAPHIDOPHLUS.., 177
tortilis, ACARNUS ... wey AS
TRACHICHTHYS australis .. 40
elongatus —... spo HO)
intermedius ... ane 40
macleayi ane w. Ad

Sipe Peruse Jats sie mai)
trailli ae Ae 44.
TRACHURUS declivis SrA 79
TRACHYA, sp. ae Sua
TRACHYCLADUS, sp.... sco: 133
trailli, PARATRACHICHTHYS 44
trailh, TRaAcHICHTHYS ta 44.
transiens, CLATHRIA 205, 226,
254

transita, CLATHRIA... : 259
trevale, NEPTONEMUS sce 34:
trevale, SERIOLELLA me 34
tricarinata, DRILLIA a6 94.
tricarinata, MILIoLINA ... 310
TRIDACNA, Sp. Ane i 98
tridentata, VENERICARDIA... 98
TRIGONIA margaritacea ... 9]
TRIKENTRION, Sipe lees see Ae
triloba, GLOBIGERINA Semel
TRIPHORA alboviltata - 93
angasi sae : 93
armillata ... sau SB}

GONG, 2 ue ae 93
disjuncta eS. ee OS
epallaxa a soo. OB
gemmegens ... con,
granifera ae As 93
novapostrema Sais 93
pleifiert a. son BB

regina = so) 8B}

spica ... hc Jet 93
tasmanica ... a 93
triseriata, DAPHNELLA oe 94.
trispinosa, CAVOLINA oan (Shh
TROCHUS (GIBBULA) glyptus 102
trophonoides, DRiu1a wn AQ
TROPHON plicilaminatus ... 95
recurvatus ... “a 95
segmentatus ... ssn AS)
TRUNCATULINA culter Ba. cli
humilis Hes sas -epul
lobatula a Sas uli
ungeriana ... do lll

truncatulinoides, Putvinu-
LINA gate epee sci lal

334 ‘““ENDEAVOUR ”
PAGE
tubaria, GONIOCIDARIS 110
tubulosa, OPHLITASPONGIA
254, 272
tumida, DIALA sh ee LOT
tumida, RISSOINA ... SS 1On
TURBO cimex 105
TURCICULA, sp. 102
TURQUETIA integra... a5 92
TURRITELLA atkinsoni ae OS.
mediolevis ... ae 93
quadrata ass “6 0
smithiana ... nae 93
TyYLOSIGMA, sp. 146
TypuHIs bivaricata ... eae 95
typica, CLATHRIA —-185, 196, 208
typica, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 203

typica, THALASSODENDRON
171, 202, 242, 299

typica, WILSONELLA Soe PAE)

typicum, ECHINONEMA — 185, 188

typicus var. anchoratus, RHA-
PHIDOPHLUS 185,

194, 196
typicus var. brevispinus, Rua-
PHIDOPHLUS 185,
198, 800
typicus var. favosus, RHAPHI-
DOPHLUS 186, 201
typicus var. genvinus, RHAPHI-
DOPHLUS 185, 191
typicus var. obesus, RHAPHI-
DOPHLUS 186, 196
typicus var. prowimus, RHA-
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 190

typicus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 176, 184
typicus var. stellifer, RHAPHI-

DOPHLUS' 186, 199, 235

U
umbilicatula, NONIONINA ... 3811
wigeriana, TRUNCATULINA 311
universa, ORBULINA noo lll
unwini, PEMPHERIS Sars 48
UROLOPHUS cruciatus .. 14
UVIGERINA aculeata 311
angulosa cee oval
pygmea sis see soul,
Si) ee ees he ae collO

V
vagabunda, SPIRASTRELLA 122
valida, EPIvONIUM ... ae 08

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PAGE
variolatum, H&MISCYLLIUM ... 7
variolatum, PARASCYSLLIUM i
VENERICARDIA amabilis ... 91
australis Cy se 98
bmaculata ... 91, 98
delicala Bee ae 91
dilecta bea ee 92
rosulenta a. 92, 97
tridentata ... 3 98
ventilabrum, PHAKELLIA 185
VENUS mesodesma Be Ko)
vercol, MARGINELLA 94, 95
verconiana, RISSOA ... 93, 104
VERMICULARIA flava i OS
nodosa ve ae 93
VER'TICORDIA ericia 91,96
rhomboidea ... LA 97
setosa 91, 97
vestita, LABRIC HTHYS 20 eG
vestitus, PSEUDOLABRUS : and
vuninalis (var.) subhispida,
OPHLITASPONGIA... 800

vininalis, 'HALASSODEN-

DRON 202, 259, 294
vincenti, SCYLIORHINUS... 4
vincenti, SCYLLIUM ie 4
virgula, CAVOLINA ABS 95
vitlatus, CHEILODACTYLUS 65
vittatus, GONUTIUS.. ae 63
vizonarius, CHILODACTYLUS 64
vizonarius, GONIISTIUS she 64

WwW
wuitei, CORY'THROICHTHYS 27
wartri, RAJA Lee ate 12
weldvi, CIRSONELLA sat 92

WILSONELLA australiensis
239, 300

australis ee RO
conectens : 244, 245
curvichelu 238, 247, 251
dura : 298
ec Tanoneniabisenny 243
lamellosa ... 299
macropora 299, 300
oxyphila 244, 249
pyranida 299
ramosa 298
sp. 136, 139, 142, 152,

189, 205, 237
typica 299

INDEX. 335

PAGH PAGE
|
woodsi, AMPHITHALAMUS ... 108 7,
woodsi, DRILLIA ae aa 94.

woodsi, Rissoa ae ee OS ZANCLIS'TIUS elevatus soa MBE
woodwardi, BRAMICHTHyS 80, 81 ne ae 1, 67
X ZENOPSIS nebulosa ... ia 83
: SPOR aks ee ios 85
eronunanie WIOsnt 296 Sa ZEUS australis ae i 82
Seligera vo vos ae | faber ... sea LAO,
Sac sels ie see nebulosus see ake 83
NG nove-zelandice ae 85
YVESIA commensalis sao JES) ZyYGENA lewini sisi 9c 9

EXPLANATION OF PEATE I.

Fig. 1. Heptranchias perlo, Bonnaterre. Two-sevenths
natural size.

»» 2. Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Giinther. About two-
thirds natural size.

mI.

PLAT

iis: ENDEAVOUR?’

RESU

ZOOL.

_A. R. MCCULLOCH and D. B. FRY, del.

a

EXPLANATION OF =PLATE IT.

Fig. 1. Parascyllium variolatum, Dyumeril. About two-
‘sevenths natural size.
» 2 Parascyllium ferruguineum, sp. nov. About two-
sevenths natural size.
3. Scyliorhinus vincenti, Zietz. Nearly one-half
natural size.

Pie Aare, JN.

“ENDEAVOUR.”

ZOOL RESULES

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Raja waitii, sp. nov. About two-fifths natural size.

ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOR.” PrArE. ie

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PEATESLIY.

Fig. 1. Pempheris elongata, sp. nov. Once and a _ half
natural size.

2. Clupea bassensis, sp. nov. Once and a half natural
size.

oS)

Iie Naris, NW.

Se ND EEA ViOWIRe 2

ZOOL RESULTS

\

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

ut

a

rene =e -aar:
- a a :
, <—
tae * ae ¢
7 oe : a
= . ?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Centriscops humerosus, Richardson. Three-fourths
SIZE. ‘

ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.”’ PLATE V.

\

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Hippocampus abdominalis, Lesson.

b Dy }
natural size.

Natural size.

graciliformis, sp. nov. Twice

PLATE V1]

ZOOES RESULTS: SENDEAVOUR.””

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE? VIL:

Pempheris affinis, sp. nov. Slightly reduced.

Cyttus nove-zelandia, Clarke.

Slightly reduced.

PLATE VII.

“ENDEAVOUR.”

RESUEGS

ZOOL.

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Austroberyx gerrardi, Ginther. Natural size.

ZOOES RESULELS

SEN DEAVOUR=?

PLATE VIII

Sa eS

~
. >
ees, Se “s~T o S&

wee Soe ~ Se
_ ‘ ~ ~
MR a aes xy NY

A

\ ~
: x
AY wens

2 »

Ane

SH SENT
~

. SENN
s & Lot ~
Se NS %

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

we
+

i
a

mn

TN

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Seriolella brama, Giinther. Almost three-fourths
natural size.

,», 2 Solegnathus robustus, sp. nov. Almost three-
fourths natural size.

IPig/Nania, IDX.

SEN DEAMWOUR.

RESUERS

ZOOL

\)

Bh

Ye Pry 16 4
ys Wy) i
4 yy) is K ‘

yey) Ki
y yyy)

a)

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

1. Seriolella punctata, Forster. Almost three-fourths
natural size.

., 2. Taeniomembras microstoma, Giinther. Twice and

one-fourth natural size.

AVI Ne

“EINDEAVOURS

RESUELTS

HOON,

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Gontistius vizonarius, Kent. About one-half natural size.

ZOOL SRESULES “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XI.

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del

4 ?
-, OR) Tan ‘ Ps
‘
#1 ; ; Ms 5
f ; A
v et, a
' ey)
y te '
5 hae
\ / F
i
i
ne

EXPLANATION OF PEATECAII.

Dactylosparus macropterus, Forster. Slightly reduced.

RrATrE xa

“ENDEAVOUR.”’

ZOOL RESUETS

A R. MCCULLOCH, del.

|

Te?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Pseudolabrus cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby. One-half
natural size.

PLATE XIII.

ENDEAVOUR:

ZOOE. RESUELS

MCCULLOCH, del.

Xe Wie

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

ZOOL RESULTS: “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XIV

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

Ps : his A
SQ. a" ees tig eke | ip
Lae Ae hee ue
- i 22%
1) ne cal rs a
ai i =_ « = a *
, ; i en
| r ‘ +* Pee
Ne \ mie
Vent ik
i § ign
he ;
a - P
i ~s ig
se : ‘
=
ede |
_ &
; - R
¢
wd
, -
¢

>
4 a
~
;

.
1 eA
Pil

an - EXPLANATION OF PLATE. XV.

att ‘ me Schuettea scalaripinnis, Steindachner. Slightly reduced.

oe
- vi :
~v |

72
7
a ts
thes aa
ies
( ¥ '
U5
7 “
+)
_)
4 i
- »
ou
¥ - 7
* ’
”
are > ©
ri La
>
7
A -
: :
“iy
: ite
= VY q j
! Tie - pS:
y " Lars 8) Pot oo ,
ee Ni a ey
- the : Van , oe Puss

IPL ANTS We

SE NIDIEAVOUI RE:

ZOOL. RESULTS

A. R. MCOULLOCH, del.

Fig.

1
Le

to

(o>)

EXPLANA HON: ORT PEATE DEVE

Zenopsis nebulosus, Schlegel. Three-fifths naturai

size.
Atherina dannevigi, sp. nov. Once and one-fifth

natural size.
Priopis ramsayt, Macleay. Once and one-fifth

natural size.

———

ATE XVI.

4

PI

“ENDEAVOUR.”

ILS)

)

ZOOL. RESU

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

1, 2,3. Verticordia ericia, Hedley. Exterior, hinge
and magnified sculpture.

4. Venericardia rosulenta, Tate.

5, 6, 7, 8. Myrtea bractea, Hedley. Lateral and
superior aspects and hinges.

9, 10, 11, 12. Corbis. percostata, Hedley. /Extemos
and interior aspects and hinges.

Pie Nata, Se WAULE

“ENDEAVOUR.”’

SUES

ZOO IX

PHYLLIS CLARKE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PEATE XVHE

13, 14. Puncturella fumarium, Hedley. Lateral and
superior aspects.

15. Gibbula ocellina, Hedley.
16, 17. Danilia telebathia, Hedley. Shell and varix.
18, 19, 20. Leptothyra fugitiva, Hedley. Lateral,
superior and inferior aspects.
1. Rissoa hulliana, Tate, var. eucraspeda, Hedley.
lockyeri, Hedley.

”

ZOOL. RESULTS, “ENDEAVOUR.” RigArE sxe vallie

CLEC RN
ibe es ety
AN A UUELY Nit (|

PHYLLIS CLARKE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 23. Rissoa verconiana, Hedley.

9

”’

24. Amphithalamus costatus, Hedley.
25. Onoba bassiana, Hedley.

Figs. 26, 27. Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley. Shell and

”)

”)

enlarged apex.

28, 29. Cerithiopsis geniculosus, Hedley. Shell and
enlarged apex.

30, 31, 32, 33- Marginella fulgurata, Hedley. Colour
variety and typical form, immature shell in which
the spire whorls appear through a film of callus, and
senile stage in which the spire is buried under a pile
of callus.

ZOO. -RESULIS) ENDEAVOURS” PLATE XIX.

PHYLLIS OLARKE, del.

otiy

vx

EXPLANATION: OF PLATE XX.

34. Amphithalamus inclusus, Carpenter.

35, 360. Conus superstes, Hedley, and separate proto-

conch.

37- Mitra stadialis, Hedley.

38. Ringicula meridionalis, Hedley.

39, 40. Ringicula semisculpta, Hedley. Lateral and
frontal aspects.

41, 42. Campages jaffensis, Blochmann. Different
aspects of the brachial apparatus.

|PiLNAN Dy) NO

“ENDEAVOUR.”

ILS)

ESL

ZOO. TR

PHYLLIS CLARKE, del.

EXPLANATION OF ‘PLATE XXIE
Fig. 1. Spirastrella poculoides, sp. nov.; x 7/10.
The specimen, which has been longitudinally bi-
sected, is viewed from the inner surface.

Fig. 2. Spirastrella alcyonioides, sp. nov.; x 3/5.
Fig. 3. Spirastrella montiformis, sp. nov.; x 5/6.

The surface markings are traces left by an en-
crusting Cornulariid Alcvonarian.

PATH SOT:

Rat

NDEAVOU

HOO RIESE ANS)

H. BARNES, JUNB., Photo.

Se en

bo

On

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Latrunculia conulosa, sp. nov. ; natural size.
Paracordyla lignea, gen. et sp. nov.; x 2/3.

The specimen, which has been longitudinally bi-
sected, is viewed from the inner surface.
Polymastia craticia, sp. nov. ; x 3/8.

ZOOL RESULTS) “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

é

to

2

EXPLANATION OF PLATE “XXII.

Echinodictyum elegans, Lendenfeld; x 1/3.
Crella incrustans, Carter, var. digitata, var. nov.,
encrusting a bivalve; viewed from the side; x 1/2.
Crella incrustans, var. arenacea, Carter; x 4/9.
Showing the irregularity of form assumed by the
shallow-water New South Wales representatives of
the species; the dermal encrustation is almost en-
tirely denuded ; the surface-grooves are less apparent
in the figure than in the specimen itself.

ZOOL RESUELES “ENDEAV OUR.”” PUAGH Dex

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Crella incrustans, var. perramosa, var. nov. ; x 1/3.

ZO OWA NE S Cle bS SE NDEAVOURS 2 PLATE XXL.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

4
6

yrs

Eee

st. ay
heehee ghigaiee st) Er igi hye
ing etn 8) Cong AR

tk TT ae

‘} Sy @

, if
4

; , 1% ey

em

EXPLANATION, OF PLATE-XXV-.

Fig. 1. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld; x 1/2.

Fig. 2. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld, var. multi-
porus, Whitelegge; x 2/7.

LOOLA RE SULALS SEN DEAV OUR? JP HYNES, SOW

1. BARNES, JUNB., Photo.

i *
> Ue
>

fo »
-e

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 1. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld; x 1/3.

ZOO RESULIS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXVI.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. stellifer, war.
NOV. 5; X 3/5.

ZOOL RESUEDSy ENDEAVOUR.” PEATE XXVII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

ios)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIIL.

Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. obesus,
NOV. 3) S/S;
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. geminus,
nov. 5; X L/2:
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. proximus,
NOV.) X. D/2.
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. proximus,
nov. ; xX 1/2.

Var.

Var.

Var.

Var.

ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXVIII.

H. BARNES, JUNB., Photo.

Fig.

Fig.

1G

>

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Rhaphidophlus typicus,
Carter 3: 3/8:

Carter,

Var.

anchoratus,

Echinoclathria arborea, Lendenfeld; x 1/2.

LZOOES RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXIX.

H. BARNES, JUNB., Photo.

SAY 5 F

ee
<n ;

ee)

I.
2
23.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Echinoclathria rotunda, sp. nov. ; X 2/2.
Echinochalina reticulata, Whitelegge; x 4/5.
Echinoclathria ramosa, sp. nov. ; X 3/5.

ZOOL. RESULTS. “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXX.

1. BARNES, JUNB., Photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Echinochalina reticulata, Whitelegge, var. ; x 3/7.
Clathria costifera, sp. nov.; x 4/9.

[PIL Naa) SOKO

“ENDEAVOUR.”

LOOM VRESULES

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Go Nb &

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Clathria rubens, Lendenfeld; x 2/7.
Wilsonella conectens, sp. nov.; x 5/8.
Clathria partita, sp. nov. ; x 1/3.

ZOOL RESULTS) ENDEAVOUR? PLATE XXXII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

OQ db #

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Clathria transiens, sp. nov., typical form; x 2/3.
Clathria transiens, form (b); x 3/5.

Clathria transiens, form (c); x 3/5.

Clathria caelata, sp. nov.; x 2/3.

LOOK RESULES= ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXXIII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

ss

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Carter, var. viminalis,
Lendenfeld; x 1/2.

Clathria transiens, form (d); x 3/4.

Wilsonella oxyphila, sp. nov.; ? var.; x 1/2.
Wilsonella curvichela, sp. nov. ; x 5/13.

PLATE XXXIV.

SE NDEAV OUR. 7

RESULTS

ZOOL.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

ios)

EXPLANATION OFVEEATEY XX

Ophlitaspongia tenuis, Carter; x 3/5.
Ophlitaspongia confragosa, sp. nov. ; X «
Ophlitaspongia tubulosa, sp. nov. ; xX 3/5.

ZOO RESULaS ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXXV.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

to

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Carter; x 9/10.
Ophlitaspongia inornata, sp. nov. ; x 8/9.
The specimen is encrusted with a Cornulariid

Alcyonarian.
Ophlitaspongia axinelloides, Dendy; x 7/9.

COOL IRE SUES. “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXXVI.

H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo.

bay :

v: f Ly aoe
te LS LIAL

yen wun 4p j eh *: : t
a AP Pere Bate tt a

i Diet RARE ||

a Wy = ad Le
“at wiht: eli Mein!
SE) Wh Oy Cae ae
t

LN AT lies i ae
nig " vi a is me iy 4

aL i
ot ;

¥ Ch
yA rene,
Af ot pee

EXPLANATION OF PLATE’ XXXVII-

In all figures—

AX. CART. = Axial cartilage
B., CART: = . Basal cartilage.
D:F.C. = Dorsal fin chambers.
D.F.R. = Dorsal fin rays.
M.P. CART. = Median paired cartilages.
N:G: =» Nerve cord.
N.T. = Notochord.
RF. = Rostral fin.
Fig. 1.—Anterior end of 4. australis showing rostral fin and
notochord slightly raised. Drawn with the camera

lucida.

Fig. 2.—-Outlines of 4. bassanum and A. australis to show
proportional widths. . Drawn with the camera
lucida. Nat. sizes.

Figs. 3, 4 and 5.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid-ventral
portion of the oral hood in three different specimens
of 4. australis to show median ventral unpaired
tentacle.

Figs. 6 and 7.—The same in two other specimens with the
median ventral unpaired tentacle stunted.

Figs. 8 to 12.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid-ventral
portion of the oral hood in five different specimens
of A. bassanum to show median paired tentacles.

Figs. 13, 14 and 15.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid-
ventral portion of the oral hood in three other speci-
mens of A. bassanum showing median unpaired
tentacle.

Fig. 16.—Cartilages of oral cirri of A. bassanuwm showing
position of the median ventral pair.

ZOOL INES ULDS ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXXVII

fi ay as Secs SS eee! Master

(
AX. CART.
B CART.
13

J. W. RAE, del

NVINOSHII
SMITHSONI

LIASNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3INVYAIN

NOILNLILSN!
Zi
Ny: GG

SaluvYgIt LIBRARIES

\RIES SMITHSONIAN

4 ig

LILSN! NVINOSHLIWS

INSTITUTION

WS ™

YS

oe
SMITHSONIAN

ARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

ARIES SMITHSONIAN ~

SSIMVAEIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLIWS

NOILNIILSNI

ARIES SMITHSONIAN

SJIMVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLIWS

ILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31iYVYUEIT LIBRA

HSONIAN

IOSHLIWS

w Ss :,.
=e MSY Oo x re)
AS ca = #,
~ AS > = >
ide a mn op) ae
_LIBRARIES INSTITUTION
rm ™
= < =
c& a a
pa m- af
ie) pay oO
ra oak z=
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS Saiuvual:
‘ _
io) ues ee S)
a = 5 j—
ra > ; had
re seal =
2 in © @
ie: i a
SJINUVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
za eo Ww
= = Z
= >
= Zz 2
= > =
w” ; . im ”
INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
— w
WJ = eee
< Z NX =
: 2 WX =
: =e YQ 7
3 S es sf;
aes |
S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
w — they w
= 5 Gy»
> te OL:
pe aioe sane Ae
7 z : |
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31NVu S17
* uw F
‘ = < =
\ = 5 =
: SA n . n
AS Oo = fe)
SS =a =
Se é z
S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
a i -
4 a poe
= c 5
Oo aa re)
ae at = ‘
INSTITUTION _NOLLALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS Saiuvudl
; Pa
oO = 5: S
5 2 5
= ae fe
Ee < res
Zz rn a
R!ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI
ae ee: -.
aoe Par a > \\ ‘S = Soap, Dy > ‘\ SN
GH ISS EPRI
d ha ” SQA wn co] S 22) y “a > iy
by HG BS WH ©: Vater, weer ce ah

NVINOSHL
SMITHSOR

NVINOSHJ
SMITHSOI

SMITHSON
Vk,
NVINOSH

1 NVINOSHLIWS S3INVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI

NOLLNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILOLILSNI
LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAdIluVvual LIE

SaIUVUSIT LIBRARIES

S 5 tai) sie = —
= ° a SN )
E “ : Sa = “3
se | eh Pea a ENK at Mes >
DES F >A = s
Ee - ie SY ra pi
w 2p) m . re) m
ee < uw we w
NI S SHIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NO
=<. wo : = tater io) —-. ee Ww
A 3 = be SN S = < Nc: =
= eae NS = ee NS =
S = bh yy Oo Ww. SS = 5 ae
2 b Gig 2° & 2 by
: a = 2
= > = ees = >
rap) = ” + = Ww) =

'S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Saiyvugi a

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI

>

S3JIYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NI _NVINOSHLIWS INSTITUTION NO

s

-S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvugit_t!

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
SJ(YVUEIT LIBRARIES

Sa1uvuyalt
S3SIYu¥Vvudli
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

it
NVINOSHLIWS

ee

Ni_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NO

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

ae

a m ue as
au ee a py ity A ee
ee = os (Y2, eer oil [=
= «<e cs < Yipes < {5
o oe per aa co % 4 Cc x
S o S ae 3 2
= = zs oy yar ur
=S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVUdIT LI
= a es aa os = a
= ‘ow = tee =, 125)
ape tes 3 cs i > Ne ad > L
a = : aN = 2 \
w ’ 7
E Ae ais Z 5 ae Z
SNI NVINOSHLIWS Ssaiuvudl LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Ni
. oS 2 ae
=
ec
eae
fe)
aa if, <=

INOSHLIWS
ITHSONIAN
Ly
te Gf;

Ye
Gy,
re! he;

INOSHLIWS

ITHSONIAN
Wie
/

UTION LIBRA

Pi

wage 00706